Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1470/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1470/ en-US All rights reserved Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:03 GMT Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:03 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1470/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1470/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1470/ thebookvoice.com no Prof. Christian Murphy bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1470/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como aprender sobre Blockchain e Criptomoedas em 48 horas ou menos Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que permite a manutenção de uma base de dados segura e confiável. Ela é baseada em um sistema de blocos encadeados, cada um contendo um conjunto de informações. Esses blocos são protegidos por criptografia e distribuídos por uma rede de computadores. As principais características do Blockchain são: Descentralização: a rede Blockchain não é controlada por um único órgão ou entidade, mas por uma rede de computadores. Isso torna a tecnologia mais segura e confiável. Transparência: todas as transações registradas no Blockchain são públicas e podem ser consultadas por qualquer pessoa. Imutabilidade: uma vez registrado, um bloco não pode ser alterado ou excluído. Criptomoedas são moedas digitais que usam a tecnologia Blockchain para registrar suas transações. Elas são descentralizadas, transparentes e imutáveis. As principais criptomoedas são: Bitcoin: a primeira e mais popular criptomoeda. Ethereum: uma plataforma de contratos inteligentes que também pode ser usada para criar criptomoedas. Tether: uma stablecoin atrelada ao dólar americano. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760537 thebookvoice.com 0:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como aprender sobre Blockchain e Criptomoedas em 48 horas ou menos Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que permite a manutenção de uma base de dados segura e confiável. Ela é baseada em um sistema de blocos encadeados, cada um contendo um conjunto de informações. Esses blocos são protegidos por criptografia e distribuídos por uma rede de computadores. As principais características do Blockchain são: Descentralização: a rede Blockchain não é controlada por um único órgão ou entidade, mas por uma rede de computadores. Isso torna a tecnologia mais segura e confiável. Transparência: todas as transações registradas no Blockchain são públicas e podem ser consultadas por qualquer pessoa. Imutabilidade: uma vez registrado, um bloco não pode ser alterado ou excluído. Criptomoedas são moedas digitais que usam a tecnologia Blockchain para registrar suas transações. Elas são descentralizadas, transparentes e imutáveis. As principais criptomoedas são: Bitcoin: a primeira e mais popular criptomoeda. Ethereum: uma plataforma de contratos inteligentes que também pode ser usada para criar criptomoedas. Tether: uma stablecoin atrelada ao dólar americano. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como aprender sobre Blockchain e Criptomoedas em 48 horas ou menos Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que permite a manutenção de uma base de dados segura e confiável. Ela é baseada em um sistema de blocos encadeados, cada um contendo um conjunto de informações. Esses blocos são protegidos por criptografia e distribuídos por uma rede de computadores. As principais características do Blockchain são: Descentralização: a rede Blockchain não é controlada por um único órgão ou entidade, mas por uma rede de computadores. Isso torna a tecnologia mais segura e confiável. Transparência: todas as transações registradas no Blockchain são públicas e podem ser consultadas por qualquer pessoa. Imutabilidade: uma vez registrado, um bloco não pode ser alterado ou excluído. Criptomoedas são moedas digitais que usam a tecnologia Blockchain para registrar suas transações. Elas são descentralizadas, transparentes e imutáveis. As principais criptomoedas são: Bitcoin: a primeira e mais popular criptomoeda. Ethereum: uma plataforma de contratos inteligentes que também pode ser usada para criar criptomoedas. Tether: uma stablecoin atrelada ao dólar americano. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760538 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760538]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain, Criptomoedas e NFTs: Uma Introdução Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain, as criptomoedas e os NFTs são tecnologias emergentes que estão revolucionando o mundo digital. Essas tecnologias têm o potencial de mudar a forma como fazemos negócios, interagimos uns com os outros e até mesmo como vivemos nossas vidas. Este livro didático é uma introdução prática a essas tecnologias. Ele é projetado para ajudar os alunos a aprender sobre blockchain, criptomoedas e NFTs de uma forma que seja divertida e envolvente. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760538 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760538]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain, Criptomoedas e NFTs: Uma Introdução Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain, as criptomoedas e os NFTs são tecnologias emergentes que estão revolucionando o mundo digital. Essas tecnologias têm o potencial de mudar a forma como fazemos negócios, interagimos uns com os outros e até mesmo como vivemos nossas vidas. Este livro didático é uma introdução prática a essas tecnologias. Ele é projetado para ajudar os alunos a aprender sobre blockchain, criptomoedas e NFTs de uma forma que seja divertida e envolvente. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760538]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain, Criptomoedas e NFTs: Uma Introdução Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain, as criptomoedas e os NFTs são tecnologias emergentes que estão revolucionando o mundo digital. Essas tecnologias têm o potencial de mudar a forma como fazemos negócios, interagimos uns com os outros e até mesmo como vivemos nossas vidas. Este livro didático é uma introdução prática a essas tecnologias. Ele é projetado para ajudar os alunos a aprender sobre blockchain, criptomoedas e NFTs de uma forma que seja divertida e envolvente. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760535 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs: O Futuro da Propriedade Digital Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Os NFTs, ou tokens não fungíveis, são um tipo de token criptográfico que representa um item único. Eles são registrados em uma blockchain, uma rede de armazenamento de dados distribuída e segura. Os NFTs podem representar uma variedade de ativos digitais, incluindo arte, música, vídeos, itens virtuais em jogos e até mesmo ativos do mundo real. Os NFTs têm o potencial de revolucionar a forma como pensamos sobre propriedade digital. Eles fornecem um meio de autenticação e prova de propriedade que não era possível antes. Isso pode beneficiar artistas, músicos, criadores de conteúdo e outros detentores de ativos digitais. Aprenda Muito Mais... Max Editorial Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760535 thebookvoice.com 0:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs: O Futuro da Propriedade Digital Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Os NFTs, ou tokens não fungíveis, são um tipo de token criptográfico que representa um item único. Eles são registrados em uma blockchain, uma rede de armazenamento de dados distribuída e segura. Os NFTs podem representar uma variedade de ativos digitais, incluindo arte, música, vídeos, itens virtuais em jogos e até mesmo ativos do mundo real. Os NFTs têm o potencial de revolucionar a forma como pensamos sobre propriedade digital. Eles fornecem um meio de autenticação e prova de propriedade que não era possível antes. Isso pode beneficiar artistas, músicos, criadores de conteúdo e outros detentores de ativos digitais. Aprenda Muito Mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs: O Futuro da Propriedade Digital Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Os NFTs, ou tokens não fungíveis, são um tipo de token criptográfico que representa um item único. Eles são registrados em uma blockchain, uma rede de armazenamento de dados distribuída e segura. Os NFTs podem representar uma variedade de ativos digitais, incluindo arte, música, vídeos, itens virtuais em jogos e até mesmo ativos do mundo real. Os NFTs têm o potencial de revolucionar a forma como pensamos sobre propriedade digital. Eles fornecem um meio de autenticação e prova de propriedade que não era possível antes. Isso pode beneficiar artistas, músicos, criadores de conteúdo e outros detentores de ativos digitais. Aprenda Muito Mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wine List: Stories and Tasting Notes behind the World's Most Remarkable Bottles Author: Grant Reynolds Narrator: Preston Geer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A one-of-a-kind exploration of the relationship between culture, politics, history, and wine. Vintage refers to the year grapes are harvested, and that vintage holds meaning. You can look up the weather in any almanac, but some stories are known only to insiders—until now. In this wine book Grant Reynolds, award-winning sommelier, deciphers these signatures to reveal the impact of marketing and mentorship, technology and trends, and influencers old and new. Beginning in the late eighteenth century with a tale about Thomas Jefferson's secret White House stash and spanning over a quarter of a millennium to social media's effect on chenin blanc's popularity, The Wine List explores both the chemistry and sociology that have made vintages taste a certain way, fetch a certain price, or go extinct altogether. Featuring sidebars on topics like the taste of climate change and mini timelines capturing significant historical moments, these entries solidify the idea that every bottle is a product of a particular moment in time. A must-listen for fans of wine books like Wine Folly or The World Atlas of Wine, The Wine List is a fresh new wine bible perfect for anyone looking for bar cart books or gifts for wine lovers. Grant Reynolds Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760497 thebookvoice.com 4:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wine List: Stories and Tasting Notes behind the World's Most Remarkable Bottles Author: Grant Reynolds Narrator: Preston Geer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A one-of-a-kind exploration of the relationship between culture, politics, history, and wine. Vintage refers to the year grapes are harvested, and that vintage holds meaning. You can look up the weather in any almanac, but some stories are known only to insiders—until now. In this wine book Grant Reynolds, award-winning sommelier, deciphers these signatures to reveal the impact of marketing and mentorship, technology and trends, and influencers old and new. Beginning in the late eighteenth century with a tale about Thomas Jefferson's secret White House stash and spanning over a quarter of a millennium to social media's effect on chenin blanc's popularity, The Wine List explores both the chemistry and sociology that have made vintages taste a certain way, fetch a certain price, or go extinct altogether. Featuring sidebars on topics like the taste of climate change and mini timelines capturing significant historical moments, these entries solidify the idea that every bottle is a product of a particular moment in time. A must-listen for fans of wine books like Wine Folly or The World Atlas of Wine, The Wine List is a fresh new wine bible perfect for anyone looking for bar cart books or gifts for wine lovers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wine List: Stories and Tasting Notes behind the World's Most Remarkable Bottles Author: Grant Reynolds Narrator: Preston Geer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A one-of-a-kind exploration of the relationship between culture, politics, history, and wine. Vintage refers to the year grapes are harvested, and that vintage holds meaning. You can look up the weather in any almanac, but some stories are known only to insiders—until now. In this wine book Grant Reynolds, award-winning sommelier, deciphers these signatures to reveal the impact of marketing and mentorship, technology and trends, and influencers old and new. Beginning in the late eighteenth century with a tale about Thomas Jefferson's secret White House stash and spanning over a quarter of a millennium to social media's effect on chenin blanc's popularity, The Wine List explores both the chemistry and sociology that have made vintages taste a certain way, fetch a certain price, or go extinct altogether. Featuring sidebars on topics like the taste of climate change and mini timelines capturing significant historical moments, these entries solidify the idea that every bottle is a product of a particular moment in time. A must-listen for fans of wine books like Wine Folly or The World Atlas of Wine, The Wine List is a fresh new wine bible perfect for anyone looking for bar cart books or gifts for wine lovers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Dilemma, with a New Foreword: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail Author: Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The bestselling classic on disruptive innovation by renowned author Clayton M. Christensen. His work is cited by the world's best-known thought leaders, from Steve Jobs to Malcolm Gladwell. In this classic bestseller—one of the most influential business books of all time—innovation expert Clayton Christensen shows how even the most outstanding companies can do everything right yet still lose market leadership. Now with a foreword by Marc Benioff, the cofounder and CEO of Salesforce, Christensen explains why most companies miss out on new waves of innovation. No matter the industry, he says, a successful company with established products will get pushed aside unless managers know how and when to abandon traditional business practices. Offering both successes and failures from leading companies as a guide, The Innovator's Dilemma gives you a set of rules for capitalizing on the phenomenon of disruptive innovation. Sharp, cogent, and provocative—and consistently noted as one of the most valuable business ideas of all time—The Innovator's Dilemma is the book no manager, leader, or entrepreneur should be without. Clayton M. Christensen Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760488 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Dilemma, with a New Foreword: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail Author: Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The bestselling classic on disruptive innovation by renowned author Clayton M. Christensen. His work is cited by the world's best-known thought leaders, from Steve Jobs to Malcolm Gladwell. In this classic bestseller—one of the most influential business books of all time—innovation expert Clayton Christensen shows how even the most outstanding companies can do everything right yet still lose market leadership. Now with a foreword by Marc Benioff, the cofounder and CEO of Salesforce, Christensen explains why most companies miss out on new waves of innovation. No matter the industry, he says, a successful company with established products will get pushed aside unless managers know how and when to abandon traditional business practices. Offering both successes and failures from leading companies as a guide, The Innovator's Dilemma gives you a set of rules for capitalizing on the phenomenon of disruptive innovation. Sharp, cogent, and provocative—and consistently noted as one of the most valuable business ideas of all time—The Innovator's Dilemma is the book no manager, leader, or entrepreneur should be without. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Dilemma, with a New Foreword: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail Author: Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The bestselling classic on disruptive innovation by renowned author Clayton M. Christensen. His work is cited by the world's best-known thought leaders, from Steve Jobs to Malcolm Gladwell. In this classic bestseller—one of the most influential business books of all time—innovation expert Clayton Christensen shows how even the most outstanding companies can do everything right yet still lose market leadership. Now with a foreword by Marc Benioff, the cofounder and CEO of Salesforce, Christensen explains why most companies miss out on new waves of innovation. No matter the industry, he says, a successful company with established products will get pushed aside unless managers know how and when to abandon traditional business practices. Offering both successes and failures from leading companies as a guide, The Innovator's Dilemma gives you a set of rules for capitalizing on the phenomenon of disruptive innovation. Sharp, cogent, and provocative—and consistently noted as one of the most valuable business ideas of all time—The Innovator's Dilemma is the book no manager, leader, or entrepreneur should be without. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UnStuck: Rebirth of an American Icon Author: Stephanie Stuckey Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Discover the inspiring firsthand account of Stephanie Stuckey's rise to CEO upon suddenly acquiring her family's beloved yet struggling brand, which had become a 'whatever happened to . . . ?' fading memory for most Americans. Stuckey's, a roadside oasis for generations of travelers along America's highways, fell into disrepair after decades of outside ownership. When Stephanie Stuckey, granddaughter of Stuckey's founder, is offered the chance to buy the business, she takes it, seeing something that isn't apparent in the bleak financial statements: an emotional connection that she and generations of road trippers had with the brand. UnStuck weaves Stephanie's compelling narrative with her grandfather's rich history. Finding insight into both business and life in her grandfather's archives, Stephanie leans on her past to craft a strategy for the future, determined to rebuild the company and leave a legacy for generations to come. For female entrepreneurs, unconventional CEOs, family businesses, and road trip enthusiasts, UnStuck offers hope, practical tips on managing tough situations with grit, and an irresistible comeback story promising that second chances are indeed possible. Stephanie Stuckey Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760481 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UnStuck: Rebirth of an American Icon Author: Stephanie Stuckey Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Discover the inspiring firsthand account of Stephanie Stuckey's rise to CEO upon suddenly acquiring her family's beloved yet struggling brand, which had become a 'whatever happened to . . . ?' fading memory for most Americans. Stuckey's, a roadside oasis for generations of travelers along America's highways, fell into disrepair after decades of outside ownership. When Stephanie Stuckey, granddaughter of Stuckey's founder, is offered the chance to buy the business, she takes it, seeing something that isn't apparent in the bleak financial statements: an emotional connection that she and generations of road trippers had with the brand. UnStuck weaves Stephanie's compelling narrative with her grandfather's rich history. Finding insight into both business and life in her grandfather's archives, Stephanie leans on her past to craft a strategy for the future, determined to rebuild the company and leave a legacy for generations to come. For female entrepreneurs, unconventional CEOs, family businesses, and road trip enthusiasts, UnStuck offers hope, practical tips on managing tough situations with grit, and an irresistible comeback story promising that second chances are indeed possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UnStuck: Rebirth of an American Icon Author: Stephanie Stuckey Narrator: Tiffany Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Discover the inspiring firsthand account of Stephanie Stuckey's rise to CEO upon suddenly acquiring her family's beloved yet struggling brand, which had become a 'whatever happened to . . . ?' fading memory for most Americans. Stuckey's, a roadside oasis for generations of travelers along America's highways, fell into disrepair after decades of outside ownership. When Stephanie Stuckey, granddaughter of Stuckey's founder, is offered the chance to buy the business, she takes it, seeing something that isn't apparent in the bleak financial statements: an emotional connection that she and generations of road trippers had with the brand. UnStuck weaves Stephanie's compelling narrative with her grandfather's rich history. Finding insight into both business and life in her grandfather's archives, Stephanie leans on her past to craft a strategy for the future, determined to rebuild the company and leave a legacy for generations to come. For female entrepreneurs, unconventional CEOs, family businesses, and road trip enthusiasts, UnStuck offers hope, practical tips on managing tough situations with grit, and an irresistible comeback story promising that second chances are indeed possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Them Smile: Why Customer Satisfaction Is the Key to Rapid and Sustainable Growth Author: Dr. Sulman Ahmed Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As a dental student at Tufts University School of Dental Medicine in Boston just four years after leaving Zimbabwe for America, Dr. Sulman Ahmed was already looking ahead to an alternative future to private practice, determined to help as many people as possible, innovate within a stagnant industry by putting the customer experience first, and maximize his earning potential. In Make Them Smile, Dr. Ahmed shows listeners how he scaled his customer-centric services and built a national brand—known as the 'Starbucks of dentistry'—and offers guidance on how to identify the ideal gap to fill in your market; leverage your expertise as your competitive advantage; become a compassionate, highly capable leader; standardize operations and scale; navigate the various financing vehicles available at different stages of growth; and build sustainable wealth while creating a legacy of improving customers' lives. For hardworking and dedicated professional service providers, Make Them Smile offers a way out of the grind of living hour to billable hour, providing a road map for how to build a scalable, standardized brand that provides a consistent, repeatable, and high-quality customer experience. Dr. Sulman Ahmed Tue, 07 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760480 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Them Smile: Why Customer Satisfaction Is the Key to Rapid and Sustainable Growth Author: Dr. Sulman Ahmed Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As a dental student at Tufts University School of Dental Medicine in Boston just four years after leaving Zimbabwe for America, Dr. Sulman Ahmed was already looking ahead to an alternative future to private practice, determined to help as many people as possible, innovate within a stagnant industry by putting the customer experience first, and maximize his earning potential. In Make Them Smile, Dr. Ahmed shows listeners how he scaled his customer-centric services and built a national brand—known as the 'Starbucks of dentistry'—and offers guidance on how to identify the ideal gap to fill in your market; leverage your expertise as your competitive advantage; become a compassionate, highly capable leader; standardize operations and scale; navigate the various financing vehicles available at different stages of growth; and build sustainable wealth while creating a legacy of improving customers' lives. For hardworking and dedicated professional service providers, Make Them Smile offers a way out of the grind of living hour to billable hour, providing a road map for how to build a scalable, standardized brand that provides a consistent, repeatable, and high-quality customer experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Them Smile: Why Customer Satisfaction Is the Key to Rapid and Sustainable Growth Author: Dr. Sulman Ahmed Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As a dental student at Tufts University School of Dental Medicine in Boston just four years after leaving Zimbabwe for America, Dr. Sulman Ahmed was already looking ahead to an alternative future to private practice, determined to help as many people as possible, innovate within a stagnant industry by putting the customer experience first, and maximize his earning potential. In Make Them Smile, Dr. Ahmed shows listeners how he scaled his customer-centric services and built a national brand—known as the 'Starbucks of dentistry'—and offers guidance on how to identify the ideal gap to fill in your market; leverage your expertise as your competitive advantage; become a compassionate, highly capable leader; standardize operations and scale; navigate the various financing vehicles available at different stages of growth; and build sustainable wealth while creating a legacy of improving customers' lives. For hardworking and dedicated professional service providers, Make Them Smile offers a way out of the grind of living hour to billable hour, providing a road map for how to build a scalable, standardized brand that provides a consistent, repeatable, and high-quality customer experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760478 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Solution, with a New Foreword: Creating and Sustaining Successful Growth Author: Michael E. Raynor, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Joel Leffert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Clayton Christensen's bestselling book, The Innovator's Dilemma, introduced the groundbreaking idea of disruptive innovation, revealing how even well-run companies can do everything right and yet still lose market leadership. In The Innovator's Solution, Clayton Christensen and Michael Raynor expand on the idea of disruption, explaining how companies can and should become disruptors themselves. Now with a foreword by innovation expert Scott Anthony, this classic work shows just how timely and relevant these ideas continue to be in today's hyper-accelerated business environment and will help anyone trying to transform their business right now. Christensen and Raynor give advice on the business decisions crucial to achieving truly disruptive growth and propose guidelines for developing your own disruptive growth engine. The authors identify the forces that cause managers to make bad decisions as they package and shape new ideas—and offer new frameworks to help create the right conditions, at the right time, for a disruption to succeed. This is a must-listen for all senior managers and business leaders responsible for innovation and growth, as well as for members of their teams. Michael E. Raynor, Clayton M. Christensen Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760478 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Solution, with a New Foreword: Creating and Sustaining Successful Growth Author: Michael E. Raynor, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Joel Leffert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Clayton Christensen's bestselling book, The Innovator's Dilemma, introduced the groundbreaking idea of disruptive innovation, revealing how even well-run companies can do everything right and yet still lose market leadership. In The Innovator's Solution, Clayton Christensen and Michael Raynor expand on the idea of disruption, explaining how companies can and should become disruptors themselves. Now with a foreword by innovation expert Scott Anthony, this classic work shows just how timely and relevant these ideas continue to be in today's hyper-accelerated business environment and will help anyone trying to transform their business right now. Christensen and Raynor give advice on the business decisions crucial to achieving truly disruptive growth and propose guidelines for developing your own disruptive growth engine. The authors identify the forces that cause managers to make bad decisions as they package and shape new ideas—and offer new frameworks to help create the right conditions, at the right time, for a disruption to succeed. This is a must-listen for all senior managers and business leaders responsible for innovation and growth, as well as for members of their teams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovator's Solution, with a New Foreword: Creating and Sustaining Successful Growth Author: Michael E. Raynor, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Joel Leffert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Clayton Christensen's bestselling book, The Innovator's Dilemma, introduced the groundbreaking idea of disruptive innovation, revealing how even well-run companies can do everything right and yet still lose market leadership. In The Innovator's Solution, Clayton Christensen and Michael Raynor expand on the idea of disruption, explaining how companies can and should become disruptors themselves. Now with a foreword by innovation expert Scott Anthony, this classic work shows just how timely and relevant these ideas continue to be in today's hyper-accelerated business environment and will help anyone trying to transform their business right now. Christensen and Raynor give advice on the business decisions crucial to achieving truly disruptive growth and propose guidelines for developing your own disruptive growth engine. The authors identify the forces that cause managers to make bad decisions as they package and shape new ideas—and offer new frameworks to help create the right conditions, at the right time, for a disruption to succeed. This is a must-listen for all senior managers and business leaders responsible for innovation and growth, as well as for members of their teams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future Author: Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tech giants like Facebook, Amazon, and Google can collect real-time data from billions of users. For companies that design and manufacture physical products, that type of fluid, data-rich information used to be a pipe dream. Now, with the rise of cheap and powerful sensors, supercomputing, and artificial intelligence, things are changing—fast. In Fusion Strategy, world-renowned innovation guru Vijay Govindarajan and digital strategy expert Venkat Venkataraman offer a first-of-its-kind playbook that will help industrial companies combine what they do best—create physical products—with what digitals do best—use algorithms and AI to parse expansive, interconnected datasets—to make strategic connections that would otherwise be impossible. The laws of competitive advantage are changing, rewarding those who have the most robust, data-driven insights rather than the most valuable assets. To compete in the new digital age, companies need to use real-time data to turbocharge their products, strategies, and customer relationships. Those that don't risk falling on the wrong side of the next great digital divide. Fusion Strategy is the way forward. Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future Author: Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tech giants like Facebook, Amazon, and Google can collect real-time data from billions of users. For companies that design and manufacture physical products, that type of fluid, data-rich information used to be a pipe dream. Now, with the rise of cheap and powerful sensors, supercomputing, and artificial intelligence, things are changing—fast. In Fusion Strategy, world-renowned innovation guru Vijay Govindarajan and digital strategy expert Venkat Venkataraman offer a first-of-its-kind playbook that will help industrial companies combine what they do best—create physical products—with what digitals do best—use algorithms and AI to parse expansive, interconnected datasets—to make strategic connections that would otherwise be impossible. The laws of competitive advantage are changing, rewarding those who have the most robust, data-driven insights rather than the most valuable assets. To compete in the new digital age, companies need to use real-time data to turbocharge their products, strategies, and customer relationships. Those that don't risk falling on the wrong side of the next great digital divide. Fusion Strategy is the way forward. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future Author: Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tech giants like Facebook, Amazon, and Google can collect real-time data from billions of users. For companies that design and manufacture physical products, that type of fluid, data-rich information used to be a pipe dream. Now, with the rise of cheap and powerful sensors, supercomputing, and artificial intelligence, things are changing—fast. In Fusion Strategy, world-renowned innovation guru Vijay Govindarajan and digital strategy expert Venkat Venkataraman offer a first-of-its-kind playbook that will help industrial companies combine what they do best—create physical products—with what digitals do best—use algorithms and AI to parse expansive, interconnected datasets—to make strategic connections that would otherwise be impossible. The laws of competitive advantage are changing, rewarding those who have the most robust, data-driven insights rather than the most valuable assets. To compete in the new digital age, companies need to use real-time data to turbocharge their products, strategies, and customer relationships. Those that don't risk falling on the wrong side of the next great digital divide. Fusion Strategy is the way forward. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Entrepreneurship Author: Dr. Jose A. Mendez Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Discover a transformative journey into the world of business and faith with 'Faithful Entrepreneurship: Building a Purpose-Driven Business with Christian Principles,' written by renowned business leader and author, Dr. Jose A. Mendez. In this inspiring and insightful book, Dr. Mendez seamlessly intertwines timeless Christian values with cutting-edge entrepreneurial wisdom, guiding readers towards creating and running businesses that are not only financially successful but also deeply rooted in purpose and integrity. Through real-life biblical anecdotes, practical strategies, and profound reflections, this book illuminates how faith can be the cornerstone of ethical and prosperous entrepreneurship. Whether you're a seasoned business professional, a budding entrepreneur, or someone seeking to align your career with your spiritual beliefs, 'Faithful Entrepreneurship' offers a blueprint for cultivating a business that reflects your values, serves your community, and ultimately glorifies God. Dr. Jose A. Mendez Tue, 06 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760078 thebookvoice.com 3:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Entrepreneurship Author: Dr. Jose A. Mendez Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Discover a transformative journey into the world of business and faith with 'Faithful Entrepreneurship: Building a Purpose-Driven Business with Christian Principles,' written by renowned business leader and author, Dr. Jose A. Mendez. In this inspiring and insightful book, Dr. Mendez seamlessly intertwines timeless Christian values with cutting-edge entrepreneurial wisdom, guiding readers towards creating and running businesses that are not only financially successful but also deeply rooted in purpose and integrity. Through real-life biblical anecdotes, practical strategies, and profound reflections, this book illuminates how faith can be the cornerstone of ethical and prosperous entrepreneurship. Whether you're a seasoned business professional, a budding entrepreneur, or someone seeking to align your career with your spiritual beliefs, 'Faithful Entrepreneurship' offers a blueprint for cultivating a business that reflects your values, serves your community, and ultimately glorifies God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faithful Entrepreneurship Author: Dr. Jose A. Mendez Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Discover a transformative journey into the world of business and faith with 'Faithful Entrepreneurship: Building a Purpose-Driven Business with Christian Principles,' written by renowned business leader and author, Dr. Jose A. Mendez. In this inspiring and insightful book, Dr. Mendez seamlessly intertwines timeless Christian values with cutting-edge entrepreneurial wisdom, guiding readers towards creating and running businesses that are not only financially successful but also deeply rooted in purpose and integrity. Through real-life biblical anecdotes, practical strategies, and profound reflections, this book illuminates how faith can be the cornerstone of ethical and prosperous entrepreneurship. Whether you're a seasoned business professional, a budding entrepreneur, or someone seeking to align your career with your spiritual beliefs, 'Faithful Entrepreneurship' offers a blueprint for cultivating a business that reflects your values, serves your community, and ultimately glorifies God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758579 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Joy of Business (Russian) Author: Simone Milasas Narrator: Sergei Nakoliushkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: February 18, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if BUSINESS was JOYFUL and FUN? What if it was so much more than you ever perceived possible? If you were creating your business from the JOY of it - what would you choose? What would you change? What would you choose if you knew you could not fail? Business is JOY, it's creation, it's generative. It can be the adventure of LIVING. Australia's Simone Milasas is a dynamic business leader with a difference. She is the worldwide coordinator of Access Consciousness™, the founder of Good Vibes For You, and the creative spark that ignited The Joy of Business. Simone Milasas Sun, 18 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758579 thebookvoice.com 5:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Joy of Business (Russian) Author: Simone Milasas Narrator: Sergei Nakoliushkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: February 18, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if BUSINESS was JOYFUL and FUN? What if it was so much more than you ever perceived possible? If you were creating your business from the JOY of it - what would you choose? What would you change? What would you choose if you knew you could not fail? Business is JOY, it's creation, it's generative. It can be the adventure of LIVING. Australia's Simone Milasas is a dynamic business leader with a difference. She is the worldwide coordinator of Access Consciousness™, the founder of Good Vibes For You, and the creative spark that ignited The Joy of Business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Joy of Business (Russian) Author: Simone Milasas Narrator: Sergei Nakoliushkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: February 18, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if BUSINESS was JOYFUL and FUN? What if it was so much more than you ever perceived possible? If you were creating your business from the JOY of it - what would you choose? What would you change? What would you choose if you knew you could not fail? Business is JOY, it's creation, it's generative. It can be the adventure of LIVING. Australia's Simone Milasas is a dynamic business leader with a difference. She is the worldwide coordinator of Access Consciousness™, the founder of Good Vibes For You, and the creative spark that ignited The Joy of Business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758580 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Click Start Author: Michael Missildine Ph.D. Narrator: James Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Click Start: Your Online Business Journey' by Michael Missildine, PhD, is an enthralling and insightful guide into the pulsating realm of online business. This book is not just a mere collection of tips and tricks; it's an odyssey tailored for the modern-day digital warrior, armed with the latest tools and strategies to build an empire right from your living room. Dr. Missildine invites readers on a quest through the corridors of cyberspace, lighting the spark that transforms a fledgling idea into a roaring bonfire of success. His guidance is akin to navigating an untamed frontier, except this wilderness comes with high-speed internet and a limitless supply of potential customers. He acknowledges the saturated world of entrepreneurial advice but brings a fresh perspective, ensuring that his readers are not left with yesterday's dusty relics but are equipped with cutting-edge strategies. The book promises a deep dive into the digital landscape, exploring trends, techniques, and the transformation of the ordinary into the extraordinary. It emphasizes the art of storytelling, crafting a compelling brand narrative that magnetically attracts customers not just to buy but to belong. The journey includes mastering the alchemy of conversion, creating a user experience so intuitive and delightful that customers happily part with their resources. Dr. Missildine doesn't stop at attracting customers; he delves into streamlining operations, infusing efficiency into the process, and exploring the expanses of social media for community building. The book also covers scaling businesses, managing remote teams, and embracing international e-commerce. It acknowledges the importance of cybersecurity, legal considerations, and the continual adaptation to emerging technologies and innovations. 'Click Start' is more than a guide; it's a companion for anyone looking to make their mark in the online business world. Michael Missildine Ph.D. Mon, 12 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758580 thebookvoice.com 3:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Click Start Author: Michael Missildine Ph.D. Narrator: James Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Click Start: Your Online Business Journey' by Michael Missildine, PhD, is an enthralling and insightful guide into the pulsating realm of online business. This book is not just a mere collection of tips and tricks; it's an odyssey tailored for the modern-day digital warrior, armed with the latest tools and strategies to build an empire right from your living room. Dr. Missildine invites readers on a quest through the corridors of cyberspace, lighting the spark that transforms a fledgling idea into a roaring bonfire of success. His guidance is akin to navigating an untamed frontier, except this wilderness comes with high-speed internet and a limitless supply of potential customers. He acknowledges the saturated world of entrepreneurial advice but brings a fresh perspective, ensuring that his readers are not left with yesterday's dusty relics but are equipped with cutting-edge strategies. The book promises a deep dive into the digital landscape, exploring trends, techniques, and the transformation of the ordinary into the extraordinary. It emphasizes the art of storytelling, crafting a compelling brand narrative that magnetically attracts customers not just to buy but to belong. The journey includes mastering the alchemy of conversion, creating a user experience so intuitive and delightful that customers happily part with their resources. Dr. Missildine doesn't stop at attracting customers; he delves into streamlining operations, infusing efficiency into the process, and exploring the expanses of social media for community building. The book also covers scaling businesses, managing remote teams, and embracing international e-commerce. It acknowledges the importance of cybersecurity, legal considerations, and the continual adaptation to emerging technologies and innovations. 'Click Start' is more than a guide; it's a companion for anyone looking to make their mark in the online business world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Click Start Author: Michael Missildine Ph.D. Narrator: James Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Click Start: Your Online Business Journey' by Michael Missildine, PhD, is an enthralling and insightful guide into the pulsating realm of online business. This book is not just a mere collection of tips and tricks; it's an odyssey tailored for the modern-day digital warrior, armed with the latest tools and strategies to build an empire right from your living room. Dr. Missildine invites readers on a quest through the corridors of cyberspace, lighting the spark that transforms a fledgling idea into a roaring bonfire of success. His guidance is akin to navigating an untamed frontier, except this wilderness comes with high-speed internet and a limitless supply of potential customers. He acknowledges the saturated world of entrepreneurial advice but brings a fresh perspective, ensuring that his readers are not left with yesterday's dusty relics but are equipped with cutting-edge strategies. The book promises a deep dive into the digital landscape, exploring trends, techniques, and the transformation of the ordinary into the extraordinary. It emphasizes the art of storytelling, crafting a compelling brand narrative that magnetically attracts customers not just to buy but to belong. The journey includes mastering the alchemy of conversion, creating a user experience so intuitive and delightful that customers happily part with their resources. Dr. Missildine doesn't stop at attracting customers; he delves into streamlining operations, infusing efficiency into the process, and exploring the expanses of social media for community building. The book also covers scaling businesses, managing remote teams, and embracing international e-commerce. It acknowledges the importance of cybersecurity, legal considerations, and the continual adaptation to emerging technologies and innovations. 'Click Start' is more than a guide; it's a companion for anyone looking to make their mark in the online business world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758514 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ethereum (ETH): O que é, Como Funciona, Como Comprar, Como Vender e Como Montar uma Carteira Lucrativa Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O Ethereum é uma plataforma de blockchain descentralizada que permite o desenvolvimento de contratos inteligentes, aplicativos descentralizados (dApps) e outros tokens criptográficos. É a segunda maior criptomoeda do mundo, atrás apenas do Bitcoin. Neste ebook, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber sobre o Ethereum, incluindo: O que é Ethereum Como funciona o Ethereum Como comprar Ethereum Como vender Ethereum Como montar uma carteira lucrativa de Ethereum Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758514 thebookvoice.com 1:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ethereum (ETH): O que é, Como Funciona, Como Comprar, Como Vender e Como Montar uma Carteira Lucrativa Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O Ethereum é uma plataforma de blockchain descentralizada que permite o desenvolvimento de contratos inteligentes, aplicativos descentralizados (dApps) e outros tokens criptográficos. É a segunda maior criptomoeda do mundo, atrás apenas do Bitcoin. Neste ebook, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber sobre o Ethereum, incluindo: O que é Ethereum Como funciona o Ethereum Como comprar Ethereum Como vender Ethereum Como montar uma carteira lucrativa de Ethereum Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ethereum (ETH): O que é, Como Funciona, Como Comprar, Como Vender e Como Montar uma Carteira Lucrativa Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O Ethereum é uma plataforma de blockchain descentralizada que permite o desenvolvimento de contratos inteligentes, aplicativos descentralizados (dApps) e outros tokens criptográficos. É a segunda maior criptomoeda do mundo, atrás apenas do Bitcoin. Neste ebook, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber sobre o Ethereum, incluindo: O que é Ethereum Como funciona o Ethereum Como comprar Ethereum Como vender Ethereum Como montar uma carteira lucrativa de Ethereum Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758510 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como Vender Criptomoedas na `Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma classe de ativos digitais que utilizam criptografia para garantir sua segurança e autenticidade. Elas são descentralizadas, ou seja, não são controladas por nenhuma autoridade central. Isso as torna uma opção atraente para investidores que buscam uma alternativa aos investimentos tradicionais. A venda de criptomoedas é um processo relativamente simples. No entanto, é importante entender os riscos envolvidos e tomar as medidas necessárias para proteger seus fundos. Neste livro, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber para vender criptomoedas com segurança e eficiência. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758510 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como Vender Criptomoedas na `Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma classe de ativos digitais que utilizam criptografia para garantir sua segurança e autenticidade. Elas são descentralizadas, ou seja, não são controladas por nenhuma autoridade central. Isso as torna uma opção atraente para investidores que buscam uma alternativa aos investimentos tradicionais. A venda de criptomoedas é um processo relativamente simples. No entanto, é importante entender os riscos envolvidos e tomar as medidas necessárias para proteger seus fundos. Neste livro, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber para vender criptomoedas com segurança e eficiência. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como Vender Criptomoedas na `Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma classe de ativos digitais que utilizam criptografia para garantir sua segurança e autenticidade. Elas são descentralizadas, ou seja, não são controladas por nenhuma autoridade central. Isso as torna uma opção atraente para investidores que buscam uma alternativa aos investimentos tradicionais. A venda de criptomoedas é um processo relativamente simples. No entanto, é importante entender os riscos envolvidos e tomar as medidas necessárias para proteger seus fundos. Neste livro, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber para vender criptomoedas com segurança e eficiência. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain: Uma História Completa Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia inovadora que tem o potencial de revolucionar a forma como interagimos com o mundo digital. É uma tecnologia descentralizada, segura e transparente que pode ser usada para registrar e compartilhar dados de forma segura e confiável. Este livro conta a história do blockchain, desde sua origem até os dias atuais. Ele abordará os principais conceitos do blockchain, como a descentralização, a segurança e a transparência. Também discutirá as aplicações do blockchain em diferentes setores, como finanças, governo e saúde. Aprenda muito mais.. Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758511 thebookvoice.com 0:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain: Uma História Completa Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia inovadora que tem o potencial de revolucionar a forma como interagimos com o mundo digital. É uma tecnologia descentralizada, segura e transparente que pode ser usada para registrar e compartilhar dados de forma segura e confiável. Este livro conta a história do blockchain, desde sua origem até os dias atuais. Ele abordará os principais conceitos do blockchain, como a descentralização, a segurança e a transparência. Também discutirá as aplicações do blockchain em diferentes setores, como finanças, governo e saúde. Aprenda muito mais.. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain: Uma História Completa Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia inovadora que tem o potencial de revolucionar a forma como interagimos com o mundo digital. É uma tecnologia descentralizada, segura e transparente que pode ser usada para registrar e compartilhar dados de forma segura e confiável. Este livro conta a história do blockchain, desde sua origem até os dias atuais. Ele abordará os principais conceitos do blockchain, como a descentralização, a segurança e a transparência. Também discutirá as aplicações do blockchain em diferentes setores, como finanças, governo e saúde. Aprenda muito mais.. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Monetize seu Conteúdo com NFTs Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O que são NFTs? NFTs, ou tokens não fungíveis, são ativos digitais únicos que não podem ser substituídos. Eles são armazenados em uma blockchain, que é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que garante a autenticidade e a propriedade dos ativos. Como os NFTs podem ser usados para monetizar conteúdos? Os NFTs podem ser usados para monetizar conteúdos de várias maneiras, incluindo: Venda de obras de arte digitais: Os artistas podem vender suas obras de arte digitais como NFTs. Isso lhes dá a oportunidade de ganhar royalties sempre que suas obras forem revendidas. Venda de itens colecionáveis: Os colecionadores podem comprar itens colecionáveis, como cartas de Pokémon ou figurinhas de futebol, como NFTs. Isso lhes dá a propriedade exclusiva de um item único. Venda de acesso a eventos ou experiências: Os criadores de conteúdo podem vender acesso a eventos ou experiências, como ingressos para shows ou passes para jogos, como NFTs. Isso lhes permite gerar receita e construir uma comunidade de fãs. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758513 thebookvoice.com 1:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Monetize seu Conteúdo com NFTs Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O que são NFTs? NFTs, ou tokens não fungíveis, são ativos digitais únicos que não podem ser substituídos. Eles são armazenados em uma blockchain, que é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que garante a autenticidade e a propriedade dos ativos. Como os NFTs podem ser usados para monetizar conteúdos? Os NFTs podem ser usados para monetizar conteúdos de várias maneiras, incluindo: Venda de obras de arte digitais: Os artistas podem vender suas obras de arte digitais como NFTs. Isso lhes dá a oportunidade de ganhar royalties sempre que suas obras forem revendidas. Venda de itens colecionáveis: Os colecionadores podem comprar itens colecionáveis, como cartas de Pokémon ou figurinhas de futebol, como NFTs. Isso lhes dá a propriedade exclusiva de um item único. Venda de acesso a eventos ou experiências: Os criadores de conteúdo podem vender acesso a eventos ou experiências, como ingressos para shows ou passes para jogos, como NFTs. Isso lhes permite gerar receita e construir uma comunidade de fãs. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Monetize seu Conteúdo com NFTs Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O que são NFTs? NFTs, ou tokens não fungíveis, são ativos digitais únicos que não podem ser substituídos. Eles são armazenados em uma blockchain, que é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que garante a autenticidade e a propriedade dos ativos. Como os NFTs podem ser usados para monetizar conteúdos? Os NFTs podem ser usados para monetizar conteúdos de várias maneiras, incluindo: Venda de obras de arte digitais: Os artistas podem vender suas obras de arte digitais como NFTs. Isso lhes dá a oportunidade de ganhar royalties sempre que suas obras forem revendidas. Venda de itens colecionáveis: Os colecionadores podem comprar itens colecionáveis, como cartas de Pokémon ou figurinhas de futebol, como NFTs. Isso lhes dá a propriedade exclusiva de um item único. Venda de acesso a eventos ou experiências: Os criadores de conteúdo podem vender acesso a eventos ou experiências, como ingressos para shows ou passes para jogos, como NFTs. Isso lhes permite gerar receita e construir uma comunidade de fãs. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: A Nova Era da Moeda para Empresas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas estão revolucionando o mundo das finanças. Elas oferecem uma alternativa aos sistemas monetários tradicionais, que são centralizados e sujeitos a controles governamentais. As criptomoedas são descentralizadas, seguras e eficientes, o que as torna atraentes para empresas de todos os tamanhos. Este ebook discute como as criptomoedas podem ser usadas para reduzir custos e melhorar a eficiência das empresas. Ele aborda, também, aplicações específicas do blockchain, como o pagamento de fornecedores, a compensação de funcionários e a gestão de riscos. Criptomoedas: o que são? As criptomoedas são moedas digitais que são criadas e usadas através de um processo chamado mineração. A mineração é um processo que envolve a resolução de problemas matemáticos complexos. As pessoas que resolvem esses problemas são recompensadas com novas moedas. As criptomoedas são descentralizadas, o que significa que não são emitidas ou controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. Elas são armazenadas em carteiras digitais, que são programas de computador que permitem aos usuários armazenar e enviar criptomoedas. Vantagens das criptomoedas para empresas As criptomoedas oferecem uma série de vantagens para empresas de todos os tamanhos. Essas vantagens incluem: Redução de custos: As transações com criptomoedas são geralmente mais baratas do que as transações com moedas tradicionais. Isso ocorre porque as criptomoedas não precisam passar por intermediários financeiros, como bancos ou instituições financeiras. Melhoria da eficiência: As criptomoedas podem ajudar as empresas a melhorar sua eficiência operacional. Isso ocorre porque as criptomoedas são mais rápidas e seguras do que os sistemas de pagamento tradicionais. Aumento da transparência: As criptomoedas são transparentes, o que significa que todas as transações são públicas e podem ser rastreadas. Isso pode ajudar as empresas a aumentar a transparência e a confiança com seus clientes e parceiros. Saiba muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758505 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: A Nova Era da Moeda para Empresas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas estão revolucionando o mundo das finanças. Elas oferecem uma alternativa aos sistemas monetários tradicionais, que são centralizados e sujeitos a controles governamentais. As criptomoedas são descentralizadas, seguras e eficientes, o que as torna atraentes para empresas de todos os tamanhos. Este ebook discute como as criptomoedas podem ser usadas para reduzir custos e melhorar a eficiência das empresas. Ele aborda, também, aplicações específicas do blockchain, como o pagamento de fornecedores, a compensação de funcionários e a gestão de riscos. Criptomoedas: o que são? As criptomoedas são moedas digitais que são criadas e usadas através de um processo chamado mineração. A mineração é um processo que envolve a resolução de problemas matemáticos complexos. As pessoas que resolvem esses problemas são recompensadas com novas moedas. As criptomoedas são descentralizadas, o que significa que não são emitidas ou controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. Elas são armazenadas em carteiras digitais, que são programas de computador que permitem aos usuários armazenar e enviar criptomoedas. Vantagens das criptomoedas para empresas As criptomoedas oferecem uma série de vantagens para empresas de todos os tamanhos. Essas vantagens incluem: Redução de custos: As transações com criptomoedas são geralmente mais baratas do que as transações com moedas tradicionais. Isso ocorre porque as criptomoedas não precisam passar por intermediários financeiros, como bancos ou instituições financeiras. Melhoria da eficiência: As criptomoedas podem ajudar as empresas a melhorar sua eficiência operacional. Isso ocorre porque as criptomoedas são mais rápidas e seguras do que os sistemas de pagamento tradicionais. Aumento da transparência: As criptomoedas são transparentes, o que significa que todas as transações são públicas e podem ser rastreadas. Isso pode ajudar as empresas a aumentar a transparência e a confiança com seus clientes e parceiros. Saiba muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: A Nova Era da Moeda para Empresas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas estão revolucionando o mundo das finanças. Elas oferecem uma alternativa aos sistemas monetários tradicionais, que são centralizados e sujeitos a controles governamentais. As criptomoedas são descentralizadas, seguras e eficientes, o que as torna atraentes para empresas de todos os tamanhos. Este ebook discute como as criptomoedas podem ser usadas para reduzir custos e melhorar a eficiência das empresas. Ele aborda, também, aplicações específicas do blockchain, como o pagamento de fornecedores, a compensação de funcionários e a gestão de riscos. Criptomoedas: o que são? As criptomoedas são moedas digitais que são criadas e usadas através de um processo chamado mineração. A mineração é um processo que envolve a resolução de problemas matemáticos complexos. As pessoas que resolvem esses problemas são recompensadas com novas moedas. As criptomoedas são descentralizadas, o que significa que não são emitidas ou controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. Elas são armazenadas em carteiras digitais, que são programas de computador que permitem aos usuários armazenar e enviar criptomoedas. Vantagens das criptomoedas para empresas As criptomoedas oferecem uma série de vantagens para empresas de todos os tamanhos. Essas vantagens incluem: Redução de custos: As transações com criptomoedas são geralmente mais baratas do que as transações com moedas tradicionais. Isso ocorre porque as criptomoedas não precisam passar por intermediários financeiros, como bancos ou instituições financeiras. Melhoria da eficiência: As criptomoedas podem ajudar as empresas a melhorar sua eficiência operacional. Isso ocorre porque as criptomoedas são mais rápidas e seguras do que os sistemas de pagamento tradicionais. Aumento da transparência: As criptomoedas são transparentes, o que significa que todas as transações são públicas e podem ser rastreadas. Isso pode ajudar as empresas a aumentar a transparência e a confiança com seus clientes e parceiros. Saiba muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O Futuro do Blockchain Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A adoção generalizada do blockchain é uma tendência futura que terá um impacto significativo na economia, na sociedade e na cultura. O blockchain está sendo adotado por empresas de todos os tamanhos e setores, e a taxa de adoção está aumentando rapidamente. Existem várias razões para a crescente adoção do blockchain. Em primeiro lugar, o blockchain oferece uma série de benefícios que são atraentes para as empresas, incluindo: Segurança: O blockchain é uma tecnologia segura que torna difícil ou impossível fraudar transações ou alterar dados. Transparência: O blockchain é uma tecnologia transparente que torna fácil rastrear transações e dados. Eficiência: O blockchain pode tornar os processos mais eficientes, reduzindo custos e tempo. Além disso, o blockchain está se tornando mais acessível e fácil de usar. As empresas agora têm a opção de usar blockchains públicos, privados ou híbridos, dependendo de suas necessidades específicas. A adoção generalizada do blockchain terá um impacto significativo na economia. O blockchain pode reduzir os custos das transações financeiras, aumentar a segurança e a transparência do sistema financeiro e facilitar o acesso ao crédito. O blockchain também pode criar novas oportunidades econômicas, como mercados peer-to-peer (P2P) para ativos e serviços. A adoção generalizada do blockchain também terá um impacto significativo na sociedade. O blockchain pode melhorar a transparência e a accountability do governo, empoderar as pessoas e mudar a forma como consumimos mídia e entretenimento. Aqui estão alguns exemplos específicos de como o blockchain está sendo adotado em diferentes setores: Finanças: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de pagamento mais seguros e eficientes, como o Ripple e o Stellar. O blockchain também está sendo usado para criar mercados de criptomoedas e tokens não fungíveis (NFTs). Saúde: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de registro de saúde mais seguros e eficientes, como a IBM Hyperledger Fabric. O blockchain também está sendo usado para criar sistemas de rastreamento de medicamentos e equipamentos médicos. Governo: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de votação mais seguros, sistemas de rastreamento de impostos mais eficientes e sistemas de serviços públicos mais equitativos. Varejo: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de rastreamento de cadeia de suprimentos mais eficientes, sistemas de fidelidade mais seguros e sistemas de pagamento mais convenientes. A adoção generalizada do blockchain é uma tendência futura que está se tornando cada vez mais importante. O blockchain tem o potencial de remodelar a forma como vivemos, trabalhamos e nos relacionamos. Saiba Mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758506 thebookvoice.com 0:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O Futuro do Blockchain Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A adoção generalizada do blockchain é uma tendência futura que terá um impacto significativo na economia, na sociedade e na cultura. O blockchain está sendo adotado por empresas de todos os tamanhos e setores, e a taxa de adoção está aumentando rapidamente. Existem várias razões para a crescente adoção do blockchain. Em primeiro lugar, o blockchain oferece uma série de benefícios que são atraentes para as empresas, incluindo: Segurança: O blockchain é uma tecnologia segura que torna difícil ou impossível fraudar transações ou alterar dados. Transparência: O blockchain é uma tecnologia transparente que torna fácil rastrear transações e dados. Eficiência: O blockchain pode tornar os processos mais eficientes, reduzindo custos e tempo. Além disso, o blockchain está se tornando mais acessível e fácil de usar. As empresas agora têm a opção de usar blockchains públicos, privados ou híbridos, dependendo de suas necessidades específicas. A adoção generalizada do blockchain terá um impacto significativo na economia. O blockchain pode reduzir os custos das transações financeiras, aumentar a segurança e a transparência do sistema financeiro e facilitar o acesso ao crédito. O blockchain também pode criar novas oportunidades econômicas, como mercados peer-to-peer (P2P) para ativos e serviços. A adoção generalizada do blockchain também terá um impacto significativo na sociedade. O blockchain pode melhorar a transparência e a accountability do governo, empoderar as pessoas e mudar a forma como consumimos mídia e entretenimento. Aqui estão alguns exemplos específicos de como o blockchain está sendo adotado em diferentes setores: Finanças: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de pagamento mais seguros e eficientes, como o Ripple e o Stellar. O blockchain também está sendo usado para criar mercados de criptomoedas e tokens não fungíveis (NFTs). Saúde: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de registro de saúde mais seguros e eficientes, como a IBM Hyperledger Fabric. O blockchain também está sendo usado para criar sistemas de rastreamento de medicamentos e equipamentos médicos. Governo: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de votação mais seguros, sistemas de rastreamento de impostos mais eficientes e sistemas de serviços públicos mais equitativos. Varejo: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de rastreamento de cadeia de suprimentos mais eficientes, sistemas de fidelidade mais seguros e sistemas de pagamento mais convenientes. A adoção generalizada do blockchain é uma tendência futura que está se tornando cada vez mais importante. O blockchain tem o potencial de remodelar a forma como vivemos, trabalhamos e nos relacionamos. Saiba Mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O Futuro do Blockchain Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A adoção generalizada do blockchain é uma tendência futura que terá um impacto significativo na economia, na sociedade e na cultura. O blockchain está sendo adotado por empresas de todos os tamanhos e setores, e a taxa de adoção está aumentando rapidamente. Existem várias razões para a crescente adoção do blockchain. Em primeiro lugar, o blockchain oferece uma série de benefícios que são atraentes para as empresas, incluindo: Segurança: O blockchain é uma tecnologia segura que torna difícil ou impossível fraudar transações ou alterar dados. Transparência: O blockchain é uma tecnologia transparente que torna fácil rastrear transações e dados. Eficiência: O blockchain pode tornar os processos mais eficientes, reduzindo custos e tempo. Além disso, o blockchain está se tornando mais acessível e fácil de usar. As empresas agora têm a opção de usar blockchains públicos, privados ou híbridos, dependendo de suas necessidades específicas. A adoção generalizada do blockchain terá um impacto significativo na economia. O blockchain pode reduzir os custos das transações financeiras, aumentar a segurança e a transparência do sistema financeiro e facilitar o acesso ao crédito. O blockchain também pode criar novas oportunidades econômicas, como mercados peer-to-peer (P2P) para ativos e serviços. A adoção generalizada do blockchain também terá um impacto significativo na sociedade. O blockchain pode melhorar a transparência e a accountability do governo, empoderar as pessoas e mudar a forma como consumimos mídia e entretenimento. Aqui estão alguns exemplos específicos de como o blockchain está sendo adotado em diferentes setores: Finanças: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de pagamento mais seguros e eficientes, como o Ripple e o Stellar. O blockchain também está sendo usado para criar mercados de criptomoedas e tokens não fungíveis (NFTs). Saúde: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de registro de saúde mais seguros e eficientes, como a IBM Hyperledger Fabric. O blockchain também está sendo usado para criar sistemas de rastreamento de medicamentos e equipamentos médicos. Governo: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de votação mais seguros, sistemas de rastreamento de impostos mais eficientes e sistemas de serviços públicos mais equitativos. Varejo: O blockchain está sendo usado para criar sistemas de rastreamento de cadeia de suprimentos mais eficientes, sistemas de fidelidade mais seguros e sistemas de pagamento mais convenientes. A adoção generalizada do blockchain é uma tendência futura que está se tornando cada vez mais importante. O blockchain tem o potencial de remodelar a forma como vivemos, trabalhamos e nos relacionamos. Saiba Mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs: A nova Era da Propriedade Intelectual para Artistas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A propriedade intelectual (PI) é um conjunto de direitos exclusivos que protegem a criatividade e a inovação. Ela abrange uma ampla gama de obras, incluindo música, arte, literatura, software, invenções e marcas. No mundo digital, a PI é frequentemente desafiada pela facilidade com que as obras podem ser copiadas e distribuídas. Isso pode causar problemas para artistas e outros criadores, que podem ter seu trabalho roubado ou usado sem permissão. Os tokens não fungíveis (NFTs) são uma tecnologia emergente que oferece um novo modelo para a propriedade intelectual no mundo digital. Os NFTs são ativos digitais únicos que são registrados em um blockchain, uma espécie de livro-razão digital que é seguro e transparente. Como os NFTs podem ajudar artistas Os NFTs podem ajudar artistas a proteger e monetizar seu trabalho de várias maneiras. Proteção da propriedade intelectual Os NFTs podem fornecer uma prova de propriedade única e verificável para obras de arte digitais. Isso pode ajudar a proteger os artistas contra a falsificação e a violação de direitos autorais. Por exemplo, um artista pode criar um NFT para sua pintura digital. O NFT seria registrado no blockchain com informações sobre o artista, a obra de arte e a data de criação. Isso criaria uma prova de propriedade que seria difícil de contestar. Monetização do trabalho Os NFTs também podem ser usados para monetizar o trabalho de artistas. Os artistas podem vender NFTs de suas obras de arte, música ou vídeo. Os compradores de NFTs se tornam os proprietários exclusivos da obra de arte, o que lhes dá direitos exclusivos de uso, reprodução e distribuição. Um artista pode vender um NFT de sua música. O comprador do NFT se tornaria o proprietário exclusivo da música, o que significa que ele poderia compartilhar, vender ou usar a música como quiser. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758507 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs: A nova Era da Propriedade Intelectual para Artistas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A propriedade intelectual (PI) é um conjunto de direitos exclusivos que protegem a criatividade e a inovação. Ela abrange uma ampla gama de obras, incluindo música, arte, literatura, software, invenções e marcas. No mundo digital, a PI é frequentemente desafiada pela facilidade com que as obras podem ser copiadas e distribuídas. Isso pode causar problemas para artistas e outros criadores, que podem ter seu trabalho roubado ou usado sem permissão. Os tokens não fungíveis (NFTs) são uma tecnologia emergente que oferece um novo modelo para a propriedade intelectual no mundo digital. Os NFTs são ativos digitais únicos que são registrados em um blockchain, uma espécie de livro-razão digital que é seguro e transparente. Como os NFTs podem ajudar artistas Os NFTs podem ajudar artistas a proteger e monetizar seu trabalho de várias maneiras. Proteção da propriedade intelectual Os NFTs podem fornecer uma prova de propriedade única e verificável para obras de arte digitais. Isso pode ajudar a proteger os artistas contra a falsificação e a violação de direitos autorais. Por exemplo, um artista pode criar um NFT para sua pintura digital. O NFT seria registrado no blockchain com informações sobre o artista, a obra de arte e a data de criação. Isso criaria uma prova de propriedade que seria difícil de contestar. Monetização do trabalho Os NFTs também podem ser usados para monetizar o trabalho de artistas. Os artistas podem vender NFTs de suas obras de arte, música ou vídeo. Os compradores de NFTs se tornam os proprietários exclusivos da obra de arte, o que lhes dá direitos exclusivos de uso, reprodução e distribuição. Um artista pode vender um NFT de sua música. O comprador do NFT se tornaria o proprietário exclusivo da música, o que significa que ele poderia compartilhar, vender ou usar a música como quiser. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs: A nova Era da Propriedade Intelectual para Artistas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A propriedade intelectual (PI) é um conjunto de direitos exclusivos que protegem a criatividade e a inovação. Ela abrange uma ampla gama de obras, incluindo música, arte, literatura, software, invenções e marcas. No mundo digital, a PI é frequentemente desafiada pela facilidade com que as obras podem ser copiadas e distribuídas. Isso pode causar problemas para artistas e outros criadores, que podem ter seu trabalho roubado ou usado sem permissão. Os tokens não fungíveis (NFTs) são uma tecnologia emergente que oferece um novo modelo para a propriedade intelectual no mundo digital. Os NFTs são ativos digitais únicos que são registrados em um blockchain, uma espécie de livro-razão digital que é seguro e transparente. Como os NFTs podem ajudar artistas Os NFTs podem ajudar artistas a proteger e monetizar seu trabalho de várias maneiras. Proteção da propriedade intelectual Os NFTs podem fornecer uma prova de propriedade única e verificável para obras de arte digitais. Isso pode ajudar a proteger os artistas contra a falsificação e a violação de direitos autorais. Por exemplo, um artista pode criar um NFT para sua pintura digital. O NFT seria registrado no blockchain com informações sobre o artista, a obra de arte e a data de criação. Isso criaria uma prova de propriedade que seria difícil de contestar. Monetização do trabalho Os NFTs também podem ser usados para monetizar o trabalho de artistas. Os artistas podem vender NFTs de suas obras de arte, música ou vídeo. Os compradores de NFTs se tornam os proprietários exclusivos da obra de arte, o que lhes dá direitos exclusivos de uso, reprodução e distribuição. Um artista pode vender um NFT de sua música. O comprador do NFT se tornaria o proprietário exclusivo da música, o que significa que ele poderia compartilhar, vender ou usar a música como quiser. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758508 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: A Moeda do Futuro para os Pobres Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma nova tecnologia que está revolucionando o mundo do dinheiro. Elas são moedas digitais, descentralizadas e seguras, que não são emitidas por nenhum governo ou banco central. As criptomoedas têm o potencial de mudar a vida das pessoas pobres de muitas maneiras. Eles podem fornecer um meio de pagamento mais barato e eficiente, uma forma de armazenar valor com segurança e uma oportunidade de investimento com alto potencial de retorno. Este livro irá explorar o potencial das criptomoedas para os pobres. Ele irá discutir os benefícios das criptomoedas, os riscos envolvidos e como os pobres podem se beneficiar deles. Saiba muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758508 thebookvoice.com 1:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: A Moeda do Futuro para os Pobres Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma nova tecnologia que está revolucionando o mundo do dinheiro. Elas são moedas digitais, descentralizadas e seguras, que não são emitidas por nenhum governo ou banco central. As criptomoedas têm o potencial de mudar a vida das pessoas pobres de muitas maneiras. Eles podem fornecer um meio de pagamento mais barato e eficiente, uma forma de armazenar valor com segurança e uma oportunidade de investimento com alto potencial de retorno. Este livro irá explorar o potencial das criptomoedas para os pobres. Ele irá discutir os benefícios das criptomoedas, os riscos envolvidos e como os pobres podem se beneficiar deles. Saiba muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: A Moeda do Futuro para os Pobres Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma nova tecnologia que está revolucionando o mundo do dinheiro. Elas são moedas digitais, descentralizadas e seguras, que não são emitidas por nenhum governo ou banco central. As criptomoedas têm o potencial de mudar a vida das pessoas pobres de muitas maneiras. Eles podem fornecer um meio de pagamento mais barato e eficiente, uma forma de armazenar valor com segurança e uma oportunidade de investimento com alto potencial de retorno. Este livro irá explorar o potencial das criptomoedas para os pobres. Ele irá discutir os benefícios das criptomoedas, os riscos envolvidos e como os pobres podem se beneficiar deles. Saiba muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoeda: A Moeda do Futuro? Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma classe de ativos digitais que utilizam criptografia para garantir a sua segurança e integridade. Elas são descentralizadas, ou seja, não são emitidas ou controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. O Bitcoin foi a primeira criptomoeda a ser criada, em 2009. Desde então, surgiram milhares de outras criptomoedas, cada uma com suas próprias características e propósitos. Aprenda mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758509 thebookvoice.com 0:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoeda: A Moeda do Futuro? Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma classe de ativos digitais que utilizam criptografia para garantir a sua segurança e integridade. Elas são descentralizadas, ou seja, não são emitidas ou controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. O Bitcoin foi a primeira criptomoeda a ser criada, em 2009. Desde então, surgiram milhares de outras criptomoedas, cada uma com suas próprias características e propósitos. Aprenda mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoeda: A Moeda do Futuro? Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são uma classe de ativos digitais que utilizam criptografia para garantir a sua segurança e integridade. Elas são descentralizadas, ou seja, não são emitidas ou controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. O Bitcoin foi a primeira criptomoeda a ser criada, em 2009. Desde então, surgiram milhares de outras criptomoedas, cada uma com suas próprias características e propósitos. Aprenda mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758502 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain Descomplicado: Entendendo a Tecnologia por Trás das Criptomoedas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blockchain é uma tecnologia que permite a criação de um registro digital compartilhado e seguro, onde as transações são registradas e confirmadas através de uma rede descentralizada. Em outras palavras, o blockchain é uma espécie de livro-razão digital, onde todas as transações são registradas de forma permanente e imutável. Essa tecnologia é baseada em um conceito chamado de 'cadeia de blocos', onde cada bloco contém um conjunto de transações. O blockchain foi criado em 2008 para ser a base do Bitcoin, a primeira criptomoeda do mundo. No entanto, a tecnologia tem potencial para ser usada em uma ampla gama de aplicações, como contratos inteligentes, identidade digital e gestão de cadeia de suprimentos. Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758502 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain Descomplicado: Entendendo a Tecnologia por Trás das Criptomoedas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blockchain é uma tecnologia que permite a criação de um registro digital compartilhado e seguro, onde as transações são registradas e confirmadas através de uma rede descentralizada. Em outras palavras, o blockchain é uma espécie de livro-razão digital, onde todas as transações são registradas de forma permanente e imutável. Essa tecnologia é baseada em um conceito chamado de 'cadeia de blocos', onde cada bloco contém um conjunto de transações. O blockchain foi criado em 2008 para ser a base do Bitcoin, a primeira criptomoeda do mundo. No entanto, a tecnologia tem potencial para ser usada em uma ampla gama de aplicações, como contratos inteligentes, identidade digital e gestão de cadeia de suprimentos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain Descomplicado: Entendendo a Tecnologia por Trás das Criptomoedas Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blockchain é uma tecnologia que permite a criação de um registro digital compartilhado e seguro, onde as transações são registradas e confirmadas através de uma rede descentralizada. Em outras palavras, o blockchain é uma espécie de livro-razão digital, onde todas as transações são registradas de forma permanente e imutável. Essa tecnologia é baseada em um conceito chamado de 'cadeia de blocos', onde cada bloco contém um conjunto de transações. O blockchain foi criado em 2008 para ser a base do Bitcoin, a primeira criptomoeda do mundo. No entanto, a tecnologia tem potencial para ser usada em uma ampla gama de aplicações, como contratos inteligentes, identidade digital e gestão de cadeia de suprimentos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain para Iniciantes Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que permite registrar informações de forma segura e transparente. Ele é baseado em um sistema de blocos que são ligados uns aos outros usando criptografia. Cada bloco contém dados, como transações financeiras, registros de saúde ou propriedade intelectual. O blockchain tem o potencial de revolucionar a forma como nos comunicamos, trabalhamos e fazemos negócios. Ele pode ser usado para melhorar a eficiência, a segurança e a transparência de uma ampla gama de aplicações. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758503 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain para Iniciantes Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que permite registrar informações de forma segura e transparente. Ele é baseado em um sistema de blocos que são ligados uns aos outros usando criptografia. Cada bloco contém dados, como transações financeiras, registros de saúde ou propriedade intelectual. O blockchain tem o potencial de revolucionar a forma como nos comunicamos, trabalhamos e fazemos negócios. Ele pode ser usado para melhorar a eficiência, a segurança e a transparência de uma ampla gama de aplicações. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain para Iniciantes Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro distribuído que permite registrar informações de forma segura e transparente. Ele é baseado em um sistema de blocos que são ligados uns aos outros usando criptografia. Cada bloco contém dados, como transações financeiras, registros de saúde ou propriedade intelectual. O blockchain tem o potencial de revolucionar a forma como nos comunicamos, trabalhamos e fazemos negócios. Ele pode ser usado para melhorar a eficiência, a segurança e a transparência de uma ampla gama de aplicações. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758504 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs – Como Criar, Vender e Comprar Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Os tokens não fungíveis (NFTs) são um tipo de token criptográfico que representa um item único. Eles podem ser usados para representar ativos digitais, como arte, música, vídeos ou jogos. Os NFTs estão ganhando popularidade rapidamente, pois oferecem uma maneira de representar a propriedade de ativos digitais de forma segura e verificável. Este livro irá guiá-lo através do processo de criação, venda e compra de NFTs. Ele irá fornecer instruções passo a passo, bem como informações sobre os diferentes tipos de NFTs disponíveis e as melhores práticas para lucrar com eles. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758504 thebookvoice.com 0:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs – Como Criar, Vender e Comprar Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Os tokens não fungíveis (NFTs) são um tipo de token criptográfico que representa um item único. Eles podem ser usados para representar ativos digitais, como arte, música, vídeos ou jogos. Os NFTs estão ganhando popularidade rapidamente, pois oferecem uma maneira de representar a propriedade de ativos digitais de forma segura e verificável. Este livro irá guiá-lo através do processo de criação, venda e compra de NFTs. Ele irá fornecer instruções passo a passo, bem como informações sobre os diferentes tipos de NFTs disponíveis e as melhores práticas para lucrar com eles. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - NFTs – Como Criar, Vender e Comprar Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Os tokens não fungíveis (NFTs) são um tipo de token criptográfico que representa um item único. Eles podem ser usados para representar ativos digitais, como arte, música, vídeos ou jogos. Os NFTs estão ganhando popularidade rapidamente, pois oferecem uma maneira de representar a propriedade de ativos digitais de forma segura e verificável. Este livro irá guiá-lo através do processo de criação, venda e compra de NFTs. Ele irá fornecer instruções passo a passo, bem como informações sobre os diferentes tipos de NFTs disponíveis e as melhores práticas para lucrar com eles. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como Comprar Criptomoedas na Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O mercado de criptomoedas é um mercado em constante crescimento e expansão. Cada vez mais pessoas estão se interessando por esse mercado e procurando maneiras de investir em criptomoedas. Se você está pensando em investir em criptomoedas, é importante entender como funciona o processo de compra. Neste livro, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber para comprar criptomoedas na prática. Saiba muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758500 thebookvoice.com 0:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como Comprar Criptomoedas na Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O mercado de criptomoedas é um mercado em constante crescimento e expansão. Cada vez mais pessoas estão se interessando por esse mercado e procurando maneiras de investir em criptomoedas. Se você está pensando em investir em criptomoedas, é importante entender como funciona o processo de compra. Neste livro, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber para comprar criptomoedas na prática. Saiba muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como Comprar Criptomoedas na Prática Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O mercado de criptomoedas é um mercado em constante crescimento e expansão. Cada vez mais pessoas estão se interessando por esse mercado e procurando maneiras de investir em criptomoedas. Se você está pensando em investir em criptomoedas, é importante entender como funciona o processo de compra. Neste livro, você aprenderá tudo o que precisa saber para comprar criptomoedas na prática. Saiba muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain: A Tecnologia que vai Transformar o Comércio Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O comércio global é um sistema complexo e interconectado que envolve uma variedade de atores, desde empresas e governos até indivíduos. Ao longo dos anos, o comércio evoluiu para se tornar mais eficiente e seguro, mas ainda existem desafios a serem superados. Um desses desafios é a falta de transparência e confiança no sistema comercial. Atualmente, as informações sobre transações comerciais são frequentemente fragmentadas e difíceis de acessar. Isso pode levar a fraudes, corrupção e outras formas de má conduta. Outro desafio é a complexidade e a burocracia do comércio. Os processos comerciais são frequentemente lentos e ineficientes, o que pode aumentar os custos e prejudicar a competitividade das empresas. A tecnologia blockchain tem o potencial de resolver esses desafios e transformar o comércio global. O blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro descentralizado que usa criptografia para garantir a segurança e a integridade dos dados. Aprenda muito mais... Max Editorial Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758501 thebookvoice.com 1:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain: A Tecnologia que vai Transformar o Comércio Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O comércio global é um sistema complexo e interconectado que envolve uma variedade de atores, desde empresas e governos até indivíduos. Ao longo dos anos, o comércio evoluiu para se tornar mais eficiente e seguro, mas ainda existem desafios a serem superados. Um desses desafios é a falta de transparência e confiança no sistema comercial. Atualmente, as informações sobre transações comerciais são frequentemente fragmentadas e difíceis de acessar. Isso pode levar a fraudes, corrupção e outras formas de má conduta. Outro desafio é a complexidade e a burocracia do comércio. Os processos comerciais são frequentemente lentos e ineficientes, o que pode aumentar os custos e prejudicar a competitividade das empresas. A tecnologia blockchain tem o potencial de resolver esses desafios e transformar o comércio global. O blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro descentralizado que usa criptografia para garantir a segurança e a integridade dos dados. Aprenda muito mais... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain: A Tecnologia que vai Transformar o Comércio Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O comércio global é um sistema complexo e interconectado que envolve uma variedade de atores, desde empresas e governos até indivíduos. Ao longo dos anos, o comércio evoluiu para se tornar mais eficiente e seguro, mas ainda existem desafios a serem superados. Um desses desafios é a falta de transparência e confiança no sistema comercial. Atualmente, as informações sobre transações comerciais são frequentemente fragmentadas e difíceis de acessar. Isso pode levar a fraudes, corrupção e outras formas de má conduta. Outro desafio é a complexidade e a burocracia do comércio. Os processos comerciais são frequentemente lentos e ineficientes, o que pode aumentar os custos e prejudicar a competitividade das empresas. A tecnologia blockchain tem o potencial de resolver esses desafios e transformar o comércio global. O blockchain é uma tecnologia de registro descentralizado que usa criptografia para garantir a segurança e a integridade dos dados. Aprenda muito mais... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757717 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business: On Purpose. For Profit. With Passion Author: Radek Sali Narrator: Radek Sali, Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business, former Swisse CEO Radek Sali unpacks how his unique approach to product, people, and branding took Swisse Wellness from an Australian favorite to a blockbuster brand that sold for $2.1 billion. At the heart of How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business is Radek's passion for finding purpose in work. This book shares inspiring real-world strategies, stories, and insights on how to build a business that makes an astounding profit—but more than that, how to build a business that also does good. A successful business is not just about profit: it's about culture. Inside, you'll learn how to develop a business plan, foster loyalty and innovation in your team, build a thriving workplace culture rooted in values, and attract and retain customers who believe in your product and your mission. From his early career days to his success as a serial entrepreneur and ethical investor, Radek Sali shares a blueprint for discovering what drives you and making your business goals a reality. How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business is a handbook for business owners everywhere, showing you how to succeed in creating positive change in your business and in the world. Radek Sali Tue, 02 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757717 thebookvoice.com 9:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business: On Purpose. For Profit. With Passion Author: Radek Sali Narrator: Radek Sali, Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business, former Swisse CEO Radek Sali unpacks how his unique approach to product, people, and branding took Swisse Wellness from an Australian favorite to a blockbuster brand that sold for $2.1 billion. At the heart of How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business is Radek's passion for finding purpose in work. This book shares inspiring real-world strategies, stories, and insights on how to build a business that makes an astounding profit—but more than that, how to build a business that also does good. A successful business is not just about profit: it's about culture. Inside, you'll learn how to develop a business plan, foster loyalty and innovation in your team, build a thriving workplace culture rooted in values, and attract and retain customers who believe in your product and your mission. From his early career days to his success as a serial entrepreneur and ethical investor, Radek Sali shares a blueprint for discovering what drives you and making your business goals a reality. How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business is a handbook for business owners everywhere, showing you how to succeed in creating positive change in your business and in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business: On Purpose. For Profit. With Passion Author: Radek Sali Narrator: Radek Sali, Cat Gould Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business, former Swisse CEO Radek Sali unpacks how his unique approach to product, people, and branding took Swisse Wellness from an Australian favorite to a blockbuster brand that sold for $2.1 billion. At the heart of How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business is Radek's passion for finding purpose in work. This book shares inspiring real-world strategies, stories, and insights on how to build a business that makes an astounding profit—but more than that, how to build a business that also does good. A successful business is not just about profit: it's about culture. Inside, you'll learn how to develop a business plan, foster loyalty and innovation in your team, build a thriving workplace culture rooted in values, and attract and retain customers who believe in your product and your mission. From his early career days to his success as a serial entrepreneur and ethical investor, Radek Sali shares a blueprint for discovering what drives you and making your business goals a reality. How to Build a Billion-Dollar Business is a handbook for business owners everywhere, showing you how to succeed in creating positive change in your business and in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Projects and Initiatives Series: Part of HBR\'s 10 Must Reads Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Kitty Hendrix, Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone is now a project leader—learn how to manage them more effectively. If you read (or listen to) nothing else on managing projects and initiatives, listen to these ten articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you lead initiatives that will inspire your people, tackle your biggest challenges with agile, and prepare yourself and your organization for a world driven by projects. This book will inspire you to reap benefits from your initiatives more quickly; become a better project sponsor; kill initiatives that aren't performing; navigate the politics of innovation projects; keep AI and digital transformation on track; and prepare for the next generation of project management tools. HBR's 10 Must Reads series is the definitive collection of books for new and experienced leaders alike. Leaders looking for the inspiration that big ideas provide, both to accelerate their own growth and that of their companies, should look no further. The series focuses on the core topics that every ambitious manager needs to know: leadership, strategy, change, managing people, and managing yourself. Harvard Business Review Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757714 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Projects and Initiatives Series: Part of HBR\'s 10 Must Reads Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Kitty Hendrix, Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone is now a project leader—learn how to manage them more effectively. If you read (or listen to) nothing else on managing projects and initiatives, listen to these ten articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you lead initiatives that will inspire your people, tackle your biggest challenges with agile, and prepare yourself and your organization for a world driven by projects. This book will inspire you to reap benefits from your initiatives more quickly; become a better project sponsor; kill initiatives that aren't performing; navigate the politics of innovation projects; keep AI and digital transformation on track; and prepare for the next generation of project management tools. HBR's 10 Must Reads series is the definitive collection of books for new and experienced leaders alike. Leaders looking for the inspiration that big ideas provide, both to accelerate their own growth and that of their companies, should look no further. The series focuses on the core topics that every ambitious manager needs to know: leadership, strategy, change, managing people, and managing yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads on Managing Projects and Initiatives Series: Part of HBR\'s 10 Must Reads Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Kitty Hendrix, Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone is now a project leader—learn how to manage them more effectively. If you read (or listen to) nothing else on managing projects and initiatives, listen to these ten articles. We've combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you lead initiatives that will inspire your people, tackle your biggest challenges with agile, and prepare yourself and your organization for a world driven by projects. This book will inspire you to reap benefits from your initiatives more quickly; become a better project sponsor; kill initiatives that aren't performing; navigate the politics of innovation projects; keep AI and digital transformation on track; and prepare for the next generation of project management tools. HBR's 10 Must Reads series is the definitive collection of books for new and experienced leaders alike. Leaders looking for the inspiration that big ideas provide, both to accelerate their own growth and that of their companies, should look no further. The series focuses on the core topics that every ambitious manager needs to know: leadership, strategy, change, managing people, and managing yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Play It Safe: A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Love Author: Chase Jarvis Narrator: Chase Jarvis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if your biggest risk in life is playing it safe? In Never Play It Safe, bestselling author, award-winning photographer, and founder of CreativeLive, Chase Jarvis, reveals that safety is an illusion—a comforting lie that’s holding you back from true fulfillment and extraordinary success. Discover the Bold Path to Your Most Authentic Life Chase Jarvis has spent years in deep conversation with the world’s top entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and performers, uncovering the real secrets to living boldly and authentically. Through these powerful insights and his own transformative experiences, he invites you to shatter the dangerous comfort of the safe path and unlock your full potential. Inside, you'll discover: Why ''playing it safe'' is the riskiest move you can make How to break free from the toxic voices in your head holding you back The hidden ''attention hijackers'' silently sabotaging your dreams  The surprising link between playfulness and peak performance in any field Practical techniques to train your attention and unlock your potential Real-life stories of world-class performers who dared to live boldly Are You Ready to Break Free? If you’re tired of playing small, feeling stuck, or living in fear, it’s time to reclaim the playful, courageous part of yourself that’s been waiting to shine. Never Play It Safe will equip you with the tools, insights, and inspiration to take bold action and create the life of your dreams. Your Life is the Ultimate Creative Act—Don’t Settle for Safety. Chase Jarvis Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757634 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Play It Safe: A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Love Author: Chase Jarvis Narrator: Chase Jarvis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if your biggest risk in life is playing it safe? In Never Play It Safe, bestselling author, award-winning photographer, and founder of CreativeLive, Chase Jarvis, reveals that safety is an illusion—a comforting lie that’s holding you back from true fulfillment and extraordinary success. Discover the Bold Path to Your Most Authentic Life Chase Jarvis has spent years in deep conversation with the world’s top entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and performers, uncovering the real secrets to living boldly and authentically. Through these powerful insights and his own transformative experiences, he invites you to shatter the dangerous comfort of the safe path and unlock your full potential. Inside, you'll discover: Why ''playing it safe'' is the riskiest move you can make How to break free from the toxic voices in your head holding you back The hidden ''attention hijackers'' silently sabotaging your dreams  The surprising link between playfulness and peak performance in any field Practical techniques to train your attention and unlock your potential Real-life stories of world-class performers who dared to live boldly Are You Ready to Break Free? If you’re tired of playing small, feeling stuck, or living in fear, it’s time to reclaim the playful, courageous part of yourself that’s been waiting to shine. Never Play It Safe will equip you with the tools, insights, and inspiration to take bold action and create the life of your dreams. Your Life is the Ultimate Creative Act—Don’t Settle for Safety. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Play It Safe: A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Love Author: Chase Jarvis Narrator: Chase Jarvis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if your biggest risk in life is playing it safe? In Never Play It Safe, bestselling author, award-winning photographer, and founder of CreativeLive, Chase Jarvis, reveals that safety is an illusion—a comforting lie that’s holding you back from true fulfillment and extraordinary success. Discover the Bold Path to Your Most Authentic Life Chase Jarvis has spent years in deep conversation with the world’s top entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and performers, uncovering the real secrets to living boldly and authentically. Through these powerful insights and his own transformative experiences, he invites you to shatter the dangerous comfort of the safe path and unlock your full potential. Inside, you'll discover: Why ''playing it safe'' is the riskiest move you can make How to break free from the toxic voices in your head holding you back The hidden ''attention hijackers'' silently sabotaging your dreams  The surprising link between playfulness and peak performance in any field Practical techniques to train your attention and unlock your potential Real-life stories of world-class performers who dared to live boldly Are You Ready to Break Free? If you’re tired of playing small, feeling stuck, or living in fear, it’s time to reclaim the playful, courageous part of yourself that’s been waiting to shine. Never Play It Safe will equip you with the tools, insights, and inspiration to take bold action and create the life of your dreams. Your Life is the Ultimate Creative Act—Don’t Settle for Safety. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Went Wrong With Capitalism Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A radical examination by a leading financial analyst, commentator and investor of the ills of capitalism and how they can be fixed What went wrong with capitalism? Ruchir Sharma’s explanation is unlike any you have heard before. Progressives are partly right when they mock modern capitalism as “socialism for the rich,” but what really happened in recent decades is that government in developed nations expanded in just about every measurable dimension, from spending and regulation to the sheer scale of its rescues each time the economy wobbled. The result, Sharma says, is “socialized risk,” expensive government guarantees, for everyone—welfare for the poor, entitlements for the middle class, and bailouts for the rich. Voters say they are disillusioned with capitalism, but a system so distorted by government interventions is a dysfunctional version of free market ideals. As a result, productivity and economic growth have slowed sharply, shrinking the pie for everyone and stoking popular anger. Since these flaws developed as the government expanded, building an even bigger state will only double down on what’s gone wrong. The answer Sharma offers is a series of seven fixes to restore the balance between state support and free markets and lay the path to a more prosperous and happier future. © Ruchir Sharma 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Ruchir Sharma Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Went Wrong With Capitalism Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A radical examination by a leading financial analyst, commentator and investor of the ills of capitalism and how they can be fixed What went wrong with capitalism? Ruchir Sharma’s explanation is unlike any you have heard before. Progressives are partly right when they mock modern capitalism as “socialism for the rich,” but what really happened in recent decades is that government in developed nations expanded in just about every measurable dimension, from spending and regulation to the sheer scale of its rescues each time the economy wobbled. The result, Sharma says, is “socialized risk,” expensive government guarantees, for everyone—welfare for the poor, entitlements for the middle class, and bailouts for the rich. Voters say they are disillusioned with capitalism, but a system so distorted by government interventions is a dysfunctional version of free market ideals. As a result, productivity and economic growth have slowed sharply, shrinking the pie for everyone and stoking popular anger. Since these flaws developed as the government expanded, building an even bigger state will only double down on what’s gone wrong. The answer Sharma offers is a series of seven fixes to restore the balance between state support and free markets and lay the path to a more prosperous and happier future. © Ruchir Sharma 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Went Wrong With Capitalism Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A radical examination by a leading financial analyst, commentator and investor of the ills of capitalism and how they can be fixed What went wrong with capitalism? Ruchir Sharma’s explanation is unlike any you have heard before. Progressives are partly right when they mock modern capitalism as “socialism for the rich,” but what really happened in recent decades is that government in developed nations expanded in just about every measurable dimension, from spending and regulation to the sheer scale of its rescues each time the economy wobbled. The result, Sharma says, is “socialized risk,” expensive government guarantees, for everyone—welfare for the poor, entitlements for the middle class, and bailouts for the rich. Voters say they are disillusioned with capitalism, but a system so distorted by government interventions is a dysfunctional version of free market ideals. As a result, productivity and economic growth have slowed sharply, shrinking the pie for everyone and stoking popular anger. Since these flaws developed as the government expanded, building an even bigger state will only double down on what’s gone wrong. The answer Sharma offers is a series of seven fixes to restore the balance between state support and free markets and lay the path to a more prosperous and happier future. © Ruchir Sharma 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Dressed and Parking Cars: The Magical Story of Building a Gaming Company Author: Alok Kejriwal Narrator: Arish Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Getting Dressed and Parking Cars captures the minute-to-minute, event-by-event, nail-biting business adventure of Alok Kejriwal’s fourth entrepreneurial venture—Games2win. The Walt Disney Company acquiredAlok’s previous company.Games2win has been creating car parking and dress-up games online with the aim of becoming India’s most successful casual gaming start-up in the global market.Each chapter in this book captures Alok’s real-life experience of building, scaling and routinely failing in hisventure. The book throbs with adrenaline as Alok thrills readers with stories of his website traffic vanishing in thin air, his games getting stolen, his arrest and his partner’s amazing creation of ‘invisible’ ads.Getting Dressed and Parking Cars is not a book glorifying a successful start-up but a journey of businessadventures that celebrates the spirit of ‘starting something’. Think of it as a playbook for professionalsand entrepreneurs to create something new . . . Alok Kejriwal Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757614 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Dressed and Parking Cars: The Magical Story of Building a Gaming Company Author: Alok Kejriwal Narrator: Arish Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Getting Dressed and Parking Cars captures the minute-to-minute, event-by-event, nail-biting business adventure of Alok Kejriwal’s fourth entrepreneurial venture—Games2win. The Walt Disney Company acquiredAlok’s previous company.Games2win has been creating car parking and dress-up games online with the aim of becoming India’s most successful casual gaming start-up in the global market.Each chapter in this book captures Alok’s real-life experience of building, scaling and routinely failing in hisventure. The book throbs with adrenaline as Alok thrills readers with stories of his website traffic vanishing in thin air, his games getting stolen, his arrest and his partner’s amazing creation of ‘invisible’ ads.Getting Dressed and Parking Cars is not a book glorifying a successful start-up but a journey of businessadventures that celebrates the spirit of ‘starting something’. Think of it as a playbook for professionalsand entrepreneurs to create something new . . . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Dressed and Parking Cars: The Magical Story of Building a Gaming Company Author: Alok Kejriwal Narrator: Arish Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Getting Dressed and Parking Cars captures the minute-to-minute, event-by-event, nail-biting business adventure of Alok Kejriwal’s fourth entrepreneurial venture—Games2win. The Walt Disney Company acquiredAlok’s previous company.Games2win has been creating car parking and dress-up games online with the aim of becoming India’s most successful casual gaming start-up in the global market.Each chapter in this book captures Alok’s real-life experience of building, scaling and routinely failing in hisventure. The book throbs with adrenaline as Alok thrills readers with stories of his website traffic vanishing in thin air, his games getting stolen, his arrest and his partner’s amazing creation of ‘invisible’ ads.Getting Dressed and Parking Cars is not a book glorifying a successful start-up but a journey of businessadventures that celebrates the spirit of ‘starting something’. Think of it as a playbook for professionalsand entrepreneurs to create something new . . . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757610 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside Mercedes F1: Life in the Fast Lane Author: Matt Whyman Narrator: Matt Whyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The official, no-holds-barred inside story of the Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS Formula 1 Team   “This book lifts the lid on what life is really like inside our team and it has been based on unprecedented access—nobody has ever been this close to what happens behind the scenes.”—Toto Wolff   With exclusive access to the Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS F1 Team, award-winning writer Matt Whyman charts the journey of the Silver Arrows as they face their greatest challenge: the race back to the front of the grid. Once untouchable, the winner of seven Drivers’ World Championships and eight consecutive Constructors’ World Championships confront the reality of no longer being F1’s top dog. Whyman, fully embedded across the 2023 and 2024 seasons, follows decorated drivers Lewis Hamilton and George Russell, Team Principal Toto Wolff, and the extraordinary men and women who design, build, and race the team’s cars as they fight back—on and off the track. From the tension of pre-season testing to the thrill and glamour of race weekends—including Austin, Miami, and the first-ever Las Vegas Grand Prix—the book provides fascinating insight into the world of the fastest sport on earth and one of its most successful teams. Whyman reveals the pressure cooker environment of elite competition, shares the secrets of teamwork and high performance, and foregrounds the remarkable individuals who push to the limits in their quest for victory. Matt Whyman Tue, 12 Nov 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757610 thebookvoice.com 10:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside Mercedes F1: Life in the Fast Lane Author: Matt Whyman Narrator: Matt Whyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The official, no-holds-barred inside story of the Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS Formula 1 Team   “This book lifts the lid on what life is really like inside our team and it has been based on unprecedented access—nobody has ever been this close to what happens behind the scenes.”—Toto Wolff   With exclusive access to the Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS F1 Team, award-winning writer Matt Whyman charts the journey of the Silver Arrows as they face their greatest challenge: the race back to the front of the grid. Once untouchable, the winner of seven Drivers’ World Championships and eight consecutive Constructors’ World Championships confront the reality of no longer being F1’s top dog. Whyman, fully embedded across the 2023 and 2024 seasons, follows decorated drivers Lewis Hamilton and George Russell, Team Principal Toto Wolff, and the extraordinary men and women who design, build, and race the team’s cars as they fight back—on and off the track. From the tension of pre-season testing to the thrill and glamour of race weekends—including Austin, Miami, and the first-ever Las Vegas Grand Prix—the book provides fascinating insight into the world of the fastest sport on earth and one of its most successful teams. Whyman reveals the pressure cooker environment of elite competition, shares the secrets of teamwork and high performance, and foregrounds the remarkable individuals who push to the limits in their quest for victory. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside Mercedes F1: Life in the Fast Lane Author: Matt Whyman Narrator: Matt Whyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The official, no-holds-barred inside story of the Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS Formula 1 Team   “This book lifts the lid on what life is really like inside our team and it has been based on unprecedented access—nobody has ever been this close to what happens behind the scenes.”—Toto Wolff   With exclusive access to the Mercedes-AMG PETRONAS F1 Team, award-winning writer Matt Whyman charts the journey of the Silver Arrows as they face their greatest challenge: the race back to the front of the grid. Once untouchable, the winner of seven Drivers’ World Championships and eight consecutive Constructors’ World Championships confront the reality of no longer being F1’s top dog. Whyman, fully embedded across the 2023 and 2024 seasons, follows decorated drivers Lewis Hamilton and George Russell, Team Principal Toto Wolff, and the extraordinary men and women who design, build, and race the team’s cars as they fight back—on and off the track. From the tension of pre-season testing to the thrill and glamour of race weekends—including Austin, Miami, and the first-ever Las Vegas Grand Prix—the book provides fascinating insight into the world of the fastest sport on earth and one of its most successful teams. Whyman reveals the pressure cooker environment of elite competition, shares the secrets of teamwork and high performance, and foregrounds the remarkable individuals who push to the limits in their quest for victory. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756968 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading With the Heart: Coach K's Successful Strategies for Sport, Business and Life Author: Mike Kryzewski Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this informative and inspirational book, Coach K explains how he motivates peak performances from his players, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the US Army and applied over four decades as the head of Duke basketball. Throughout his career, Coach K's ethos centred around fostering an environment and culture that focussed on openness, hard work and cooperation to ensure excellence on and off the court. Through his innate understanding of teamwork and mutual respect, this rediscovered bestseller will teach everyone, everywhere, how to get the best performance out of themselves and their team. Mike Kryzewski Thu, 07 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756968 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading With the Heart: Coach K's Successful Strategies for Sport, Business and Life Author: Mike Kryzewski Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this informative and inspirational book, Coach K explains how he motivates peak performances from his players, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the US Army and applied over four decades as the head of Duke basketball. Throughout his career, Coach K's ethos centred around fostering an environment and culture that focussed on openness, hard work and cooperation to ensure excellence on and off the court. Through his innate understanding of teamwork and mutual respect, this rediscovered bestseller will teach everyone, everywhere, how to get the best performance out of themselves and their team. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading With the Heart: Coach K's Successful Strategies for Sport, Business and Life Author: Mike Kryzewski Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this informative and inspirational book, Coach K explains how he motivates peak performances from his players, relying on lessons he learned as a captain in the US Army and applied over four decades as the head of Duke basketball. Throughout his career, Coach K's ethos centred around fostering an environment and culture that focussed on openness, hard work and cooperation to ensure excellence on and off the court. Through his innate understanding of teamwork and mutual respect, this rediscovered bestseller will teach everyone, everywhere, how to get the best performance out of themselves and their team. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756458 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The National System of Political Economy Author: Friedrich List Narrator: Christopher Kendrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 10, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'The National System of Political Economy' by Friedrich List, first published in 1841, is a seminal work that advocates for economic nationalism and the strategic use of protectionist policies to foster a country's economic development. List argues against the prevailing doctrine of free trade and presents a comprehensive framework for promoting domestic industry and infrastructure. His ideas have had a lasting impact on the development of industrial policy and international trade theory. The book remains a significant contribution to the understanding of economic development and the role of the state in shaping national economies Friedrich List Sat, 10 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756458 thebookvoice.com 18:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The National System of Political Economy Author: Friedrich List Narrator: Christopher Kendrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 10, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'The National System of Political Economy' by Friedrich List, first published in 1841, is a seminal work that advocates for economic nationalism and the strategic use of protectionist policies to foster a country's economic development. List argues against the prevailing doctrine of free trade and presents a comprehensive framework for promoting domestic industry and infrastructure. His ideas have had a lasting impact on the development of industrial policy and international trade theory. The book remains a significant contribution to the understanding of economic development and the role of the state in shaping national economies Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The National System of Political Economy Author: Friedrich List Narrator: Christopher Kendrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 10, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'The National System of Political Economy' by Friedrich List, first published in 1841, is a seminal work that advocates for economic nationalism and the strategic use of protectionist policies to foster a country's economic development. List argues against the prevailing doctrine of free trade and presents a comprehensive framework for promoting domestic industry and infrastructure. His ideas have had a lasting impact on the development of industrial policy and international trade theory. The book remains a significant contribution to the understanding of economic development and the role of the state in shaping national economies https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755877 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer: Das letzte Geheimnis der leichten, menschlichen und wirksamen Unternehmensführung Author: Stefan Merath Narrator: Helena Soliman-Schmitz, Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pflichtlektüre für Unternehmerinnen und Unternehmer Vor 16 Jahren schrieb Stefan Merath mit 'Der Weg zum erfolgreichen Unternehmer' das bisherige deutsche Standardwerk für UnternehmerInnen. Mit seinem neuen Buch 'Die Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer' schuf er nun sein Meisterwerk – die Pflichtlektüre für alle UnternehmerInnen aus kleinen und mittleren Unternehmen. Dieser Business-Roman erzählt die Geschichte  des Unternehmers Jan, der sein Unternehmen zum Erfolg führen will, sich aber fühlt wie der Sklave im eigenen Unternehmen. Dabei bekommt er Unterstützung von Schwarzgurt-Unternehmern, die ihm eine völlig neue Welt eröffnen. Eine Welt ohne Stress, Ärger, Frust und Kampf. Eine Welt, in der Unternehmersein mit innerer Ruhe, Leichtigkeit und Team-Flow verbunden ist. Eine Welt voller Leidenschaft und Erfüllung. Eine Besonderheit dieses Buches ist, dass es nicht nur reine Praxis für Unternehmer, sondern auch Mitarbeitenden eine völlig neue Perspektive bietet, die gemeinsam im Team wachsen wollen. Dieses Buch ist von einer tiefen Weisheit getragen. Man spürt in jeder Zeile, dass Stefan Merath seit dem 'Weg zum erfolgreichen Unternehmer' etwa 3-mal so lange selbst Unternehmer und 5-mal so lange Unternehmercoach ist. Und er hat mit 1000-mal so vielen Unternehmern als KundInnen gearbeitet. Manche davon wurden beste Arbeitgeber Deutschlands. All seine Erfahrung steckt in diesem Buch. Dieses Hörbuch bietet: - Antworten, wie du den alltäglichen Zwängen entkommst - Einen klaren Entwicklungspfad, um der/die beste Unternehmer/in zu werden, der/die du sein kannst. Und zwar mindestens 10-mal schneller und fokussierter als bislang. - Ein Unternehmerbild, das sich radikal von dem sonst in der Öffentlichkeit und Erfolgsliteratur üblichen unterscheidet - Wege, Strategien innerhalb von 3 Monaten nicht nur zu entwickeln, sondern auch umzusetzen - Wege, dein Team in High-Speed zu trainieren - Die Antwort, wie du ein Flow-Team schaffst – ein maximal begeistertes Team in Höchstleistung - Die Kunst, wie du in jeder Situation innere Ruhe bewahrst - Den Trainings-Kodex der Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer - Deinen Weg, Unternehmersein voller Lebensfreude, Sinn, Erfüllung und Selbstbestimmung zu erlebenDie Welt wird sich durch die Entwicklungen in der Künstlichen Intelligenz die nächsten 10 Jahre mehr verändern als in den letzten 250 Jahren. Kein Witz! Disruption, Dauerumbrüche und Krisen werden in allen Branchen der Normalfall. Die einzige Chance, diese Zeit zur besten deines Lebens zu machen, liegt darin, zuerst dich zur bestmöglichen Unternehmerin/zum bestmöglichen Unternehmer zu entwickeln.   'Dieses Meisterwerk ist der 'Der Alchemist' für Unternehmer.' Dr. Hans-Georg Häusel, Autor des Bestsellers 'Think Limbic', mit dem er das Denken im Management und Marketing revolutioniert hat Inklusive PDF mit Abbildungen aus dem Buch Stefan Merath Thu, 07 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755877 thebookvoice.com 14:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer: Das letzte Geheimnis der leichten, menschlichen und wirksamen Unternehmensführung Author: Stefan Merath Narrator: Helena Soliman-Schmitz, Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pflichtlektüre für Unternehmerinnen und Unternehmer Vor 16 Jahren schrieb Stefan Merath mit 'Der Weg zum erfolgreichen Unternehmer' das bisherige deutsche Standardwerk für UnternehmerInnen. Mit seinem neuen Buch 'Die Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer' schuf er nun sein Meisterwerk – die Pflichtlektüre für alle UnternehmerInnen aus kleinen und mittleren Unternehmen. Dieser Business-Roman erzählt die Geschichte  des Unternehmers Jan, der sein Unternehmen zum Erfolg führen will, sich aber fühlt wie der Sklave im eigenen Unternehmen. Dabei bekommt er Unterstützung von Schwarzgurt-Unternehmern, die ihm eine völlig neue Welt eröffnen. Eine Welt ohne Stress, Ärger, Frust und Kampf. Eine Welt, in der Unternehmersein mit innerer Ruhe, Leichtigkeit und Team-Flow verbunden ist. Eine Welt voller Leidenschaft und Erfüllung. Eine Besonderheit dieses Buches ist, dass es nicht nur reine Praxis für Unternehmer, sondern auch Mitarbeitenden eine völlig neue Perspektive bietet, die gemeinsam im Team wachsen wollen. Dieses Buch ist von einer tiefen Weisheit getragen. Man spürt in jeder Zeile, dass Stefan Merath seit dem 'Weg zum erfolgreichen Unternehmer' etwa 3-mal so lange selbst Unternehmer und 5-mal so lange Unternehmercoach ist. Und er hat mit 1000-mal so vielen Unternehmern als KundInnen gearbeitet. Manche davon wurden beste Arbeitgeber Deutschlands. All seine Erfahrung steckt in diesem Buch. Dieses Hörbuch bietet: - Antworten, wie du den alltäglichen Zwängen entkommst - Einen klaren Entwicklungspfad, um der/die beste Unternehmer/in zu werden, der/die du sein kannst. Und zwar mindestens 10-mal schneller und fokussierter als bislang. - Ein Unternehmerbild, das sich radikal von dem sonst in der Öffentlichkeit und Erfolgsliteratur üblichen unterscheidet - Wege, Strategien innerhalb von 3 Monaten nicht nur zu entwickeln, sondern auch umzusetzen - Wege, dein Team in High-Speed zu trainieren - Die Antwort, wie du ein Flow-Team schaffst – ein maximal begeistertes Team in Höchstleistung - Die Kunst, wie du in jeder Situation innere Ruhe bewahrst - Den Trainings-Kodex der Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer - Deinen Weg, Unternehmersein voller Lebensfreude, Sinn, Erfüllung und Selbstbestimmung zu erlebenDie Welt wird sich durch die Entwicklungen in der Künstlichen Intelligenz die nächsten 10 Jahre mehr verändern als in den letzten 250 Jahren. Kein Witz! Disruption, Dauerumbrüche und Krisen werden in allen Branchen der Normalfall. Die einzige Chance, diese Zeit zur besten deines Lebens zu machen, liegt darin, zuerst dich zur bestmöglichen Unternehmerin/zum bestmöglichen Unternehmer zu entwickeln.   'Dieses Meisterwerk ist der 'Der Alchemist' für Unternehmer.' Dr. Hans-Georg Häusel, Autor des Bestsellers 'Think Limbic', mit dem er das Denken im Management und Marketing revolutioniert hat Inklusive PDF mit Abbildungen aus dem Buch Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer: Das letzte Geheimnis der leichten, menschlichen und wirksamen Unternehmensführung Author: Stefan Merath Narrator: Helena Soliman-Schmitz, Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pflichtlektüre für Unternehmerinnen und Unternehmer Vor 16 Jahren schrieb Stefan Merath mit 'Der Weg zum erfolgreichen Unternehmer' das bisherige deutsche Standardwerk für UnternehmerInnen. Mit seinem neuen Buch 'Die Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer' schuf er nun sein Meisterwerk – die Pflichtlektüre für alle UnternehmerInnen aus kleinen und mittleren Unternehmen. Dieser Business-Roman erzählt die Geschichte  des Unternehmers Jan, der sein Unternehmen zum Erfolg führen will, sich aber fühlt wie der Sklave im eigenen Unternehmen. Dabei bekommt er Unterstützung von Schwarzgurt-Unternehmern, die ihm eine völlig neue Welt eröffnen. Eine Welt ohne Stress, Ärger, Frust und Kampf. Eine Welt, in der Unternehmersein mit innerer Ruhe, Leichtigkeit und Team-Flow verbunden ist. Eine Welt voller Leidenschaft und Erfüllung. Eine Besonderheit dieses Buches ist, dass es nicht nur reine Praxis für Unternehmer, sondern auch Mitarbeitenden eine völlig neue Perspektive bietet, die gemeinsam im Team wachsen wollen. Dieses Buch ist von einer tiefen Weisheit getragen. Man spürt in jeder Zeile, dass Stefan Merath seit dem 'Weg zum erfolgreichen Unternehmer' etwa 3-mal so lange selbst Unternehmer und 5-mal so lange Unternehmercoach ist. Und er hat mit 1000-mal so vielen Unternehmern als KundInnen gearbeitet. Manche davon wurden beste Arbeitgeber Deutschlands. All seine Erfahrung steckt in diesem Buch. Dieses Hörbuch bietet: - Antworten, wie du den alltäglichen Zwängen entkommst - Einen klaren Entwicklungspfad, um der/die beste Unternehmer/in zu werden, der/die du sein kannst. Und zwar mindestens 10-mal schneller und fokussierter als bislang. - Ein Unternehmerbild, das sich radikal von dem sonst in der Öffentlichkeit und Erfolgsliteratur üblichen unterscheidet - Wege, Strategien innerhalb von 3 Monaten nicht nur zu entwickeln, sondern auch umzusetzen - Wege, dein Team in High-Speed zu trainieren - Die Antwort, wie du ein Flow-Team schaffst – ein maximal begeistertes Team in Höchstleistung - Die Kunst, wie du in jeder Situation innere Ruhe bewahrst - Den Trainings-Kodex der Schwarzgurt-Unternehmer - Deinen Weg, Unternehmersein voller Lebensfreude, Sinn, Erfüllung und Selbstbestimmung zu erlebenDie Welt wird sich durch die Entwicklungen in der Künstlichen Intelligenz die nächsten 10 Jahre mehr verändern als in den letzten 250 Jahren. Kein Witz! Disruption, Dauerumbrüche und Krisen werden in allen Branchen der Normalfall. Die einzige Chance, diese Zeit zur besten deines Lebens zu machen, liegt darin, zuerst dich zur bestmöglichen Unternehmerin/zum bestmöglichen Unternehmer zu entwickeln.   'Dieses Meisterwerk ist der 'Der Alchemist' für Unternehmer.' Dr. Hans-Georg Häusel, Autor des Bestsellers 'Think Limbic', mit dem er das Denken im Management und Marketing revolutioniert hat Inklusive PDF mit Abbildungen aus dem Buch https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Feed the World: A Factful Guide Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this ambitious, myth-busting book, leading scientist and internationally bestselling author Vaclav Smil investigates many of the burning questions facing the world today: Why are some of the world’s biggest food producers also the countries with the most undernourished populations? Why is food waste a colossal 1,000kcal per person daily, and how can we solve that? Could we all go vegan and be healthy? Should we? How will we feed the ballooning population without killing the planet? How To Feed The World shows how we misunderstand the essentials of where our food really comes from, how our dietary requirements shape us, and why this impacts our planet in drastic ways. Ultimately, this data-based, rigorously researched guide explains how we will survive and thrive long into the future. ‘There is no author whose books I look forward to more’ BILL GATES ‘There is perhaps no other academic who paints pictures with numbers like Smil’ GUARDIAN © Vaclav Smil 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Vaclav Smil Thu, 07 Nov 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Feed the World: A Factful Guide Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this ambitious, myth-busting book, leading scientist and internationally bestselling author Vaclav Smil investigates many of the burning questions facing the world today: Why are some of the world’s biggest food producers also the countries with the most undernourished populations? Why is food waste a colossal 1,000kcal per person daily, and how can we solve that? Could we all go vegan and be healthy? Should we? How will we feed the ballooning population without killing the planet? How To Feed The World shows how we misunderstand the essentials of where our food really comes from, how our dietary requirements shape us, and why this impacts our planet in drastic ways. Ultimately, this data-based, rigorously researched guide explains how we will survive and thrive long into the future. ‘There is no author whose books I look forward to more’ BILL GATES ‘There is perhaps no other academic who paints pictures with numbers like Smil’ GUARDIAN © Vaclav Smil 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Feed the World: A Factful Guide Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this ambitious, myth-busting book, leading scientist and internationally bestselling author Vaclav Smil investigates many of the burning questions facing the world today: Why are some of the world’s biggest food producers also the countries with the most undernourished populations? Why is food waste a colossal 1,000kcal per person daily, and how can we solve that? Could we all go vegan and be healthy? Should we? How will we feed the ballooning population without killing the planet? How To Feed The World shows how we misunderstand the essentials of where our food really comes from, how our dietary requirements shape us, and why this impacts our planet in drastic ways. Ultimately, this data-based, rigorously researched guide explains how we will survive and thrive long into the future. ‘There is no author whose books I look forward to more’ BILL GATES ‘There is perhaps no other academic who paints pictures with numbers like Smil’ GUARDIAN © Vaclav Smil 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning in the Digital Age: Seven Building Blocks of Successful Digital Transformation Author: Nitin Seth Narrator: Viraj Mishra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The practical handbook for understanding and winning in the post-COVID digital age and becoming a 21st century leader. For every enterprise and its leaders, the digital age is a roller-coaster ride with more than its fair share of thrills and spills. It presents them with great opportunities to leapfrog and grow. However, success is not easy in the Digital Age. It requires a complete overhaul of the business model and organizational design, and the mind-sets of professionals. Such a large and complex change is not easy to manage, and enterprises often lose their way in their digital transformation attempts. Nitin brings in this book his 25+ years of experience in leadership roles in world-class firms like Mckinsey and Fidelity and Digital natives like Flipkart and Incedo. He presents compelling insights and practical examples and answers key questions on how enterprises can win in the Digital Age: Why do firms fail at digital transformation? How are the rules of business changing in the digital age? What disruptive opportunities does digital present in various industries? How to best leverage the potential of digital technologies like AI and the Cloud? How do organizational capabilities and culture need to change? What new skills do leaders and young professionals need to build? Nitin brings clarity to the transformation process, breaking it down into seven building blocks and presenting how best to master them. The book is a practitioner's guide for people across all age groups - students, young professionals, experienced professionals, senior executives on how they can realize the amazing opportunities the digital age offers them and achieve their true potential at work and in personal life. This book is the winner of the BBLF CK Prahalad Best Business Book Awards. It was also named Best Business Book in the 2022 Globe Awards, 2022 International Business Awards, 2022 American Business Awards, and 2022 Axiom Business Book Awards. Nitin Seth Tue, 23 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755283 thebookvoice.com 13:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning in the Digital Age: Seven Building Blocks of Successful Digital Transformation Author: Nitin Seth Narrator: Viraj Mishra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The practical handbook for understanding and winning in the post-COVID digital age and becoming a 21st century leader. For every enterprise and its leaders, the digital age is a roller-coaster ride with more than its fair share of thrills and spills. It presents them with great opportunities to leapfrog and grow. However, success is not easy in the Digital Age. It requires a complete overhaul of the business model and organizational design, and the mind-sets of professionals. Such a large and complex change is not easy to manage, and enterprises often lose their way in their digital transformation attempts. Nitin brings in this book his 25+ years of experience in leadership roles in world-class firms like Mckinsey and Fidelity and Digital natives like Flipkart and Incedo. He presents compelling insights and practical examples and answers key questions on how enterprises can win in the Digital Age: Why do firms fail at digital transformation? How are the rules of business changing in the digital age? What disruptive opportunities does digital present in various industries? How to best leverage the potential of digital technologies like AI and the Cloud? How do organizational capabilities and culture need to change? What new skills do leaders and young professionals need to build? Nitin brings clarity to the transformation process, breaking it down into seven building blocks and presenting how best to master them. The book is a practitioner's guide for people across all age groups - students, young professionals, experienced professionals, senior executives on how they can realize the amazing opportunities the digital age offers them and achieve their true potential at work and in personal life. This book is the winner of the BBLF CK Prahalad Best Business Book Awards. It was also named Best Business Book in the 2022 Globe Awards, 2022 International Business Awards, 2022 American Business Awards, and 2022 Axiom Business Book Awards. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning in the Digital Age: Seven Building Blocks of Successful Digital Transformation Author: Nitin Seth Narrator: Viraj Mishra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The practical handbook for understanding and winning in the post-COVID digital age and becoming a 21st century leader. For every enterprise and its leaders, the digital age is a roller-coaster ride with more than its fair share of thrills and spills. It presents them with great opportunities to leapfrog and grow. However, success is not easy in the Digital Age. It requires a complete overhaul of the business model and organizational design, and the mind-sets of professionals. Such a large and complex change is not easy to manage, and enterprises often lose their way in their digital transformation attempts. Nitin brings in this book his 25+ years of experience in leadership roles in world-class firms like Mckinsey and Fidelity and Digital natives like Flipkart and Incedo. He presents compelling insights and practical examples and answers key questions on how enterprises can win in the Digital Age: Why do firms fail at digital transformation? How are the rules of business changing in the digital age? What disruptive opportunities does digital present in various industries? How to best leverage the potential of digital technologies like AI and the Cloud? How do organizational capabilities and culture need to change? What new skills do leaders and young professionals need to build? Nitin brings clarity to the transformation process, breaking it down into seven building blocks and presenting how best to master them. The book is a practitioner's guide for people across all age groups - students, young professionals, experienced professionals, senior executives on how they can realize the amazing opportunities the digital age offers them and achieve their true potential at work and in personal life. This book is the winner of the BBLF CK Prahalad Best Business Book Awards. It was also named Best Business Book in the 2022 Globe Awards, 2022 International Business Awards, 2022 American Business Awards, and 2022 Axiom Business Book Awards. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing and Finding My Virginity: The Full Story Author: Richard Branson Narrator: Richard Branson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. This is the story of my entire life so far... It’s been a rollercoaster ride and I have no intention of getting off any time soon. Available exclusively in audio, Losing and Finding My Virginity is both of Sir Richard Branson’s multi-million-copy bestselling autobiographies in one combined edition, fully revised and updated, and read for you by the author in full for the first time. From living on a houseboat to a paradise island home, growing a small business into the global Virgin brand, turning a childhood dream of flying to space into a reality, and building a better world through business, this is an account of almost six decades of entrepreneurship, overcoming the odds and reaching for the stars. With lessons in life and in business, Losing and Finding My Virginity is a must-listen memoir and an inspiring guide from the ultimate entrepreneur. Branson has a list of achievements unmatched by any other UK businessman. For anyone burning with entrepreneurial zeal, his reminiscences are akin to a sacred text. - Mail on Sunday A remarkable story of business success against the financial odds – having created one of the world’s most admired brand names, Branson is entitled to tell it all. - Evening Standard ©2024 Sir Richard Branson (P)2024 Penguin Audio Richard Branson Thu, 04 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755190 thebookvoice.com 27:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing and Finding My Virginity: The Full Story Author: Richard Branson Narrator: Richard Branson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. This is the story of my entire life so far... It’s been a rollercoaster ride and I have no intention of getting off any time soon. Available exclusively in audio, Losing and Finding My Virginity is both of Sir Richard Branson’s multi-million-copy bestselling autobiographies in one combined edition, fully revised and updated, and read for you by the author in full for the first time. From living on a houseboat to a paradise island home, growing a small business into the global Virgin brand, turning a childhood dream of flying to space into a reality, and building a better world through business, this is an account of almost six decades of entrepreneurship, overcoming the odds and reaching for the stars. With lessons in life and in business, Losing and Finding My Virginity is a must-listen memoir and an inspiring guide from the ultimate entrepreneur. Branson has a list of achievements unmatched by any other UK businessman. For anyone burning with entrepreneurial zeal, his reminiscences are akin to a sacred text. - Mail on Sunday A remarkable story of business success against the financial odds – having created one of the world’s most admired brand names, Branson is entitled to tell it all. - Evening Standard ©2024 Sir Richard Branson (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing and Finding My Virginity: The Full Story Author: Richard Branson Narrator: Richard Branson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 27 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. This is the story of my entire life so far... It’s been a rollercoaster ride and I have no intention of getting off any time soon. Available exclusively in audio, Losing and Finding My Virginity is both of Sir Richard Branson’s multi-million-copy bestselling autobiographies in one combined edition, fully revised and updated, and read for you by the author in full for the first time. From living on a houseboat to a paradise island home, growing a small business into the global Virgin brand, turning a childhood dream of flying to space into a reality, and building a better world through business, this is an account of almost six decades of entrepreneurship, overcoming the odds and reaching for the stars. With lessons in life and in business, Losing and Finding My Virginity is a must-listen memoir and an inspiring guide from the ultimate entrepreneur. Branson has a list of achievements unmatched by any other UK businessman. For anyone burning with entrepreneurial zeal, his reminiscences are akin to a sacred text. - Mail on Sunday A remarkable story of business success against the financial odds – having created one of the world’s most admired brand names, Branson is entitled to tell it all. - Evening Standard ©2024 Sir Richard Branson (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Nice: The Rise, Fall, and Future Of Blizzard Entertainment Author: Jason Schreier Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From a New York Times bestselling author and investigative journalist comes The Social Network for the video game industry, a riveting examination of Blizzard Entertainment's rise and shocking downfall. For video game fans, the name Blizzard Entertainment was once synonymous with perfection. The renowned company behind classics like Diablo and World of Warcraft was known to celebrate the joy of gaming over all else. What was once two UCLA students' simple mission — to make games they wanted to play — launched an empire with thousands of employees, millions of fans, and billions of dollars.   But when Blizzard cancelled a buzzy project in 2013, it gave Bobby Kotick, the infamous CEO of corporate parent Activision, the excuse he needed to start cracking down on Blizzard's proud autonomy. Activision began invading Blizzard from the inside. Glitchy products, PR disasters, mass layoffs, and a staggering lawsuit marred the company's reputation and led to its ultimate reckoning. Based on firsthand interviews with more than 300 current and former employees, Play Nice chronicles the creativity, frustration, beauty, and betrayal across the epic 33-year saga of Blizzard Entertainment, showing us what it really means to "bleed Blizzard blue." Full of colorful personalities and dramatic twists, this is the story of what happens when the ruthless pursuit of profit meets artistic idealism. Jason Schreier Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755088 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Nice: The Rise, Fall, and Future Of Blizzard Entertainment Author: Jason Schreier Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From a New York Times bestselling author and investigative journalist comes The Social Network for the video game industry, a riveting examination of Blizzard Entertainment's rise and shocking downfall. For video game fans, the name Blizzard Entertainment was once synonymous with perfection. The renowned company behind classics like Diablo and World of Warcraft was known to celebrate the joy of gaming over all else. What was once two UCLA students' simple mission — to make games they wanted to play — launched an empire with thousands of employees, millions of fans, and billions of dollars.   But when Blizzard cancelled a buzzy project in 2013, it gave Bobby Kotick, the infamous CEO of corporate parent Activision, the excuse he needed to start cracking down on Blizzard's proud autonomy. Activision began invading Blizzard from the inside. Glitchy products, PR disasters, mass layoffs, and a staggering lawsuit marred the company's reputation and led to its ultimate reckoning. Based on firsthand interviews with more than 300 current and former employees, Play Nice chronicles the creativity, frustration, beauty, and betrayal across the epic 33-year saga of Blizzard Entertainment, showing us what it really means to "bleed Blizzard blue." Full of colorful personalities and dramatic twists, this is the story of what happens when the ruthless pursuit of profit meets artistic idealism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Nice: The Rise, Fall, and Future Of Blizzard Entertainment Author: Jason Schreier Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From a New York Times bestselling author and investigative journalist comes The Social Network for the video game industry, a riveting examination of Blizzard Entertainment's rise and shocking downfall. For video game fans, the name Blizzard Entertainment was once synonymous with perfection. The renowned company behind classics like Diablo and World of Warcraft was known to celebrate the joy of gaming over all else. What was once two UCLA students' simple mission — to make games they wanted to play — launched an empire with thousands of employees, millions of fans, and billions of dollars.   But when Blizzard cancelled a buzzy project in 2013, it gave Bobby Kotick, the infamous CEO of corporate parent Activision, the excuse he needed to start cracking down on Blizzard's proud autonomy. Activision began invading Blizzard from the inside. Glitchy products, PR disasters, mass layoffs, and a staggering lawsuit marred the company's reputation and led to its ultimate reckoning. Based on firsthand interviews with more than 300 current and former employees, Play Nice chronicles the creativity, frustration, beauty, and betrayal across the epic 33-year saga of Blizzard Entertainment, showing us what it really means to "bleed Blizzard blue." Full of colorful personalities and dramatic twists, this is the story of what happens when the ruthless pursuit of profit meets artistic idealism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World Author: Elisabeth Braw Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A bold new account of the state of globalization today—and what its collapse might mean for the world economy After the Cold War, globalization accelerated at breakneck speed. Manufacturing, transport, and consumption defied national borders, companies made more money, and consumers had access to an ever-increasing range of goods. But in recent years, a profound shift has begun to take place. Business executives and politicians alike are realizing that globalization is no longer working. Supply chains are imperiled, Russia has been expelled from the global economy after its invasion of Ukraine, and China is using these fissures to leverage a strategic advantage. Given these pressures, what will the future of our world economy look like? In this groundbreaking account, Elisabeth Braw explores the collapse of globalization and the profound challenges it will bring to the West. Drawing on interviews with prominent executives and policymakers from around the world, Braw poses the difficult questions all businesses and economies will face—and traces the intricate story of globalization from the exuberant 90s to the embattled present. Elisabeth Braw Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901 thebookvoice.com 13:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World Author: Elisabeth Braw Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A bold new account of the state of globalization today—and what its collapse might mean for the world economy After the Cold War, globalization accelerated at breakneck speed. Manufacturing, transport, and consumption defied national borders, companies made more money, and consumers had access to an ever-increasing range of goods. But in recent years, a profound shift has begun to take place. Business executives and politicians alike are realizing that globalization is no longer working. Supply chains are imperiled, Russia has been expelled from the global economy after its invasion of Ukraine, and China is using these fissures to leverage a strategic advantage. Given these pressures, what will the future of our world economy look like? In this groundbreaking account, Elisabeth Braw explores the collapse of globalization and the profound challenges it will bring to the West. Drawing on interviews with prominent executives and policymakers from around the world, Braw poses the difficult questions all businesses and economies will face—and traces the intricate story of globalization from the exuberant 90s to the embattled present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World Author: Elisabeth Braw Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A bold new account of the state of globalization today—and what its collapse might mean for the world economy After the Cold War, globalization accelerated at breakneck speed. Manufacturing, transport, and consumption defied national borders, companies made more money, and consumers had access to an ever-increasing range of goods. But in recent years, a profound shift has begun to take place. Business executives and politicians alike are realizing that globalization is no longer working. Supply chains are imperiled, Russia has been expelled from the global economy after its invasion of Ukraine, and China is using these fissures to leverage a strategic advantage. Given these pressures, what will the future of our world economy look like? In this groundbreaking account, Elisabeth Braw explores the collapse of globalization and the profound challenges it will bring to the West. Drawing on interviews with prominent executives and policymakers from around the world, Braw poses the difficult questions all businesses and economies will face—and traces the intricate story of globalization from the exuberant 90s to the embattled present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Which Way Is North: A Creative Compass for Makers, Marketers, and Mystics Author: Will Cady Narrator: Will Cady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Where does creativity come from? The answer is unique for each of us—our True North—and this book will help you find yours. As artificial intelligence gains an increasing foothold in our work and our lives, the need to find and maintain our uniquely human creativity is growing more urgent. This guide will ensure that you stay on course as you navigate through the complexity of modern times. It will help you open new pathways to creativity and equip you with tools for your personal and professional journey to becoming a conscious participant in creation. Through a combination of essays, meditations, and memoir, Which Way Is North offers an illuminating journey into the interior of the human heart and mind, revealing how your inner experience informs who you can be and what you express out in the world. In the course of learning more about your creative potential, you'll learn how to: ● Reliably calm your nerves in order to come up with ideas ● Decode the stories the media tells and their effects on viewers ● Pursue experiences that feed your creative process with purpose This enhanced audiobook features original music by the author. Will Cady Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753682 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Which Way Is North: A Creative Compass for Makers, Marketers, and Mystics Author: Will Cady Narrator: Will Cady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Where does creativity come from? The answer is unique for each of us—our True North—and this book will help you find yours. As artificial intelligence gains an increasing foothold in our work and our lives, the need to find and maintain our uniquely human creativity is growing more urgent. This guide will ensure that you stay on course as you navigate through the complexity of modern times. It will help you open new pathways to creativity and equip you with tools for your personal and professional journey to becoming a conscious participant in creation. Through a combination of essays, meditations, and memoir, Which Way Is North offers an illuminating journey into the interior of the human heart and mind, revealing how your inner experience informs who you can be and what you express out in the world. In the course of learning more about your creative potential, you'll learn how to: ● Reliably calm your nerves in order to come up with ideas ● Decode the stories the media tells and their effects on viewers ● Pursue experiences that feed your creative process with purpose This enhanced audiobook features original music by the author. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Which Way Is North: A Creative Compass for Makers, Marketers, and Mystics Author: Will Cady Narrator: Will Cady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Where does creativity come from? The answer is unique for each of us—our True North—and this book will help you find yours. As artificial intelligence gains an increasing foothold in our work and our lives, the need to find and maintain our uniquely human creativity is growing more urgent. This guide will ensure that you stay on course as you navigate through the complexity of modern times. It will help you open new pathways to creativity and equip you with tools for your personal and professional journey to becoming a conscious participant in creation. Through a combination of essays, meditations, and memoir, Which Way Is North offers an illuminating journey into the interior of the human heart and mind, revealing how your inner experience informs who you can be and what you express out in the world. In the course of learning more about your creative potential, you'll learn how to: ● Reliably calm your nerves in order to come up with ideas ● Decode the stories the media tells and their effects on viewers ● Pursue experiences that feed your creative process with purpose This enhanced audiobook features original music by the author. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753356 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Affiliate Marketing Bible Author: Michael T. Clark Narrator: Brad Derry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you tired of the 9-to-5 grind and dreaming of a life where your income works for you, not the other way around? Are you overwhelmed by the complexity of affiliate marketing, unsure where to start or how to build a sustainable online business? Inside this game-changing audio-book, you will: - Learn to identify profitable niches and target audiences for your affiliate marketing venture. - Master the art of building a professional and captivating website that converts visitors into customers. - Explore powerful content creation techniques, from compelling blog posts to engaging videos. - Understand the secrets of effective SEO and social media strategies to drive organic traffic. - Discover affiliate marketing's intricacies, from choosing the right products to optimizing your commissions. - Uncover email marketing strategies to nurture relationships and maximize your affiliate revenue. - Dive into paid advertising methods, unlocking the potential to scale your business rapidly. - Explore advanced tactics such as funnel optimization, retargeting, and influencer collaborations. - Access case studies and success stories that reveal proven strategies for financial success. - And so much more! You might be skeptical about the feasibility of generating passive income through affiliate marketing, or you might doubt your ability to navigate the complexities of online business. Fear not, 'The Affiliate Marketing Bible' is your comprehensive roadmap, addressing your concerns and offering clear, actionable guidance. This audio-book empowers you to turn your passion into profits, achieve financial freedom, and build a life on your terms. Ready to escape the traditional work model and embark on an entrepreneurial journey towards financial freedom? Add this audio-book to your audible library and unleash the potential of affiliate marketing to create passive income streams and online success. Your path to a more flexible and prosperous future begins today! Michael T. Clark Wed, 24 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753356 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Affiliate Marketing Bible Author: Michael T. Clark Narrator: Brad Derry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you tired of the 9-to-5 grind and dreaming of a life where your income works for you, not the other way around? Are you overwhelmed by the complexity of affiliate marketing, unsure where to start or how to build a sustainable online business? Inside this game-changing audio-book, you will: - Learn to identify profitable niches and target audiences for your affiliate marketing venture. - Master the art of building a professional and captivating website that converts visitors into customers. - Explore powerful content creation techniques, from compelling blog posts to engaging videos. - Understand the secrets of effective SEO and social media strategies to drive organic traffic. - Discover affiliate marketing's intricacies, from choosing the right products to optimizing your commissions. - Uncover email marketing strategies to nurture relationships and maximize your affiliate revenue. - Dive into paid advertising methods, unlocking the potential to scale your business rapidly. - Explore advanced tactics such as funnel optimization, retargeting, and influencer collaborations. - Access case studies and success stories that reveal proven strategies for financial success. - And so much more! You might be skeptical about the feasibility of generating passive income through affiliate marketing, or you might doubt your ability to navigate the complexities of online business. Fear not, 'The Affiliate Marketing Bible' is your comprehensive roadmap, addressing your concerns and offering clear, actionable guidance. This audio-book empowers you to turn your passion into profits, achieve financial freedom, and build a life on your terms. Ready to escape the traditional work model and embark on an entrepreneurial journey towards financial freedom? Add this audio-book to your audible library and unleash the potential of affiliate marketing to create passive income streams and online success. Your path to a more flexible and prosperous future begins today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Affiliate Marketing Bible Author: Michael T. Clark Narrator: Brad Derry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you tired of the 9-to-5 grind and dreaming of a life where your income works for you, not the other way around? Are you overwhelmed by the complexity of affiliate marketing, unsure where to start or how to build a sustainable online business? Inside this game-changing audio-book, you will: - Learn to identify profitable niches and target audiences for your affiliate marketing venture. - Master the art of building a professional and captivating website that converts visitors into customers. - Explore powerful content creation techniques, from compelling blog posts to engaging videos. - Understand the secrets of effective SEO and social media strategies to drive organic traffic. - Discover affiliate marketing's intricacies, from choosing the right products to optimizing your commissions. - Uncover email marketing strategies to nurture relationships and maximize your affiliate revenue. - Dive into paid advertising methods, unlocking the potential to scale your business rapidly. - Explore advanced tactics such as funnel optimization, retargeting, and influencer collaborations. - Access case studies and success stories that reveal proven strategies for financial success. - And so much more! You might be skeptical about the feasibility of generating passive income through affiliate marketing, or you might doubt your ability to navigate the complexities of online business. Fear not, 'The Affiliate Marketing Bible' is your comprehensive roadmap, addressing your concerns and offering clear, actionable guidance. This audio-book empowers you to turn your passion into profits, achieve financial freedom, and build a life on your terms. Ready to escape the traditional work model and embark on an entrepreneurial journey towards financial freedom? Add this audio-book to your audible library and unleash the potential of affiliate marketing to create passive income streams and online success. Your path to a more flexible and prosperous future begins today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Globe: How Wealth Hacks the World Author: Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Narrator: Patrick Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE WASHINGTON POST'S TOP 10 BEST BOOKS OF 2024 A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR  “Vivid, revelatory, and politically unpredictable…What bothers Abrahamian, in the end, isn’t the anarchic but the unfair; if capital is free, people deserve the same respect.” — Gideon Lewis-Kraus, The New Yorker 'A season of unrest looms ahead, and The Hidden Globe lays out the unvarnished truth in a luminous feat of reportage.”—Hamilton Cain, Minneapolis Star Tribune Borders draw one map of the world; money draws another. A journalist’s riveting account exposes a parallel universe that has become a haven for the rich and powerful.   A globe shows the world we think we know: neatly delineated sovereign nations that grant or restrict their citizens’ rights. Beneath, above, and tucked inside their borders, however, another universe has been engineered into existence. It consists of thousands of extraterritorial zones that operate largely autonomously, and increasingly for the benefit of the wealthiest individuals and corporations. Atossa Abrahamian traces the rise of this hidden globe to thirteenth-century Switzerland, where poor cantons marketed their only commodity: bodies, in the form of mercenary fighters. Over time, economists, theorists, statesmen, and consultants evolved ever more sophisticated ways of exporting and exploiting statelessness, in the form of free trade zones, flags of convenience, offshore detention centers, charter cities controlled by foreign corporations, and even into outer space. By mapping this countergeography, which decides who wins and who loses in the new global order—and helping us to see how it might be otherwise—The Hidden Globe fascinates, enrages, and inspires. Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230 thebookvoice.com 12:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Globe: How Wealth Hacks the World Author: Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Narrator: Patrick Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE WASHINGTON POST'S TOP 10 BEST BOOKS OF 2024 A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR  “Vivid, revelatory, and politically unpredictable…What bothers Abrahamian, in the end, isn’t the anarchic but the unfair; if capital is free, people deserve the same respect.” — Gideon Lewis-Kraus, The New Yorker 'A season of unrest looms ahead, and The Hidden Globe lays out the unvarnished truth in a luminous feat of reportage.”—Hamilton Cain, Minneapolis Star Tribune Borders draw one map of the world; money draws another. A journalist’s riveting account exposes a parallel universe that has become a haven for the rich and powerful.   A globe shows the world we think we know: neatly delineated sovereign nations that grant or restrict their citizens’ rights. Beneath, above, and tucked inside their borders, however, another universe has been engineered into existence. It consists of thousands of extraterritorial zones that operate largely autonomously, and increasingly for the benefit of the wealthiest individuals and corporations. Atossa Abrahamian traces the rise of this hidden globe to thirteenth-century Switzerland, where poor cantons marketed their only commodity: bodies, in the form of mercenary fighters. Over time, economists, theorists, statesmen, and consultants evolved ever more sophisticated ways of exporting and exploiting statelessness, in the form of free trade zones, flags of convenience, offshore detention centers, charter cities controlled by foreign corporations, and even into outer space. By mapping this countergeography, which decides who wins and who loses in the new global order—and helping us to see how it might be otherwise—The Hidden Globe fascinates, enrages, and inspires. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Globe: How Wealth Hacks the World Author: Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Narrator: Patrick Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE WASHINGTON POST'S TOP 10 BEST BOOKS OF 2024 A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR  “Vivid, revelatory, and politically unpredictable…What bothers Abrahamian, in the end, isn’t the anarchic but the unfair; if capital is free, people deserve the same respect.” — Gideon Lewis-Kraus, The New Yorker 'A season of unrest looms ahead, and The Hidden Globe lays out the unvarnished truth in a luminous feat of reportage.”—Hamilton Cain, Minneapolis Star Tribune Borders draw one map of the world; money draws another. A journalist’s riveting account exposes a parallel universe that has become a haven for the rich and powerful.   A globe shows the world we think we know: neatly delineated sovereign nations that grant or restrict their citizens’ rights. Beneath, above, and tucked inside their borders, however, another universe has been engineered into existence. It consists of thousands of extraterritorial zones that operate largely autonomously, and increasingly for the benefit of the wealthiest individuals and corporations. Atossa Abrahamian traces the rise of this hidden globe to thirteenth-century Switzerland, where poor cantons marketed their only commodity: bodies, in the form of mercenary fighters. Over time, economists, theorists, statesmen, and consultants evolved ever more sophisticated ways of exporting and exploiting statelessness, in the form of free trade zones, flags of convenience, offshore detention centers, charter cities controlled by foreign corporations, and even into outer space. By mapping this countergeography, which decides who wins and who loses in the new global order—and helping us to see how it might be otherwise—The Hidden Globe fascinates, enrages, and inspires. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of the Responsible Company: What We've Learned from Patagonia's First 50 Years Author: Vincent Stanley Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Vincent Stanley, Patagonia's director of philosophy, with Yvon Chouinard, founder and former owner of Patagonia, draws on fifty years' experience to challenge all business owners and leaders to rethink their businesses in a time of cultural and climate chaos. Patagonia has been recognized as much for its groundbreaking environmental, social practices as for the quality of its clothes. In an unprecedented action, in 2022, the Chouinard family gave their company away, converting ownership to a structure of trusts and nonprofits, so that all the profits from the company can be used to protect our planet and work to reverse climate chaos. In this frank account, Stanley with Chouinard recounts how the company and its culture gained the confidence to make its work progressively more responsible, and to ultimately challenge other companies to do the same. The authors describe the current impact of manufacturing, commerce, and traditional capitalism on the planet's natural systems and human communities, and how that impact is forcing business to change its ways. This book shows companies how to reduce the harm they cause, improve the quality of their business, and provide the kind of meaningful work everyone seeks. It concludes with specific, practical steps every business can undertake, as well as advice on what to do, in what order. Vincent Stanley Tue, 19 Nov 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751962 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of the Responsible Company: What We've Learned from Patagonia's First 50 Years Author: Vincent Stanley Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Vincent Stanley, Patagonia's director of philosophy, with Yvon Chouinard, founder and former owner of Patagonia, draws on fifty years' experience to challenge all business owners and leaders to rethink their businesses in a time of cultural and climate chaos. Patagonia has been recognized as much for its groundbreaking environmental, social practices as for the quality of its clothes. In an unprecedented action, in 2022, the Chouinard family gave their company away, converting ownership to a structure of trusts and nonprofits, so that all the profits from the company can be used to protect our planet and work to reverse climate chaos. In this frank account, Stanley with Chouinard recounts how the company and its culture gained the confidence to make its work progressively more responsible, and to ultimately challenge other companies to do the same. The authors describe the current impact of manufacturing, commerce, and traditional capitalism on the planet's natural systems and human communities, and how that impact is forcing business to change its ways. This book shows companies how to reduce the harm they cause, improve the quality of their business, and provide the kind of meaningful work everyone seeks. It concludes with specific, practical steps every business can undertake, as well as advice on what to do, in what order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of the Responsible Company: What We've Learned from Patagonia's First 50 Years Author: Vincent Stanley Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Vincent Stanley, Patagonia's director of philosophy, with Yvon Chouinard, founder and former owner of Patagonia, draws on fifty years' experience to challenge all business owners and leaders to rethink their businesses in a time of cultural and climate chaos. Patagonia has been recognized as much for its groundbreaking environmental, social practices as for the quality of its clothes. In an unprecedented action, in 2022, the Chouinard family gave their company away, converting ownership to a structure of trusts and nonprofits, so that all the profits from the company can be used to protect our planet and work to reverse climate chaos. In this frank account, Stanley with Chouinard recounts how the company and its culture gained the confidence to make its work progressively more responsible, and to ultimately challenge other companies to do the same. The authors describe the current impact of manufacturing, commerce, and traditional capitalism on the planet's natural systems and human communities, and how that impact is forcing business to change its ways. This book shows companies how to reduce the harm they cause, improve the quality of their business, and provide the kind of meaningful work everyone seeks. It concludes with specific, practical steps every business can undertake, as well as advice on what to do, in what order. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751948 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Investing for Better: Harnessing the Four Driving Forces of Asset Management to Build a Wealthier and More Equitable World Author: Daniel Seiler Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) is big, and it's getting bigger. An entire generation of investors want their investments to reflect their values. If you have clients in this category, you need to listen to Investing for Better, which reveals the inherent challenge this style of investing poses. ESG pioneer and seasoned asset manager Daniel Seiler maps out the current state of the global asset management industry and outlines the primal forces that influence the business of money management. He proposes a new model of asset management that combines vision and purpose by prioritizing reduction of the costs of investing, refinement of mechanisms to share risk, minimization of information asymmetries, and responsiveness to changing investor and societal preferences. Along the way, Seiler explores hot topics like the influence of technological improvements (AI, blockchain, and NFTs) on the future of investing. Investing for Better is based on the core understanding that if you have a purpose and conviction, you can help individuals and families create wealth and savings, and can help build a better, more prosperous, and more peaceful civilization. Daniel Seiler Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751948 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Investing for Better: Harnessing the Four Driving Forces of Asset Management to Build a Wealthier and More Equitable World Author: Daniel Seiler Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) is big, and it's getting bigger. An entire generation of investors want their investments to reflect their values. If you have clients in this category, you need to listen to Investing for Better, which reveals the inherent challenge this style of investing poses. ESG pioneer and seasoned asset manager Daniel Seiler maps out the current state of the global asset management industry and outlines the primal forces that influence the business of money management. He proposes a new model of asset management that combines vision and purpose by prioritizing reduction of the costs of investing, refinement of mechanisms to share risk, minimization of information asymmetries, and responsiveness to changing investor and societal preferences. Along the way, Seiler explores hot topics like the influence of technological improvements (AI, blockchain, and NFTs) on the future of investing. Investing for Better is based on the core understanding that if you have a purpose and conviction, you can help individuals and families create wealth and savings, and can help build a better, more prosperous, and more peaceful civilization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Investing for Better: Harnessing the Four Driving Forces of Asset Management to Build a Wealthier and More Equitable World Author: Daniel Seiler Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) is big, and it's getting bigger. An entire generation of investors want their investments to reflect their values. If you have clients in this category, you need to listen to Investing for Better, which reveals the inherent challenge this style of investing poses. ESG pioneer and seasoned asset manager Daniel Seiler maps out the current state of the global asset management industry and outlines the primal forces that influence the business of money management. He proposes a new model of asset management that combines vision and purpose by prioritizing reduction of the costs of investing, refinement of mechanisms to share risk, minimization of information asymmetries, and responsiveness to changing investor and societal preferences. Along the way, Seiler explores hot topics like the influence of technological improvements (AI, blockchain, and NFTs) on the future of investing. Investing for Better is based on the core understanding that if you have a purpose and conviction, you can help individuals and families create wealth and savings, and can help build a better, more prosperous, and more peaceful civilization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No B.S. Direct Marketing: The Ultimate No Holds Barred Kick Butt Take No Prisoners Guide to Extraordinary Growth and Profits Author: Dan S. Kennedy Narrator: Jon Vertullo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Millionaire Maker has done it once again! Dan S. Kennedy revisits little-known, profit-proven direct mail strategies that continue to be effective for any business. In this updated and revised edition of No B.S. Direct Marketing, Dan builds on and reaffirms all the essential direct marketing strategies in the original edition, and adds new material addressing online, social, and viral marketing media. Strategies in the book are illustrated by updated case history examples from an elite team of consultants—all phenomenally successful at borrowing direct marketing strategies from the world of online sales, infomercials, etc., to use in 'ordinary' businesses including retail stores, restaurants, and sales. Dan S. Kennedy Tue, 21 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751923 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No B.S. Direct Marketing: The Ultimate No Holds Barred Kick Butt Take No Prisoners Guide to Extraordinary Growth and Profits Author: Dan S. Kennedy Narrator: Jon Vertullo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Millionaire Maker has done it once again! Dan S. Kennedy revisits little-known, profit-proven direct mail strategies that continue to be effective for any business. In this updated and revised edition of No B.S. Direct Marketing, Dan builds on and reaffirms all the essential direct marketing strategies in the original edition, and adds new material addressing online, social, and viral marketing media. Strategies in the book are illustrated by updated case history examples from an elite team of consultants—all phenomenally successful at borrowing direct marketing strategies from the world of online sales, infomercials, etc., to use in 'ordinary' businesses including retail stores, restaurants, and sales. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No B.S. Direct Marketing: The Ultimate No Holds Barred Kick Butt Take No Prisoners Guide to Extraordinary Growth and Profits Author: Dan S. Kennedy Narrator: Jon Vertullo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Millionaire Maker has done it once again! Dan S. Kennedy revisits little-known, profit-proven direct mail strategies that continue to be effective for any business. In this updated and revised edition of No B.S. Direct Marketing, Dan builds on and reaffirms all the essential direct marketing strategies in the original edition, and adds new material addressing online, social, and viral marketing media. Strategies in the book are illustrated by updated case history examples from an elite team of consultants—all phenomenally successful at borrowing direct marketing strategies from the world of online sales, infomercials, etc., to use in 'ordinary' businesses including retail stores, restaurants, and sales. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fund Your Business: Smart Strategies to Secure Financing Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Secure Funding to Start, Run, and Grow Your Business! Starting a business is a journey. From the moment you come up with an idea for the next great product or service to the ribbon cutting and grand opening, you will travel a long, sometimes winding, road toward success. And like any other trip you take in life, this one costs money. While many startups begin with cash already in the bank (lucky them!), most aspiring entrepreneurs have to somehow come up with the cash to build their dreams, whether they choose to borrow, bootstrap, crowdfund, or go with venture capital. Discover bootstrapping tips and strategies to help you self-fund your business like a boss; traditional lending options and costly traps to watch out for; the basics of borrowing from friends and family, the right way; how corporate incubators and accelerators can give your business a jump-start; and the in and outs of launching a successful crowdfunding campaign. Get the inside scoop on how to get the money you need and discover dozens of sources of capital. The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751924 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fund Your Business: Smart Strategies to Secure Financing Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Secure Funding to Start, Run, and Grow Your Business! Starting a business is a journey. From the moment you come up with an idea for the next great product or service to the ribbon cutting and grand opening, you will travel a long, sometimes winding, road toward success. And like any other trip you take in life, this one costs money. While many startups begin with cash already in the bank (lucky them!), most aspiring entrepreneurs have to somehow come up with the cash to build their dreams, whether they choose to borrow, bootstrap, crowdfund, or go with venture capital. Discover bootstrapping tips and strategies to help you self-fund your business like a boss; traditional lending options and costly traps to watch out for; the basics of borrowing from friends and family, the right way; how corporate incubators and accelerators can give your business a jump-start; and the in and outs of launching a successful crowdfunding campaign. Get the inside scoop on how to get the money you need and discover dozens of sources of capital. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fund Your Business: Smart Strategies to Secure Financing Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Secure Funding to Start, Run, and Grow Your Business! Starting a business is a journey. From the moment you come up with an idea for the next great product or service to the ribbon cutting and grand opening, you will travel a long, sometimes winding, road toward success. And like any other trip you take in life, this one costs money. While many startups begin with cash already in the bank (lucky them!), most aspiring entrepreneurs have to somehow come up with the cash to build their dreams, whether they choose to borrow, bootstrap, crowdfund, or go with venture capital. Discover bootstrapping tips and strategies to help you self-fund your business like a boss; traditional lending options and costly traps to watch out for; the basics of borrowing from friends and family, the right way; how corporate incubators and accelerators can give your business a jump-start; and the in and outs of launching a successful crowdfunding campaign. Get the inside scoop on how to get the money you need and discover dozens of sources of capital. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aligned: Stakeholder Management for Product Leaders Author: Melissa Appel, Bruce Mccarthy Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Product management naturally incorporates empathy, psychology, and thinking outside the box in pursuit of the best design for products. But how often do you apply those same skills to your relationships with people in your company? By breaking the art of stakeholder management into simple lessons and frameworks, this practical book shows product managers how to manage the crucial relationships that will help you make an impact and advance your career. You'll learn how to build trusting relationships with stakeholders, optimize your communication for different audiences, get buy-in for your ideas and roadmaps, and have stakeholders appreciate it when you say no. You'll learn how to: build and maintain trust with your stakeholders; map your organization and identify the real power players; establish roles and build an extended team that works well together; communicate in a way that speaks to the needs and goals of different stakeholders; get buy-in on your ideas and roadmap; make stakeholders appreciate and support you when you say 'no'; sustain buy-in over time; and manage difficult stakeholders and personalities. Melissa Appel, Bruce Mccarthy Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751920 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aligned: Stakeholder Management for Product Leaders Author: Melissa Appel, Bruce Mccarthy Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Product management naturally incorporates empathy, psychology, and thinking outside the box in pursuit of the best design for products. But how often do you apply those same skills to your relationships with people in your company? By breaking the art of stakeholder management into simple lessons and frameworks, this practical book shows product managers how to manage the crucial relationships that will help you make an impact and advance your career. You'll learn how to build trusting relationships with stakeholders, optimize your communication for different audiences, get buy-in for your ideas and roadmaps, and have stakeholders appreciate it when you say no. You'll learn how to: build and maintain trust with your stakeholders; map your organization and identify the real power players; establish roles and build an extended team that works well together; communicate in a way that speaks to the needs and goals of different stakeholders; get buy-in on your ideas and roadmap; make stakeholders appreciate and support you when you say 'no'; sustain buy-in over time; and manage difficult stakeholders and personalities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aligned: Stakeholder Management for Product Leaders Author: Melissa Appel, Bruce Mccarthy Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Product management naturally incorporates empathy, psychology, and thinking outside the box in pursuit of the best design for products. But how often do you apply those same skills to your relationships with people in your company? By breaking the art of stakeholder management into simple lessons and frameworks, this practical book shows product managers how to manage the crucial relationships that will help you make an impact and advance your career. You'll learn how to build trusting relationships with stakeholders, optimize your communication for different audiences, get buy-in for your ideas and roadmaps, and have stakeholders appreciate it when you say no. You'll learn how to: build and maintain trust with your stakeholders; map your organization and identify the real power players; establish roles and build an extended team that works well together; communicate in a way that speaks to the needs and goals of different stakeholders; get buy-in on your ideas and roadmap; make stakeholders appreciate and support you when you say 'no'; sustain buy-in over time; and manage difficult stakeholders and personalities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trivergence: Accelerating Innovation with AI, Blockchain, and the Internet of Things Author: Bob Tapscott Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Trivergence, Bob Tapscott, writer, speaker, complex system designer, and former CIO, introduces an exciting new concept in explaining how the intersection of artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain, and the Internet of Things (IoT) will transform business and society. He explains the synergies between these technologies and the disruptive potential that they will offer, as well as the challenges and risks to making it happen. He offers an insightful guide through the difficult decisions that businesses and society must make to thrive in a new era where decisions will be difficult, and uncertainties abound. You'll discover how and why AI's power is now exploding, its growth driven by smarter approaches to neural networks trained on a new hardware architecture that can derive its intelligence from ever more massive datasets. You'll also find discussions of the multiplicative and exponential power of trivergence on the core technologies discussed in the book; explorations of IoT's tendency to bring the physical world to life as it harnesses the capabilities of AI and the blockchain; and how trivergence morphs Big Data into something new Tapscott calls 'Infinite Data', where thinking machines consider trillions of data points to generate their own content, value, and perspectives without programmed code or human intervention. Bob Tapscott Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751913 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trivergence: Accelerating Innovation with AI, Blockchain, and the Internet of Things Author: Bob Tapscott Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Trivergence, Bob Tapscott, writer, speaker, complex system designer, and former CIO, introduces an exciting new concept in explaining how the intersection of artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain, and the Internet of Things (IoT) will transform business and society. He explains the synergies between these technologies and the disruptive potential that they will offer, as well as the challenges and risks to making it happen. He offers an insightful guide through the difficult decisions that businesses and society must make to thrive in a new era where decisions will be difficult, and uncertainties abound. You'll discover how and why AI's power is now exploding, its growth driven by smarter approaches to neural networks trained on a new hardware architecture that can derive its intelligence from ever more massive datasets. You'll also find discussions of the multiplicative and exponential power of trivergence on the core technologies discussed in the book; explorations of IoT's tendency to bring the physical world to life as it harnesses the capabilities of AI and the blockchain; and how trivergence morphs Big Data into something new Tapscott calls 'Infinite Data', where thinking machines consider trillions of data points to generate their own content, value, and perspectives without programmed code or human intervention. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trivergence: Accelerating Innovation with AI, Blockchain, and the Internet of Things Author: Bob Tapscott Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Trivergence, Bob Tapscott, writer, speaker, complex system designer, and former CIO, introduces an exciting new concept in explaining how the intersection of artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain, and the Internet of Things (IoT) will transform business and society. He explains the synergies between these technologies and the disruptive potential that they will offer, as well as the challenges and risks to making it happen. He offers an insightful guide through the difficult decisions that businesses and society must make to thrive in a new era where decisions will be difficult, and uncertainties abound. You'll discover how and why AI's power is now exploding, its growth driven by smarter approaches to neural networks trained on a new hardware architecture that can derive its intelligence from ever more massive datasets. You'll also find discussions of the multiplicative and exponential power of trivergence on the core technologies discussed in the book; explorations of IoT's tendency to bring the physical world to life as it harnesses the capabilities of AI and the blockchain; and how trivergence morphs Big Data into something new Tapscott calls 'Infinite Data', where thinking machines consider trillions of data points to generate their own content, value, and perspectives without programmed code or human intervention. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/749733 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/749733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect 10: 10 Leadership Principles to Achieve True Independence, Extreme Wealth, and Huge Success Author: Dave Liniger Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Perfect 10 by New York Times bestselling author Dave Liniger is a must-listen practical primer for entrepreneurs of all ages. In The Perfect 10, Dave Liniger, cofounder of RE/MAX, the company that revolutionized real estate for agents and home buyers everywhere, shares fifty-plus years of business insights to help guide future generations of entrepreneurs as they pursue their professional dreams. Beyond being a real estate magnate, Liniger is a major philanthropist, a serial investor in new ventures, a franchising expert, an educator, a former NASCAR team owner and driver, the proprietor of one of the world’s most successful Arabian horse breeding operations, the owner and operator of Sanctuary, a one-of-a kind private golf club and preserve, and the impetus behind the Liniger Center on Franchising at the Daniels College of Business at the University of Denver. Drawing from his varied and unique life experiences as well as from the wisdom of successful friends, colleagues, authors, historical figures, and long-time inspirations, Liniger’s business magnum opus—a practical primer and love letter to young and future moguls—was written with the next half-century of innovative entrepreneurship in mind. Exploring everything from pitching to venture capitalists, developing leadership abilities in an ever-changing social and economic climate, marketing in an age of so many meaningful ways to reach consumers, to making the most of what AI has to offer, Liniger leaves no stone unturned. This book is a must-listen for anyone with a penchant for new ideas, fire in their belly, and a deep-seated desire to be a perfect 10 in their respective field. It is especially enlightening for franchisors and franchisees! Dave Liniger Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/749733 thebookvoice.com 17:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/749733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect 10: 10 Leadership Principles to Achieve True Independence, Extreme Wealth, and Huge Success Author: Dave Liniger Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Perfect 10 by New York Times bestselling author Dave Liniger is a must-listen practical primer for entrepreneurs of all ages. In The Perfect 10, Dave Liniger, cofounder of RE/MAX, the company that revolutionized real estate for agents and home buyers everywhere, shares fifty-plus years of business insights to help guide future generations of entrepreneurs as they pursue their professional dreams. Beyond being a real estate magnate, Liniger is a major philanthropist, a serial investor in new ventures, a franchising expert, an educator, a former NASCAR team owner and driver, the proprietor of one of the world’s most successful Arabian horse breeding operations, the owner and operator of Sanctuary, a one-of-a kind private golf club and preserve, and the impetus behind the Liniger Center on Franchising at the Daniels College of Business at the University of Denver. Drawing from his varied and unique life experiences as well as from the wisdom of successful friends, colleagues, authors, historical figures, and long-time inspirations, Liniger’s business magnum opus—a practical primer and love letter to young and future moguls—was written with the next half-century of innovative entrepreneurship in mind. Exploring everything from pitching to venture capitalists, developing leadership abilities in an ever-changing social and economic climate, marketing in an age of so many meaningful ways to reach consumers, to making the most of what AI has to offer, Liniger leaves no stone unturned. This book is a must-listen for anyone with a penchant for new ideas, fire in their belly, and a deep-seated desire to be a perfect 10 in their respective field. It is especially enlightening for franchisors and franchisees! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/749733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect 10: 10 Leadership Principles to Achieve True Independence, Extreme Wealth, and Huge Success Author: Dave Liniger Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Perfect 10 by New York Times bestselling author Dave Liniger is a must-listen practical primer for entrepreneurs of all ages. In The Perfect 10, Dave Liniger, cofounder of RE/MAX, the company that revolutionized real estate for agents and home buyers everywhere, shares fifty-plus years of business insights to help guide future generations of entrepreneurs as they pursue their professional dreams. Beyond being a real estate magnate, Liniger is a major philanthropist, a serial investor in new ventures, a franchising expert, an educator, a former NASCAR team owner and driver, the proprietor of one of the world’s most successful Arabian horse breeding operations, the owner and operator of Sanctuary, a one-of-a kind private golf club and preserve, and the impetus behind the Liniger Center on Franchising at the Daniels College of Business at the University of Denver. Drawing from his varied and unique life experiences as well as from the wisdom of successful friends, colleagues, authors, historical figures, and long-time inspirations, Liniger’s business magnum opus—a practical primer and love letter to young and future moguls—was written with the next half-century of innovative entrepreneurship in mind. Exploring everything from pitching to venture capitalists, developing leadership abilities in an ever-changing social and economic climate, marketing in an age of so many meaningful ways to reach consumers, to making the most of what AI has to offer, Liniger leaves no stone unturned. This book is a must-listen for anyone with a penchant for new ideas, fire in their belly, and a deep-seated desire to be a perfect 10 in their respective field. It is especially enlightening for franchisors and franchisees! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745759 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain para empresas: Guia Completo para Adoção Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia inovadora que tem o potencial de revolucionar a maneira como as empresas fazem negócios. Ao fornecer uma maneira segura e transparente de registrar transações, o blockchain pode ajudar as empresas a melhorar a eficiência, reduzir custos e gerar novos fluxos de receita. Este livro é um guia completo para empresas que desejam adotar o blockchain. Ele fornece informações sobre como avaliar o blockchain para sua empresa, implementar o blockchain e gerenciar riscos. Max Editorial Fri, 19 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745759 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain para empresas: Guia Completo para Adoção Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia inovadora que tem o potencial de revolucionar a maneira como as empresas fazem negócios. Ao fornecer uma maneira segura e transparente de registrar transações, o blockchain pode ajudar as empresas a melhorar a eficiência, reduzir custos e gerar novos fluxos de receita. Este livro é um guia completo para empresas que desejam adotar o blockchain. Ele fornece informações sobre como avaliar o blockchain para sua empresa, implementar o blockchain e gerenciar riscos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Blockchain para empresas: Guia Completo para Adoção Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O blockchain é uma tecnologia inovadora que tem o potencial de revolucionar a maneira como as empresas fazem negócios. Ao fornecer uma maneira segura e transparente de registrar transações, o blockchain pode ajudar as empresas a melhorar a eficiência, reduzir custos e gerar novos fluxos de receita. Este livro é um guia completo para empresas que desejam adotar o blockchain. Ele fornece informações sobre como avaliar o blockchain para sua empresa, implementar o blockchain e gerenciar riscos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - As Perspectivas sobre Criptomoedas nos EUA para o ano de 2024 Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O mercado de criptomoedas é um dos mais dinâmicos e volátil do mundo. Em 2023, o setor experimentou uma forte queda, com o preço do Bitcoin, a principal criptomoeda, caindo de mais de US$ 68.000 para menos de US$ 20.000. No entanto, apesar desse declínio, muitos especialistas acreditam que 2024 será um ano de crescimento para as criptomoedas nos Estados Unidos. Este ebook irá explorar as principais perspectivas para o mercado de criptomoedas nos EUA em 2024. Ele irá discutir os fatores que podem impulsionar o crescimento do setor, bem como os riscos que os investidores devem estar cientes. Max Editorial Fri, 19 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745760 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - As Perspectivas sobre Criptomoedas nos EUA para o ano de 2024 Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O mercado de criptomoedas é um dos mais dinâmicos e volátil do mundo. Em 2023, o setor experimentou uma forte queda, com o preço do Bitcoin, a principal criptomoeda, caindo de mais de US$ 68.000 para menos de US$ 20.000. No entanto, apesar desse declínio, muitos especialistas acreditam que 2024 será um ano de crescimento para as criptomoedas nos Estados Unidos. Este ebook irá explorar as principais perspectivas para o mercado de criptomoedas nos EUA em 2024. Ele irá discutir os fatores que podem impulsionar o crescimento do setor, bem como os riscos que os investidores devem estar cientes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - As Perspectivas sobre Criptomoedas nos EUA para o ano de 2024 Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: O mercado de criptomoedas é um dos mais dinâmicos e volátil do mundo. Em 2023, o setor experimentou uma forte queda, com o preço do Bitcoin, a principal criptomoeda, caindo de mais de US$ 68.000 para menos de US$ 20.000. No entanto, apesar desse declínio, muitos especialistas acreditam que 2024 será um ano de crescimento para as criptomoedas nos Estados Unidos. Este ebook irá explorar as principais perspectivas para o mercado de criptomoedas nos EUA em 2024. Ele irá discutir os fatores que podem impulsionar o crescimento do setor, bem como os riscos que os investidores devem estar cientes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745761 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas para Investidores. Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são um tipo de moeda digital descentralizada, que não é emitida por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. Elas são baseadas em tecnologia blockchain, que é um sistema de registro distribuído que garante a segurança e a transparência das transações. As criptomoedas surgiram na década de 2000, com o lançamento do Bitcoin, a primeira criptomoeda a ser criada. Desde então, surgiram centenas de outras criptomoedas, cada uma com suas próprias características e funcionalidades. As criptomoedas têm o potencial de revolucionar o sistema financeiro, oferecendo uma alternativa aos sistemas de moedas tradicionais, que são controlados por governos e instituições financeiras. Elas também podem ser usadas para aplicações inovadoras, como o financiamento coletivo e a criação de mercados peer-to-peer. Max Editorial Fri, 19 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745761 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas para Investidores. Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são um tipo de moeda digital descentralizada, que não é emitida por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. Elas são baseadas em tecnologia blockchain, que é um sistema de registro distribuído que garante a segurança e a transparência das transações. As criptomoedas surgiram na década de 2000, com o lançamento do Bitcoin, a primeira criptomoeda a ser criada. Desde então, surgiram centenas de outras criptomoedas, cada uma com suas próprias características e funcionalidades. As criptomoedas têm o potencial de revolucionar o sistema financeiro, oferecendo uma alternativa aos sistemas de moedas tradicionais, que são controlados por governos e instituições financeiras. Elas também podem ser usadas para aplicações inovadoras, como o financiamento coletivo e a criação de mercados peer-to-peer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas para Investidores. Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são um tipo de moeda digital descentralizada, que não é emitida por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. Elas são baseadas em tecnologia blockchain, que é um sistema de registro distribuído que garante a segurança e a transparência das transações. As criptomoedas surgiram na década de 2000, com o lançamento do Bitcoin, a primeira criptomoeda a ser criada. Desde então, surgiram centenas de outras criptomoedas, cada uma com suas próprias características e funcionalidades. As criptomoedas têm o potencial de revolucionar o sistema financeiro, oferecendo uma alternativa aos sistemas de moedas tradicionais, que são controlados por governos e instituições financeiras. Elas também podem ser usadas para aplicações inovadoras, como o financiamento coletivo e a criação de mercados peer-to-peer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745758 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: O que são, como funcionam e como tributar no Brasil Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são um tipo de moeda digital que usa criptografia para garantir a segurança das transações. Elas são descentralizadas, o que significa que não são controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. O Bitcoin é a criptomoeda mais conhecida e popular. Ele foi lançado em 2009 e, desde então, seu valor cresceu exponencialmente. No Brasil, as criptomoedas ainda são um assunto relativamente novo. No entanto, o governo brasileiro está cada vez mais atento a esse mercado. Max Editorial Fri, 19 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745758 thebookvoice.com 0:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: O que são, como funcionam e como tributar no Brasil Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são um tipo de moeda digital que usa criptografia para garantir a segurança das transações. Elas são descentralizadas, o que significa que não são controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. O Bitcoin é a criptomoeda mais conhecida e popular. Ele foi lançado em 2009 e, desde então, seu valor cresceu exponencialmente. No Brasil, as criptomoedas ainda são um assunto relativamente novo. No entanto, o governo brasileiro está cada vez mais atento a esse mercado. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Criptomoedas: O que são, como funcionam e como tributar no Brasil Author: Max Editorial Narrator: Antônio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As criptomoedas são um tipo de moeda digital que usa criptografia para garantir a segurança das transações. Elas são descentralizadas, o que significa que não são controladas por nenhum governo ou instituição financeira. O Bitcoin é a criptomoeda mais conhecida e popular. Ele foi lançado em 2009 e, desde então, seu valor cresceu exponencialmente. No Brasil, as criptomoedas ainda são um assunto relativamente novo. No entanto, o governo brasileiro está cada vez mais atento a esse mercado. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doing Business in Uncertain Times Author: Ramesh Nair Narrator: Karan Vats Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the event of a crisis, everyone looks to the leaders for direction. Ramesh Nair is a veteran of steering organizations through the ebbs and flows of economic upheaval including the daunting onslaught of Covid-19 and earlier the debilitating 2008 economic downturn. Doing Business in Uncertain Times is a groundbreaking book which offers a comprehensive exploration of the complexities and challenges faced during economic downturns. It is divided into fifty thought-provoking chapters that present a unique and multifaceted perspective on downturns, providing instrumental guidance to entrepreneurs and business leaders through Nair’s extensive research and expertise. Shining a spotlight on three key perspectives: business, clients and people, it will teach you to unlearn and relearn, shun past notions, push limits, develop new strengths and realize the potential that lies within you. Ramesh Nair Tue, 06 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745739 thebookvoice.com 4:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doing Business in Uncertain Times Author: Ramesh Nair Narrator: Karan Vats Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the event of a crisis, everyone looks to the leaders for direction. Ramesh Nair is a veteran of steering organizations through the ebbs and flows of economic upheaval including the daunting onslaught of Covid-19 and earlier the debilitating 2008 economic downturn. Doing Business in Uncertain Times is a groundbreaking book which offers a comprehensive exploration of the complexities and challenges faced during economic downturns. It is divided into fifty thought-provoking chapters that present a unique and multifaceted perspective on downturns, providing instrumental guidance to entrepreneurs and business leaders through Nair’s extensive research and expertise. Shining a spotlight on three key perspectives: business, clients and people, it will teach you to unlearn and relearn, shun past notions, push limits, develop new strengths and realize the potential that lies within you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doing Business in Uncertain Times Author: Ramesh Nair Narrator: Karan Vats Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the event of a crisis, everyone looks to the leaders for direction. Ramesh Nair is a veteran of steering organizations through the ebbs and flows of economic upheaval including the daunting onslaught of Covid-19 and earlier the debilitating 2008 economic downturn. Doing Business in Uncertain Times is a groundbreaking book which offers a comprehensive exploration of the complexities and challenges faced during economic downturns. It is divided into fifty thought-provoking chapters that present a unique and multifaceted perspective on downturns, providing instrumental guidance to entrepreneurs and business leaders through Nair’s extensive research and expertise. Shining a spotlight on three key perspectives: business, clients and people, it will teach you to unlearn and relearn, shun past notions, push limits, develop new strengths and realize the potential that lies within you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading From The Back: To Achieve The Impossible Author: Ross Reck, Ravi Kant, Harry Paul Narrator: Firdaus Pervez Adenwalla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you looking for a leadership model that is uncomplicated, easy to use and produces amazing results? If so, then Leading from the Back is for you! In it you will find everything you need to become a superstar leader. You will learn how to earn respect from your team members and help them in achieving the impossible. No more learning about numerous principles and laws of leadership. Just a three-part model that has an amazing track record of proven success. Through an engaging parable about the travails of an upcoming young manager, Shiv Kundra, whose leadership style hampers both his ability to lead and his ability to deliver, the authors outline the fascinating concept of 'leading from the back'. Leading from the Back is a distillation of the collective experience and wisdom of Ravi Kant (former CEO, vice chairman, Tata Motors), Harry Paul (co-author of the bestseller FISH! A Proven Way to Boost Morale and Improve Results) and Ross Reck (co-author of The Win-Win Negotiator). Ross Reck, Ravi Kant, Harry Paul Tue, 19 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745737 thebookvoice.com 3:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading From The Back: To Achieve The Impossible Author: Ross Reck, Ravi Kant, Harry Paul Narrator: Firdaus Pervez Adenwalla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you looking for a leadership model that is uncomplicated, easy to use and produces amazing results? If so, then Leading from the Back is for you! In it you will find everything you need to become a superstar leader. You will learn how to earn respect from your team members and help them in achieving the impossible. No more learning about numerous principles and laws of leadership. Just a three-part model that has an amazing track record of proven success. Through an engaging parable about the travails of an upcoming young manager, Shiv Kundra, whose leadership style hampers both his ability to lead and his ability to deliver, the authors outline the fascinating concept of 'leading from the back'. Leading from the Back is a distillation of the collective experience and wisdom of Ravi Kant (former CEO, vice chairman, Tata Motors), Harry Paul (co-author of the bestseller FISH! A Proven Way to Boost Morale and Improve Results) and Ross Reck (co-author of The Win-Win Negotiator). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading From The Back: To Achieve The Impossible Author: Ross Reck, Ravi Kant, Harry Paul Narrator: Firdaus Pervez Adenwalla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you looking for a leadership model that is uncomplicated, easy to use and produces amazing results? If so, then Leading from the Back is for you! In it you will find everything you need to become a superstar leader. You will learn how to earn respect from your team members and help them in achieving the impossible. No more learning about numerous principles and laws of leadership. Just a three-part model that has an amazing track record of proven success. Through an engaging parable about the travails of an upcoming young manager, Shiv Kundra, whose leadership style hampers both his ability to lead and his ability to deliver, the authors outline the fascinating concept of 'leading from the back'. Leading from the Back is a distillation of the collective experience and wisdom of Ravi Kant (former CEO, vice chairman, Tata Motors), Harry Paul (co-author of the bestseller FISH! A Proven Way to Boost Morale and Improve Results) and Ross Reck (co-author of The Win-Win Negotiator). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvard Business Review Manager's Handbook: The 17 Skills Leaders Need to Stand Out Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you're a new manager or looking to have more influence in your current management role, the challenges you face come in all shapes and sizes: a direct report's anxious questions, your boss's last-minute assignment of an important presentation, or a blank business case staring you in the face. To reach your full potential in these situations, you need to master a new set of business and personal skills. Packed with step-by-step advice and wisdom from Harvard Business Review's management archive, the HBR Manager's Handbook provides best practices on topics from understanding key financial statements and the fundamentals of strategy to emotional intelligence and building your employees' trust. In this book you'll find: ● step-by-step guidance through common managerial tasks ● self-assessments throughout ● exercises and templates to help you practice and apply the concepts in the book ● concise explanations of the latest research and thinking on important management skills from Harvard Business Review experts such as Dan Goleman, Clayton Christensen, John Kotter, and Michael Porter ● real-life stories from working managers Harvard Business Review Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745671 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvard Business Review Manager's Handbook: The 17 Skills Leaders Need to Stand Out Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you're a new manager or looking to have more influence in your current management role, the challenges you face come in all shapes and sizes: a direct report's anxious questions, your boss's last-minute assignment of an important presentation, or a blank business case staring you in the face. To reach your full potential in these situations, you need to master a new set of business and personal skills. Packed with step-by-step advice and wisdom from Harvard Business Review's management archive, the HBR Manager's Handbook provides best practices on topics from understanding key financial statements and the fundamentals of strategy to emotional intelligence and building your employees' trust. In this book you'll find: ● step-by-step guidance through common managerial tasks ● self-assessments throughout ● exercises and templates to help you practice and apply the concepts in the book ● concise explanations of the latest research and thinking on important management skills from Harvard Business Review experts such as Dan Goleman, Clayton Christensen, John Kotter, and Michael Porter ● real-life stories from working managers Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvard Business Review Manager's Handbook: The 17 Skills Leaders Need to Stand Out Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you're a new manager or looking to have more influence in your current management role, the challenges you face come in all shapes and sizes: a direct report's anxious questions, your boss's last-minute assignment of an important presentation, or a blank business case staring you in the face. To reach your full potential in these situations, you need to master a new set of business and personal skills. Packed with step-by-step advice and wisdom from Harvard Business Review's management archive, the HBR Manager's Handbook provides best practices on topics from understanding key financial statements and the fundamentals of strategy to emotional intelligence and building your employees' trust. In this book you'll find: ● step-by-step guidance through common managerial tasks ● self-assessments throughout ● exercises and templates to help you practice and apply the concepts in the book ● concise explanations of the latest research and thinking on important management skills from Harvard Business Review experts such as Dan Goleman, Clayton Christensen, John Kotter, and Michael Porter ● real-life stories from working managers https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irreplaceable: How to Create Extraordinary Places that Bring People Together Author: Kevin Ervin Kelley Narrator: Kevin Ervin Kelley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do we still need physical places like grocery stores, restaurants, and office buildings? Or will the 'Replacement Economy' led by the tech titans and retail giants wipe out these venues in their rapid ascent to unicorn status? What about museums, universities, and performing arts venues? Considering the power of technology today, can't we replace these relics with faster, cheaper, and more efficient online tools, apps, and AI? Through engaging storytelling, human behavior insights, and proven design techniques, Kevin Kelley—an attention architect and cofounder of Shook Kelley, a strategic design firm that pioneered the field of 'convening'—unfolds why physical places are essential to civil society, business, and community. In this book, he reveals what it takes for brick-and-mortar establishments to attract an audience and maintain a competitive edge in our increasingly digital world, whether you're a: ● Retail leader or institutional manager trying to attract people to your offering while keeping the disruptors at bay ● Student of design who values social facilitation over object-oriented design ● Concerned citizen worried about the loss of community and civility Kevin Ervin Kelley Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745672 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irreplaceable: How to Create Extraordinary Places that Bring People Together Author: Kevin Ervin Kelley Narrator: Kevin Ervin Kelley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do we still need physical places like grocery stores, restaurants, and office buildings? Or will the 'Replacement Economy' led by the tech titans and retail giants wipe out these venues in their rapid ascent to unicorn status? What about museums, universities, and performing arts venues? Considering the power of technology today, can't we replace these relics with faster, cheaper, and more efficient online tools, apps, and AI? Through engaging storytelling, human behavior insights, and proven design techniques, Kevin Kelley—an attention architect and cofounder of Shook Kelley, a strategic design firm that pioneered the field of 'convening'—unfolds why physical places are essential to civil society, business, and community. In this book, he reveals what it takes for brick-and-mortar establishments to attract an audience and maintain a competitive edge in our increasingly digital world, whether you're a: ● Retail leader or institutional manager trying to attract people to your offering while keeping the disruptors at bay ● Student of design who values social facilitation over object-oriented design ● Concerned citizen worried about the loss of community and civility Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irreplaceable: How to Create Extraordinary Places that Bring People Together Author: Kevin Ervin Kelley Narrator: Kevin Ervin Kelley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do we still need physical places like grocery stores, restaurants, and office buildings? Or will the 'Replacement Economy' led by the tech titans and retail giants wipe out these venues in their rapid ascent to unicorn status? What about museums, universities, and performing arts venues? Considering the power of technology today, can't we replace these relics with faster, cheaper, and more efficient online tools, apps, and AI? Through engaging storytelling, human behavior insights, and proven design techniques, Kevin Kelley—an attention architect and cofounder of Shook Kelley, a strategic design firm that pioneered the field of 'convening'—unfolds why physical places are essential to civil society, business, and community. In this book, he reveals what it takes for brick-and-mortar establishments to attract an audience and maintain a competitive edge in our increasingly digital world, whether you're a: ● Retail leader or institutional manager trying to attract people to your offering while keeping the disruptors at bay ● Student of design who values social facilitation over object-oriented design ● Concerned citizen worried about the loss of community and civility https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne Blue Ocean Strategy Reader: The iconic articles by bestselling authors W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne Author: Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: James Conlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best of W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne's articles on blue ocean strategy, all in one place. The seminal book Blue Ocean Strategy has sold over four million copies globally and is in print in forty-six languages. But much of W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne’s work on creating new market spaces was originally published in the pages of Harvard Business Review. This book brings the best of those articles together all in one place. Piece by piece, these articles explain the process of creating 'blue oceans'––uncontested market spaces, untainted by competition. Kim and Mauborgne introduce tools for exploring and exploiting these markets, such as the Value Curve, the Strategy Canvas, the Price Corridor of the Mass, and the Business Model Guide—tools that have come to make up the blue ocean strategy framework. This collection also features the authors' latest Harvard Business Review article, 'Red Ocean Traps.' Whether or not you're familiar with blue ocean strategy, this book will give you a new perspective on this important framework—and help you implement it in your organization. Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745666 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne Blue Ocean Strategy Reader: The iconic articles by bestselling authors W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne Author: Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: James Conlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best of W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne's articles on blue ocean strategy, all in one place. The seminal book Blue Ocean Strategy has sold over four million copies globally and is in print in forty-six languages. But much of W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne’s work on creating new market spaces was originally published in the pages of Harvard Business Review. This book brings the best of those articles together all in one place. Piece by piece, these articles explain the process of creating 'blue oceans'––uncontested market spaces, untainted by competition. Kim and Mauborgne introduce tools for exploring and exploiting these markets, such as the Value Curve, the Strategy Canvas, the Price Corridor of the Mass, and the Business Model Guide—tools that have come to make up the blue ocean strategy framework. This collection also features the authors' latest Harvard Business Review article, 'Red Ocean Traps.' Whether or not you're familiar with blue ocean strategy, this book will give you a new perspective on this important framework—and help you implement it in your organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne Blue Ocean Strategy Reader: The iconic articles by bestselling authors W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne Author: Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: James Conlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best of W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne's articles on blue ocean strategy, all in one place. The seminal book Blue Ocean Strategy has sold over four million copies globally and is in print in forty-six languages. But much of W. Chan Kim and Renée Mauborgne’s work on creating new market spaces was originally published in the pages of Harvard Business Review. This book brings the best of those articles together all in one place. Piece by piece, these articles explain the process of creating 'blue oceans'––uncontested market spaces, untainted by competition. Kim and Mauborgne introduce tools for exploring and exploiting these markets, such as the Value Curve, the Strategy Canvas, the Price Corridor of the Mass, and the Business Model Guide—tools that have come to make up the blue ocean strategy framework. This collection also features the authors' latest Harvard Business Review article, 'Red Ocean Traps.' Whether or not you're familiar with blue ocean strategy, this book will give you a new perspective on this important framework—and help you implement it in your organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time, Talent, Energy: Overcome Organizational Drag and Unleash Your Team's Productive Power Author: Eric Garton, Michael C. Mankins Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Managing Your Scarcest Resources Business leaders know that the key to competitive success is smart management of scarce resources. That's why companies allocate their financial capital so carefully. But capital today is cheap and abundant, no longer a source of advantage. The truly scarce resources now are the time, the talent, and the energy of the people in your organization—resources that are too often squandered. Building off of the popular Harvard Business Review article 'Your Scarcest Resource,' Michael Mankins and Eric Garton, Bain & Company experts in organizational design and effectiveness, present new research into how you can liberate people's time, talent, and energy and unleash your organization's productive power. They identify the specific causes of organizational drag—the collection of institutional factors that slow things down, decrease output, and drain people's energy—and then offer a pragmatic framework for how managers can overcome it. With practical advice for using the framework and in-depth examples of how the best companies manage their people's time, talent, and energy with as much discipline as they do their financial capital, this book shows managers how to create a virtuous circle of high performance. Eric Garton, Michael C. Mankins Thu, 06 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745667 thebookvoice.com 5:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time, Talent, Energy: Overcome Organizational Drag and Unleash Your Team's Productive Power Author: Eric Garton, Michael C. Mankins Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Managing Your Scarcest Resources Business leaders know that the key to competitive success is smart management of scarce resources. That's why companies allocate their financial capital so carefully. But capital today is cheap and abundant, no longer a source of advantage. The truly scarce resources now are the time, the talent, and the energy of the people in your organization—resources that are too often squandered. Building off of the popular Harvard Business Review article 'Your Scarcest Resource,' Michael Mankins and Eric Garton, Bain & Company experts in organizational design and effectiveness, present new research into how you can liberate people's time, talent, and energy and unleash your organization's productive power. They identify the specific causes of organizational drag—the collection of institutional factors that slow things down, decrease output, and drain people's energy—and then offer a pragmatic framework for how managers can overcome it. With practical advice for using the framework and in-depth examples of how the best companies manage their people's time, talent, and energy with as much discipline as they do their financial capital, this book shows managers how to create a virtuous circle of high performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Time, Talent, Energy: Overcome Organizational Drag and Unleash Your Team's Productive Power Author: Eric Garton, Michael C. Mankins Narrator: Gregory St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Managing Your Scarcest Resources Business leaders know that the key to competitive success is smart management of scarce resources. That's why companies allocate their financial capital so carefully. But capital today is cheap and abundant, no longer a source of advantage. The truly scarce resources now are the time, the talent, and the energy of the people in your organization—resources that are too often squandered. Building off of the popular Harvard Business Review article 'Your Scarcest Resource,' Michael Mankins and Eric Garton, Bain & Company experts in organizational design and effectiveness, present new research into how you can liberate people's time, talent, and energy and unleash your organization's productive power. They identify the specific causes of organizational drag—the collection of institutional factors that slow things down, decrease output, and drain people's energy—and then offer a pragmatic framework for how managers can overcome it. With practical advice for using the framework and in-depth examples of how the best companies manage their people's time, talent, and energy with as much discipline as they do their financial capital, this book shows managers how to create a virtuous circle of high performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745668 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Network Imperative: How to Survive and Grow in the Age of Digital Business Models Author: Jerry Wind, Megan Beck, Barry Libert Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pivot your organization toward a more scalable and profitable business model. The Network Imperative is a call to action for managers and executives to embrace network-based business models. The benefits are indisputable: companies that leverage digital platforms to co-create and share value with networks of employees, customers, and suppliers are fast outpacing the market. These companies, or network orchestrators, grow faster, scale with lower marginal cost, and generate the highest revenue multipliers. Supported by research that covers fifteen hundred companies, authors Barry Libert, Megan Beck, and Jerry Wind guide leaders and investors through the ten principles that all organizations can use to grow and profit regardless of their industry. They also share a five-step process for pivoting an organization toward a more scalable and profitable business model. The Network Imperative, brimming with compelling case studies and actionable advice, provides managers with what they really need: new tools and frameworks to generate unprecedented value in a rapidly changing age. Jerry Wind, Megan Beck, Barry Libert Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745668 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Network Imperative: How to Survive and Grow in the Age of Digital Business Models Author: Jerry Wind, Megan Beck, Barry Libert Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pivot your organization toward a more scalable and profitable business model. The Network Imperative is a call to action for managers and executives to embrace network-based business models. The benefits are indisputable: companies that leverage digital platforms to co-create and share value with networks of employees, customers, and suppliers are fast outpacing the market. These companies, or network orchestrators, grow faster, scale with lower marginal cost, and generate the highest revenue multipliers. Supported by research that covers fifteen hundred companies, authors Barry Libert, Megan Beck, and Jerry Wind guide leaders and investors through the ten principles that all organizations can use to grow and profit regardless of their industry. They also share a five-step process for pivoting an organization toward a more scalable and profitable business model. The Network Imperative, brimming with compelling case studies and actionable advice, provides managers with what they really need: new tools and frameworks to generate unprecedented value in a rapidly changing age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Network Imperative: How to Survive and Grow in the Age of Digital Business Models Author: Jerry Wind, Megan Beck, Barry Libert Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pivot your organization toward a more scalable and profitable business model. The Network Imperative is a call to action for managers and executives to embrace network-based business models. The benefits are indisputable: companies that leverage digital platforms to co-create and share value with networks of employees, customers, and suppliers are fast outpacing the market. These companies, or network orchestrators, grow faster, scale with lower marginal cost, and generate the highest revenue multipliers. Supported by research that covers fifteen hundred companies, authors Barry Libert, Megan Beck, and Jerry Wind guide leaders and investors through the ten principles that all organizations can use to grow and profit regardless of their industry. They also share a five-step process for pivoting an organization toward a more scalable and profitable business model. The Network Imperative, brimming with compelling case studies and actionable advice, provides managers with what they really need: new tools and frameworks to generate unprecedented value in a rapidly changing age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Peter F. Drucker Reader: Selected Articles from the Father of Modern Management Thinking Author: Harvard Business Review, Peter F. Drucker Narrator: Steven Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best of Peter F. Drucker's articles on management, all in one place. That 'management' exists as a concept, a practice, and a profession is largely due to the thinking of Peter F. Drucker. For nearly half a century, he inspired and educated managers—and powerfully shaped the nature of business—with his iconic articles in Harvard Business Review. Through the lens of Drucker's broad vision, this volume presents an opportunity to trace the great shifts in organizations in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries—from manufacturing to knowledge work, from career-length employee tenures to short-term contract relationships, from command-and-control structures to flatter organizations that call for new leadership techniques. These articles also offer a firm and practical grasp of the role of the manager and the executive today—their responsibilities, their relationships, their decisions, and detailed processes that can make their work more effective. A celebrated thinker at his best, in this volume Drucker paints a clear and comprehensive picture of management thinking and practice—both as it is and as it will be. Harvard Business Review, Peter F. Drucker Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745669 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Peter F. Drucker Reader: Selected Articles from the Father of Modern Management Thinking Author: Harvard Business Review, Peter F. Drucker Narrator: Steven Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best of Peter F. Drucker's articles on management, all in one place. That 'management' exists as a concept, a practice, and a profession is largely due to the thinking of Peter F. Drucker. For nearly half a century, he inspired and educated managers—and powerfully shaped the nature of business—with his iconic articles in Harvard Business Review. Through the lens of Drucker's broad vision, this volume presents an opportunity to trace the great shifts in organizations in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries—from manufacturing to knowledge work, from career-length employee tenures to short-term contract relationships, from command-and-control structures to flatter organizations that call for new leadership techniques. These articles also offer a firm and practical grasp of the role of the manager and the executive today—their responsibilities, their relationships, their decisions, and detailed processes that can make their work more effective. A celebrated thinker at his best, in this volume Drucker paints a clear and comprehensive picture of management thinking and practice—both as it is and as it will be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Peter F. Drucker Reader: Selected Articles from the Father of Modern Management Thinking Author: Harvard Business Review, Peter F. Drucker Narrator: Steven Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best of Peter F. Drucker's articles on management, all in one place. That 'management' exists as a concept, a practice, and a profession is largely due to the thinking of Peter F. Drucker. For nearly half a century, he inspired and educated managers—and powerfully shaped the nature of business—with his iconic articles in Harvard Business Review. Through the lens of Drucker's broad vision, this volume presents an opportunity to trace the great shifts in organizations in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries—from manufacturing to knowledge work, from career-length employee tenures to short-term contract relationships, from command-and-control structures to flatter organizations that call for new leadership techniques. These articles also offer a firm and practical grasp of the role of the manager and the executive today—their responsibilities, their relationships, their decisions, and detailed processes that can make their work more effective. A celebrated thinker at his best, in this volume Drucker paints a clear and comprehensive picture of management thinking and practice—both as it is and as it will be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founder's Mentality: How to Overcome the Predictable Crises of Growth Author: Chris Zook, James Allen Narrator: Robert Feifar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why is profitable growth so hard to achieve and sustain? Most executives manage their companies as if the solution to that problem lies in the external environment: find an attractive market, formulate the right strategy, win new customers. But when Bain & Company's Chris Zook and James Allen researched this question, they found that when companies fail to achieve their growth targets, 90 percent of the time the root causes are internal, not external—increasing distance from the front lines, loss of accountability, proliferating processes and bureaucracy, to name only a few. What's more, companies experience a set of predictable internal crises, at predictable stages, as they grow. The key insight from Zook and Allen's research is that managing these choke points requires a 'founder's mentality'—behaviors typically embodied by a bold, ambitious founder: ● An insurgent's clear mission and purpose ● An unambiguous owner mindset ● A relentless obsession with the front line Through rich analysis and inspiring examples, this book shows how any leader can instill and leverage a founder's mentality throughout their organization and find lasting, profitable growth. Chris Zook, James Allen Thu, 11 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745670 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founder's Mentality: How to Overcome the Predictable Crises of Growth Author: Chris Zook, James Allen Narrator: Robert Feifar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why is profitable growth so hard to achieve and sustain? Most executives manage their companies as if the solution to that problem lies in the external environment: find an attractive market, formulate the right strategy, win new customers. But when Bain & Company's Chris Zook and James Allen researched this question, they found that when companies fail to achieve their growth targets, 90 percent of the time the root causes are internal, not external—increasing distance from the front lines, loss of accountability, proliferating processes and bureaucracy, to name only a few. What's more, companies experience a set of predictable internal crises, at predictable stages, as they grow. The key insight from Zook and Allen's research is that managing these choke points requires a 'founder's mentality'—behaviors typically embodied by a bold, ambitious founder: ● An insurgent's clear mission and purpose ● An unambiguous owner mindset ● A relentless obsession with the front line Through rich analysis and inspiring examples, this book shows how any leader can instill and leverage a founder's mentality throughout their organization and find lasting, profitable growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founder's Mentality: How to Overcome the Predictable Crises of Growth Author: Chris Zook, James Allen Narrator: Robert Feifar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why is profitable growth so hard to achieve and sustain? Most executives manage their companies as if the solution to that problem lies in the external environment: find an attractive market, formulate the right strategy, win new customers. But when Bain & Company's Chris Zook and James Allen researched this question, they found that when companies fail to achieve their growth targets, 90 percent of the time the root causes are internal, not external—increasing distance from the front lines, loss of accountability, proliferating processes and bureaucracy, to name only a few. What's more, companies experience a set of predictable internal crises, at predictable stages, as they grow. The key insight from Zook and Allen's research is that managing these choke points requires a 'founder's mentality'—behaviors typically embodied by a bold, ambitious founder: ● An insurgent's clear mission and purpose ● An unambiguous owner mindset ● A relentless obsession with the front line Through rich analysis and inspiring examples, this book shows how any leader can instill and leverage a founder's mentality throughout their organization and find lasting, profitable growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads 2017: The Definitive Management Ideas of the Year from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review, Adam Grant, Vijay Govindarajan, Thomas H. Davenport, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With authors from Clayton M. Christensen to Adam Grant and company examples from Intel to Uber, HBR's 10 Must Reads 2017 brings the most important management conversations to your fingertips. This book will inspire you to rethink the way you work in the face of advancing automation; transform your business using a platform strategy; apply design thinking to create innovative products; identify where too much collaboration may be holding your people back; see the theory of disruptive innovation in a brand new light; and recognize the signs that your cross-cultural negotiation may be falling apart. This collection of articles includes 'Collaborative Overload,' by Rob Cross, Reb Rebele, and Adam Grant; 'Algorithms Need Managers, Too,' by Michael Luca, Jon Kleinberg, and Sendhil Mullainathan; 'Pipelines, Platforms, and the New Rules of Strategy,' by Marshall W. Van Alstyne, Geoffrey G. Parker, and Sangeet Paul Choudary; 'What Is Disruptive Innovation?,' by Clayton M. Christensen, Michael Raynor, and Rory McDonald; 'How Indra Nooyi Turned Design Thinking into Strategy,' an interview with Indra Nooyi by Adi Ignatius; 'Engineering Reverse Innovations,' by Amos Winter and Vijay Govindarajan; “The Employer-Led Health Care Revolution,' by Patricia A. McDonald, Robert S. Mecklenburg, and Lindsay A. Martin; and more. Harvard Business Review, Adam Grant, Vijay Govindarajan, Thomas H. Davenport, Clayton M. Christensen Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745659 thebookvoice.com 5:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads 2017: The Definitive Management Ideas of the Year from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review, Adam Grant, Vijay Govindarajan, Thomas H. Davenport, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With authors from Clayton M. Christensen to Adam Grant and company examples from Intel to Uber, HBR's 10 Must Reads 2017 brings the most important management conversations to your fingertips. This book will inspire you to rethink the way you work in the face of advancing automation; transform your business using a platform strategy; apply design thinking to create innovative products; identify where too much collaboration may be holding your people back; see the theory of disruptive innovation in a brand new light; and recognize the signs that your cross-cultural negotiation may be falling apart. This collection of articles includes 'Collaborative Overload,' by Rob Cross, Reb Rebele, and Adam Grant; 'Algorithms Need Managers, Too,' by Michael Luca, Jon Kleinberg, and Sendhil Mullainathan; 'Pipelines, Platforms, and the New Rules of Strategy,' by Marshall W. Van Alstyne, Geoffrey G. Parker, and Sangeet Paul Choudary; 'What Is Disruptive Innovation?,' by Clayton M. Christensen, Michael Raynor, and Rory McDonald; 'How Indra Nooyi Turned Design Thinking into Strategy,' an interview with Indra Nooyi by Adi Ignatius; 'Engineering Reverse Innovations,' by Amos Winter and Vijay Govindarajan; “The Employer-Led Health Care Revolution,' by Patricia A. McDonald, Robert S. Mecklenburg, and Lindsay A. Martin; and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR's 10 Must Reads 2017: The Definitive Management Ideas of the Year from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review, Adam Grant, Vijay Govindarajan, Thomas H. Davenport, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With authors from Clayton M. Christensen to Adam Grant and company examples from Intel to Uber, HBR's 10 Must Reads 2017 brings the most important management conversations to your fingertips. This book will inspire you to rethink the way you work in the face of advancing automation; transform your business using a platform strategy; apply design thinking to create innovative products; identify where too much collaboration may be holding your people back; see the theory of disruptive innovation in a brand new light; and recognize the signs that your cross-cultural negotiation may be falling apart. This collection of articles includes 'Collaborative Overload,' by Rob Cross, Reb Rebele, and Adam Grant; 'Algorithms Need Managers, Too,' by Michael Luca, Jon Kleinberg, and Sendhil Mullainathan; 'Pipelines, Platforms, and the New Rules of Strategy,' by Marshall W. Van Alstyne, Geoffrey G. Parker, and Sangeet Paul Choudary; 'What Is Disruptive Innovation?,' by Clayton M. Christensen, Michael Raynor, and Rory McDonald; 'How Indra Nooyi Turned Design Thinking into Strategy,' an interview with Indra Nooyi by Adi Ignatius; 'Engineering Reverse Innovations,' by Amos Winter and Vijay Govindarajan; “The Employer-Led Health Care Revolution,' by Patricia A. McDonald, Robert S. Mecklenburg, and Lindsay A. Martin; and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745655 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business: Think Big, Buy Small, Own Your Own Company Series: Part of HBR Guide Author: Royce Yudkoff, Richard S. Ruback Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Think big, buy small. Are you looking for an alternative to a career path at a big firm? Does founding your own start-up seem too risky? There is a radical third path open to you: You can buy a small business and run it as CEO. Purchasing a small company offers significant financial rewards—as well as personal and professional fulfillment. Leading a firm means you can be your own boss, put your executive skills to work, fashion a company environment that meets your own needs, and profit directly from your success. But finding the right business to buy and closing the deal isn't always easy. In the HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business, Harvard Business School professors Richard Ruback and Royce Yudkoff help you determine if this path is right for you; raise capital for your acquisition; find and evaluate the right prospects; avoid the pitfalls that could derail your search; understand why a 'dull' business might be the best investment; negotiate a potential deal with the seller; and avoid deals that fall through at the last minute. Royce Yudkoff, Richard S. Ruback Sat, 02 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745655 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business: Think Big, Buy Small, Own Your Own Company Series: Part of HBR Guide Author: Royce Yudkoff, Richard S. Ruback Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Think big, buy small. Are you looking for an alternative to a career path at a big firm? Does founding your own start-up seem too risky? There is a radical third path open to you: You can buy a small business and run it as CEO. Purchasing a small company offers significant financial rewards—as well as personal and professional fulfillment. Leading a firm means you can be your own boss, put your executive skills to work, fashion a company environment that meets your own needs, and profit directly from your success. But finding the right business to buy and closing the deal isn't always easy. In the HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business, Harvard Business School professors Richard Ruback and Royce Yudkoff help you determine if this path is right for you; raise capital for your acquisition; find and evaluate the right prospects; avoid the pitfalls that could derail your search; understand why a 'dull' business might be the best investment; negotiate a potential deal with the seller; and avoid deals that fall through at the last minute. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business: Think Big, Buy Small, Own Your Own Company Series: Part of HBR Guide Author: Royce Yudkoff, Richard S. Ruback Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Think big, buy small. Are you looking for an alternative to a career path at a big firm? Does founding your own start-up seem too risky? There is a radical third path open to you: You can buy a small business and run it as CEO. Purchasing a small company offers significant financial rewards—as well as personal and professional fulfillment. Leading a firm means you can be your own boss, put your executive skills to work, fashion a company environment that meets your own needs, and profit directly from your success. But finding the right business to buy and closing the deal isn't always easy. In the HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business, Harvard Business School professors Richard Ruback and Royce Yudkoff help you determine if this path is right for you; raise capital for your acquisition; find and evaluate the right prospects; avoid the pitfalls that could derail your search; understand why a 'dull' business might be the best investment; negotiate a potential deal with the seller; and avoid deals that fall through at the last minute. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Pricing: How to Apply Behavioral Economics So Customers Buy Author: Melina Palmer Narrator: Kate Coventry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pricing mastery made easy. A must-listen for entrepreneurs seeking to determine what their customers value and set prices they want by understanding the truth about pricing—it isn't about the price. Everything that happens before the price matters much more than the price itself. Have happier clients, boost your profits, and confidently master the pricing game with this comprehensive guide. Boost your profits with an expert. Instructor of applied behavioral economics, marketing whiz, and bestselling author Melina Palmer provides a step-by-step guide to successful pricing strategies that resonate with your target audience, making them naturally more likely to choose you (regardless of the price). Discover the prices customers want and can't tell you, and gain an edge by understanding what your buyer values. The Truth About Pricing allows you to navigate pricing psychology and gain profitability, easier sales, and happier customers. Inside, find: ● The key to understanding your buyers needs and setting prices they want ● What your customers—and your business—truly value ● An easy to follow guide to successful pricing for entrepreneurs to boost profits and have happier clients Melina Palmer Tue, 19 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745293 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Pricing: How to Apply Behavioral Economics So Customers Buy Author: Melina Palmer Narrator: Kate Coventry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pricing mastery made easy. A must-listen for entrepreneurs seeking to determine what their customers value and set prices they want by understanding the truth about pricing—it isn't about the price. Everything that happens before the price matters much more than the price itself. Have happier clients, boost your profits, and confidently master the pricing game with this comprehensive guide. Boost your profits with an expert. Instructor of applied behavioral economics, marketing whiz, and bestselling author Melina Palmer provides a step-by-step guide to successful pricing strategies that resonate with your target audience, making them naturally more likely to choose you (regardless of the price). Discover the prices customers want and can't tell you, and gain an edge by understanding what your buyer values. The Truth About Pricing allows you to navigate pricing psychology and gain profitability, easier sales, and happier customers. Inside, find: ● The key to understanding your buyers needs and setting prices they want ● What your customers—and your business—truly value ● An easy to follow guide to successful pricing for entrepreneurs to boost profits and have happier clients Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Pricing: How to Apply Behavioral Economics So Customers Buy Author: Melina Palmer Narrator: Kate Coventry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Pricing mastery made easy. A must-listen for entrepreneurs seeking to determine what their customers value and set prices they want by understanding the truth about pricing—it isn't about the price. Everything that happens before the price matters much more than the price itself. Have happier clients, boost your profits, and confidently master the pricing game with this comprehensive guide. Boost your profits with an expert. Instructor of applied behavioral economics, marketing whiz, and bestselling author Melina Palmer provides a step-by-step guide to successful pricing strategies that resonate with your target audience, making them naturally more likely to choose you (regardless of the price). Discover the prices customers want and can't tell you, and gain an edge by understanding what your buyer values. The Truth About Pricing allows you to navigate pricing psychology and gain profitability, easier sales, and happier customers. Inside, find: ● The key to understanding your buyers needs and setting prices they want ● What your customers—and your business—truly value ● An easy to follow guide to successful pricing for entrepreneurs to boost profits and have happier clients https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Betriebsratsarbeit ist wie Fußballspielen: Trainingseinheiten in Zeiten der digitalen Transformation Author: Thomas M. Steins Narrator: Malte Friedrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 15, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: BETRIEBSRATSARBEIT KINDERLEICHT ERKLÄRT: WAS MACHT EIN BETRIEBSRAT? In Zeiten des Umbruchs sind Betriebsräte besonders gefragt. Kein Wunder: Der digitale Wandel verlangt tragfähige Lösungen von den Betriebspartnern und zwar in exorbitant hoher Geschwindigkeit. Damit sind für die Belegschaften auch harte Einschnitte bei der Reorganisation, Kürzungen von betrieblichen Leistungen oder Stellenabbau verbunden. Und im ungünstigsten Fall werden Betriebsschließungen zur gelebten Realität. All das kann auch passieren, wenn Betriebsräten die Werkzeuge fehlen, um Gegenmaßnahmen einzuläuten. Insbesondere jungen Belegschaftsvertretungen fehlt die praktische Erfahrung, weshalb sie mehrheitlich vorsichtiger vorgehen. Die Einstellung, 'möglichst wenig Lärm zu machen' und 'dem Arbeitgeber nicht auf den Schlips zu treten', mag für den durchschnittlichen Arbeitnehmer vertretbar sein – als Betriebsrat jedoch sollte eine solche Denkweise zügig abgestreift werden. Thomas M. Steins hat viele Antworten auf die Frage, welche Aufgaben Betriebsräten abverlangt werden. Als Strategieberater und Betriebsratscoach unterstützt er Mitbestimmungsgremien, die sich gerade neu gegründet haben oder in Zeiten der digitalen Transformation enormen Herausforderungen gegenüberstehen, mit Know-how und Tools. Für seinen Business-Roman kreierte der Autor die Figur Nele Lingard, eine junge Studentin, die nach einem Schicksalsschlag ihrer Eltern auf der Suche nach Unterstützung ist und diese in einem Praktikum findet, das seinen Anfang in einem Fußballstadion nimmt. Thomas M. Steins Mon, 15 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745036 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Betriebsratsarbeit ist wie Fußballspielen: Trainingseinheiten in Zeiten der digitalen Transformation Author: Thomas M. Steins Narrator: Malte Friedrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 15, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: BETRIEBSRATSARBEIT KINDERLEICHT ERKLÄRT: WAS MACHT EIN BETRIEBSRAT? In Zeiten des Umbruchs sind Betriebsräte besonders gefragt. Kein Wunder: Der digitale Wandel verlangt tragfähige Lösungen von den Betriebspartnern und zwar in exorbitant hoher Geschwindigkeit. Damit sind für die Belegschaften auch harte Einschnitte bei der Reorganisation, Kürzungen von betrieblichen Leistungen oder Stellenabbau verbunden. Und im ungünstigsten Fall werden Betriebsschließungen zur gelebten Realität. All das kann auch passieren, wenn Betriebsräten die Werkzeuge fehlen, um Gegenmaßnahmen einzuläuten. Insbesondere jungen Belegschaftsvertretungen fehlt die praktische Erfahrung, weshalb sie mehrheitlich vorsichtiger vorgehen. Die Einstellung, 'möglichst wenig Lärm zu machen' und 'dem Arbeitgeber nicht auf den Schlips zu treten', mag für den durchschnittlichen Arbeitnehmer vertretbar sein – als Betriebsrat jedoch sollte eine solche Denkweise zügig abgestreift werden. Thomas M. Steins hat viele Antworten auf die Frage, welche Aufgaben Betriebsräten abverlangt werden. Als Strategieberater und Betriebsratscoach unterstützt er Mitbestimmungsgremien, die sich gerade neu gegründet haben oder in Zeiten der digitalen Transformation enormen Herausforderungen gegenüberstehen, mit Know-how und Tools. Für seinen Business-Roman kreierte der Autor die Figur Nele Lingard, eine junge Studentin, die nach einem Schicksalsschlag ihrer Eltern auf der Suche nach Unterstützung ist und diese in einem Praktikum findet, das seinen Anfang in einem Fußballstadion nimmt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/745036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Betriebsratsarbeit ist wie Fußballspielen: Trainingseinheiten in Zeiten der digitalen Transformation Author: Thomas M. Steins Narrator: Malte Friedrich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 15, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: BETRIEBSRATSARBEIT KINDERLEICHT ERKLÄRT: WAS MACHT EIN BETRIEBSRAT? In Zeiten des Umbruchs sind Betriebsräte besonders gefragt. Kein Wunder: Der digitale Wandel verlangt tragfähige Lösungen von den Betriebspartnern und zwar in exorbitant hoher Geschwindigkeit. Damit sind für die Belegschaften auch harte Einschnitte bei der Reorganisation, Kürzungen von betrieblichen Leistungen oder Stellenabbau verbunden. Und im ungünstigsten Fall werden Betriebsschließungen zur gelebten Realität. All das kann auch passieren, wenn Betriebsräten die Werkzeuge fehlen, um Gegenmaßnahmen einzuläuten. Insbesondere jungen Belegschaftsvertretungen fehlt die praktische Erfahrung, weshalb sie mehrheitlich vorsichtiger vorgehen. Die Einstellung, 'möglichst wenig Lärm zu machen' und 'dem Arbeitgeber nicht auf den Schlips zu treten', mag für den durchschnittlichen Arbeitnehmer vertretbar sein – als Betriebsrat jedoch sollte eine solche Denkweise zügig abgestreift werden. Thomas M. Steins hat viele Antworten auf die Frage, welche Aufgaben Betriebsräten abverlangt werden. Als Strategieberater und Betriebsratscoach unterstützt er Mitbestimmungsgremien, die sich gerade neu gegründet haben oder in Zeiten der digitalen Transformation enormen Herausforderungen gegenüberstehen, mit Know-how und Tools. Für seinen Business-Roman kreierte der Autor die Figur Nele Lingard, eine junge Studentin, die nach einem Schicksalsschlag ihrer Eltern auf der Suche nach Unterstützung ist und diese in einem Praktikum findet, das seinen Anfang in einem Fußballstadion nimmt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742966 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enduring Enterprise: How Family Businesses Thrive in Turbulent Conditions Author: Devin Deciantis, Ivan Lansberg Narrator: Devin Deciantis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Family businesses thrive in some of the world's toughest environments, providing vital lessons for businesses everywhere.   The bulk of the world’s growth in population and economic activity in the foreseeable future will be generated in the developing world. This is precisely where enterprising families dominate, operating very differently than their peers in more stable and affluent nations. These businesses not only survive but actually thrive in turbulent times, enduring wars, lawlessness, market failures, environmental disasters, and more. The world’s most advanced economies will increasingly experience these types of structural shocks and chronic uncertainties in the years ahead. The question is, what can they do about it?   In The Enduring Enterprise, Devin DeCiantis and Ivan Lansberg bring readers into the lives of families operating in emerging and frontier economies who rely on a unique portfolio of stabilizing strategies to create islands of trust, resilience, and prosperity amidst persistent turmoil. Yet these tactics can also be deployed by any business coping with extended periods of volatility or building a more systematic approach to managing risk.   Drawing on real cases from around the world, and on their extensive research and consulting experience with family enterprises globally, The Enduring Enterprise will provide business leaders everywhere with new and useful adaptive strategies, proven to work in the toughest conditions, to help them face the world of greater uncertainty that lies ahead. Devin Deciantis, Ivan Lansberg Tue, 26 Nov 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742966 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enduring Enterprise: How Family Businesses Thrive in Turbulent Conditions Author: Devin Deciantis, Ivan Lansberg Narrator: Devin Deciantis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Family businesses thrive in some of the world's toughest environments, providing vital lessons for businesses everywhere.   The bulk of the world’s growth in population and economic activity in the foreseeable future will be generated in the developing world. This is precisely where enterprising families dominate, operating very differently than their peers in more stable and affluent nations. These businesses not only survive but actually thrive in turbulent times, enduring wars, lawlessness, market failures, environmental disasters, and more. The world’s most advanced economies will increasingly experience these types of structural shocks and chronic uncertainties in the years ahead. The question is, what can they do about it?   In The Enduring Enterprise, Devin DeCiantis and Ivan Lansberg bring readers into the lives of families operating in emerging and frontier economies who rely on a unique portfolio of stabilizing strategies to create islands of trust, resilience, and prosperity amidst persistent turmoil. Yet these tactics can also be deployed by any business coping with extended periods of volatility or building a more systematic approach to managing risk.   Drawing on real cases from around the world, and on their extensive research and consulting experience with family enterprises globally, The Enduring Enterprise will provide business leaders everywhere with new and useful adaptive strategies, proven to work in the toughest conditions, to help them face the world of greater uncertainty that lies ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enduring Enterprise: How Family Businesses Thrive in Turbulent Conditions Author: Devin Deciantis, Ivan Lansberg Narrator: Devin Deciantis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Family businesses thrive in some of the world's toughest environments, providing vital lessons for businesses everywhere.   The bulk of the world’s growth in population and economic activity in the foreseeable future will be generated in the developing world. This is precisely where enterprising families dominate, operating very differently than their peers in more stable and affluent nations. These businesses not only survive but actually thrive in turbulent times, enduring wars, lawlessness, market failures, environmental disasters, and more. The world’s most advanced economies will increasingly experience these types of structural shocks and chronic uncertainties in the years ahead. The question is, what can they do about it?   In The Enduring Enterprise, Devin DeCiantis and Ivan Lansberg bring readers into the lives of families operating in emerging and frontier economies who rely on a unique portfolio of stabilizing strategies to create islands of trust, resilience, and prosperity amidst persistent turmoil. Yet these tactics can also be deployed by any business coping with extended periods of volatility or building a more systematic approach to managing risk.   Drawing on real cases from around the world, and on their extensive research and consulting experience with family enterprises globally, The Enduring Enterprise will provide business leaders everywhere with new and useful adaptive strategies, proven to work in the toughest conditions, to help them face the world of greater uncertainty that lies ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Who You Are to Get What You Want: Negotiating to Win, Whoever You Are Author: Damali Peterman Narrator: Damali Peterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Invaluable information ... that will help you show up as yourself - and leverage that to your advantage' - SUNNY HOSTIN '[A] groundbreaking, powerful book' - TIFFANY ALICHE 'Essential advice for anyone who has felt underestimated in a negotiation' - DOUGLAS STONE Negotiation can make the difference between success and failure, a win or a loss, a 'no' or a 'yes'. But what if you are coming up against a brick wall due to implicit prejudice or even outright discrimination? Celebrated lawyer and mediator Damali Peterman leads a complete course in negotiation. Drawing on decades of training and experience as a negotiator in high-stakes situations, Peterman has developed successful strategies that will help you become the best communicator that you can be. She takes readers into the boardroom as well as out into real life, showing the application of negotiation and how everything is potentially up for discussion - from navigating a potential promotion to maximising the trade-in value of your car. At every step, Peterman acknowledges that the unique way you show up in the world will impact your negotiations in all sorts of surprising ways ... and that this can, in fact, be a good thing. Because when you show up prepared and proud of who you are, you'll reap the rewards. Be Who You Are to Get What You Want is a masterclass in how to engage in effective, sympathetic and successful negotiation while retaining your identity. Damali Peterman Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742577 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Who You Are to Get What You Want: Negotiating to Win, Whoever You Are Author: Damali Peterman Narrator: Damali Peterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Invaluable information ... that will help you show up as yourself - and leverage that to your advantage' - SUNNY HOSTIN '[A] groundbreaking, powerful book' - TIFFANY ALICHE 'Essential advice for anyone who has felt underestimated in a negotiation' - DOUGLAS STONE Negotiation can make the difference between success and failure, a win or a loss, a 'no' or a 'yes'. But what if you are coming up against a brick wall due to implicit prejudice or even outright discrimination? Celebrated lawyer and mediator Damali Peterman leads a complete course in negotiation. Drawing on decades of training and experience as a negotiator in high-stakes situations, Peterman has developed successful strategies that will help you become the best communicator that you can be. She takes readers into the boardroom as well as out into real life, showing the application of negotiation and how everything is potentially up for discussion - from navigating a potential promotion to maximising the trade-in value of your car. At every step, Peterman acknowledges that the unique way you show up in the world will impact your negotiations in all sorts of surprising ways ... and that this can, in fact, be a good thing. Because when you show up prepared and proud of who you are, you'll reap the rewards. Be Who You Are to Get What You Want is a masterclass in how to engage in effective, sympathetic and successful negotiation while retaining your identity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Who You Are to Get What You Want: Negotiating to Win, Whoever You Are Author: Damali Peterman Narrator: Damali Peterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Invaluable information ... that will help you show up as yourself - and leverage that to your advantage' - SUNNY HOSTIN '[A] groundbreaking, powerful book' - TIFFANY ALICHE 'Essential advice for anyone who has felt underestimated in a negotiation' - DOUGLAS STONE Negotiation can make the difference between success and failure, a win or a loss, a 'no' or a 'yes'. But what if you are coming up against a brick wall due to implicit prejudice or even outright discrimination? Celebrated lawyer and mediator Damali Peterman leads a complete course in negotiation. Drawing on decades of training and experience as a negotiator in high-stakes situations, Peterman has developed successful strategies that will help you become the best communicator that you can be. She takes readers into the boardroom as well as out into real life, showing the application of negotiation and how everything is potentially up for discussion - from navigating a potential promotion to maximising the trade-in value of your car. At every step, Peterman acknowledges that the unique way you show up in the world will impact your negotiations in all sorts of surprising ways ... and that this can, in fact, be a good thing. Because when you show up prepared and proud of who you are, you'll reap the rewards. Be Who You Are to Get What You Want is a masterclass in how to engage in effective, sympathetic and successful negotiation while retaining your identity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742465 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Big data: Los datos como generadores de valor Author: Edison Medina La Plata Narrator: Héctor Bonilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Estás utilizando inteligentemente toda la data recopilada y almacenada? En un escenario de feroces transformaciones digitales, debemos ser capaces de ayudar a nuestras organizaciones a salir airosas de estos cambios y ser competentes al desarrollar empresas basadas en datos (data driven). No se trata de trabajar con hojas de cálculo u otros mecanismos tradicionales, sino de emplear una gestión eficaz de los datos que genere enormes beneficios para las instituciones y para todo aquel que emprenda en el mundo de hoy. A través de un lenguaje sencillo y completamente funcional, Big data. Los datos como generadores de valor de Edison Medina ofrece la información necesaria, para directivos, ejecutivos, gestores y usuarios en general, sobre el grandioso potencial del big data y los beneficios que puede proporcionar a las diversas organizaciones. En este libro no solo hallarás la información necesaria para emprender sobre este tema, sino también el análisis de casos como el de Netflix, Amazon y Airbnb. Edison Medina La Plata Mon, 08 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742465 thebookvoice.com 2:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Big data: Los datos como generadores de valor Author: Edison Medina La Plata Narrator: Héctor Bonilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Estás utilizando inteligentemente toda la data recopilada y almacenada? En un escenario de feroces transformaciones digitales, debemos ser capaces de ayudar a nuestras organizaciones a salir airosas de estos cambios y ser competentes al desarrollar empresas basadas en datos (data driven). No se trata de trabajar con hojas de cálculo u otros mecanismos tradicionales, sino de emplear una gestión eficaz de los datos que genere enormes beneficios para las instituciones y para todo aquel que emprenda en el mundo de hoy. A través de un lenguaje sencillo y completamente funcional, Big data. Los datos como generadores de valor de Edison Medina ofrece la información necesaria, para directivos, ejecutivos, gestores y usuarios en general, sobre el grandioso potencial del big data y los beneficios que puede proporcionar a las diversas organizaciones. En este libro no solo hallarás la información necesaria para emprender sobre este tema, sino también el análisis de casos como el de Netflix, Amazon y Airbnb. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Big data: Los datos como generadores de valor Author: Edison Medina La Plata Narrator: Héctor Bonilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Estás utilizando inteligentemente toda la data recopilada y almacenada? En un escenario de feroces transformaciones digitales, debemos ser capaces de ayudar a nuestras organizaciones a salir airosas de estos cambios y ser competentes al desarrollar empresas basadas en datos (data driven). No se trata de trabajar con hojas de cálculo u otros mecanismos tradicionales, sino de emplear una gestión eficaz de los datos que genere enormes beneficios para las instituciones y para todo aquel que emprenda en el mundo de hoy. A través de un lenguaje sencillo y completamente funcional, Big data. Los datos como generadores de valor de Edison Medina ofrece la información necesaria, para directivos, ejecutivos, gestores y usuarios en general, sobre el grandioso potencial del big data y los beneficios que puede proporcionar a las diversas organizaciones. En este libro no solo hallarás la información necesaria para emprender sobre este tema, sino también el análisis de casos como el de Netflix, Amazon y Airbnb. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insightful Startup (Unabridged) Author: David Today Narrator: Greg Christenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why is Original Insight the single most important ingredient for startup success and how can startup founders obtain it? The Insightful Startup takes you on a personal journey, from the author's own venture-backed startup, emerging among the first generation of tech startups from Denmark in the mid-2000s, to his decade-long career as a venture capital investor investing in tech startups at the earliest stages. David Today shares how his understanding of startup success evolved over three paradigms spanning fifteen years. The book provides you with real-life examples from Nordic startups the author founded, invested in, and mentored. Readers familiar with the Nordic ecosystem will find this a refreshing vantage point, as it hereby distinguishes itself from the classic US-centric Silicon Valley entrepreneurship literature. Regardless if you are a startup-founder, a startup investor, a startup mentor, or a startup ecosystem organizer, you will find the book Insightful. David Today Mon, 08 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742443 thebookvoice.com 2:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insightful Startup (Unabridged) Author: David Today Narrator: Greg Christenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why is Original Insight the single most important ingredient for startup success and how can startup founders obtain it? The Insightful Startup takes you on a personal journey, from the author's own venture-backed startup, emerging among the first generation of tech startups from Denmark in the mid-2000s, to his decade-long career as a venture capital investor investing in tech startups at the earliest stages. David Today shares how his understanding of startup success evolved over three paradigms spanning fifteen years. The book provides you with real-life examples from Nordic startups the author founded, invested in, and mentored. Readers familiar with the Nordic ecosystem will find this a refreshing vantage point, as it hereby distinguishes itself from the classic US-centric Silicon Valley entrepreneurship literature. Regardless if you are a startup-founder, a startup investor, a startup mentor, or a startup ecosystem organizer, you will find the book Insightful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insightful Startup (Unabridged) Author: David Today Narrator: Greg Christenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why is Original Insight the single most important ingredient for startup success and how can startup founders obtain it? The Insightful Startup takes you on a personal journey, from the author's own venture-backed startup, emerging among the first generation of tech startups from Denmark in the mid-2000s, to his decade-long career as a venture capital investor investing in tech startups at the earliest stages. David Today shares how his understanding of startup success evolved over three paradigms spanning fifteen years. The book provides you with real-life examples from Nordic startups the author founded, invested in, and mentored. Readers familiar with the Nordic ecosystem will find this a refreshing vantage point, as it hereby distinguishes itself from the classic US-centric Silicon Valley entrepreneurship literature. Regardless if you are a startup-founder, a startup investor, a startup mentor, or a startup ecosystem organizer, you will find the book Insightful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742178 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pivot or Die: How Leaders Thrive When Everything Changes Author: Gary Shapiro Narrator: Gary Shapiro, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Gary Shapiro, New York Times bestselling author and head of CES and the Consumer Technology Association, a manifesto for today’s top executives, entrepreneurs, and leaders: pivot or die. As CEO of the Consumer Technology Association ®, owner and producer of CES ®, Gary Shapiro has had a front row seat to the launch of nearly every recent major technology. He's seen tech companies rise and fall, and bankrupt entrepreneurs become billionaires. After more than four decades in the industry, he knows that leaders who make it in the tech world have one thing in common: they know how to pivot.  Drawing upon detailed case studies, economic theory, and personal experience, Pivot or Die offers a behind-the-scenes look at the development of innovative technology and business strategies. Along the way, Shapiro offers a ''pivot'' framework for leaders in technology and beyond to stay flexible and agile: The startup pivot: how startups can shake up industries and maximize the advantage of new ideas The forced pivot: adapting to the unforeseeable (or simply unforeseen) and meeting shifting consumer demands The failure pivot: why failure can deliver better lessons than success and how to take those lessons forward The success pivot: Beating the market by seizing opportunity and out-pivoting your competitors In laying out each of these pivots, Shapiro shares unique lessons on how leaders can change minds and mindsets and steer their organizations to success in an increasingly competitive environment. Gary Shapiro Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742178 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pivot or Die: How Leaders Thrive When Everything Changes Author: Gary Shapiro Narrator: Gary Shapiro, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Gary Shapiro, New York Times bestselling author and head of CES and the Consumer Technology Association, a manifesto for today’s top executives, entrepreneurs, and leaders: pivot or die. As CEO of the Consumer Technology Association ®, owner and producer of CES ®, Gary Shapiro has had a front row seat to the launch of nearly every recent major technology. He's seen tech companies rise and fall, and bankrupt entrepreneurs become billionaires. After more than four decades in the industry, he knows that leaders who make it in the tech world have one thing in common: they know how to pivot.  Drawing upon detailed case studies, economic theory, and personal experience, Pivot or Die offers a behind-the-scenes look at the development of innovative technology and business strategies. Along the way, Shapiro offers a ''pivot'' framework for leaders in technology and beyond to stay flexible and agile: The startup pivot: how startups can shake up industries and maximize the advantage of new ideas The forced pivot: adapting to the unforeseeable (or simply unforeseen) and meeting shifting consumer demands The failure pivot: why failure can deliver better lessons than success and how to take those lessons forward The success pivot: Beating the market by seizing opportunity and out-pivoting your competitors In laying out each of these pivots, Shapiro shares unique lessons on how leaders can change minds and mindsets and steer their organizations to success in an increasingly competitive environment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/742178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pivot or Die: How Leaders Thrive When Everything Changes Author: Gary Shapiro Narrator: Gary Shapiro, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Gary Shapiro, New York Times bestselling author and head of CES and the Consumer Technology Association, a manifesto for today’s top executives, entrepreneurs, and leaders: pivot or die. As CEO of the Consumer Technology Association ®, owner and producer of CES ®, Gary Shapiro has had a front row seat to the launch of nearly every recent major technology. He's seen tech companies rise and fall, and bankrupt entrepreneurs become billionaires. After more than four decades in the industry, he knows that leaders who make it in the tech world have one thing in common: they know how to pivot.  Drawing upon detailed case studies, economic theory, and personal experience, Pivot or Die offers a behind-the-scenes look at the development of innovative technology and business strategies. Along the way, Shapiro offers a ''pivot'' framework for leaders in technology and beyond to stay flexible and agile: The startup pivot: how startups can shake up industries and maximize the advantage of new ideas The forced pivot: adapting to the unforeseeable (or simply unforeseen) and meeting shifting consumer demands The failure pivot: why failure can deliver better lessons than success and how to take those lessons forward The success pivot: Beating the market by seizing opportunity and out-pivoting your competitors In laying out each of these pivots, Shapiro shares unique lessons on how leaders can change minds and mindsets and steer their organizations to success in an increasingly competitive environment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100+ Instagram Statistics That Matter to Marketers in 2023 Author: Johnny Walker Narrator: Myriam Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 5, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you marketing on the world’s third most-used social platform? These Instagram statistics can help you shape your strategy. Instagram evolves so quickly, we’re practically dizzy watching the changes. In 2023 alone, features shifted and warped at a staggering speed as Insta tried to keep pace with the ever-changing expectations of its users (or capitalize on an opportunity). Chasing platform updates from Meta—Instagram’s parent company—is a fool’s errand. If Instagram is part of your social media marketing or advertising strategy, ground your plans in hard data, not think pieces. These numbers prove exactly where Instagram is at this moment in time, which hopefully will also give you a hint as to where the social behemoth is going from here. Read on to find compelling Instagram statistics that paint a picture of the platform’s strengths (and weaknesses). Dig in to find the truth beneath all the headlines so your team can create a game plan to make the most of the ‘gram. Ready to dive into the world of Instagram? Before we plunge into 2023’s Instagram statistics, let’s take a quick trip down memory lane. Remember last year? Instagram supercharged its offerings for creators. Achievement badges, subscription options, and creator portfolios? Yep, they did that.  But hold on… 2023 started with a bang! Enter “Broadcasting Channels”. And just when you thought they were done, along came Instagram Threads, taking on Twitter.  Bold move! And guess what? A jaw-dropping 100 million signups in just five days, according to a tracker. Now, for the brands out there… With revamped Reel features, there’s a fresh playground. Think bigger reach, better engagement, and thriving communities.  Understanding these statistics is crucial for marketers striving for a stronghold in 2023. Let this compilation of over 100+ Instagram statistics be your guiding star, paving the way to amplify your brand’s presence this year. Let’s dive right in! Johnny Walker Fri, 05 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741858 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100+ Instagram Statistics That Matter to Marketers in 2023 Author: Johnny Walker Narrator: Myriam Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 5, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you marketing on the world’s third most-used social platform? These Instagram statistics can help you shape your strategy. Instagram evolves so quickly, we’re practically dizzy watching the changes. In 2023 alone, features shifted and warped at a staggering speed as Insta tried to keep pace with the ever-changing expectations of its users (or capitalize on an opportunity). Chasing platform updates from Meta—Instagram’s parent company—is a fool’s errand. If Instagram is part of your social media marketing or advertising strategy, ground your plans in hard data, not think pieces. These numbers prove exactly where Instagram is at this moment in time, which hopefully will also give you a hint as to where the social behemoth is going from here. Read on to find compelling Instagram statistics that paint a picture of the platform’s strengths (and weaknesses). Dig in to find the truth beneath all the headlines so your team can create a game plan to make the most of the ‘gram. Ready to dive into the world of Instagram? Before we plunge into 2023’s Instagram statistics, let’s take a quick trip down memory lane. Remember last year? Instagram supercharged its offerings for creators. Achievement badges, subscription options, and creator portfolios? Yep, they did that.  But hold on… 2023 started with a bang! Enter “Broadcasting Channels”. And just when you thought they were done, along came Instagram Threads, taking on Twitter.  Bold move! And guess what? A jaw-dropping 100 million signups in just five days, according to a tracker. Now, for the brands out there… With revamped Reel features, there’s a fresh playground. Think bigger reach, better engagement, and thriving communities.  Understanding these statistics is crucial for marketers striving for a stronghold in 2023. Let this compilation of over 100+ Instagram statistics be your guiding star, paving the way to amplify your brand’s presence this year. Let’s dive right in! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100+ Instagram Statistics That Matter to Marketers in 2023 Author: Johnny Walker Narrator: Myriam Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: January 5, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you marketing on the world’s third most-used social platform? These Instagram statistics can help you shape your strategy. Instagram evolves so quickly, we’re practically dizzy watching the changes. In 2023 alone, features shifted and warped at a staggering speed as Insta tried to keep pace with the ever-changing expectations of its users (or capitalize on an opportunity). Chasing platform updates from Meta—Instagram’s parent company—is a fool’s errand. If Instagram is part of your social media marketing or advertising strategy, ground your plans in hard data, not think pieces. These numbers prove exactly where Instagram is at this moment in time, which hopefully will also give you a hint as to where the social behemoth is going from here. Read on to find compelling Instagram statistics that paint a picture of the platform’s strengths (and weaknesses). Dig in to find the truth beneath all the headlines so your team can create a game plan to make the most of the ‘gram. Ready to dive into the world of Instagram? Before we plunge into 2023’s Instagram statistics, let’s take a quick trip down memory lane. Remember last year? Instagram supercharged its offerings for creators. Achievement badges, subscription options, and creator portfolios? Yep, they did that.  But hold on… 2023 started with a bang! Enter “Broadcasting Channels”. And just when you thought they were done, along came Instagram Threads, taking on Twitter.  Bold move! And guess what? A jaw-dropping 100 million signups in just five days, according to a tracker. Now, for the brands out there… With revamped Reel features, there’s a fresh playground. Think bigger reach, better engagement, and thriving communities.  Understanding these statistics is crucial for marketers striving for a stronghold in 2023. Let this compilation of over 100+ Instagram statistics be your guiding star, paving the way to amplify your brand’s presence this year. Let’s dive right in! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Investor's Guide to Scorpio Ranch & Phoenix Bloom Author: Sasha Rosalind Wallace Narrator: Sasha Rosalind Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The sign says Sunsite & Gunsight Ranch. You've just stumbled upon a Golden Ticket to Willy Wonka's Magic Factory! 'AND YES, WHAT YOU FEEL IS TRUE.' said the Hermit, 'WHAT YOU SEEK IS ALSO SEEKING YOU.' This work of non-fiction is the first of a trilogy. Unlike any other book you'll find on your travels, this one will help you ground your dreams, and give you lift-off towards your grandest ambitions. This book opens the door to 'GREEN LEASING' and 'SUSTAINABLE LIVING' with 'NATURAL RESOURCES that can be achieved by anyone, anywhere, and at any time, with great success, and can be explored side-by-side with us in a parallel universe (right here in Texas & Arizona!) as we build our Home Tree Farm Eco-Villages. Care to join a 'Choose your own adventure' type of adventure?? You may be surprised how ready for this journey you really are! Enter Our Labyrinth of Colour Zones. Find your way to your brighter future here. THE ZONES: Black: Co2 Brown: Pets Rule Red: Locations Orange: Wildlife Yellow: Visitors Green: Electric Vehicles Blue: Water Indigo: Dark Skies Purple: Oil & Wine Pink: Let's Grow White: Renewable Energy Rainbow: The Vision This book appreciates in value from the very moment you open the front cover. Bursting with ideas and real-time opportunities to help you switch to a greener lifestyle today, while saving you cash money on your monthly energy bills tomorrow, this book is a compendium of smart ways to future-proof your food security, start a family legacy that will last for generations, and enjoy more of what life and nature has to offer in your very own back garden. Tucked into the corners of this book are invitations to you, as 'Investors' and 'individuals' to move out of your comfort zone, and create more with your 24 hours each day. For many, the journey takes little more than leafing through this 'how-to-guide' to take action. For some the solution is more complex! For a chosen few, they were born ready.... 5.4.3.2.1... Lift off..... Sasha Rosalind Wallace Mon, 08 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741833 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Investor's Guide to Scorpio Ranch & Phoenix Bloom Author: Sasha Rosalind Wallace Narrator: Sasha Rosalind Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The sign says Sunsite & Gunsight Ranch. You've just stumbled upon a Golden Ticket to Willy Wonka's Magic Factory! 'AND YES, WHAT YOU FEEL IS TRUE.' said the Hermit, 'WHAT YOU SEEK IS ALSO SEEKING YOU.' This work of non-fiction is the first of a trilogy. Unlike any other book you'll find on your travels, this one will help you ground your dreams, and give you lift-off towards your grandest ambitions. This book opens the door to 'GREEN LEASING' and 'SUSTAINABLE LIVING' with 'NATURAL RESOURCES that can be achieved by anyone, anywhere, and at any time, with great success, and can be explored side-by-side with us in a parallel universe (right here in Texas & Arizona!) as we build our Home Tree Farm Eco-Villages. Care to join a 'Choose your own adventure' type of adventure?? You may be surprised how ready for this journey you really are! Enter Our Labyrinth of Colour Zones. Find your way to your brighter future here. THE ZONES: Black: Co2 Brown: Pets Rule Red: Locations Orange: Wildlife Yellow: Visitors Green: Electric Vehicles Blue: Water Indigo: Dark Skies Purple: Oil & Wine Pink: Let's Grow White: Renewable Energy Rainbow: The Vision This book appreciates in value from the very moment you open the front cover. Bursting with ideas and real-time opportunities to help you switch to a greener lifestyle today, while saving you cash money on your monthly energy bills tomorrow, this book is a compendium of smart ways to future-proof your food security, start a family legacy that will last for generations, and enjoy more of what life and nature has to offer in your very own back garden. Tucked into the corners of this book are invitations to you, as 'Investors' and 'individuals' to move out of your comfort zone, and create more with your 24 hours each day. For many, the journey takes little more than leafing through this 'how-to-guide' to take action. For some the solution is more complex! For a chosen few, they were born ready.... 5.4.3.2.1... Lift off..... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Investor's Guide to Scorpio Ranch & Phoenix Bloom Author: Sasha Rosalind Wallace Narrator: Sasha Rosalind Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The sign says Sunsite & Gunsight Ranch. You've just stumbled upon a Golden Ticket to Willy Wonka's Magic Factory! 'AND YES, WHAT YOU FEEL IS TRUE.' said the Hermit, 'WHAT YOU SEEK IS ALSO SEEKING YOU.' This work of non-fiction is the first of a trilogy. Unlike any other book you'll find on your travels, this one will help you ground your dreams, and give you lift-off towards your grandest ambitions. This book opens the door to 'GREEN LEASING' and 'SUSTAINABLE LIVING' with 'NATURAL RESOURCES that can be achieved by anyone, anywhere, and at any time, with great success, and can be explored side-by-side with us in a parallel universe (right here in Texas & Arizona!) as we build our Home Tree Farm Eco-Villages. Care to join a 'Choose your own adventure' type of adventure?? You may be surprised how ready for this journey you really are! Enter Our Labyrinth of Colour Zones. Find your way to your brighter future here. THE ZONES: Black: Co2 Brown: Pets Rule Red: Locations Orange: Wildlife Yellow: Visitors Green: Electric Vehicles Blue: Water Indigo: Dark Skies Purple: Oil & Wine Pink: Let's Grow White: Renewable Energy Rainbow: The Vision This book appreciates in value from the very moment you open the front cover. Bursting with ideas and real-time opportunities to help you switch to a greener lifestyle today, while saving you cash money on your monthly energy bills tomorrow, this book is a compendium of smart ways to future-proof your food security, start a family legacy that will last for generations, and enjoy more of what life and nature has to offer in your very own back garden. Tucked into the corners of this book are invitations to you, as 'Investors' and 'individuals' to move out of your comfort zone, and create more with your 24 hours each day. For many, the journey takes little more than leafing through this 'how-to-guide' to take action. For some the solution is more complex! For a chosen few, they were born ready.... 5.4.3.2.1... Lift off..... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741772 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The King's Flyswatter: A Parable for Moving up in Work and Life Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best way to succeed in business, or anywhere, is to shed one's sense of entitlement, stop looking for someone else to provide opportunities and rewards, quit wishing on a star, and chart a pathway to success. This book is about a story as old as time: a person taking control of their own destiny. A boy becomes the king's flyswatter, a seemingly unimportant job with no real prospects. Compared to today's world, where employees expect a succinct and tangible path of promotions and raises, fly-swatting seems like torture. But, with the help of a few key mentors, Ubar of ancient Babylon learns that there's more to the position than meets the eye. After all, he spends his days standing at the wise king's side, watching as he renders royal judgment on his citizens' disagreements. It's Ubar's responsibility to learn as much as possible without sacrificing his performance at swatting flies, a mundane job. The parable of the King's Flyswatter holds up remarkably well when entwined with modern stories of people who took the skills they learned in their jobs and set off on their own paths. Modern day executives and entrepreneurs understand the importance of going above and beyond at work, forging connections, and gaining a deeper understanding of the industry, even when they hated the job.They mastered their job, their boss's job, and made themselves invaluable as employees. That hard work and dedication paid off later when they were able to pursue a lifestyle that suited their needs, financial and emotional. They gained agency once they realized that they worked for themselves, even in a monotonous job working for someone else. This is the Way of the Flyswatter. The King's Flyswatter is a combination of an ancient parable and the author's real-life experiences as an entrepreneur, all wrapped up in actionable wisdom that working-people can use to find their own path to success. The alternating chapters about the author's own journey, and the stories of his friends and business partners, help punctuate the book with actionable principles and real-life applications. Dana Robinson Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741772 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The King's Flyswatter: A Parable for Moving up in Work and Life Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best way to succeed in business, or anywhere, is to shed one's sense of entitlement, stop looking for someone else to provide opportunities and rewards, quit wishing on a star, and chart a pathway to success. This book is about a story as old as time: a person taking control of their own destiny. A boy becomes the king's flyswatter, a seemingly unimportant job with no real prospects. Compared to today's world, where employees expect a succinct and tangible path of promotions and raises, fly-swatting seems like torture. But, with the help of a few key mentors, Ubar of ancient Babylon learns that there's more to the position than meets the eye. After all, he spends his days standing at the wise king's side, watching as he renders royal judgment on his citizens' disagreements. It's Ubar's responsibility to learn as much as possible without sacrificing his performance at swatting flies, a mundane job. The parable of the King's Flyswatter holds up remarkably well when entwined with modern stories of people who took the skills they learned in their jobs and set off on their own paths. Modern day executives and entrepreneurs understand the importance of going above and beyond at work, forging connections, and gaining a deeper understanding of the industry, even when they hated the job.They mastered their job, their boss's job, and made themselves invaluable as employees. That hard work and dedication paid off later when they were able to pursue a lifestyle that suited their needs, financial and emotional. They gained agency once they realized that they worked for themselves, even in a monotonous job working for someone else. This is the Way of the Flyswatter. The King's Flyswatter is a combination of an ancient parable and the author's real-life experiences as an entrepreneur, all wrapped up in actionable wisdom that working-people can use to find their own path to success. The alternating chapters about the author's own journey, and the stories of his friends and business partners, help punctuate the book with actionable principles and real-life applications. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The King's Flyswatter: A Parable for Moving up in Work and Life Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best way to succeed in business, or anywhere, is to shed one's sense of entitlement, stop looking for someone else to provide opportunities and rewards, quit wishing on a star, and chart a pathway to success. This book is about a story as old as time: a person taking control of their own destiny. A boy becomes the king's flyswatter, a seemingly unimportant job with no real prospects. Compared to today's world, where employees expect a succinct and tangible path of promotions and raises, fly-swatting seems like torture. But, with the help of a few key mentors, Ubar of ancient Babylon learns that there's more to the position than meets the eye. After all, he spends his days standing at the wise king's side, watching as he renders royal judgment on his citizens' disagreements. It's Ubar's responsibility to learn as much as possible without sacrificing his performance at swatting flies, a mundane job. The parable of the King's Flyswatter holds up remarkably well when entwined with modern stories of people who took the skills they learned in their jobs and set off on their own paths. Modern day executives and entrepreneurs understand the importance of going above and beyond at work, forging connections, and gaining a deeper understanding of the industry, even when they hated the job.They mastered their job, their boss's job, and made themselves invaluable as employees. That hard work and dedication paid off later when they were able to pursue a lifestyle that suited their needs, financial and emotional. They gained agency once they realized that they worked for themselves, even in a monotonous job working for someone else. This is the Way of the Flyswatter. The King's Flyswatter is a combination of an ancient parable and the author's real-life experiences as an entrepreneur, all wrapped up in actionable wisdom that working-people can use to find their own path to success. The alternating chapters about the author's own journey, and the stories of his friends and business partners, help punctuate the book with actionable principles and real-life applications. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741743 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741743]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business 5.0: Der Praxis-Guide für Künstliche Intelligenz in Unternehmen – Chancen und Risiken Author: Julia Finkeissen, Thomas R. Köhler Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Endlich ist er da, der Durchbruch für Künstliche Intelligenz (KI) bzw. Artificial Intelligence (AI). Doch Zweifel an der »Universalwaffe« ChatGPT und ähnlichen KI-Systemen sind erlaubt. Thomas R. Köhler und Julia Finkeissen liefern in ihrem neuen Buch eine Bestandsaufnahme der aktuellen Technologien und trennen dabei schonungslos Hype von Wirklichkeit. Sie liefern das Rüstzeug für jede Führungskraft, um KI aktiv im Unternehmen sinnvoll einzusetzen. Business 5.0 zeigt in sieben Schritten, wo und wie KI-Projekte im Unternehmen etabliert werden können, und liefert konkrete Beispiele für unterschiedliche Branchen und Querschnittsfunktionen. Ein nachhaltiger KI-Einsatz im Unternehmen steht dabei im Mittelpunkt. Julia Finkeissen, Thomas R. Köhler Thu, 25 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741743 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741743]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business 5.0: Der Praxis-Guide für Künstliche Intelligenz in Unternehmen – Chancen und Risiken Author: Julia Finkeissen, Thomas R. Köhler Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Endlich ist er da, der Durchbruch für Künstliche Intelligenz (KI) bzw. Artificial Intelligence (AI). Doch Zweifel an der »Universalwaffe« ChatGPT und ähnlichen KI-Systemen sind erlaubt. Thomas R. Köhler und Julia Finkeissen liefern in ihrem neuen Buch eine Bestandsaufnahme der aktuellen Technologien und trennen dabei schonungslos Hype von Wirklichkeit. Sie liefern das Rüstzeug für jede Führungskraft, um KI aktiv im Unternehmen sinnvoll einzusetzen. Business 5.0 zeigt in sieben Schritten, wo und wie KI-Projekte im Unternehmen etabliert werden können, und liefert konkrete Beispiele für unterschiedliche Branchen und Querschnittsfunktionen. Ein nachhaltiger KI-Einsatz im Unternehmen steht dabei im Mittelpunkt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741743]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Business 5.0: Der Praxis-Guide für Künstliche Intelligenz in Unternehmen – Chancen und Risiken Author: Julia Finkeissen, Thomas R. Köhler Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Endlich ist er da, der Durchbruch für Künstliche Intelligenz (KI) bzw. Artificial Intelligence (AI). Doch Zweifel an der »Universalwaffe« ChatGPT und ähnlichen KI-Systemen sind erlaubt. Thomas R. Köhler und Julia Finkeissen liefern in ihrem neuen Buch eine Bestandsaufnahme der aktuellen Technologien und trennen dabei schonungslos Hype von Wirklichkeit. Sie liefern das Rüstzeug für jede Führungskraft, um KI aktiv im Unternehmen sinnvoll einzusetzen. Business 5.0 zeigt in sieben Schritten, wo und wie KI-Projekte im Unternehmen etabliert werden können, und liefert konkrete Beispiele für unterschiedliche Branchen und Querschnittsfunktionen. Ein nachhaltiger KI-Einsatz im Unternehmen steht dabei im Mittelpunkt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PROPÓSITO - Por qué a las marcas con un propósito les va mejor e importan más Author: David Hieatt Narrator: Marcelo Pintos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Las marcas más importantes del mundo nos hacen sentir algo, nos inspiran. Y esto es así porque quieren cambiar el mundo. Más allá de los resultados económicos, son empresas que persiguen un propósito. Como clientes, nos encantan sus productos, pero lo que más nos gusta es el cambio que promueven. Y queremos ser parte de él. El propósito es algo increíblemente poderoso. Te proporciona la fuerza para luchar contra lo imposible. Cuenta tu historia, construye tus equipos y define tu cultura. En este libro, David Hieatt nos ofrece una guía esencial para crear una empresa con propósito. David Hieatt Tue, 02 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741404 thebookvoice.com 1:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PROPÓSITO - Por qué a las marcas con un propósito les va mejor e importan más Author: David Hieatt Narrator: Marcelo Pintos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Las marcas más importantes del mundo nos hacen sentir algo, nos inspiran. Y esto es así porque quieren cambiar el mundo. Más allá de los resultados económicos, son empresas que persiguen un propósito. Como clientes, nos encantan sus productos, pero lo que más nos gusta es el cambio que promueven. Y queremos ser parte de él. El propósito es algo increíblemente poderoso. Te proporciona la fuerza para luchar contra lo imposible. Cuenta tu historia, construye tus equipos y define tu cultura. En este libro, David Hieatt nos ofrece una guía esencial para crear una empresa con propósito. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PROPÓSITO - Por qué a las marcas con un propósito les va mejor e importan más Author: David Hieatt Narrator: Marcelo Pintos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Las marcas más importantes del mundo nos hacen sentir algo, nos inspiran. Y esto es así porque quieren cambiar el mundo. Más allá de los resultados económicos, son empresas que persiguen un propósito. Como clientes, nos encantan sus productos, pero lo que más nos gusta es el cambio que promueven. Y queremos ser parte de él. El propósito es algo increíblemente poderoso. Te proporciona la fuerza para luchar contra lo imposible. Cuenta tu historia, construye tus equipos y define tu cultura. En este libro, David Hieatt nos ofrece una guía esencial para crear una empresa con propósito. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - CONSTRUYE VALOR - Crea y lidera las empresas que el mundo necesita Author: Alan Moore Narrator: Everardo Camacho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: El mundo de los negocios está cambiando. La búsqueda exclusiva de 'ganancias a cualquier precio' está siendo reemplazada por el deseo de construir empresas con propósito, que creen un futuro mejor y sean comercialmente exitosas. Tras años de investigación sobre algunas de las empresas más pioneras y progresistas del mundo, y a través de las conversaciones que ha tenido con sus fundadores, Moore descubre que es posible liderar con generosidad, tener una cadena de suministro transparente, diseñar productos y servicios bellos y respetuosos, y crear una cultura empresarial en la que las personas prosperen. Al compartir ejemplos de mejores prácticas, Alan Moore nos invita a crear un tipo de negocio diferente, uno que regenere y restaure nuestra economía, medio ambiente y civilización. Alan Moore Tue, 02 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741405 thebookvoice.com 2:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - CONSTRUYE VALOR - Crea y lidera las empresas que el mundo necesita Author: Alan Moore Narrator: Everardo Camacho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: El mundo de los negocios está cambiando. La búsqueda exclusiva de 'ganancias a cualquier precio' está siendo reemplazada por el deseo de construir empresas con propósito, que creen un futuro mejor y sean comercialmente exitosas. Tras años de investigación sobre algunas de las empresas más pioneras y progresistas del mundo, y a través de las conversaciones que ha tenido con sus fundadores, Moore descubre que es posible liderar con generosidad, tener una cadena de suministro transparente, diseñar productos y servicios bellos y respetuosos, y crear una cultura empresarial en la que las personas prosperen. Al compartir ejemplos de mejores prácticas, Alan Moore nos invita a crear un tipo de negocio diferente, uno que regenere y restaure nuestra economía, medio ambiente y civilización. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - CONSTRUYE VALOR - Crea y lidera las empresas que el mundo necesita Author: Alan Moore Narrator: Everardo Camacho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: El mundo de los negocios está cambiando. La búsqueda exclusiva de 'ganancias a cualquier precio' está siendo reemplazada por el deseo de construir empresas con propósito, que creen un futuro mejor y sean comercialmente exitosas. Tras años de investigación sobre algunas de las empresas más pioneras y progresistas del mundo, y a través de las conversaciones que ha tenido con sus fundadores, Moore descubre que es posible liderar con generosidad, tener una cadena de suministro transparente, diseñar productos y servicios bellos y respetuosos, y crear una cultura empresarial en la que las personas prosperen. Al compartir ejemplos de mejores prácticas, Alan Moore nos invita a crear un tipo de negocio diferente, uno que regenere y restaure nuestra economía, medio ambiente y civilización. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741400 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gambling Man: The wild ride of Japan’s Masayoshi Son Author: Lionel Barber Narrator: Lionel Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 3, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Gambling Man is the biography of one of the world’s least known but most consequential investors. Japan’s Masayoshi Son has made and lost several fortunes, investing or controlling assets worth $1 trillion in the past two decades through his media-tech giant, SoftBank. He bankrolled Alibaba, China’s internet colossus, before the world had heard about it; plotted with Steve Jobs to turn the iPhone into a wonder product; and financed hundreds of tech start-ups, fuelling the biggest boom Silicon Valley has ever seen. This book takes you on Son’s wild ride, from his birthplace in a Korean slum in post-war Japan to the modern-day temples of power. It speeds through Donald Trump’s golden skyscraper in Manhattan, the royal palaces of Riyadh and the throne rooms of China’s Marxist rulers; all places where Son has deployed his unique blend of financial engineering and crazy risk-taking. Son’s story captures a 25 year-span of hyper-globalisation in which money, technologies and ideas flowed freely. From the launch of the microchip to the advent of artificial intelligence, he has ridden the technological wave which has created extraordinary wealth and economic change. His topsy-turvy business career is testimony to the power of optimism, daring to dream, ever in search of the Next Big Thing. As an ethnic Korean in Japan, Son has overcome adversity and discrimination to become Japan’s best-known businessman and empire-builder but he remains an elusive, intensely private figure. This book, by a former editor of the Financial Times, contains a wealth of new information and has had the co-operation of many of the key participants, including Son himself. Written with a verve appropriate to its subject, Gambling Man reveals the man behind the money, what drives him, why he matters, and what he plans for his next act. © Lionel Barber 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Lionel Barber Thu, 03 Oct 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741400 thebookvoice.com 13:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gambling Man: The wild ride of Japan’s Masayoshi Son Author: Lionel Barber Narrator: Lionel Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 3, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Gambling Man is the biography of one of the world’s least known but most consequential investors. Japan’s Masayoshi Son has made and lost several fortunes, investing or controlling assets worth $1 trillion in the past two decades through his media-tech giant, SoftBank. He bankrolled Alibaba, China’s internet colossus, before the world had heard about it; plotted with Steve Jobs to turn the iPhone into a wonder product; and financed hundreds of tech start-ups, fuelling the biggest boom Silicon Valley has ever seen. This book takes you on Son’s wild ride, from his birthplace in a Korean slum in post-war Japan to the modern-day temples of power. It speeds through Donald Trump’s golden skyscraper in Manhattan, the royal palaces of Riyadh and the throne rooms of China’s Marxist rulers; all places where Son has deployed his unique blend of financial engineering and crazy risk-taking. Son’s story captures a 25 year-span of hyper-globalisation in which money, technologies and ideas flowed freely. From the launch of the microchip to the advent of artificial intelligence, he has ridden the technological wave which has created extraordinary wealth and economic change. His topsy-turvy business career is testimony to the power of optimism, daring to dream, ever in search of the Next Big Thing. As an ethnic Korean in Japan, Son has overcome adversity and discrimination to become Japan’s best-known businessman and empire-builder but he remains an elusive, intensely private figure. This book, by a former editor of the Financial Times, contains a wealth of new information and has had the co-operation of many of the key participants, including Son himself. Written with a verve appropriate to its subject, Gambling Man reveals the man behind the money, what drives him, why he matters, and what he plans for his next act. © Lionel Barber 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gambling Man: The wild ride of Japan’s Masayoshi Son Author: Lionel Barber Narrator: Lionel Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 3, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Gambling Man is the biography of one of the world’s least known but most consequential investors. Japan’s Masayoshi Son has made and lost several fortunes, investing or controlling assets worth $1 trillion in the past two decades through his media-tech giant, SoftBank. He bankrolled Alibaba, China’s internet colossus, before the world had heard about it; plotted with Steve Jobs to turn the iPhone into a wonder product; and financed hundreds of tech start-ups, fuelling the biggest boom Silicon Valley has ever seen. This book takes you on Son’s wild ride, from his birthplace in a Korean slum in post-war Japan to the modern-day temples of power. It speeds through Donald Trump’s golden skyscraper in Manhattan, the royal palaces of Riyadh and the throne rooms of China’s Marxist rulers; all places where Son has deployed his unique blend of financial engineering and crazy risk-taking. Son’s story captures a 25 year-span of hyper-globalisation in which money, technologies and ideas flowed freely. From the launch of the microchip to the advent of artificial intelligence, he has ridden the technological wave which has created extraordinary wealth and economic change. His topsy-turvy business career is testimony to the power of optimism, daring to dream, ever in search of the Next Big Thing. As an ethnic Korean in Japan, Son has overcome adversity and discrimination to become Japan’s best-known businessman and empire-builder but he remains an elusive, intensely private figure. This book, by a former editor of the Financial Times, contains a wealth of new information and has had the co-operation of many of the key participants, including Son himself. Written with a verve appropriate to its subject, Gambling Man reveals the man behind the money, what drives him, why he matters, and what he plans for his next act. © Lionel Barber 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with Who: How Small to Medium Businesses Can Win Big with Trust and a Story Author: W. Craig Reed Narrator: Steve Marvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start with Who, with a foreword by EOS Visionaries Mike Paton and Mark O'Donnell, is the next generation beyond business books written decades ago, including Simon Sinek's Start with Why and The Challenger Sale by Matthew Dixon and Brent Adamson. The groundbreaking science, examples, and concepts in this book are delivered in easy-to-understand terms and designed to help drive meteoric success for sales, marketing, and recruiting professionals who have started or work for small to medium businesses. Over 90 percent of customers buy on trust, but only 3 percent of salespersons are trusted. Start with Who takes science-based storytelling for sales, marketing, and talent acquisition to a new level by showing you how to blend Aristotle's Persuasion Model, business neuromarketing, the educational 4MAT system, and a new approach to the Three-Act Play to build customer and candidate trust with only twelve bullet points and a story. All salespersons know that 'facts tell and stories sell.' Having trained and coached thousands of sales and marketing professionals for leading firms, New York Times bestselling author W. Craig Reed leverages decades of experience to help individuals hone their messaging down to a few short bullet points presented in a compelling yet easy-to-understand story format designed to teach, persuade, and drive action. W. Craig Reed Tue, 02 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741382 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with Who: How Small to Medium Businesses Can Win Big with Trust and a Story Author: W. Craig Reed Narrator: Steve Marvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start with Who, with a foreword by EOS Visionaries Mike Paton and Mark O'Donnell, is the next generation beyond business books written decades ago, including Simon Sinek's Start with Why and The Challenger Sale by Matthew Dixon and Brent Adamson. The groundbreaking science, examples, and concepts in this book are delivered in easy-to-understand terms and designed to help drive meteoric success for sales, marketing, and recruiting professionals who have started or work for small to medium businesses. Over 90 percent of customers buy on trust, but only 3 percent of salespersons are trusted. Start with Who takes science-based storytelling for sales, marketing, and talent acquisition to a new level by showing you how to blend Aristotle's Persuasion Model, business neuromarketing, the educational 4MAT system, and a new approach to the Three-Act Play to build customer and candidate trust with only twelve bullet points and a story. All salespersons know that 'facts tell and stories sell.' Having trained and coached thousands of sales and marketing professionals for leading firms, New York Times bestselling author W. Craig Reed leverages decades of experience to help individuals hone their messaging down to a few short bullet points presented in a compelling yet easy-to-understand story format designed to teach, persuade, and drive action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with Who: How Small to Medium Businesses Can Win Big with Trust and a Story Author: W. Craig Reed Narrator: Steve Marvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start with Who, with a foreword by EOS Visionaries Mike Paton and Mark O'Donnell, is the next generation beyond business books written decades ago, including Simon Sinek's Start with Why and The Challenger Sale by Matthew Dixon and Brent Adamson. The groundbreaking science, examples, and concepts in this book are delivered in easy-to-understand terms and designed to help drive meteoric success for sales, marketing, and recruiting professionals who have started or work for small to medium businesses. Over 90 percent of customers buy on trust, but only 3 percent of salespersons are trusted. Start with Who takes science-based storytelling for sales, marketing, and talent acquisition to a new level by showing you how to blend Aristotle's Persuasion Model, business neuromarketing, the educational 4MAT system, and a new approach to the Three-Act Play to build customer and candidate trust with only twelve bullet points and a story. All salespersons know that 'facts tell and stories sell.' Having trained and coached thousands of sales and marketing professionals for leading firms, New York Times bestselling author W. Craig Reed leverages decades of experience to help individuals hone their messaging down to a few short bullet points presented in a compelling yet easy-to-understand story format designed to teach, persuade, and drive action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grow Your Business: Scale Your Business For Long-Term Success Author: Eric Butow, The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Christopher P. Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You've done the work—your small business is a huge success and you're ready for the next step. But amplifying your business into a self-sustaining, exponentially profitable entity requires its own set of skills. With Grow Your Business, you'll learn the modern strategies for taking your burgeoning venture up a notch, all while avoiding the common pitfalls of expansion. Learn the necessary tools to identify and adjust the scale of your business, create symbiotic systems that transition seamlessly from sale leads to payroll, and pinpoint the sales funnels that are right for your unique operation. You'll also discover: ● Fifteen go-to strategies for company growth ● Modern marketing and advertising techniques to bolster your customer base ● Effective sales funnels and verticals to create multiple revenue streams ● Blueprints to determine your company's growth potential ● Personal tips and suggested software to maximize profits without sacrificing efficiency Scale-up your start-up and discover what Grow Your Business has to offer! Eric Butow, The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741379 thebookvoice.com 5:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grow Your Business: Scale Your Business For Long-Term Success Author: Eric Butow, The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Christopher P. Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You've done the work—your small business is a huge success and you're ready for the next step. But amplifying your business into a self-sustaining, exponentially profitable entity requires its own set of skills. With Grow Your Business, you'll learn the modern strategies for taking your burgeoning venture up a notch, all while avoiding the common pitfalls of expansion. Learn the necessary tools to identify and adjust the scale of your business, create symbiotic systems that transition seamlessly from sale leads to payroll, and pinpoint the sales funnels that are right for your unique operation. You'll also discover: ● Fifteen go-to strategies for company growth ● Modern marketing and advertising techniques to bolster your customer base ● Effective sales funnels and verticals to create multiple revenue streams ● Blueprints to determine your company's growth potential ● Personal tips and suggested software to maximize profits without sacrificing efficiency Scale-up your start-up and discover what Grow Your Business has to offer! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grow Your Business: Scale Your Business For Long-Term Success Author: Eric Butow, The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Christopher P. Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You've done the work—your small business is a huge success and you're ready for the next step. But amplifying your business into a self-sustaining, exponentially profitable entity requires its own set of skills. With Grow Your Business, you'll learn the modern strategies for taking your burgeoning venture up a notch, all while avoiding the common pitfalls of expansion. Learn the necessary tools to identify and adjust the scale of your business, create symbiotic systems that transition seamlessly from sale leads to payroll, and pinpoint the sales funnels that are right for your unique operation. You'll also discover: ● Fifteen go-to strategies for company growth ● Modern marketing and advertising techniques to bolster your customer base ● Effective sales funnels and verticals to create multiple revenue streams ● Blueprints to determine your company's growth potential ● Personal tips and suggested software to maximize profits without sacrificing efficiency Scale-up your start-up and discover what Grow Your Business has to offer! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run It Like a Business: Strategies for Arts Organizations to In­crease Audiences, Remain Relevant, and Multiply Money--Without Losing the Art Author: Aubrey Bergauer Narrator: Shaina Summerville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the US alone, the arts are a $763 billion sector whose 100,000+ organizations serve almost every community in the nation. There's no reason arts organizations should struggle to make ends meet. Running your arts organization like a business is your path forward to: ● Grow audiences and keep them coming back again ● Make our organizations more inclusive ● Get younger attendees in the seats and on the donor rolls ● Continue to create the art we love—without the stress of figuring out how to afford it Just because arts organizations are non-profits doesn't mean they shouldn't make money; it means the money they make goes back to fund the mission—whether that's music, visual arts, theatre, dance, or one of many other mediums that enrich our lives. The for-profit world knows how to achieve success across customer engagement, user experience, company culture, the subscription economy, technology and media, new revenue streams, and brand relevance. Run It Like a Business provides a powerful, proven framework to help all arts organizations revitalize their economic engines and ultimately serve the arts and its patrons. Aubrey Bergauer Tue, 19 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741376 thebookvoice.com 9:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run It Like a Business: Strategies for Arts Organizations to In­crease Audiences, Remain Relevant, and Multiply Money--Without Losing the Art Author: Aubrey Bergauer Narrator: Shaina Summerville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the US alone, the arts are a $763 billion sector whose 100,000+ organizations serve almost every community in the nation. There's no reason arts organizations should struggle to make ends meet. Running your arts organization like a business is your path forward to: ● Grow audiences and keep them coming back again ● Make our organizations more inclusive ● Get younger attendees in the seats and on the donor rolls ● Continue to create the art we love—without the stress of figuring out how to afford it Just because arts organizations are non-profits doesn't mean they shouldn't make money; it means the money they make goes back to fund the mission—whether that's music, visual arts, theatre, dance, or one of many other mediums that enrich our lives. The for-profit world knows how to achieve success across customer engagement, user experience, company culture, the subscription economy, technology and media, new revenue streams, and brand relevance. Run It Like a Business provides a powerful, proven framework to help all arts organizations revitalize their economic engines and ultimately serve the arts and its patrons. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run It Like a Business: Strategies for Arts Organizations to In­crease Audiences, Remain Relevant, and Multiply Money--Without Losing the Art Author: Aubrey Bergauer Narrator: Shaina Summerville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the US alone, the arts are a $763 billion sector whose 100,000+ organizations serve almost every community in the nation. There's no reason arts organizations should struggle to make ends meet. Running your arts organization like a business is your path forward to: ● Grow audiences and keep them coming back again ● Make our organizations more inclusive ● Get younger attendees in the seats and on the donor rolls ● Continue to create the art we love—without the stress of figuring out how to afford it Just because arts organizations are non-profits doesn't mean they shouldn't make money; it means the money they make goes back to fund the mission—whether that's music, visual arts, theatre, dance, or one of many other mediums that enrich our lives. The for-profit world knows how to achieve success across customer engagement, user experience, company culture, the subscription economy, technology and media, new revenue streams, and brand relevance. Run It Like a Business provides a powerful, proven framework to help all arts organizations revitalize their economic engines and ultimately serve the arts and its patrons. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب تسجيلات أبدية Author: إدوارد سنودن Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: تسجيلات أبدية Permanent Records هو سيرة Snowden الذاتية، وهو كتاب يجعلنا نعيد النظر في العديد من الأشياء حولنا، ليس فقط في طريقة تعاطينا مع التكنولوجيا واستخداماتها في يومنا. ولكن في أمور فلسفية أخرى أكثر عمقًا.كما يتتبع رحلة البشرية عبر أهم ثلاث ثورات في التاريخ: ثورة الوعي، والثورة الزراعية، والثورة العلمية. إدوارد سنودن Mon, 04 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741361 thebookvoice.com 0:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب تسجيلات أبدية Author: إدوارد سنودن Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: تسجيلات أبدية Permanent Records هو سيرة Snowden الذاتية، وهو كتاب يجعلنا نعيد النظر في العديد من الأشياء حولنا، ليس فقط في طريقة تعاطينا مع التكنولوجيا واستخداماتها في يومنا. ولكن في أمور فلسفية أخرى أكثر عمقًا.كما يتتبع رحلة البشرية عبر أهم ثلاث ثورات في التاريخ: ثورة الوعي، والثورة الزراعية، والثورة العلمية. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب تسجيلات أبدية Author: إدوارد سنودن Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: تسجيلات أبدية Permanent Records هو سيرة Snowden الذاتية، وهو كتاب يجعلنا نعيد النظر في العديد من الأشياء حولنا، ليس فقط في طريقة تعاطينا مع التكنولوجيا واستخداماتها في يومنا. ولكن في أمور فلسفية أخرى أكثر عمقًا.كما يتتبع رحلة البشرية عبر أهم ثلاث ثورات في التاريخ: ثورة الوعي، والثورة الزراعية، والثورة العلمية. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الكل يكذب Author: سيث ستيفنز دافيدوفيتس Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: كيف تطورت يحاول الكاتب من خلال هذا العمل أن يوصل لنا فكرة أن البشر يكذبون على أنفسهم أولًا ثم على أصدقائهم ثانيًا، ولكن لا داعي للقلق، بالبيانات الضخمة المتوفرة الآن بفضل الإنترنت ليس هناك أسرار. يترك البشر كل يوم آثارًا لهم عندما يتصفحون الإنترنت، تلك الآثار هي بيانات ضخمة تساعدنا على فهم ما يريدون، ماذا يفعلون، ومن يكونون في الحقيقة، بلا كذبٍ ولا تزييف. في هذا الكتاب يعرض لنا الكاتب بعد دراسة واسعة استمرت لأربعة سنوات، بعض الحقائق عن أنفسنا بوصفنا بشرًا، والتي لم نكن لنعرفها لولا محرك البحث جوجل، أملًا أن نأخذ الإنترنت على محمل الجدية والأهمية عند عمل البحوث. حياة أسلافنا، من العيش في الكهوف ومطاردة الفرائس والفرار من الوحوش، وصولًا إلى حياتنا كما نعرفها اليوم؟ سيث ستيفنز دافيدوفيتس Mon, 04 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741341 thebookvoice.com 0:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الكل يكذب Author: سيث ستيفنز دافيدوفيتس Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: كيف تطورت يحاول الكاتب من خلال هذا العمل أن يوصل لنا فكرة أن البشر يكذبون على أنفسهم أولًا ثم على أصدقائهم ثانيًا، ولكن لا داعي للقلق، بالبيانات الضخمة المتوفرة الآن بفضل الإنترنت ليس هناك أسرار. يترك البشر كل يوم آثارًا لهم عندما يتصفحون الإنترنت، تلك الآثار هي بيانات ضخمة تساعدنا على فهم ما يريدون، ماذا يفعلون، ومن يكونون في الحقيقة، بلا كذبٍ ولا تزييف. في هذا الكتاب يعرض لنا الكاتب بعد دراسة واسعة استمرت لأربعة سنوات، بعض الحقائق عن أنفسنا بوصفنا بشرًا، والتي لم نكن لنعرفها لولا محرك البحث جوجل، أملًا أن نأخذ الإنترنت على محمل الجدية والأهمية عند عمل البحوث. حياة أسلافنا، من العيش في الكهوف ومطاردة الفرائس والفرار من الوحوش، وصولًا إلى حياتنا كما نعرفها اليوم؟ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الكل يكذب Author: سيث ستيفنز دافيدوفيتس Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: كيف تطورت يحاول الكاتب من خلال هذا العمل أن يوصل لنا فكرة أن البشر يكذبون على أنفسهم أولًا ثم على أصدقائهم ثانيًا، ولكن لا داعي للقلق، بالبيانات الضخمة المتوفرة الآن بفضل الإنترنت ليس هناك أسرار. يترك البشر كل يوم آثارًا لهم عندما يتصفحون الإنترنت، تلك الآثار هي بيانات ضخمة تساعدنا على فهم ما يريدون، ماذا يفعلون، ومن يكونون في الحقيقة، بلا كذبٍ ولا تزييف. في هذا الكتاب يعرض لنا الكاتب بعد دراسة واسعة استمرت لأربعة سنوات، بعض الحقائق عن أنفسنا بوصفنا بشرًا، والتي لم نكن لنعرفها لولا محرك البحث جوجل، أملًا أن نأخذ الإنترنت على محمل الجدية والأهمية عند عمل البحوث. حياة أسلافنا، من العيش في الكهوف ومطاردة الفرائس والفرار من الوحوش، وصولًا إلى حياتنا كما نعرفها اليوم؟ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Magic – The Macquarie Way: How to Reimagine Customer Experience to Transform Your Business  Author: Joseph Michelli Narrator: Joseph Michelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer Magic—The Macquarie Way shines a light on how an Australian technology company grew from a challenger telecom brand in the 1990s into a dynamic billion-dollar company. In a market notorious for underserving and overcharging customers, Macquarie Technology harnessed the magic of customer experience to achieve seemingly impossible customer-centric results and become world leaders in delivering award-winning customer experience. This practical, easy-to-read guide for any leader, business owner, or team member in any size organization shares key lessons to transform customer experience and drive growth in your business. It will inspire, spark action, and empower you to make your own brand of magic. Joseph Michelli Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741019 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Magic – The Macquarie Way: How to Reimagine Customer Experience to Transform Your Business  Author: Joseph Michelli Narrator: Joseph Michelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer Magic—The Macquarie Way shines a light on how an Australian technology company grew from a challenger telecom brand in the 1990s into a dynamic billion-dollar company. In a market notorious for underserving and overcharging customers, Macquarie Technology harnessed the magic of customer experience to achieve seemingly impossible customer-centric results and become world leaders in delivering award-winning customer experience. This practical, easy-to-read guide for any leader, business owner, or team member in any size organization shares key lessons to transform customer experience and drive growth in your business. It will inspire, spark action, and empower you to make your own brand of magic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/741019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Magic – The Macquarie Way: How to Reimagine Customer Experience to Transform Your Business  Author: Joseph Michelli Narrator: Joseph Michelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer Magic—The Macquarie Way shines a light on how an Australian technology company grew from a challenger telecom brand in the 1990s into a dynamic billion-dollar company. In a market notorious for underserving and overcharging customers, Macquarie Technology harnessed the magic of customer experience to achieve seemingly impossible customer-centric results and become world leaders in delivering award-winning customer experience. This practical, easy-to-read guide for any leader, business owner, or team member in any size organization shares key lessons to transform customer experience and drive growth in your business. It will inspire, spark action, and empower you to make your own brand of magic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/740956 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/740956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sustainability is for Everyone: Beginning Steps to Creating a Sustainability Program for Your Business Author: Lael Giebel Narrator: Lael Giebel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 23, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Creating and implementing a new sustainability program can be daunting – where to start? 2023 FAPA PRESIDENT'S BOOK AWARD SILVER MEDALIST This book is a roadmap for the ABCs of starting a sustainability program for your business. There’s no better time to start than now (no matter how long you’ve been in business). Designed to be a practical tool for any professional, this guide provides a hands-on approach to implementing programs and practices including referencing real-world examples. Whether your business is public, private, government, non-profit, etc., and regardless of its size, you can discover meaningful ways to make any business operations more sustainable. The intent is to create a holistic, integrated, sustainable ecosystem that is both impactful and inclusive. The ideas offered within this book include: How to outline practical steps Suggestions to create a comprehensive program Engaging both senior executives and employees in your efforts Building momentum for your efforts Creating a sustainability mission statement Developing a waste management program Measuring your carbon footprint Folding practices into your employee training Using sustainability in your marketing and public relations Green facilities and ways to achieve this How to create green products and practices Thinking outside the box for events, daily consumables, and more Resources for further reading and development Lael Giebel Fri, 23 Jul 2010 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/740956 thebookvoice.com 4:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/740956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sustainability is for Everyone: Beginning Steps to Creating a Sustainability Program for Your Business Author: Lael Giebel Narrator: Lael Giebel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 23, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Creating and implementing a new sustainability program can be daunting – where to start? 2023 FAPA PRESIDENT'S BOOK AWARD SILVER MEDALIST This book is a roadmap for the ABCs of starting a sustainability program for your business. There’s no better time to start than now (no matter how long you’ve been in business). Designed to be a practical tool for any professional, this guide provides a hands-on approach to implementing programs and practices including referencing real-world examples. Whether your business is public, private, government, non-profit, etc., and regardless of its size, you can discover meaningful ways to make any business operations more sustainable. The intent is to create a holistic, integrated, sustainable ecosystem that is both impactful and inclusive. The ideas offered within this book include: How to outline practical steps Suggestions to create a comprehensive program Engaging both senior executives and employees in your efforts Building momentum for your efforts Creating a sustainability mission statement Developing a waste management program Measuring your carbon footprint Folding practices into your employee training Using sustainability in your marketing and public relations Green facilities and ways to achieve this How to create green products and practices Thinking outside the box for events, daily consumables, and more Resources for further reading and development Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/740956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sustainability is for Everyone: Beginning Steps to Creating a Sustainability Program for Your Business Author: Lael Giebel Narrator: Lael Giebel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 23, 2010 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Creating and implementing a new sustainability program can be daunting – where to start? 2023 FAPA PRESIDENT'S BOOK AWARD SILVER MEDALIST This book is a roadmap for the ABCs of starting a sustainability program for your business. There’s no better time to start than now (no matter how long you’ve been in business). Designed to be a practical tool for any professional, this guide provides a hands-on approach to implementing programs and practices including referencing real-world examples. Whether your business is public, private, government, non-profit, etc., and regardless of its size, you can discover meaningful ways to make any business operations more sustainable. The intent is to create a holistic, integrated, sustainable ecosystem that is both impactful and inclusive. The ideas offered within this book include: How to outline practical steps Suggestions to create a comprehensive program Engaging both senior executives and employees in your efforts Building momentum for your efforts Creating a sustainability mission statement Developing a waste management program Measuring your carbon footprint Folding practices into your employee training Using sustainability in your marketing and public relations Green facilities and ways to achieve this How to create green products and practices Thinking outside the box for events, daily consumables, and more Resources for further reading and development https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/739049 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/739049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Elizabeth Arden: The Woman Behind the Global Beauty Empire Author: Stacy A. Cordery Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A sweeping biography of one of the most influential and successful business-women in American history, BECOMING ELIZABETH ARDEN opens the Red Door to a world of wealth, glamor, and the profitable business of beauty Elizabeth Arden was a household name on six continents and a millionaire several times over before her death in 1966. Arden counted British royalty and social elites from the overlapping worlds of New York, Hollywood, London, and Paris among her clients. She revolutionized skin care and cosmetics, making it acceptable for all women to embrace glamour and wear makeup—not just actresses and prostitutes. She created a successful international business empire before women gained the vote and at a time when virtually no woman owned or ran a national company. She developed the first luxury spa and insisted on a holistic understanding of health and beauty. Unconventional and driven, Arden fervently believed that every woman could be beautiful. Acclaimed biographer Stacy Cordery does full justice to one of America’s greatest entrepreneurs. Canadian-born Florence Nightingale Graham turned herself into Elizabeth Arden, using her uncanny sense of the possible to take full advantage of everything New York City offered, building her company and becoming one with her brand. In an astounding rags-to-riches tale, Elizabeth Arden came to personify sophistication and refinement. Her hard work and innovation made makeup, fitness, and style not only acceptable but de rigueur. Arden prospered throughout the Depression, reimagined women’s needs during two World Wars, and by pioneering new approaches to marketing and advertising, ushered beauty into the modern era. Cordery delivers a compelling picture of a modern CEO whose career provides a model for aspiring businesses to this day. Stacy A. Cordery Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/739049 thebookvoice.com 14:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/739049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Elizabeth Arden: The Woman Behind the Global Beauty Empire Author: Stacy A. Cordery Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A sweeping biography of one of the most influential and successful business-women in American history, BECOMING ELIZABETH ARDEN opens the Red Door to a world of wealth, glamor, and the profitable business of beauty Elizabeth Arden was a household name on six continents and a millionaire several times over before her death in 1966. Arden counted British royalty and social elites from the overlapping worlds of New York, Hollywood, London, and Paris among her clients. She revolutionized skin care and cosmetics, making it acceptable for all women to embrace glamour and wear makeup—not just actresses and prostitutes. She created a successful international business empire before women gained the vote and at a time when virtually no woman owned or ran a national company. She developed the first luxury spa and insisted on a holistic understanding of health and beauty. Unconventional and driven, Arden fervently believed that every woman could be beautiful. Acclaimed biographer Stacy Cordery does full justice to one of America’s greatest entrepreneurs. Canadian-born Florence Nightingale Graham turned herself into Elizabeth Arden, using her uncanny sense of the possible to take full advantage of everything New York City offered, building her company and becoming one with her brand. In an astounding rags-to-riches tale, Elizabeth Arden came to personify sophistication and refinement. Her hard work and innovation made makeup, fitness, and style not only acceptable but de rigueur. Arden prospered throughout the Depression, reimagined women’s needs during two World Wars, and by pioneering new approaches to marketing and advertising, ushered beauty into the modern era. Cordery delivers a compelling picture of a modern CEO whose career provides a model for aspiring businesses to this day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/739049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Elizabeth Arden: The Woman Behind the Global Beauty Empire Author: Stacy A. Cordery Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A sweeping biography of one of the most influential and successful business-women in American history, BECOMING ELIZABETH ARDEN opens the Red Door to a world of wealth, glamor, and the profitable business of beauty Elizabeth Arden was a household name on six continents and a millionaire several times over before her death in 1966. Arden counted British royalty and social elites from the overlapping worlds of New York, Hollywood, London, and Paris among her clients. She revolutionized skin care and cosmetics, making it acceptable for all women to embrace glamour and wear makeup—not just actresses and prostitutes. She created a successful international business empire before women gained the vote and at a time when virtually no woman owned or ran a national company. She developed the first luxury spa and insisted on a holistic understanding of health and beauty. Unconventional and driven, Arden fervently believed that every woman could be beautiful. Acclaimed biographer Stacy Cordery does full justice to one of America’s greatest entrepreneurs. Canadian-born Florence Nightingale Graham turned herself into Elizabeth Arden, using her uncanny sense of the possible to take full advantage of everything New York City offered, building her company and becoming one with her brand. In an astounding rags-to-riches tale, Elizabeth Arden came to personify sophistication and refinement. Her hard work and innovation made makeup, fitness, and style not only acceptable but de rigueur. Arden prospered throughout the Depression, reimagined women’s needs during two World Wars, and by pioneering new approaches to marketing and advertising, ushered beauty into the modern era. Cordery delivers a compelling picture of a modern CEO whose career provides a model for aspiring businesses to this day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CLOSING INTELLIGENCE Author: Oscar Subirats Narrator: Kort Hunt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Closing Intelligence is all about closing. About how to handle that closing moment, whether it is a ten-minute conversation or a two-hour meeting. About how to break down your actions prior to that moment. About how to build the optimum chance of getting others to commit to your products, services, or ideas. Closing Intelligence is for salespeople, decision-makers, and anyone who must learn how to successfully persuade people. By becoming a better closer, you can achieve what you want in life and business. A closer is someone who can get people to say yes. And Yes! moves the world. Chapter 1 Have You Ever Wanted a Superpower? What if you could do something that others cannot? What would you do with that? Would you harness it into good things in life? Would you use it to influence people? Would you use it to open the doors to accomplish the things you’ve always wanted to achieve? In this book, I’m going to teach you how you can have an ability that other people don’t. I’m going to teach you how to have a superpower. Praise for Closing Intelligence “A few years ago, Oscar reached out and claimed he could help us do what we do even better. I said yes and then challenged Oscar to deliver rockstar results. That is exactly what he did. In less than six months, his unique techniques and abilities with people increased our closing rates at some events to over 90 percent. If you are struggling with getting others to act and can learn some of Oscar’s skills from this book, there is no doubt it will impact your business.” David Finkel Wall Street Journal Best-Selling Author CEO, Maui Mastermind Business Coaching Author of SCALE, The Freedom Formula and Build a Business Not a Job I met Oscar Subirats and was impressed by his sales technique. I’ve been continuously impressed by how he is able to get others, including myself, to consistently say yes. By applying even a fraction of what he teaches you in this book, your life can change.” Rick Spell Former CEO and C Oscar Subirats Thu, 28 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738934 thebookvoice.com 3:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CLOSING INTELLIGENCE Author: Oscar Subirats Narrator: Kort Hunt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Closing Intelligence is all about closing. About how to handle that closing moment, whether it is a ten-minute conversation or a two-hour meeting. About how to break down your actions prior to that moment. About how to build the optimum chance of getting others to commit to your products, services, or ideas. Closing Intelligence is for salespeople, decision-makers, and anyone who must learn how to successfully persuade people. By becoming a better closer, you can achieve what you want in life and business. A closer is someone who can get people to say yes. And Yes! moves the world. Chapter 1 Have You Ever Wanted a Superpower? What if you could do something that others cannot? What would you do with that? Would you harness it into good things in life? Would you use it to influence people? Would you use it to open the doors to accomplish the things you’ve always wanted to achieve? In this book, I’m going to teach you how you can have an ability that other people don’t. I’m going to teach you how to have a superpower. Praise for Closing Intelligence “A few years ago, Oscar reached out and claimed he could help us do what we do even better. I said yes and then challenged Oscar to deliver rockstar results. That is exactly what he did. In less than six months, his unique techniques and abilities with people increased our closing rates at some events to over 90 percent. If you are struggling with getting others to act and can learn some of Oscar’s skills from this book, there is no doubt it will impact your business.” David Finkel Wall Street Journal Best-Selling Author CEO, Maui Mastermind Business Coaching Author of SCALE, The Freedom Formula and Build a Business Not a Job I met Oscar Subirats and was impressed by his sales technique. I’ve been continuously impressed by how he is able to get others, including myself, to consistently say yes. By applying even a fraction of what he teaches you in this book, your life can change.” Rick Spell Former CEO and C Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CLOSING INTELLIGENCE Author: Oscar Subirats Narrator: Kort Hunt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Closing Intelligence is all about closing. About how to handle that closing moment, whether it is a ten-minute conversation or a two-hour meeting. About how to break down your actions prior to that moment. About how to build the optimum chance of getting others to commit to your products, services, or ideas. Closing Intelligence is for salespeople, decision-makers, and anyone who must learn how to successfully persuade people. By becoming a better closer, you can achieve what you want in life and business. A closer is someone who can get people to say yes. And Yes! moves the world. Chapter 1 Have You Ever Wanted a Superpower? What if you could do something that others cannot? What would you do with that? Would you harness it into good things in life? Would you use it to influence people? Would you use it to open the doors to accomplish the things you’ve always wanted to achieve? In this book, I’m going to teach you how you can have an ability that other people don’t. I’m going to teach you how to have a superpower. Praise for Closing Intelligence “A few years ago, Oscar reached out and claimed he could help us do what we do even better. I said yes and then challenged Oscar to deliver rockstar results. That is exactly what he did. In less than six months, his unique techniques and abilities with people increased our closing rates at some events to over 90 percent. If you are struggling with getting others to act and can learn some of Oscar’s skills from this book, there is no doubt it will impact your business.” David Finkel Wall Street Journal Best-Selling Author CEO, Maui Mastermind Business Coaching Author of SCALE, The Freedom Formula and Build a Business Not a Job I met Oscar Subirats and was impressed by his sales technique. I’ve been continuously impressed by how he is able to get others, including myself, to consistently say yes. By applying even a fraction of what he teaches you in this book, your life can change.” Rick Spell Former CEO and C https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Llc los Pasos Definitivos para Crear, Proteger y Crecer TU Negocio de Cero a Pro: Autor Bestseller de Creando La Actitud Ganadora Author: Valentín López Narrator: Valentín López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 24, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Aprende a cómo crear tu negocio en los Estados Unidos desde cualquier parte del mundo y desde cualquier país, desde cero y como un pro. Aprende de elusión fiscal, cómo crear la estructura de LLC según el tipo de negocio, domina las pasarelas de pago... Plazos PARA PRESENTAR LAS DECLARACIONES AL IRS (HACIENDA AMERICANA) ¿Qué tipo de declaración de impuestos necesito para una LLC de varios miembros? IMPORTANTE ¿Qué es ser ETBUS? Transacciones reportables Qué tienes que hacer si TENGAS O NO TENGAS GREEN CARD (RESIDENCIA FIJA) COMO VIVAS O ESTÉs EN EE UU MÁS DE 181 días Cómo crear CUENTA EN DÓLARES ESTADOUNIDENSES ¿Cómo recibo el dinero en mi país? LLC AL PROPIETARIO Domina las TRANSFERNFIAS WIRE Y ACH Domina Stripe, PAYPAL Y PAYONEER y diferentes bancos y neobancos AGENCIA TRIBUTARIA EN ESPAÑA y en otros países ACTIVIDADES CLAVE PARA UNA LLC y pagar menos impuestos ¿QUIÉN NO HACE EL IRPF EN ESPAÑA? O POR EJEMPLO SERÍA AL SIMIL EN TU PAÍS A TU IMPUESTO PERSONAL DE LA RENTA. En Wyoming POR EJEMPLO el PRESUPUESTO que te cuesta crear PARa TU LLC DIFERENCIAS ENTRE SINGLE MEMBER Y PARTNERSHIP, como crear la entidad de paso, prepararte para ganancias de capital y flujo de efectivo para Real Estate Cómo TRANSFROMAR LA LLC EN UNA S-CORPORATION y otros tipos CÓMO VENDER PROPIEDADES A CERO IMPUESTOS, el holding company! SECCIÓN 1031 PARA INTERCAMBIO DE PROPIEDADES EL IMPUESTO DE FRANQUICIA EN WYOMING. MEDICARE AND SOCIAL SECURITY. ENTRE OTROS ESTADOS PASOS PARA CREAR UNA LLC EN WYOMING EN LA PRÁCTICA, ENTRE OTROS ESTADOS ¿OFICINA VIRTUAL O DIRECCIÓN COMERCIAL VIRTUAL PARA LA LLC? PASOS CLAVE ¿TARJETA DE CRÉDITO A LA DIRECCIÓN DEL AGENTE REGISTRADO O A LA DIRECCIÓN COMERCIAL VIRTUAL? PASOS CLAVE ¿SERVICIO MAIL FORWARDING PARA LA LLC O REENVÍO DE CORREO? PASOS CLAVE SERVICIOS DE TELEFONÍA VIRTUAL VOP PARA LA LLC ¿HAY BANCOS SIN NECESIDAD DE ESTAR EN PRESENCIA FÍSICA EN LOS EEUU? PASOS DE ACCIÓN BREX Y LA POPULARIDAD DE SUS TARJETAS DE CRÉDITO PASOS PARA INTEGRAR TU NEGOCIO A CON QUICKBOOKS ¿CÓMO SINCRONIZAR QUICKBOOKS CON WISE? PASOS DE ORO TRUCO IMPORTANTE DE ORO. LA PASARELA STRIPE SE SINCRONIZA CON WISE PARA PASARELA DE PAGOS Y SE SINCRONIZA CON QUICKBOOKS PARA ESTADOS DE DATOS FINANCIEROS, PASOS DE ACCIÓN PRINCIPALES ACCIONES DE STRIPE PARA LA LLC ¿CÓMO CREAR SUSCRIPCIONES CON STRIPE PARA LA LLC? SOFTWARE PREPARADOR DE IMPUESTOS LLC Y CORPORACIONES. LLC IDEAL PARA REAL ESTATE. QUE SON LAS CORPORACIONES TIPO S Y LAS PARTNESHIP ¿CÓMO ESTRCUTURAR EL HOLDING Y SUS SUBSIDIARIAS (ENTRE PARÉNTESIS HIJAS DEL HOLDING)? Para convertir una LLC en una S Corporation CON EL FORMULARIO 2553 EN CUANTO A LOS ROTH IRA. O TAMBIÉN LLAMADOS PLANES DE JUBILACIÓN INDIVIDUALES. PASOS DE ACCIÓN. ¿CÓMO CRECER LOS RENDIMIENTOS DE UN ROTH IRA LIBRE DE IMPUESTOS DENTRO DE LA LLC? ¿SE TRIBUTA MÁS POR INGRESO ORDINARIO O INGRESO PASIVO? PASOS DE ACCIÓN Como fundador o propietario extranjero, ¿cuáles son las consideraciones únicas en las que debo pensar? ¿Cuándo tiene más sentido crear una filial en lugar de una nueva empresa? Incorporación de una empresa en los EE. UU. Valentín López Wed, 24 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738677 thebookvoice.com 3:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Llc los Pasos Definitivos para Crear, Proteger y Crecer TU Negocio de Cero a Pro: Autor Bestseller de Creando La Actitud Ganadora Author: Valentín López Narrator: Valentín López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 24, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Aprende a cómo crear tu negocio en los Estados Unidos desde cualquier parte del mundo y desde cualquier país, desde cero y como un pro. Aprende de elusión fiscal, cómo crear la estructura de LLC según el tipo de negocio, domina las pasarelas de pago... Plazos PARA PRESENTAR LAS DECLARACIONES AL IRS (HACIENDA AMERICANA) ¿Qué tipo de declaración de impuestos necesito para una LLC de varios miembros? IMPORTANTE ¿Qué es ser ETBUS? Transacciones reportables Qué tienes que hacer si TENGAS O NO TENGAS GREEN CARD (RESIDENCIA FIJA) COMO VIVAS O ESTÉs EN EE UU MÁS DE 181 días Cómo crear CUENTA EN DÓLARES ESTADOUNIDENSES ¿Cómo recibo el dinero en mi país? LLC AL PROPIETARIO Domina las TRANSFERNFIAS WIRE Y ACH Domina Stripe, PAYPAL Y PAYONEER y diferentes bancos y neobancos AGENCIA TRIBUTARIA EN ESPAÑA y en otros países ACTIVIDADES CLAVE PARA UNA LLC y pagar menos impuestos ¿QUIÉN NO HACE EL IRPF EN ESPAÑA? O POR EJEMPLO SERÍA AL SIMIL EN TU PAÍS A TU IMPUESTO PERSONAL DE LA RENTA. En Wyoming POR EJEMPLO el PRESUPUESTO que te cuesta crear PARa TU LLC DIFERENCIAS ENTRE SINGLE MEMBER Y PARTNERSHIP, como crear la entidad de paso, prepararte para ganancias de capital y flujo de efectivo para Real Estate Cómo TRANSFROMAR LA LLC EN UNA S-CORPORATION y otros tipos CÓMO VENDER PROPIEDADES A CERO IMPUESTOS, el holding company! SECCIÓN 1031 PARA INTERCAMBIO DE PROPIEDADES EL IMPUESTO DE FRANQUICIA EN WYOMING. MEDICARE AND SOCIAL SECURITY. ENTRE OTROS ESTADOS PASOS PARA CREAR UNA LLC EN WYOMING EN LA PRÁCTICA, ENTRE OTROS ESTADOS ¿OFICINA VIRTUAL O DIRECCIÓN COMERCIAL VIRTUAL PARA LA LLC? PASOS CLAVE ¿TARJETA DE CRÉDITO A LA DIRECCIÓN DEL AGENTE REGISTRADO O A LA DIRECCIÓN COMERCIAL VIRTUAL? PASOS CLAVE ¿SERVICIO MAIL FORWARDING PARA LA LLC O REENVÍO DE CORREO? PASOS CLAVE SERVICIOS DE TELEFONÍA VIRTUAL VOP PARA LA LLC ¿HAY BANCOS SIN NECESIDAD DE ESTAR EN PRESENCIA FÍSICA EN LOS EEUU? PASOS DE ACCIÓN BREX Y LA POPULARIDAD DE SUS TARJETAS DE CRÉDITO PASOS PARA INTEGRAR TU NEGOCIO A CON QUICKBOOKS ¿CÓMO SINCRONIZAR QUICKBOOKS CON WISE? PASOS DE ORO TRUCO IMPORTANTE DE ORO. LA PASARELA STRIPE SE SINCRONIZA CON WISE PARA PASARELA DE PAGOS Y SE SINCRONIZA CON QUICKBOOKS PARA ESTADOS DE DATOS FINANCIEROS, PASOS DE ACCIÓN PRINCIPALES ACCIONES DE STRIPE PARA LA LLC ¿CÓMO CREAR SUSCRIPCIONES CON STRIPE PARA LA LLC? SOFTWARE PREPARADOR DE IMPUESTOS LLC Y CORPORACIONES. LLC IDEAL PARA REAL ESTATE. QUE SON LAS CORPORACIONES TIPO S Y LAS PARTNESHIP ¿CÓMO ESTRCUTURAR EL HOLDING Y SUS SUBSIDIARIAS (ENTRE PARÉNTESIS HIJAS DEL HOLDING)? Para convertir una LLC en una S Corporation CON EL FORMULARIO 2553 EN CUANTO A LOS ROTH IRA. O TAMBIÉN LLAMADOS PLANES DE JUBILACIÓN INDIVIDUALES. PASOS DE ACCIÓN. ¿CÓMO CRECER LOS RENDIMIENTOS DE UN ROTH IRA LIBRE DE IMPUESTOS DENTRO DE LA LLC? ¿SE TRIBUTA MÁS POR INGRESO ORDINARIO O INGRESO PASIVO? PASOS DE ACCIÓN Como fundador o propietario extranjero, ¿cuáles son las consideraciones únicas en las que debo pensar? ¿Cuándo tiene más sentido crear una filial en lugar de una nueva empresa? Incorporación de una empresa en los EE. UU. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Llc los Pasos Definitivos para Crear, Proteger y Crecer TU Negocio de Cero a Pro: Autor Bestseller de Creando La Actitud Ganadora Author: Valentín López Narrator: Valentín López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 24, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Aprende a cómo crear tu negocio en los Estados Unidos desde cualquier parte del mundo y desde cualquier país, desde cero y como un pro. Aprende de elusión fiscal, cómo crear la estructura de LLC según el tipo de negocio, domina las pasarelas de pago... Plazos PARA PRESENTAR LAS DECLARACIONES AL IRS (HACIENDA AMERICANA) ¿Qué tipo de declaración de impuestos necesito para una LLC de varios miembros? IMPORTANTE ¿Qué es ser ETBUS? Transacciones reportables Qué tienes que hacer si TENGAS O NO TENGAS GREEN CARD (RESIDENCIA FIJA) COMO VIVAS O ESTÉs EN EE UU MÁS DE 181 días Cómo crear CUENTA EN DÓLARES ESTADOUNIDENSES ¿Cómo recibo el dinero en mi país? LLC AL PROPIETARIO Domina las TRANSFERNFIAS WIRE Y ACH Domina Stripe, PAYPAL Y PAYONEER y diferentes bancos y neobancos AGENCIA TRIBUTARIA EN ESPAÑA y en otros países ACTIVIDADES CLAVE PARA UNA LLC y pagar menos impuestos ¿QUIÉN NO HACE EL IRPF EN ESPAÑA? O POR EJEMPLO SERÍA AL SIMIL EN TU PAÍS A TU IMPUESTO PERSONAL DE LA RENTA. En Wyoming POR EJEMPLO el PRESUPUESTO que te cuesta crear PARa TU LLC DIFERENCIAS ENTRE SINGLE MEMBER Y PARTNERSHIP, como crear la entidad de paso, prepararte para ganancias de capital y flujo de efectivo para Real Estate Cómo TRANSFROMAR LA LLC EN UNA S-CORPORATION y otros tipos CÓMO VENDER PROPIEDADES A CERO IMPUESTOS, el holding company! SECCIÓN 1031 PARA INTERCAMBIO DE PROPIEDADES EL IMPUESTO DE FRANQUICIA EN WYOMING. MEDICARE AND SOCIAL SECURITY. ENTRE OTROS ESTADOS PASOS PARA CREAR UNA LLC EN WYOMING EN LA PRÁCTICA, ENTRE OTROS ESTADOS ¿OFICINA VIRTUAL O DIRECCIÓN COMERCIAL VIRTUAL PARA LA LLC? PASOS CLAVE ¿TARJETA DE CRÉDITO A LA DIRECCIÓN DEL AGENTE REGISTRADO O A LA DIRECCIÓN COMERCIAL VIRTUAL? PASOS CLAVE ¿SERVICIO MAIL FORWARDING PARA LA LLC O REENVÍO DE CORREO? PASOS CLAVE SERVICIOS DE TELEFONÍA VIRTUAL VOP PARA LA LLC ¿HAY BANCOS SIN NECESIDAD DE ESTAR EN PRESENCIA FÍSICA EN LOS EEUU? PASOS DE ACCIÓN BREX Y LA POPULARIDAD DE SUS TARJETAS DE CRÉDITO PASOS PARA INTEGRAR TU NEGOCIO A CON QUICKBOOKS ¿CÓMO SINCRONIZAR QUICKBOOKS CON WISE? PASOS DE ORO TRUCO IMPORTANTE DE ORO. LA PASARELA STRIPE SE SINCRONIZA CON WISE PARA PASARELA DE PAGOS Y SE SINCRONIZA CON QUICKBOOKS PARA ESTADOS DE DATOS FINANCIEROS, PASOS DE ACCIÓN PRINCIPALES ACCIONES DE STRIPE PARA LA LLC ¿CÓMO CREAR SUSCRIPCIONES CON STRIPE PARA LA LLC? SOFTWARE PREPARADOR DE IMPUESTOS LLC Y CORPORACIONES. LLC IDEAL PARA REAL ESTATE. QUE SON LAS CORPORACIONES TIPO S Y LAS PARTNESHIP ¿CÓMO ESTRCUTURAR EL HOLDING Y SUS SUBSIDIARIAS (ENTRE PARÉNTESIS HIJAS DEL HOLDING)? Para convertir una LLC en una S Corporation CON EL FORMULARIO 2553 EN CUANTO A LOS ROTH IRA. O TAMBIÉN LLAMADOS PLANES DE JUBILACIÓN INDIVIDUALES. PASOS DE ACCIÓN. ¿CÓMO CRECER LOS RENDIMIENTOS DE UN ROTH IRA LIBRE DE IMPUESTOS DENTRO DE LA LLC? ¿SE TRIBUTA MÁS POR INGRESO ORDINARIO O INGRESO PASIVO? PASOS DE ACCIÓN Como fundador o propietario extranjero, ¿cuáles son las consideraciones únicas en las que debo pensar? ¿Cuándo tiene más sentido crear una filial en lugar de una nueva empresa? Incorporación de una empresa en los EE. UU. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738415 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two But Rule: Turn Negative Thinking Into Positive Solutions Author: John Wolpert Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Two But Rule: Turn Negative Thinking Into Positive Solutions veteran tech innovator John Wolpert delivers an exciting, hands-on guide to using the principles of Momentum Thinking to get you—and your organization—unstuck. You'll learn how to build unstoppable velocity for your big idea, product, or strategy as you blast through the endless objections and counterarguments that bedevil every innovator and changemaker. You'll discover how to address common 'but' complaints, like 'But that’s too expensive,' or 'But that won't work,' at the same time as you refine your idea and polish it into a gem worthy of attention and implementation. In the book, you'll also find explanations for why a 'but' statement should always be followed by another 'but' statement; discussions of why 'toxic positivity' and blind optimism can be just as harmful as constant naysaying; and step-by-step strategies for transforming momentum-killing objections into momentum-boosting innovation rocket fuel. A can't-miss resource for managers, executives, directors, and business leaders everywhere, The Two But Rule is also perfect for product managers, professionals in any field, government and academic leaders, and anyone else ready to successfully tackle their most stubborn and intractable problems. John Wolpert Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738415 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two But Rule: Turn Negative Thinking Into Positive Solutions Author: John Wolpert Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Two But Rule: Turn Negative Thinking Into Positive Solutions veteran tech innovator John Wolpert delivers an exciting, hands-on guide to using the principles of Momentum Thinking to get you—and your organization—unstuck. You'll learn how to build unstoppable velocity for your big idea, product, or strategy as you blast through the endless objections and counterarguments that bedevil every innovator and changemaker. You'll discover how to address common 'but' complaints, like 'But that’s too expensive,' or 'But that won't work,' at the same time as you refine your idea and polish it into a gem worthy of attention and implementation. In the book, you'll also find explanations for why a 'but' statement should always be followed by another 'but' statement; discussions of why 'toxic positivity' and blind optimism can be just as harmful as constant naysaying; and step-by-step strategies for transforming momentum-killing objections into momentum-boosting innovation rocket fuel. A can't-miss resource for managers, executives, directors, and business leaders everywhere, The Two But Rule is also perfect for product managers, professionals in any field, government and academic leaders, and anyone else ready to successfully tackle their most stubborn and intractable problems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two But Rule: Turn Negative Thinking Into Positive Solutions Author: John Wolpert Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Two But Rule: Turn Negative Thinking Into Positive Solutions veteran tech innovator John Wolpert delivers an exciting, hands-on guide to using the principles of Momentum Thinking to get you—and your organization—unstuck. You'll learn how to build unstoppable velocity for your big idea, product, or strategy as you blast through the endless objections and counterarguments that bedevil every innovator and changemaker. You'll discover how to address common 'but' complaints, like 'But that’s too expensive,' or 'But that won't work,' at the same time as you refine your idea and polish it into a gem worthy of attention and implementation. In the book, you'll also find explanations for why a 'but' statement should always be followed by another 'but' statement; discussions of why 'toxic positivity' and blind optimism can be just as harmful as constant naysaying; and step-by-step strategies for transforming momentum-killing objections into momentum-boosting innovation rocket fuel. A can't-miss resource for managers, executives, directors, and business leaders everywhere, The Two But Rule is also perfect for product managers, professionals in any field, government and academic leaders, and anyone else ready to successfully tackle their most stubborn and intractable problems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generative AI: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Series: Part of HBR Insights Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Mike Lenz, Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The future of AI is here. The world is transfixed by the marvel (and possible menace) of ChatGPT and other generative AI tools. It's clear Gen AI will transform the business landscape, but when and how much remain to be seen. Meanwhile, your smartest competitors are already navigating the risks and reaping the rewards of these new technologies. They're experimenting with new business models around generating text, images, and code at astonishing speed. They're automating customer interactions in ways never before possible. And they're augmenting human creativity in order to innovate faster. How can you take advantage of generative AI and avoid having your business disrupted? Generative AI: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand the potential of these new technologies, pick the right Gen AI projects, and reinvent your business for the new age of AI. Harvard Business Review Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738404 thebookvoice.com 3:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generative AI: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Series: Part of HBR Insights Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Mike Lenz, Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The future of AI is here. The world is transfixed by the marvel (and possible menace) of ChatGPT and other generative AI tools. It's clear Gen AI will transform the business landscape, but when and how much remain to be seen. Meanwhile, your smartest competitors are already navigating the risks and reaping the rewards of these new technologies. They're experimenting with new business models around generating text, images, and code at astonishing speed. They're automating customer interactions in ways never before possible. And they're augmenting human creativity in order to innovate faster. How can you take advantage of generative AI and avoid having your business disrupted? Generative AI: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand the potential of these new technologies, pick the right Gen AI projects, and reinvent your business for the new age of AI. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/738404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generative AI: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Series: Part of HBR Insights Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Mike Lenz, Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The future of AI is here. The world is transfixed by the marvel (and possible menace) of ChatGPT and other generative AI tools. It's clear Gen AI will transform the business landscape, but when and how much remain to be seen. Meanwhile, your smartest competitors are already navigating the risks and reaping the rewards of these new technologies. They're experimenting with new business models around generating text, images, and code at astonishing speed. They're automating customer interactions in ways never before possible. And they're augmenting human creativity in order to innovate faster. How can you take advantage of generative AI and avoid having your business disrupted? Generative AI: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand the potential of these new technologies, pick the right Gen AI projects, and reinvent your business for the new age of AI. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Tourist: Waking Up to the Power and Perils of Travel Author: Paige Mcclanahan Narrator: Paige Mcclanahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A genuinely helpful framework for thinking about our own voyages” (The Atlantic), The New Tourist explores how tourism has shaped the world, for better and for worse, and offers essential reading for anyone looking for a deeper understanding of the implications of their wanderlust. Through deep and insightful dispatches from tourist spots around the globe—from Hawaii to Saudi Arabia, Amsterdam to Angkor Wat—The New Tourist shines a light on an industry that accounts for one in ten jobs worldwide and generates nearly ten percent of global GDP. How did a once-niche activity become the world’s most important means of contact across cultures? When does tourism destroy the soul of a city, and when does it offer a place a new lease on life? Is “last chance tourism” prompting a powerful change in perspective—or driving places we love further into the ground? “Engaging and thoughtful” (Kirkus Reviews) and filled with page-turning revelations, The New Tourist spotlights painful truths but also delivers a message of hope: that the right kind of tourism—and the right kind of tourist—can be a powerful force for good. Paige Mcclanahan Tue, 18 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737409 thebookvoice.com 6:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Tourist: Waking Up to the Power and Perils of Travel Author: Paige Mcclanahan Narrator: Paige Mcclanahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A genuinely helpful framework for thinking about our own voyages” (The Atlantic), The New Tourist explores how tourism has shaped the world, for better and for worse, and offers essential reading for anyone looking for a deeper understanding of the implications of their wanderlust. Through deep and insightful dispatches from tourist spots around the globe—from Hawaii to Saudi Arabia, Amsterdam to Angkor Wat—The New Tourist shines a light on an industry that accounts for one in ten jobs worldwide and generates nearly ten percent of global GDP. How did a once-niche activity become the world’s most important means of contact across cultures? When does tourism destroy the soul of a city, and when does it offer a place a new lease on life? Is “last chance tourism” prompting a powerful change in perspective—or driving places we love further into the ground? “Engaging and thoughtful” (Kirkus Reviews) and filled with page-turning revelations, The New Tourist spotlights painful truths but also delivers a message of hope: that the right kind of tourism—and the right kind of tourist—can be a powerful force for good. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Tourist: Waking Up to the Power and Perils of Travel Author: Paige Mcclanahan Narrator: Paige Mcclanahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A genuinely helpful framework for thinking about our own voyages” (The Atlantic), The New Tourist explores how tourism has shaped the world, for better and for worse, and offers essential reading for anyone looking for a deeper understanding of the implications of their wanderlust. Through deep and insightful dispatches from tourist spots around the globe—from Hawaii to Saudi Arabia, Amsterdam to Angkor Wat—The New Tourist shines a light on an industry that accounts for one in ten jobs worldwide and generates nearly ten percent of global GDP. How did a once-niche activity become the world’s most important means of contact across cultures? When does tourism destroy the soul of a city, and when does it offer a place a new lease on life? Is “last chance tourism” prompting a powerful change in perspective—or driving places we love further into the ground? “Engaging and thoughtful” (Kirkus Reviews) and filled with page-turning revelations, The New Tourist spotlights painful truths but also delivers a message of hope: that the right kind of tourism—and the right kind of tourist—can be a powerful force for good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peak Teams Author: Jeff James Martin Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 13, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The challenges and pressures faced by VC-backed CEOs and founders—and their teams—are unlike anything else. When you’re building something that’s never been done before, there’s no roadmap. You’re responsible for meeting the needs of your team, clients, and partners…and of course, your investors and board members. You’re juggling growth targets, internal misalignment, and raising capital—often all at once. And the whole time, you’re deeply aware of the pressure from all sides. Your drive to push forward—to build, solve, and create—is unstoppable, but it can often feel like everything is on your shoulders, and you’re hiking up a steep mountain buried in a fog. It doesn’t have to be that way. Build the right team, and you’ll go from facing challenges alone to maximizing opportunities together. Jeff James Martin has spent a two-decade career on the ground with VC-backed teams trying to answer the question: What makes some VC-backed companies succeed, and others fail? This book holds the answer. Peak Teams is a holistic blueprint for building an unstoppable team and empowering them with the core habits that create winning behaviors. In this book, you’ll learn the Peak Teams System, a framework of habits and tools designed specifically for venture-backed teams. With the alignment, focus, accountability, and visibility Peak provides, you’ll part the fog surrounding your business and get everyone—investors, partners, clients, and employees—heading up to the mountain’s peak together. Jeff James Martin Wed, 13 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737023 thebookvoice.com 4:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peak Teams Author: Jeff James Martin Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 13, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The challenges and pressures faced by VC-backed CEOs and founders—and their teams—are unlike anything else. When you’re building something that’s never been done before, there’s no roadmap. You’re responsible for meeting the needs of your team, clients, and partners…and of course, your investors and board members. You’re juggling growth targets, internal misalignment, and raising capital—often all at once. And the whole time, you’re deeply aware of the pressure from all sides. Your drive to push forward—to build, solve, and create—is unstoppable, but it can often feel like everything is on your shoulders, and you’re hiking up a steep mountain buried in a fog. It doesn’t have to be that way. Build the right team, and you’ll go from facing challenges alone to maximizing opportunities together. Jeff James Martin has spent a two-decade career on the ground with VC-backed teams trying to answer the question: What makes some VC-backed companies succeed, and others fail? This book holds the answer. Peak Teams is a holistic blueprint for building an unstoppable team and empowering them with the core habits that create winning behaviors. In this book, you’ll learn the Peak Teams System, a framework of habits and tools designed specifically for venture-backed teams. With the alignment, focus, accountability, and visibility Peak provides, you’ll part the fog surrounding your business and get everyone—investors, partners, clients, and employees—heading up to the mountain’s peak together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peak Teams Author: Jeff James Martin Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 13, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The challenges and pressures faced by VC-backed CEOs and founders—and their teams—are unlike anything else. When you’re building something that’s never been done before, there’s no roadmap. You’re responsible for meeting the needs of your team, clients, and partners…and of course, your investors and board members. You’re juggling growth targets, internal misalignment, and raising capital—often all at once. And the whole time, you’re deeply aware of the pressure from all sides. Your drive to push forward—to build, solve, and create—is unstoppable, but it can often feel like everything is on your shoulders, and you’re hiking up a steep mountain buried in a fog. It doesn’t have to be that way. Build the right team, and you’ll go from facing challenges alone to maximizing opportunities together. Jeff James Martin has spent a two-decade career on the ground with VC-backed teams trying to answer the question: What makes some VC-backed companies succeed, and others fail? This book holds the answer. Peak Teams is a holistic blueprint for building an unstoppable team and empowering them with the core habits that create winning behaviors. In this book, you’ll learn the Peak Teams System, a framework of habits and tools designed specifically for venture-backed teams. With the alignment, focus, accountability, and visibility Peak provides, you’ll part the fog surrounding your business and get everyone—investors, partners, clients, and employees—heading up to the mountain’s peak together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737012 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trailblazer Founders Author: Deepti Pahwa Narrator: Alexandra Bitton-Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 18, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every start-up founder wants to build the next unicorn, an elusive multibillion-dollar business. But how do you even begin translating your vision for a better world into investor meetings and venture funding; let alone growing, scaling, and successfully leading talent? Enter, Deepti Pahwa. With over two decades of pioneering innovation and entrepreneurship, mentoring start-ups, coaching global executives, and founding an accelerator program with Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business Executive Education alumni network, Deepti is on the front lines with fledgling and seasoned founders. This book is an inspiring call to action for founders to become the protagonists of their own story. Distilled from hard-won experience and dozens of interviews with founders and VCs, Deepti provides a roadmap to navigate the entrepreneurial ecosystem highlighting leadership skills, research-based tools, and an actionable framework necessary to manifest your ideas into powerful strategies. You will learn about — converting ideas to conviction, brand building and strategic networking to acquire influence and persuade investors and customers alike. Through exemplary stories of successful founders, she provides evidence that opportunities are not limited by gender nor ethnicity. Who gets mentored, sponsored, supported, and funded is not a function of the brilliance of an idea or one’s inherited attributes. But, an outcome of how one embodies inspirational qualities and influential convictions. If you’re ready to create something from nothing, in building a company from “zero to one,” this book is in the right hands—your hands. Deepti Pahwa Mon, 18 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737012 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trailblazer Founders Author: Deepti Pahwa Narrator: Alexandra Bitton-Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 18, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every start-up founder wants to build the next unicorn, an elusive multibillion-dollar business. But how do you even begin translating your vision for a better world into investor meetings and venture funding; let alone growing, scaling, and successfully leading talent? Enter, Deepti Pahwa. With over two decades of pioneering innovation and entrepreneurship, mentoring start-ups, coaching global executives, and founding an accelerator program with Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business Executive Education alumni network, Deepti is on the front lines with fledgling and seasoned founders. This book is an inspiring call to action for founders to become the protagonists of their own story. Distilled from hard-won experience and dozens of interviews with founders and VCs, Deepti provides a roadmap to navigate the entrepreneurial ecosystem highlighting leadership skills, research-based tools, and an actionable framework necessary to manifest your ideas into powerful strategies. You will learn about — converting ideas to conviction, brand building and strategic networking to acquire influence and persuade investors and customers alike. Through exemplary stories of successful founders, she provides evidence that opportunities are not limited by gender nor ethnicity. Who gets mentored, sponsored, supported, and funded is not a function of the brilliance of an idea or one’s inherited attributes. But, an outcome of how one embodies inspirational qualities and influential convictions. If you’re ready to create something from nothing, in building a company from “zero to one,” this book is in the right hands—your hands. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trailblazer Founders Author: Deepti Pahwa Narrator: Alexandra Bitton-Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 18, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every start-up founder wants to build the next unicorn, an elusive multibillion-dollar business. But how do you even begin translating your vision for a better world into investor meetings and venture funding; let alone growing, scaling, and successfully leading talent? Enter, Deepti Pahwa. With over two decades of pioneering innovation and entrepreneurship, mentoring start-ups, coaching global executives, and founding an accelerator program with Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business Executive Education alumni network, Deepti is on the front lines with fledgling and seasoned founders. This book is an inspiring call to action for founders to become the protagonists of their own story. Distilled from hard-won experience and dozens of interviews with founders and VCs, Deepti provides a roadmap to navigate the entrepreneurial ecosystem highlighting leadership skills, research-based tools, and an actionable framework necessary to manifest your ideas into powerful strategies. You will learn about — converting ideas to conviction, brand building and strategic networking to acquire influence and persuade investors and customers alike. Through exemplary stories of successful founders, she provides evidence that opportunities are not limited by gender nor ethnicity. Who gets mentored, sponsored, supported, and funded is not a function of the brilliance of an idea or one’s inherited attributes. But, an outcome of how one embodies inspirational qualities and influential convictions. If you’re ready to create something from nothing, in building a company from “zero to one,” this book is in the right hands—your hands. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737003 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Practical Guide to Project Management Principles Author: Ethan Masters Narrator: Angela Ohlfest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 15, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Welcome to a journey through the multifaceted world of IT project management. As the author of this eBook, I bring a blend of experiences gathered over 18 years of leading and executing complex IT projects, particularly in ERP and software systems. This Audiobook is crafted to serve as a comprehensive guide for aspiring and seasoned IT project managers. It delves into the core aspects of project management, offering practical advice, insights, and strategies drawn from real-world experiences. Ethan Masters Fri, 15 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737003 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Practical Guide to Project Management Principles Author: Ethan Masters Narrator: Angela Ohlfest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 15, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Welcome to a journey through the multifaceted world of IT project management. As the author of this eBook, I bring a blend of experiences gathered over 18 years of leading and executing complex IT projects, particularly in ERP and software systems. This Audiobook is crafted to serve as a comprehensive guide for aspiring and seasoned IT project managers. It delves into the core aspects of project management, offering practical advice, insights, and strategies drawn from real-world experiences. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/737003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Practical Guide to Project Management Principles Author: Ethan Masters Narrator: Angela Ohlfest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 15, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Welcome to a journey through the multifaceted world of IT project management. As the author of this eBook, I bring a blend of experiences gathered over 18 years of leading and executing complex IT projects, particularly in ERP and software systems. This Audiobook is crafted to serve as a comprehensive guide for aspiring and seasoned IT project managers. It delves into the core aspects of project management, offering practical advice, insights, and strategies drawn from real-world experiences. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leapfrog: Six Practices to Thrive Author: Mukesh Sud, Priyank Narayan Narrator: Priyank Narayan, Mukesh Sud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are maestros born or made?By making ideas mate, can you create new ones?How do you develop a mindset that helps you thrive?Can you nudge yourself into being more productive at work?Is it possible for you to debunk bullshit from the clutter all around?...Find the answers to these questions and several more in LeapfrogLeapfrog-in the context of thriving at work-is a scenario when a new entrant outperforms others. How do they achieve this? Are high performers born or made? Is there a way to nudge yourself into being more successful at work and also in life? With its six evidence-based insights, this book is poised to help you to advance your career at an incredible pace.To begin with, the first step is to develop grit along with the ability to embrace boredom. The second practice, leaning on behavioral economics, focusses on nudging yourself to make better choices. The third practice is about being intellectually humble by accepting limits to what you know. The chapter on dancing with disciplines celebrates the magic of ideas colliding to create new ones. In a world full of noise and bullshit, you will need to curate choices to maintain a focus on what is relevant to you. The last practice helps you think like an entrepreneur and develop the ability to ask for what you want.Based on their extensive experience of teaching and mentoring students, the authors have developed a framework called the Personal Journey Map (PJM), which will help you imbibe and implement the six practices by capturing your current repertoire, scanning the landscape ahead, and curating a path to a career in which you can prosper. Mukesh Sud, Priyank Narayan Tue, 21 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736074 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leapfrog: Six Practices to Thrive Author: Mukesh Sud, Priyank Narayan Narrator: Priyank Narayan, Mukesh Sud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are maestros born or made?By making ideas mate, can you create new ones?How do you develop a mindset that helps you thrive?Can you nudge yourself into being more productive at work?Is it possible for you to debunk bullshit from the clutter all around?...Find the answers to these questions and several more in LeapfrogLeapfrog-in the context of thriving at work-is a scenario when a new entrant outperforms others. How do they achieve this? Are high performers born or made? Is there a way to nudge yourself into being more successful at work and also in life? With its six evidence-based insights, this book is poised to help you to advance your career at an incredible pace.To begin with, the first step is to develop grit along with the ability to embrace boredom. The second practice, leaning on behavioral economics, focusses on nudging yourself to make better choices. The third practice is about being intellectually humble by accepting limits to what you know. The chapter on dancing with disciplines celebrates the magic of ideas colliding to create new ones. In a world full of noise and bullshit, you will need to curate choices to maintain a focus on what is relevant to you. The last practice helps you think like an entrepreneur and develop the ability to ask for what you want.Based on their extensive experience of teaching and mentoring students, the authors have developed a framework called the Personal Journey Map (PJM), which will help you imbibe and implement the six practices by capturing your current repertoire, scanning the landscape ahead, and curating a path to a career in which you can prosper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leapfrog: Six Practices to Thrive Author: Mukesh Sud, Priyank Narayan Narrator: Priyank Narayan, Mukesh Sud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are maestros born or made?By making ideas mate, can you create new ones?How do you develop a mindset that helps you thrive?Can you nudge yourself into being more productive at work?Is it possible for you to debunk bullshit from the clutter all around?...Find the answers to these questions and several more in LeapfrogLeapfrog-in the context of thriving at work-is a scenario when a new entrant outperforms others. How do they achieve this? Are high performers born or made? Is there a way to nudge yourself into being more successful at work and also in life? With its six evidence-based insights, this book is poised to help you to advance your career at an incredible pace.To begin with, the first step is to develop grit along with the ability to embrace boredom. The second practice, leaning on behavioral economics, focusses on nudging yourself to make better choices. The third practice is about being intellectually humble by accepting limits to what you know. The chapter on dancing with disciplines celebrates the magic of ideas colliding to create new ones. In a world full of noise and bullshit, you will need to curate choices to maintain a focus on what is relevant to you. The last practice helps you think like an entrepreneur and develop the ability to ask for what you want.Based on their extensive experience of teaching and mentoring students, the authors have developed a framework called the Personal Journey Map (PJM), which will help you imbibe and implement the six practices by capturing your current repertoire, scanning the landscape ahead, and curating a path to a career in which you can prosper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736037 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Notes Author: Charles Dickens Narrator: Hamlet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'American Notes' by Charles Dickens is a vivid travelogue depicting the author's journey to the United States during the 19th century. Dickens offers a detailed account of his experiences and observations, sharing insights into American society, customs, and cultural aspects of the time. The audiobook provides a fascinating perspective on his encounters, impressions, and reflections while exploring the landscape, cities, and people of America. Charles Dickens Thu, 04 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736037 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Notes Author: Charles Dickens Narrator: Hamlet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'American Notes' by Charles Dickens is a vivid travelogue depicting the author's journey to the United States during the 19th century. Dickens offers a detailed account of his experiences and observations, sharing insights into American society, customs, and cultural aspects of the time. The audiobook provides a fascinating perspective on his encounters, impressions, and reflections while exploring the landscape, cities, and people of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/736037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Notes Author: Charles Dickens Narrator: Hamlet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 4, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'American Notes' by Charles Dickens is a vivid travelogue depicting the author's journey to the United States during the 19th century. Dickens offers a detailed account of his experiences and observations, sharing insights into American society, customs, and cultural aspects of the time. The audiobook provides a fascinating perspective on his encounters, impressions, and reflections while exploring the landscape, cities, and people of America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Fears, No Excuses: What You Need to Do to Have a Great Career Author: Larry Smith Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Larry Smith has hit on the new millennium’s major career issue.” —Booklist “Have you ever had a conversation with someone about your life that leaves you feeling so elated that you have goosebumps? This is a typical result of how I feel after chatting with Larry.” —M. Azam Javed, Tesla “Had it not been for the time I was able to spend with Professor Smith during my university years gaining his advice on career success, I would not be where I am today.” —Mike McCauley, Google Over the past three decades, Professor Larry Smith has become something of a “career whisperer” for his students at the University of Waterloo. His stunning TEDx talk on finding your calling has been viewed by more than six million people and counting. This book captures the best of his advice in a one-stop roadmap for your future. Showcasing his particular mix of tough love and bracing clarity, Smith itemizes all the excuses and worries that are holding you back—and deconstructs them brilliantly. After dismantling your hidden mental obstacles, he provides practical, step-by-step guidance on how to go about identifying and then pursuing your true passion. There’s no promising it will be easy, but the straight-talking, irrepressible Professor Smith buoys you with the inspiration necessary to stay the course. Larry Smith Tue, 13 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735719 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Fears, No Excuses: What You Need to Do to Have a Great Career Author: Larry Smith Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Larry Smith has hit on the new millennium’s major career issue.” —Booklist “Have you ever had a conversation with someone about your life that leaves you feeling so elated that you have goosebumps? This is a typical result of how I feel after chatting with Larry.” —M. Azam Javed, Tesla “Had it not been for the time I was able to spend with Professor Smith during my university years gaining his advice on career success, I would not be where I am today.” —Mike McCauley, Google Over the past three decades, Professor Larry Smith has become something of a “career whisperer” for his students at the University of Waterloo. His stunning TEDx talk on finding your calling has been viewed by more than six million people and counting. This book captures the best of his advice in a one-stop roadmap for your future. Showcasing his particular mix of tough love and bracing clarity, Smith itemizes all the excuses and worries that are holding you back—and deconstructs them brilliantly. After dismantling your hidden mental obstacles, he provides practical, step-by-step guidance on how to go about identifying and then pursuing your true passion. There’s no promising it will be easy, but the straight-talking, irrepressible Professor Smith buoys you with the inspiration necessary to stay the course. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Fears, No Excuses: What You Need to Do to Have a Great Career Author: Larry Smith Narrator: Tom Taylorson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Larry Smith has hit on the new millennium’s major career issue.” —Booklist “Have you ever had a conversation with someone about your life that leaves you feeling so elated that you have goosebumps? This is a typical result of how I feel after chatting with Larry.” —M. Azam Javed, Tesla “Had it not been for the time I was able to spend with Professor Smith during my university years gaining his advice on career success, I would not be where I am today.” —Mike McCauley, Google Over the past three decades, Professor Larry Smith has become something of a “career whisperer” for his students at the University of Waterloo. His stunning TEDx talk on finding your calling has been viewed by more than six million people and counting. This book captures the best of his advice in a one-stop roadmap for your future. Showcasing his particular mix of tough love and bracing clarity, Smith itemizes all the excuses and worries that are holding you back—and deconstructs them brilliantly. After dismantling your hidden mental obstacles, he provides practical, step-by-step guidance on how to go about identifying and then pursuing your true passion. There’s no promising it will be easy, but the straight-talking, irrepressible Professor Smith buoys you with the inspiration necessary to stay the course. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Less: Stop Buying So Much Rubbish: How Having Fewer, Better Things Can Make Us Happier Author: Patrick Grant Narrator: Patrick Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTELLER ‘Utterly brilliant. We all need to read this book’ CLAUDIA WINKLEMAN 'Patrick’s book is fascinating and sobering and makes a compelling argument for going back to basics’ JOE LYCETT We used to care a lot about our clothes. We didn’t have many but those we had were important to us. We’d cherish them, repair them and pass them on. And making them provided fulfilling work for millions of skilled people locally. Today the average person has nearly five times as many clothes as they did just 50 years ago. Last year, 100 billion garments were produced worldwide, most made from oil, 30% of which were not even sold, and the equivalent of one bin lorry full of clothing is dumped in landfill or burned every single second. Our wardrobes are full to bursting with clothes we never wear so why do we keep buying more? In this passionate and revealing book about loving clothes but despairing of a broken global system Patrick Grant considers the crisis of consumption and quality in fashion, and how we might make ourselves happier by rediscovering the joy of living with fewer, better-quality things. Weaving in his personal journey through fashion, clothing and the other everyday objects in his life, this is a book that celebrates craftsmanship, making things with care, buying things with thought and valuing everything we own. It explains how rethinking our relationship with clothing could kickstart a thriving new local economy bringing prosperity and hope back to places in our country that have lost out to globalisation, offshore manufacturing and to the madness of price and quantity being the only things that matter. 'Presents a new way of thinking about the things we buy' KEITH BRYMER-JONES Patrick Grant Thu, 09 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735673 thebookvoice.com 11:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Less: Stop Buying So Much Rubbish: How Having Fewer, Better Things Can Make Us Happier Author: Patrick Grant Narrator: Patrick Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTELLER ‘Utterly brilliant. We all need to read this book’ CLAUDIA WINKLEMAN 'Patrick’s book is fascinating and sobering and makes a compelling argument for going back to basics’ JOE LYCETT We used to care a lot about our clothes. We didn’t have many but those we had were important to us. We’d cherish them, repair them and pass them on. And making them provided fulfilling work for millions of skilled people locally. Today the average person has nearly five times as many clothes as they did just 50 years ago. Last year, 100 billion garments were produced worldwide, most made from oil, 30% of which were not even sold, and the equivalent of one bin lorry full of clothing is dumped in landfill or burned every single second. Our wardrobes are full to bursting with clothes we never wear so why do we keep buying more? In this passionate and revealing book about loving clothes but despairing of a broken global system Patrick Grant considers the crisis of consumption and quality in fashion, and how we might make ourselves happier by rediscovering the joy of living with fewer, better-quality things. Weaving in his personal journey through fashion, clothing and the other everyday objects in his life, this is a book that celebrates craftsmanship, making things with care, buying things with thought and valuing everything we own. It explains how rethinking our relationship with clothing could kickstart a thriving new local economy bringing prosperity and hope back to places in our country that have lost out to globalisation, offshore manufacturing and to the madness of price and quantity being the only things that matter. 'Presents a new way of thinking about the things we buy' KEITH BRYMER-JONES Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/735673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Less: Stop Buying So Much Rubbish: How Having Fewer, Better Things Can Make Us Happier Author: Patrick Grant Narrator: Patrick Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTELLER ‘Utterly brilliant. We all need to read this book’ CLAUDIA WINKLEMAN 'Patrick’s book is fascinating and sobering and makes a compelling argument for going back to basics’ JOE LYCETT We used to care a lot about our clothes. We didn’t have many but those we had were important to us. We’d cherish them, repair them and pass them on. And making them provided fulfilling work for millions of skilled people locally. Today the average person has nearly five times as many clothes as they did just 50 years ago. Last year, 100 billion garments were produced worldwide, most made from oil, 30% of which were not even sold, and the equivalent of one bin lorry full of clothing is dumped in landfill or burned every single second. Our wardrobes are full to bursting with clothes we never wear so why do we keep buying more? In this passionate and revealing book about loving clothes but despairing of a broken global system Patrick Grant considers the crisis of consumption and quality in fashion, and how we might make ourselves happier by rediscovering the joy of living with fewer, better-quality things. Weaving in his personal journey through fashion, clothing and the other everyday objects in his life, this is a book that celebrates craftsmanship, making things with care, buying things with thought and valuing everything we own. It explains how rethinking our relationship with clothing could kickstart a thriving new local economy bringing prosperity and hope back to places in our country that have lost out to globalisation, offshore manufacturing and to the madness of price and quantity being the only things that matter. 'Presents a new way of thinking about the things we buy' KEITH BRYMER-JONES https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Day I'll Work for Myself: The Dream and Delusion that Conquered America Author: Benjamin C. Waterhouse Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What makes the dream of self-employment so alluring, so pervasive in today's world? Benjamin C. Waterhouse offers a provocative argument: the modern cult of the hustle is a direct consequence of economic failures—bad jobs, stagnant wages, and inequality—since the 1970s. With original research, Waterhouse traces a new narrative history of business in America, populated with vivid characters—from the activists, academics, and work-from-home gurus who hailed business ownership as our economic salvation to the upstarts who took the plunge. Some flourish; some squeak by. Some fail. As Waterhouse shows, the go-it-alone movement that began in the 1970s laid the political and cultural groundwork for today's gig economy and its ethos: everyone should be their own boss. While some people find success in that world, countless others are left bouncing from gig to gig—exploited, underpaid, or conned by get-rich-quick scams. And our politics doesn't know how to respond. Accessible, fast-paced, and eye-opening, One Day I'll Work for Myself offers a fresh, insightful cultural history of the US economy from the perspective of the people within it, asking urgent questions about why we're clinging to old strategies for progress—and at what cost. Benjamin C. Waterhouse Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734634 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Day I'll Work for Myself: The Dream and Delusion that Conquered America Author: Benjamin C. Waterhouse Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What makes the dream of self-employment so alluring, so pervasive in today's world? Benjamin C. Waterhouse offers a provocative argument: the modern cult of the hustle is a direct consequence of economic failures—bad jobs, stagnant wages, and inequality—since the 1970s. With original research, Waterhouse traces a new narrative history of business in America, populated with vivid characters—from the activists, academics, and work-from-home gurus who hailed business ownership as our economic salvation to the upstarts who took the plunge. Some flourish; some squeak by. Some fail. As Waterhouse shows, the go-it-alone movement that began in the 1970s laid the political and cultural groundwork for today's gig economy and its ethos: everyone should be their own boss. While some people find success in that world, countless others are left bouncing from gig to gig—exploited, underpaid, or conned by get-rich-quick scams. And our politics doesn't know how to respond. Accessible, fast-paced, and eye-opening, One Day I'll Work for Myself offers a fresh, insightful cultural history of the US economy from the perspective of the people within it, asking urgent questions about why we're clinging to old strategies for progress—and at what cost. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Day I'll Work for Myself: The Dream and Delusion that Conquered America Author: Benjamin C. Waterhouse Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What makes the dream of self-employment so alluring, so pervasive in today's world? Benjamin C. Waterhouse offers a provocative argument: the modern cult of the hustle is a direct consequence of economic failures—bad jobs, stagnant wages, and inequality—since the 1970s. With original research, Waterhouse traces a new narrative history of business in America, populated with vivid characters—from the activists, academics, and work-from-home gurus who hailed business ownership as our economic salvation to the upstarts who took the plunge. Some flourish; some squeak by. Some fail. As Waterhouse shows, the go-it-alone movement that began in the 1970s laid the political and cultural groundwork for today's gig economy and its ethos: everyone should be their own boss. While some people find success in that world, countless others are left bouncing from gig to gig—exploited, underpaid, or conned by get-rich-quick scams. And our politics doesn't know how to respond. Accessible, fast-paced, and eye-opening, One Day I'll Work for Myself offers a fresh, insightful cultural history of the US economy from the perspective of the people within it, asking urgent questions about why we're clinging to old strategies for progress—and at what cost. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Fundamentum: Deine Schritt für Schritt Anleitung für ein erfolgreiches und nachhaltiges Network Marketing Business Author: Anselm Fischer Narrator: Anselm Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: December 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Die fundierteste und ehrlichste Informationsquelle im Network Marketing.Ich bin angetreten, um die Branche zu professionalisieren und nachhaltig zu verändern. Mein Ziel ist es, so viele Menschen wie möglich in ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben zu begleiten. Es ist ihm ein Herzensanliegen DIR dabei zu helfen, deine persönlichen Ziele, Visionen und Träume zu erreichen, um so deine Freiheit zu erlangen.    Bist du bereit um dein Network Marketing Geschäft auf das nächste Level zu bringen? Bist du bereit für die einfachen und wirkungsvollen Geheimnisse der Top-Networker? Willst du die genaue Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung für deinen Erfolg im Network Marketing? Dann ist diese Broschüre genau das richtige für dich. Dieses Wissen ist aus der Praxis für die Praxis und wird dich bei deiner persönlichen Entwicklung und deinem Erfolg begleiten.    Das FUNDAMENTUM ist deine Eintrittskarte in ein erfolgreiches (Network Marketing) Leben.    'Wenn wir da ansetzen, wo es um Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Wachstum geht, können wir viele Menschen frei und glücklich machen. Und genau um das geht es im Network Marketing. Viele freie, glückliche und souveräne Menschen können und werden den Unterschied machen. Lass uns gemeinsam dafür sorgen, dass sich Network Marketing professionalisiert und wir so die Welt zu einem besseren Ort machen.' - ANSELM FISCHER. Anselm Fischer Wed, 20 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734287 thebookvoice.com 1:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Fundamentum: Deine Schritt für Schritt Anleitung für ein erfolgreiches und nachhaltiges Network Marketing Business Author: Anselm Fischer Narrator: Anselm Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: December 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Die fundierteste und ehrlichste Informationsquelle im Network Marketing.Ich bin angetreten, um die Branche zu professionalisieren und nachhaltig zu verändern. Mein Ziel ist es, so viele Menschen wie möglich in ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben zu begleiten. Es ist ihm ein Herzensanliegen DIR dabei zu helfen, deine persönlichen Ziele, Visionen und Träume zu erreichen, um so deine Freiheit zu erlangen.    Bist du bereit um dein Network Marketing Geschäft auf das nächste Level zu bringen? Bist du bereit für die einfachen und wirkungsvollen Geheimnisse der Top-Networker? Willst du die genaue Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung für deinen Erfolg im Network Marketing? Dann ist diese Broschüre genau das richtige für dich. Dieses Wissen ist aus der Praxis für die Praxis und wird dich bei deiner persönlichen Entwicklung und deinem Erfolg begleiten.    Das FUNDAMENTUM ist deine Eintrittskarte in ein erfolgreiches (Network Marketing) Leben.    'Wenn wir da ansetzen, wo es um Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Wachstum geht, können wir viele Menschen frei und glücklich machen. Und genau um das geht es im Network Marketing. Viele freie, glückliche und souveräne Menschen können und werden den Unterschied machen. Lass uns gemeinsam dafür sorgen, dass sich Network Marketing professionalisiert und wir so die Welt zu einem besseren Ort machen.' - ANSELM FISCHER. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Fundamentum: Deine Schritt für Schritt Anleitung für ein erfolgreiches und nachhaltiges Network Marketing Business Author: Anselm Fischer Narrator: Anselm Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: December 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Die fundierteste und ehrlichste Informationsquelle im Network Marketing.Ich bin angetreten, um die Branche zu professionalisieren und nachhaltig zu verändern. Mein Ziel ist es, so viele Menschen wie möglich in ein freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben zu begleiten. Es ist ihm ein Herzensanliegen DIR dabei zu helfen, deine persönlichen Ziele, Visionen und Träume zu erreichen, um so deine Freiheit zu erlangen.    Bist du bereit um dein Network Marketing Geschäft auf das nächste Level zu bringen? Bist du bereit für die einfachen und wirkungsvollen Geheimnisse der Top-Networker? Willst du die genaue Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung für deinen Erfolg im Network Marketing? Dann ist diese Broschüre genau das richtige für dich. Dieses Wissen ist aus der Praxis für die Praxis und wird dich bei deiner persönlichen Entwicklung und deinem Erfolg begleiten.    Das FUNDAMENTUM ist deine Eintrittskarte in ein erfolgreiches (Network Marketing) Leben.    'Wenn wir da ansetzen, wo es um Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Wachstum geht, können wir viele Menschen frei und glücklich machen. Und genau um das geht es im Network Marketing. Viele freie, glückliche und souveräne Menschen können und werden den Unterschied machen. Lass uns gemeinsam dafür sorgen, dass sich Network Marketing professionalisiert und wir so die Welt zu einem besseren Ort machen.' - ANSELM FISCHER. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lotto God's Idea! Author: Patricia Brady, Artie C Bethea Narrator: Christian Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book unfolds the truth about the original idea for lotto participation. It has been said that the truth is always the original idea of the manufacturer; hence, God is the manufacturer of lotto participation for the nation of Israel and the body of Christ. My years of research have been a rediscovery of the casting of lots (lotto) derived from the Bible. The apostles prayed and casted lots to determine God's will. Lottery was not solely for Old Testament saints but also for New Testament believers as evidenced by scriptures. This book unfolds the possibility that in the world today one can know the outcome of the lottery drawing by divine revelation of the Holy Spirit as they did of old. This book also unfolds the difference in playing lottery (gambling) versus knowing lottery from the Lord's point of view. Rev. Doctor Artie C. Bethea, ambassador for Christ, and the Kingdom of God. Married to Patricia. Fathered, one daughter, 4 sons and 40 foster teenagers. Holds a doctorate degree from Rebirth Bible College and Seminary, Durham, NC. Former local Pastor within the Soul Saving Station Christ Crusaders of America and former local Bishop of the Church of God in Christ international, founder of Word Revival Christ Ministries an Evangelical outreach spreading the Gospel of the Kingdom in the United State Churches. Teaching ministry through radio television Broadcasting. Traveled to India, Egypt, Jordan, Israel, Oman, throughout Central and South America continuing proclaiming and explaining Jesus Christ assignment; 'This' gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations and then the end shall come. Current assignment as an author of the book Lotto God's Idea. Patricia Brady, Artie C Bethea Mon, 04 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734018 thebookvoice.com 4:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lotto God's Idea! Author: Patricia Brady, Artie C Bethea Narrator: Christian Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book unfolds the truth about the original idea for lotto participation. It has been said that the truth is always the original idea of the manufacturer; hence, God is the manufacturer of lotto participation for the nation of Israel and the body of Christ. My years of research have been a rediscovery of the casting of lots (lotto) derived from the Bible. The apostles prayed and casted lots to determine God's will. Lottery was not solely for Old Testament saints but also for New Testament believers as evidenced by scriptures. This book unfolds the possibility that in the world today one can know the outcome of the lottery drawing by divine revelation of the Holy Spirit as they did of old. This book also unfolds the difference in playing lottery (gambling) versus knowing lottery from the Lord's point of view. Rev. Doctor Artie C. Bethea, ambassador for Christ, and the Kingdom of God. Married to Patricia. Fathered, one daughter, 4 sons and 40 foster teenagers. Holds a doctorate degree from Rebirth Bible College and Seminary, Durham, NC. Former local Pastor within the Soul Saving Station Christ Crusaders of America and former local Bishop of the Church of God in Christ international, founder of Word Revival Christ Ministries an Evangelical outreach spreading the Gospel of the Kingdom in the United State Churches. Teaching ministry through radio television Broadcasting. Traveled to India, Egypt, Jordan, Israel, Oman, throughout Central and South America continuing proclaiming and explaining Jesus Christ assignment; 'This' gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations and then the end shall come. Current assignment as an author of the book Lotto God's Idea. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/734018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lotto God's Idea! Author: Patricia Brady, Artie C Bethea Narrator: Christian Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 4, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book unfolds the truth about the original idea for lotto participation. It has been said that the truth is always the original idea of the manufacturer; hence, God is the manufacturer of lotto participation for the nation of Israel and the body of Christ. My years of research have been a rediscovery of the casting of lots (lotto) derived from the Bible. The apostles prayed and casted lots to determine God's will. Lottery was not solely for Old Testament saints but also for New Testament believers as evidenced by scriptures. This book unfolds the possibility that in the world today one can know the outcome of the lottery drawing by divine revelation of the Holy Spirit as they did of old. This book also unfolds the difference in playing lottery (gambling) versus knowing lottery from the Lord's point of view. Rev. Doctor Artie C. Bethea, ambassador for Christ, and the Kingdom of God. Married to Patricia. Fathered, one daughter, 4 sons and 40 foster teenagers. Holds a doctorate degree from Rebirth Bible College and Seminary, Durham, NC. Former local Pastor within the Soul Saving Station Christ Crusaders of America and former local Bishop of the Church of God in Christ international, founder of Word Revival Christ Ministries an Evangelical outreach spreading the Gospel of the Kingdom in the United State Churches. Teaching ministry through radio television Broadcasting. Traveled to India, Egypt, Jordan, Israel, Oman, throughout Central and South America continuing proclaiming and explaining Jesus Christ assignment; 'This' gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations and then the end shall come. Current assignment as an author of the book Lotto God's Idea. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter Author: Ryan Mac, Kate Conger Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In a world of viral ideas and emotion, who gets to control the narrative, who gets to be heard, and what does power really cost? This is the story of the showdown between Elon Musk and Twitter and how the richest man on earth suddenly came to control one of the most powerful media platforms in the world. In Character Limit, award-winning reporters Kate Conger and Ryan Mac draw on exclusive interviews, unreported documents and internal Twitter recordings to provide a revelatory, three-dimensional, and definitive account of what really happened when Musk showed up to takeover Twitter, spoiling for a brawl and intent on revolution, with his merciless, sycophantic cadre of lawyers, investors, and bankers. In part, this is the story of Twitter's founder, Jack Dorsey, who idealistically dreamed of building a 'digital town square' but detested Wall Street and never built a profitable business, and Musk, one of the site's most influential users with over 70 million followers. To Musk, Twitter—once known for its almost absolute commitment to free speech—had utterly lost its way. Blaming it for the proliferation of what he called the “woke mind virus”, he claimed that the survival of humanity itself depended on the future of the site. In January 2022, Musk began secretly accumulating Twitter stock. By April, he was its largest shareholder, and, soon after, he made an unsolicited offer to purchase the company for the unimaginable sum of $44 billion. Backed into a corner, Twitter’s board accepted his offer—only for Musk to change his mind, forcing Twitter to sue him. Drawing on unparalleled sources, this is the defining story of our time told in vivid, cinematic detail. 'The definitive account of how the world’s richest man, in a fit of unbridled vanity and arrogance, took over and destroyed our digital town square' John Carreyrou, bestselling author of Bad Blood? ‘Astonishing. Kate Conger and Ryan Mac’s meticulous, comprehensive reporting turns an opaque mess brutally transparent’ Jia Tolentino, bestselling author of Trick Mirror ‘Gripping… Through fly-on-the-wall reporting, Character Limit takes readers inside Elon Musk's tumultuous Twitter takeover and the disruption of a company, an industry, and the online public square. What a wild ride' Bradley Hope, bestselling author of Billion Dollar Whale © Kate Conger, Ryan Mac 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Ryan Mac, Kate Conger Thu, 19 Sep 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733921 thebookvoice.com 15:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter Author: Ryan Mac, Kate Conger Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In a world of viral ideas and emotion, who gets to control the narrative, who gets to be heard, and what does power really cost? This is the story of the showdown between Elon Musk and Twitter and how the richest man on earth suddenly came to control one of the most powerful media platforms in the world. In Character Limit, award-winning reporters Kate Conger and Ryan Mac draw on exclusive interviews, unreported documents and internal Twitter recordings to provide a revelatory, three-dimensional, and definitive account of what really happened when Musk showed up to takeover Twitter, spoiling for a brawl and intent on revolution, with his merciless, sycophantic cadre of lawyers, investors, and bankers. In part, this is the story of Twitter's founder, Jack Dorsey, who idealistically dreamed of building a 'digital town square' but detested Wall Street and never built a profitable business, and Musk, one of the site's most influential users with over 70 million followers. To Musk, Twitter—once known for its almost absolute commitment to free speech—had utterly lost its way. Blaming it for the proliferation of what he called the “woke mind virus”, he claimed that the survival of humanity itself depended on the future of the site. In January 2022, Musk began secretly accumulating Twitter stock. By April, he was its largest shareholder, and, soon after, he made an unsolicited offer to purchase the company for the unimaginable sum of $44 billion. Backed into a corner, Twitter’s board accepted his offer—only for Musk to change his mind, forcing Twitter to sue him. Drawing on unparalleled sources, this is the defining story of our time told in vivid, cinematic detail. 'The definitive account of how the world’s richest man, in a fit of unbridled vanity and arrogance, took over and destroyed our digital town square' John Carreyrou, bestselling author of Bad Blood? ‘Astonishing. Kate Conger and Ryan Mac’s meticulous, comprehensive reporting turns an opaque mess brutally transparent’ Jia Tolentino, bestselling author of Trick Mirror ‘Gripping… Through fly-on-the-wall reporting, Character Limit takes readers inside Elon Musk's tumultuous Twitter takeover and the disruption of a company, an industry, and the online public square. What a wild ride' Bradley Hope, bestselling author of Billion Dollar Whale © Kate Conger, Ryan Mac 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter Author: Ryan Mac, Kate Conger Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 19, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In a world of viral ideas and emotion, who gets to control the narrative, who gets to be heard, and what does power really cost? This is the story of the showdown between Elon Musk and Twitter and how the richest man on earth suddenly came to control one of the most powerful media platforms in the world. In Character Limit, award-winning reporters Kate Conger and Ryan Mac draw on exclusive interviews, unreported documents and internal Twitter recordings to provide a revelatory, three-dimensional, and definitive account of what really happened when Musk showed up to takeover Twitter, spoiling for a brawl and intent on revolution, with his merciless, sycophantic cadre of lawyers, investors, and bankers. In part, this is the story of Twitter's founder, Jack Dorsey, who idealistically dreamed of building a 'digital town square' but detested Wall Street and never built a profitable business, and Musk, one of the site's most influential users with over 70 million followers. To Musk, Twitter—once known for its almost absolute commitment to free speech—had utterly lost its way. Blaming it for the proliferation of what he called the “woke mind virus”, he claimed that the survival of humanity itself depended on the future of the site. In January 2022, Musk began secretly accumulating Twitter stock. By April, he was its largest shareholder, and, soon after, he made an unsolicited offer to purchase the company for the unimaginable sum of $44 billion. Backed into a corner, Twitter’s board accepted his offer—only for Musk to change his mind, forcing Twitter to sue him. Drawing on unparalleled sources, this is the defining story of our time told in vivid, cinematic detail. 'The definitive account of how the world’s richest man, in a fit of unbridled vanity and arrogance, took over and destroyed our digital town square' John Carreyrou, bestselling author of Bad Blood? ‘Astonishing. Kate Conger and Ryan Mac’s meticulous, comprehensive reporting turns an opaque mess brutally transparent’ Jia Tolentino, bestselling author of Trick Mirror ‘Gripping… Through fly-on-the-wall reporting, Character Limit takes readers inside Elon Musk's tumultuous Twitter takeover and the disruption of a company, an industry, and the online public square. What a wild ride' Bradley Hope, bestselling author of Billion Dollar Whale © Kate Conger, Ryan Mac 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733863 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Oussama Le Magnifique: Entrez dans les coulisses de la French tech Author: Mathieu Palain, Léa Lejeune Narrator: Léa Lejeune Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 11, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: « Dans un monde où l'innovation règne en maître, Oussama Ammar et ses co-fondateurs, Alice Zagury et Nicolas Colin, ont révolutionné l'entrepreneuriat français avec leur incubateur iconique, The Family. Mais lorsque les masques tombent, les alliés d'hier se transforment en ennemis jurés . Que cache le mystérieux Oussama Ammar ? Que s'est-il vraiment passé dans les coulisses de The Family ? Dans cette histoire de trahison, d'argent et de quête de pouvoir, une seule vérité demeure : chaque famille a ses secrets. » Publication originale en avril 2023. Mathieu Palain, Léa Lejeune Mon, 11 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733863 thebookvoice.com 2:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Oussama Le Magnifique: Entrez dans les coulisses de la French tech Author: Mathieu Palain, Léa Lejeune Narrator: Léa Lejeune Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 11, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: « Dans un monde où l'innovation règne en maître, Oussama Ammar et ses co-fondateurs, Alice Zagury et Nicolas Colin, ont révolutionné l'entrepreneuriat français avec leur incubateur iconique, The Family. Mais lorsque les masques tombent, les alliés d'hier se transforment en ennemis jurés . Que cache le mystérieux Oussama Ammar ? Que s'est-il vraiment passé dans les coulisses de The Family ? Dans cette histoire de trahison, d'argent et de quête de pouvoir, une seule vérité demeure : chaque famille a ses secrets. » Publication originale en avril 2023. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Oussama Le Magnifique: Entrez dans les coulisses de la French tech Author: Mathieu Palain, Léa Lejeune Narrator: Léa Lejeune Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 11, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: « Dans un monde où l'innovation règne en maître, Oussama Ammar et ses co-fondateurs, Alice Zagury et Nicolas Colin, ont révolutionné l'entrepreneuriat français avec leur incubateur iconique, The Family. Mais lorsque les masques tombent, les alliés d'hier se transforment en ennemis jurés . Que cache le mystérieux Oussama Ammar ? Que s'est-il vraiment passé dans les coulisses de The Family ? Dans cette histoire de trahison, d'argent et de quête de pouvoir, une seule vérité demeure : chaque famille a ses secrets. » Publication originale en avril 2023. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733668 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Freedom: Economics and the Good Society Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A major reappraisal, by the Nobel-prizewinning economist, of the relationship between capitalism and freedom Despite its manifest failures, the narrative of neoliberalism retains its grip on the public mind and the policies of governments all over the world. By this narrative, less regulation and more ‘animal spirits’ capitalism produces not only greater prosperity, but more freedom for individuals in society - and is therefore morally better. But, in The Road to Freedom Stiglitz asks, whose freedom are we – should we be – thinking about? What happens when one person’s freedom comes at the expense of another’s? Should the freedoms of corporations be allowed to impinge upon those of individuals in the ways they now do? Taking on giants of neoliberalism such as Hayek and Friedman and examining how public opinion is formed, Stiglitz reclaims the language of freedom from the right to show that far from ‘free’ – unregulated – markets promoting growth and enterprise, they in fact reduce it, lessening economic opportunities for majorities and siphoning wealth from the many to the few – both individuals and countries. He shows how neoliberal economics and its implied moral system have impacted our legal and social freedoms in surprising ways, from property and intellectual rights, to education and social media. Stiglitz’s eye, as always, is on how we might create the true human flourishing which should be the great aim of our economic and social system, and offers an alternative to that prevailing today. The Road to Freedom offers a powerful re-evaluation of democracy, economics and what constitutes a good society—and provides a roadmap of how we might achieve it. ©2024 Joseph Stiglitz (P)2024 Penguin Audio Joseph E. Stiglitz Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733668 thebookvoice.com 12:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Freedom: Economics and the Good Society Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A major reappraisal, by the Nobel-prizewinning economist, of the relationship between capitalism and freedom Despite its manifest failures, the narrative of neoliberalism retains its grip on the public mind and the policies of governments all over the world. By this narrative, less regulation and more ‘animal spirits’ capitalism produces not only greater prosperity, but more freedom for individuals in society - and is therefore morally better. But, in The Road to Freedom Stiglitz asks, whose freedom are we – should we be – thinking about? What happens when one person’s freedom comes at the expense of another’s? Should the freedoms of corporations be allowed to impinge upon those of individuals in the ways they now do? Taking on giants of neoliberalism such as Hayek and Friedman and examining how public opinion is formed, Stiglitz reclaims the language of freedom from the right to show that far from ‘free’ – unregulated – markets promoting growth and enterprise, they in fact reduce it, lessening economic opportunities for majorities and siphoning wealth from the many to the few – both individuals and countries. He shows how neoliberal economics and its implied moral system have impacted our legal and social freedoms in surprising ways, from property and intellectual rights, to education and social media. Stiglitz’s eye, as always, is on how we might create the true human flourishing which should be the great aim of our economic and social system, and offers an alternative to that prevailing today. The Road to Freedom offers a powerful re-evaluation of democracy, economics and what constitutes a good society—and provides a roadmap of how we might achieve it. ©2024 Joseph Stiglitz (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/733668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Freedom: Economics and the Good Society Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A major reappraisal, by the Nobel-prizewinning economist, of the relationship between capitalism and freedom Despite its manifest failures, the narrative of neoliberalism retains its grip on the public mind and the policies of governments all over the world. By this narrative, less regulation and more ‘animal spirits’ capitalism produces not only greater prosperity, but more freedom for individuals in society - and is therefore morally better. But, in The Road to Freedom Stiglitz asks, whose freedom are we – should we be – thinking about? What happens when one person’s freedom comes at the expense of another’s? Should the freedoms of corporations be allowed to impinge upon those of individuals in the ways they now do? Taking on giants of neoliberalism such as Hayek and Friedman and examining how public opinion is formed, Stiglitz reclaims the language of freedom from the right to show that far from ‘free’ – unregulated – markets promoting growth and enterprise, they in fact reduce it, lessening economic opportunities for majorities and siphoning wealth from the many to the few – both individuals and countries. He shows how neoliberal economics and its implied moral system have impacted our legal and social freedoms in surprising ways, from property and intellectual rights, to education and social media. Stiglitz’s eye, as always, is on how we might create the true human flourishing which should be the great aim of our economic and social system, and offers an alternative to that prevailing today. The Road to Freedom offers a powerful re-evaluation of democracy, economics and what constitutes a good society—and provides a roadmap of how we might achieve it. ©2024 Joseph Stiglitz (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kapitalismus ohne Demokratie: Wie Marktradikale die Welt in Mikronationen, Privatstädte und Steueroasen zerlegen wollen Author: Quinn Slobodian Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 23, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Freiheit und Demokratie, so der Investor Peter Thiel 2009, seien nicht länger kompatibel. Wer die Freiheit liebe, müsse daher versuchen, der Politik in all ihren Formen zu entkommen. Zuflucht suchen könnten Libertäre im Cyberspace, im Weltraum und auf dem offenen Meer. Das mag verblasen klingen, steht aber in einer jahrzehntealten Tradition marktradikaler Ideen: Denker wie Milton Friedman begeisterten sich für das noch unter britischer Oberhoheit stehende Hongkong; Margaret Thatcher träumte von einem Singapur an der Themse. In Globalisten befasste sich Quinn Slobodian mit Versuchen, ökonomische Fragen der demokratischen Willensbildung zu entziehen, etwa durch ihre Übertragung an internationale Organisationen. In Kapitalismus ohne Demokratie geht es nun um eine andere Lösung für das von Thiel beklagte Problem: die Zerschlagung der Welt in Steueroasen, Privatstädte oder Mikronationen. Slobodian nimmt uns mit auf eine faszinierende Reise durch die Welt der neoliberalen Utopien. Sie führt nach Dubai und Liechtenstein, ins vom Bürgerkrieg zerrüttete Somalia und zu Elon Musks texanischem Weltraumbahnhof. Und sie weitet den Blick auf eine mögliche Zukunft, die uns Sorgen machen sollte. Quinn Slobodian Thu, 23 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732304 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kapitalismus ohne Demokratie: Wie Marktradikale die Welt in Mikronationen, Privatstädte und Steueroasen zerlegen wollen Author: Quinn Slobodian Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 23, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Freiheit und Demokratie, so der Investor Peter Thiel 2009, seien nicht länger kompatibel. Wer die Freiheit liebe, müsse daher versuchen, der Politik in all ihren Formen zu entkommen. Zuflucht suchen könnten Libertäre im Cyberspace, im Weltraum und auf dem offenen Meer. Das mag verblasen klingen, steht aber in einer jahrzehntealten Tradition marktradikaler Ideen: Denker wie Milton Friedman begeisterten sich für das noch unter britischer Oberhoheit stehende Hongkong; Margaret Thatcher träumte von einem Singapur an der Themse. In Globalisten befasste sich Quinn Slobodian mit Versuchen, ökonomische Fragen der demokratischen Willensbildung zu entziehen, etwa durch ihre Übertragung an internationale Organisationen. In Kapitalismus ohne Demokratie geht es nun um eine andere Lösung für das von Thiel beklagte Problem: die Zerschlagung der Welt in Steueroasen, Privatstädte oder Mikronationen. Slobodian nimmt uns mit auf eine faszinierende Reise durch die Welt der neoliberalen Utopien. Sie führt nach Dubai und Liechtenstein, ins vom Bürgerkrieg zerrüttete Somalia und zu Elon Musks texanischem Weltraumbahnhof. Und sie weitet den Blick auf eine mögliche Zukunft, die uns Sorgen machen sollte. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kapitalismus ohne Demokratie: Wie Marktradikale die Welt in Mikronationen, Privatstädte und Steueroasen zerlegen wollen Author: Quinn Slobodian Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 23, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Freiheit und Demokratie, so der Investor Peter Thiel 2009, seien nicht länger kompatibel. Wer die Freiheit liebe, müsse daher versuchen, der Politik in all ihren Formen zu entkommen. Zuflucht suchen könnten Libertäre im Cyberspace, im Weltraum und auf dem offenen Meer. Das mag verblasen klingen, steht aber in einer jahrzehntealten Tradition marktradikaler Ideen: Denker wie Milton Friedman begeisterten sich für das noch unter britischer Oberhoheit stehende Hongkong; Margaret Thatcher träumte von einem Singapur an der Themse. In Globalisten befasste sich Quinn Slobodian mit Versuchen, ökonomische Fragen der demokratischen Willensbildung zu entziehen, etwa durch ihre Übertragung an internationale Organisationen. In Kapitalismus ohne Demokratie geht es nun um eine andere Lösung für das von Thiel beklagte Problem: die Zerschlagung der Welt in Steueroasen, Privatstädte oder Mikronationen. Slobodian nimmt uns mit auf eine faszinierende Reise durch die Welt der neoliberalen Utopien. Sie führt nach Dubai und Liechtenstein, ins vom Bürgerkrieg zerrüttete Somalia und zu Elon Musks texanischem Weltraumbahnhof. Und sie weitet den Blick auf eine mögliche Zukunft, die uns Sorgen machen sollte. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732111 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Verkaufsevolution - Die Macht der Emotionalität im digitalen Zeitalter (ungekürzt) Author: Dirk Stöcker Narrator: Michael Hassinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Der Standard-Verkäufer ist heute zum Scheitern verurteilt und die Digitalisierung sorgt für weitere Herausforderungen. Wie kannst du eine Vertrauensbasis zu deinen Kunden herstellen und ihr Bedürfnis herausfinden? In diesem Buch erwarten dich wertvolle Gesprächsstrukturen, die Anwendung von Verkaufspsychologie und weitere Tipps. Dirk Stöcker Sun, 17 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732111 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Verkaufsevolution - Die Macht der Emotionalität im digitalen Zeitalter (ungekürzt) Author: Dirk Stöcker Narrator: Michael Hassinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Der Standard-Verkäufer ist heute zum Scheitern verurteilt und die Digitalisierung sorgt für weitere Herausforderungen. Wie kannst du eine Vertrauensbasis zu deinen Kunden herstellen und ihr Bedürfnis herausfinden? In diesem Buch erwarten dich wertvolle Gesprächsstrukturen, die Anwendung von Verkaufspsychologie und weitere Tipps. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Verkaufsevolution - Die Macht der Emotionalität im digitalen Zeitalter (ungekürzt) Author: Dirk Stöcker Narrator: Michael Hassinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Der Standard-Verkäufer ist heute zum Scheitern verurteilt und die Digitalisierung sorgt für weitere Herausforderungen. Wie kannst du eine Vertrauensbasis zu deinen Kunden herstellen und ihr Bedürfnis herausfinden? In diesem Buch erwarten dich wertvolle Gesprächsstrukturen, die Anwendung von Verkaufspsychologie und weitere Tipps. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732068 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Deal – Negotiate better. Find hidden value. Enrich relationships Author: Andrew Gummer, Richard Hoare Narrator: Richard Hoare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: **Winner, Business Book Awards - Short Business Book 2023** We negotiate constantly. In work, and in life. As we try to secure the best deal for ourselves or our clients, it can feel like a tug of war – without the fun. Yet what if the process was more collaborative, and led to a successful long-term partnership? In Do Deal, music lawyers Richard Hoare and Andrew Gummer share their refreshing approach to negotiation. Not only has it led to major record deals and enduring creative relationships, but also a reputation for getting the deal done without leaving both parties bruised and battered. Now, they will help you to: - Identify your natural negotiating style - Develop strategies to deal with difficult situations (and people) - Build trust and negotiate more collaboratively - Think creatively to enrich deal terms With case studies from Glastonbury Festival and films such as True Grit, this is an essential read before any negotiation. Very soon you'll be approaching the bargaining table with new skills and greater confidence, regardless of the cards you're holding. Deal? ©2024 Richard Hoare (P)2024 Do Books Audio Andrew Gummer, Richard Hoare Thu, 15 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732068 thebookvoice.com 2:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Deal – Negotiate better. Find hidden value. Enrich relationships Author: Andrew Gummer, Richard Hoare Narrator: Richard Hoare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: **Winner, Business Book Awards - Short Business Book 2023** We negotiate constantly. In work, and in life. As we try to secure the best deal for ourselves or our clients, it can feel like a tug of war – without the fun. Yet what if the process was more collaborative, and led to a successful long-term partnership? In Do Deal, music lawyers Richard Hoare and Andrew Gummer share their refreshing approach to negotiation. Not only has it led to major record deals and enduring creative relationships, but also a reputation for getting the deal done without leaving both parties bruised and battered. Now, they will help you to: - Identify your natural negotiating style - Develop strategies to deal with difficult situations (and people) - Build trust and negotiate more collaboratively - Think creatively to enrich deal terms With case studies from Glastonbury Festival and films such as True Grit, this is an essential read before any negotiation. Very soon you'll be approaching the bargaining table with new skills and greater confidence, regardless of the cards you're holding. Deal? ©2024 Richard Hoare (P)2024 Do Books Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/732068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Deal – Negotiate better. Find hidden value. Enrich relationships Author: Andrew Gummer, Richard Hoare Narrator: Richard Hoare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: **Winner, Business Book Awards - Short Business Book 2023** We negotiate constantly. In work, and in life. As we try to secure the best deal for ourselves or our clients, it can feel like a tug of war – without the fun. Yet what if the process was more collaborative, and led to a successful long-term partnership? In Do Deal, music lawyers Richard Hoare and Andrew Gummer share their refreshing approach to negotiation. Not only has it led to major record deals and enduring creative relationships, but also a reputation for getting the deal done without leaving both parties bruised and battered. Now, they will help you to: - Identify your natural negotiating style - Develop strategies to deal with difficult situations (and people) - Build trust and negotiate more collaboratively - Think creatively to enrich deal terms With case studies from Glastonbury Festival and films such as True Grit, this is an essential read before any negotiation. Very soon you'll be approaching the bargaining table with new skills and greater confidence, regardless of the cards you're holding. Deal? ©2024 Richard Hoare (P)2024 Do Books Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Box at a Time Author: Sarah Williams Narrator: Sarah Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have a successful line of product that you know people want to try but who may not be ready to commit or might be overwhelmed by the selection? Do you have an idea for a curated experience that you could provide to subscribers monthly but you don't know where to start? Step-by-step, Sarah Williams, the Subscription Box Queen and host of the Launch Your Box podcast, shares the tactical knowledge, challenges, and successes she faced in launching her own successful business from the ground up, as well as the best practices for: Finding and connecting with your audience Curating the perfect box Buying, sourcing, manufacturing, and working with brands Making a profitable business after the initial launch With Sarah as your guide, you'll be shipping your boxes in no time!This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Sarah Williams Tue, 14 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731976 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Box at a Time Author: Sarah Williams Narrator: Sarah Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have a successful line of product that you know people want to try but who may not be ready to commit or might be overwhelmed by the selection? Do you have an idea for a curated experience that you could provide to subscribers monthly but you don't know where to start? Step-by-step, Sarah Williams, the Subscription Box Queen and host of the Launch Your Box podcast, shares the tactical knowledge, challenges, and successes she faced in launching her own successful business from the ground up, as well as the best practices for: Finding and connecting with your audience Curating the perfect box Buying, sourcing, manufacturing, and working with brands Making a profitable business after the initial launch With Sarah as your guide, you'll be shipping your boxes in no time!This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Box at a Time Author: Sarah Williams Narrator: Sarah Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have a successful line of product that you know people want to try but who may not be ready to commit or might be overwhelmed by the selection? Do you have an idea for a curated experience that you could provide to subscribers monthly but you don't know where to start? Step-by-step, Sarah Williams, the Subscription Box Queen and host of the Launch Your Box podcast, shares the tactical knowledge, challenges, and successes she faced in launching her own successful business from the ground up, as well as the best practices for: Finding and connecting with your audience Curating the perfect box Buying, sourcing, manufacturing, and working with brands Making a profitable business after the initial launch With Sarah as your guide, you'll be shipping your boxes in no time!This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731591 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unreasonable Hospitality: The Remarkable Power of Giving People More Than They Expect Author: Will Guidara Narrator: Will Guidara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Essential lessons in hospitality for every business, from the former co-owner of legendary restaurant Eleven Madison Park. Will Guidara was twenty-six when he took the helm of Eleven Madison Park, a struggling two-star brasserie that had never quite lived up to its majestic room. Eleven years later, EMP was named the best restaurant in the world. How did Guidara pull off this unprecedented transformation? Radical reinvention, a true partnership between the kitchen and the dining room—and memorable, over-the-top, bespoke hospitality. Guidara’s team surprised a family who had never seen snow with a magical sledding trip to Central Park after their dinner; they filled a private dining room with sand, complete with mai-tais and beach chairs, to console a couple with a cancelled vacation. And his hospitality extended beyond those dining at the restaurant to his own team, who learned to deliver praise and criticism with intention; why the answer to some of the most pernicious business dilemmas is to give more—not less; and the magic that can happen when a busser starts thinking like an owner. Today, every business can choose to be a hospitality business—and we can all transform ordinary transactions into extraordinary experiences. Featuring sparkling stories of his journey through restaurants, with the industry’s most famous players like Daniel Boulud and Danny Meyer, Guidara urges us all to find the magic in what we do—for ourselves, the people we work with, and the people we serve. ©2024 Will Guidara (P)2024 Penguin Audio Will Guidara Thu, 08 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731591 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unreasonable Hospitality: The Remarkable Power of Giving People More Than They Expect Author: Will Guidara Narrator: Will Guidara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Essential lessons in hospitality for every business, from the former co-owner of legendary restaurant Eleven Madison Park. Will Guidara was twenty-six when he took the helm of Eleven Madison Park, a struggling two-star brasserie that had never quite lived up to its majestic room. Eleven years later, EMP was named the best restaurant in the world. How did Guidara pull off this unprecedented transformation? Radical reinvention, a true partnership between the kitchen and the dining room—and memorable, over-the-top, bespoke hospitality. Guidara’s team surprised a family who had never seen snow with a magical sledding trip to Central Park after their dinner; they filled a private dining room with sand, complete with mai-tais and beach chairs, to console a couple with a cancelled vacation. And his hospitality extended beyond those dining at the restaurant to his own team, who learned to deliver praise and criticism with intention; why the answer to some of the most pernicious business dilemmas is to give more—not less; and the magic that can happen when a busser starts thinking like an owner. Today, every business can choose to be a hospitality business—and we can all transform ordinary transactions into extraordinary experiences. Featuring sparkling stories of his journey through restaurants, with the industry’s most famous players like Daniel Boulud and Danny Meyer, Guidara urges us all to find the magic in what we do—for ourselves, the people we work with, and the people we serve. ©2024 Will Guidara (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unreasonable Hospitality: The Remarkable Power of Giving People More Than They Expect Author: Will Guidara Narrator: Will Guidara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Essential lessons in hospitality for every business, from the former co-owner of legendary restaurant Eleven Madison Park. Will Guidara was twenty-six when he took the helm of Eleven Madison Park, a struggling two-star brasserie that had never quite lived up to its majestic room. Eleven years later, EMP was named the best restaurant in the world. How did Guidara pull off this unprecedented transformation? Radical reinvention, a true partnership between the kitchen and the dining room—and memorable, over-the-top, bespoke hospitality. Guidara’s team surprised a family who had never seen snow with a magical sledding trip to Central Park after their dinner; they filled a private dining room with sand, complete with mai-tais and beach chairs, to console a couple with a cancelled vacation. And his hospitality extended beyond those dining at the restaurant to his own team, who learned to deliver praise and criticism with intention; why the answer to some of the most pernicious business dilemmas is to give more—not less; and the magic that can happen when a busser starts thinking like an owner. Today, every business can choose to be a hospitality business—and we can all transform ordinary transactions into extraordinary experiences. Featuring sparkling stories of his journey through restaurants, with the industry’s most famous players like Daniel Boulud and Danny Meyer, Guidara urges us all to find the magic in what we do—for ourselves, the people we work with, and the people we serve. ©2024 Will Guidara (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Model Black: How Black British Leaders Succeed in Organisations and Why It Matters Author: Barbara Banda Narrator: Patricia Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book is for anyone who wants to understand what being more inclusive at work means, especially as it relates to black leaders. Based on candid interviews with thirty successful black leaders, it peels away the multifaceted layers of black British leaders in organizations to offer a new way of thinking about the black British experience. This book provides the insights and ideas required to have positive conversations about race at work and to create work environments where black leaders can thrive. This book offers new ways of thinking about black people at work that help to further inclusion. It shines a light on the daily reality of being a black leader in the workplace, providing an alternative entry point for conversations around inclusion and explores what individuals and organizations can do to increase inclusion in the workplace. Through firsthand stories this book explores the challenges, compromises, struggles, and successes that black people encounter, and the range of strategies they employ to achieve success as they navigate the 'white' workplace. It is essential for business leaders in the private, public, and third sector, human resources professionals, students, anyone teaching or mentoring black students or leaders, and everyone interested in understanding race and furthering inclusion in the workplace. Barbara Banda Tue, 05 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730490 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Model Black: How Black British Leaders Succeed in Organisations and Why It Matters Author: Barbara Banda Narrator: Patricia Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book is for anyone who wants to understand what being more inclusive at work means, especially as it relates to black leaders. Based on candid interviews with thirty successful black leaders, it peels away the multifaceted layers of black British leaders in organizations to offer a new way of thinking about the black British experience. This book provides the insights and ideas required to have positive conversations about race at work and to create work environments where black leaders can thrive. This book offers new ways of thinking about black people at work that help to further inclusion. It shines a light on the daily reality of being a black leader in the workplace, providing an alternative entry point for conversations around inclusion and explores what individuals and organizations can do to increase inclusion in the workplace. Through firsthand stories this book explores the challenges, compromises, struggles, and successes that black people encounter, and the range of strategies they employ to achieve success as they navigate the 'white' workplace. It is essential for business leaders in the private, public, and third sector, human resources professionals, students, anyone teaching or mentoring black students or leaders, and everyone interested in understanding race and furthering inclusion in the workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Model Black: How Black British Leaders Succeed in Organisations and Why It Matters Author: Barbara Banda Narrator: Patricia Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book is for anyone who wants to understand what being more inclusive at work means, especially as it relates to black leaders. Based on candid interviews with thirty successful black leaders, it peels away the multifaceted layers of black British leaders in organizations to offer a new way of thinking about the black British experience. This book provides the insights and ideas required to have positive conversations about race at work and to create work environments where black leaders can thrive. This book offers new ways of thinking about black people at work that help to further inclusion. It shines a light on the daily reality of being a black leader in the workplace, providing an alternative entry point for conversations around inclusion and explores what individuals and organizations can do to increase inclusion in the workplace. Through firsthand stories this book explores the challenges, compromises, struggles, and successes that black people encounter, and the range of strategies they employ to achieve success as they navigate the 'white' workplace. It is essential for business leaders in the private, public, and third sector, human resources professionals, students, anyone teaching or mentoring black students or leaders, and everyone interested in understanding race and furthering inclusion in the workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruin Their Crops on the Ground: The Politics of Food in the United States, from the Trail of Tears to School Lunch Author: Andrea Freeman Narrator: Heni Zoutomou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 16, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first and definitive history of the use of food in United States law and politics as a weapon of conquest and control, a Fast Food Nation for the Black Lives Matter era In 1779, to subjugate Indigenous nations, George Washington ordered his troops to “ruin their crops now in the ground and prevent their planting more.” Destroying harvests is just one way that the United States has used food as a political tool. Trying to prevent enslaved people from rising up, enslavers restricted their consumption, providing only enough to fuel labor. Since the Great Depression, school lunches have served as dumping grounds for unwanted agricultural surpluses. From frybread to government cheese, Ruin Their Crops on the Ground draws on over fifteen years of research to argue that U.S. food law and policy have created and maintained racial and social inequality. In an epic, sweeping account, Andrea Freeman, who pioneered the term “food oppression,” moves from colonization to slavery to the Americanization of immigrant food culture, to the commodities supplied to Native reservations, to milk as a symbol of white supremacy. She traces the long-standing alliance between the government and food industries that have produced gaping racial health disparities, and she shows how these practices continue to this day, through the marketing of unhealthy goods that target marginalized communities, causing diabetes, high blood pressure, and premature death. Ruin Their Crops on the Ground is a groundbreaking addition to the history and politics of food. It will permanently upend the notion that we freely and equally choose what we put on our plates. Andrea Freeman Tue, 16 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729846 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruin Their Crops on the Ground: The Politics of Food in the United States, from the Trail of Tears to School Lunch Author: Andrea Freeman Narrator: Heni Zoutomou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 16, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first and definitive history of the use of food in United States law and politics as a weapon of conquest and control, a Fast Food Nation for the Black Lives Matter era In 1779, to subjugate Indigenous nations, George Washington ordered his troops to “ruin their crops now in the ground and prevent their planting more.” Destroying harvests is just one way that the United States has used food as a political tool. Trying to prevent enslaved people from rising up, enslavers restricted their consumption, providing only enough to fuel labor. Since the Great Depression, school lunches have served as dumping grounds for unwanted agricultural surpluses. From frybread to government cheese, Ruin Their Crops on the Ground draws on over fifteen years of research to argue that U.S. food law and policy have created and maintained racial and social inequality. In an epic, sweeping account, Andrea Freeman, who pioneered the term “food oppression,” moves from colonization to slavery to the Americanization of immigrant food culture, to the commodities supplied to Native reservations, to milk as a symbol of white supremacy. She traces the long-standing alliance between the government and food industries that have produced gaping racial health disparities, and she shows how these practices continue to this day, through the marketing of unhealthy goods that target marginalized communities, causing diabetes, high blood pressure, and premature death. Ruin Their Crops on the Ground is a groundbreaking addition to the history and politics of food. It will permanently upend the notion that we freely and equally choose what we put on our plates. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruin Their Crops on the Ground: The Politics of Food in the United States, from the Trail of Tears to School Lunch Author: Andrea Freeman Narrator: Heni Zoutomou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 16, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first and definitive history of the use of food in United States law and politics as a weapon of conquest and control, a Fast Food Nation for the Black Lives Matter era In 1779, to subjugate Indigenous nations, George Washington ordered his troops to “ruin their crops now in the ground and prevent their planting more.” Destroying harvests is just one way that the United States has used food as a political tool. Trying to prevent enslaved people from rising up, enslavers restricted their consumption, providing only enough to fuel labor. Since the Great Depression, school lunches have served as dumping grounds for unwanted agricultural surpluses. From frybread to government cheese, Ruin Their Crops on the Ground draws on over fifteen years of research to argue that U.S. food law and policy have created and maintained racial and social inequality. In an epic, sweeping account, Andrea Freeman, who pioneered the term “food oppression,” moves from colonization to slavery to the Americanization of immigrant food culture, to the commodities supplied to Native reservations, to milk as a symbol of white supremacy. She traces the long-standing alliance between the government and food industries that have produced gaping racial health disparities, and she shows how these practices continue to this day, through the marketing of unhealthy goods that target marginalized communities, causing diabetes, high blood pressure, and premature death. Ruin Their Crops on the Ground is a groundbreaking addition to the history and politics of food. It will permanently upend the notion that we freely and equally choose what we put on our plates. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - SELBSTSTÄNDIG MACHEN: Die goldenen Regeln zur Existenzgründung, Unternehmensführung und Selbstständigkeit - In einfachen Schritten zum erfolgreichen Startup und Unternehmer Author: Emil Schuster Narrator: Sascha Haude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Sie möchten sich auf die Selbstständigkeit vorbereiten? Wollen Sie maximale Gewinne aus Ihrer Geschäftsidee herausholen? Möchten Sie alle Risiken minimieren und sicher in Ihre berufliche Zukunft investieren? Dann nutzen Sie jetzt Ihre Chance und lesen Sie dieses Buch! Mit nur wenigen Tipps vom Experten steigern Sie die Effizienz Ihrer Ideen, sichern sich und Ihr Investment ab und werden durch richtigen Kundenumgang, sowie exzellentes Marketing und mehr langfristig erfolgreich selbstständig! ·Entwicklung und Optimierung einer Geschäftsidee ·Persönliche und fachliche Stärken trainieren – Geschäftssinn entwickeln ·Businessplanerstellung, Vertriebskonzept und Rechtliches ·Online Marketing und Werbung für größere Reichweite ·Finanzierungs- Versicherungs- und Steuertipps für Selbstständige ·Langfristige Kundenbindung, stetig neue Kunden gewinnen ·Höhere Ziele setzen – Anfangsidee vervielfältigen und ausbauen Landen Sie mit der Selbstständigkeit jetzt den Volltreffer für Ihre Wünsche und verwirklichen Sie sich selbst in Ihrem eigenen Unternehmen! Emil Schuster Wed, 15 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729555 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - SELBSTSTÄNDIG MACHEN: Die goldenen Regeln zur Existenzgründung, Unternehmensführung und Selbstständigkeit - In einfachen Schritten zum erfolgreichen Startup und Unternehmer Author: Emil Schuster Narrator: Sascha Haude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Sie möchten sich auf die Selbstständigkeit vorbereiten? Wollen Sie maximale Gewinne aus Ihrer Geschäftsidee herausholen? Möchten Sie alle Risiken minimieren und sicher in Ihre berufliche Zukunft investieren? Dann nutzen Sie jetzt Ihre Chance und lesen Sie dieses Buch! Mit nur wenigen Tipps vom Experten steigern Sie die Effizienz Ihrer Ideen, sichern sich und Ihr Investment ab und werden durch richtigen Kundenumgang, sowie exzellentes Marketing und mehr langfristig erfolgreich selbstständig! ·Entwicklung und Optimierung einer Geschäftsidee ·Persönliche und fachliche Stärken trainieren – Geschäftssinn entwickeln ·Businessplanerstellung, Vertriebskonzept und Rechtliches ·Online Marketing und Werbung für größere Reichweite ·Finanzierungs- Versicherungs- und Steuertipps für Selbstständige ·Langfristige Kundenbindung, stetig neue Kunden gewinnen ·Höhere Ziele setzen – Anfangsidee vervielfältigen und ausbauen Landen Sie mit der Selbstständigkeit jetzt den Volltreffer für Ihre Wünsche und verwirklichen Sie sich selbst in Ihrem eigenen Unternehmen! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - SELBSTSTÄNDIG MACHEN: Die goldenen Regeln zur Existenzgründung, Unternehmensführung und Selbstständigkeit - In einfachen Schritten zum erfolgreichen Startup und Unternehmer Author: Emil Schuster Narrator: Sascha Haude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Sie möchten sich auf die Selbstständigkeit vorbereiten? Wollen Sie maximale Gewinne aus Ihrer Geschäftsidee herausholen? Möchten Sie alle Risiken minimieren und sicher in Ihre berufliche Zukunft investieren? Dann nutzen Sie jetzt Ihre Chance und lesen Sie dieses Buch! Mit nur wenigen Tipps vom Experten steigern Sie die Effizienz Ihrer Ideen, sichern sich und Ihr Investment ab und werden durch richtigen Kundenumgang, sowie exzellentes Marketing und mehr langfristig erfolgreich selbstständig! ·Entwicklung und Optimierung einer Geschäftsidee ·Persönliche und fachliche Stärken trainieren – Geschäftssinn entwickeln ·Businessplanerstellung, Vertriebskonzept und Rechtliches ·Online Marketing und Werbung für größere Reichweite ·Finanzierungs- Versicherungs- und Steuertipps für Selbstständige ·Langfristige Kundenbindung, stetig neue Kunden gewinnen ·Höhere Ziele setzen – Anfangsidee vervielfältigen und ausbauen Landen Sie mit der Selbstständigkeit jetzt den Volltreffer für Ihre Wünsche und verwirklichen Sie sich selbst in Ihrem eigenen Unternehmen! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728514 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy in 3D: Essential Tools to Diagnose, Decide, and Deliver Author: Rene M. Bakker, John E. Wisneski, Greg Fisher Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Strategy decision making and action used to be off limits to all but the select few at the very top of an organization. It was a largely cerebral activity focused on grand long-terms plans made at annual off-site retreats away from the daily challenges of the business. That is no longer the case. The current business environment does not wait for companies to slowly adjust in an annual meeting. The relentless pace of change renders today's long-term future tomorrow's history. Does this mean strategy is no longer useful, or even feasible? No. Good strategists are needed now more than ever. But today's high-performing organizations think of strategy differently than in the past. These companies make strategy part of every manager's role; they strategize continuously and tackle strategic problems through individuals from all parts of the organization. Strategy in this new, fast-paced world is about diagnosing the diverse array of complex challenges confronting organizations, deciding on novel solutions to address those challenges, and delivering by taking action on those solutions. Including a novel organizational framework and application examples, Strategy in 3D helps build these foundational skills and prepares the listener for success as a strategist in the twenty-first century. Rene M. Bakker, John E. Wisneski, Greg Fisher Tue, 23 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728514 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy in 3D: Essential Tools to Diagnose, Decide, and Deliver Author: Rene M. Bakker, John E. Wisneski, Greg Fisher Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Strategy decision making and action used to be off limits to all but the select few at the very top of an organization. It was a largely cerebral activity focused on grand long-terms plans made at annual off-site retreats away from the daily challenges of the business. That is no longer the case. The current business environment does not wait for companies to slowly adjust in an annual meeting. The relentless pace of change renders today's long-term future tomorrow's history. Does this mean strategy is no longer useful, or even feasible? No. Good strategists are needed now more than ever. But today's high-performing organizations think of strategy differently than in the past. These companies make strategy part of every manager's role; they strategize continuously and tackle strategic problems through individuals from all parts of the organization. Strategy in this new, fast-paced world is about diagnosing the diverse array of complex challenges confronting organizations, deciding on novel solutions to address those challenges, and delivering by taking action on those solutions. Including a novel organizational framework and application examples, Strategy in 3D helps build these foundational skills and prepares the listener for success as a strategist in the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy in 3D: Essential Tools to Diagnose, Decide, and Deliver Author: Rene M. Bakker, John E. Wisneski, Greg Fisher Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Strategy decision making and action used to be off limits to all but the select few at the very top of an organization. It was a largely cerebral activity focused on grand long-terms plans made at annual off-site retreats away from the daily challenges of the business. That is no longer the case. The current business environment does not wait for companies to slowly adjust in an annual meeting. The relentless pace of change renders today's long-term future tomorrow's history. Does this mean strategy is no longer useful, or even feasible? No. Good strategists are needed now more than ever. But today's high-performing organizations think of strategy differently than in the past. These companies make strategy part of every manager's role; they strategize continuously and tackle strategic problems through individuals from all parts of the organization. Strategy in this new, fast-paced world is about diagnosing the diverse array of complex challenges confronting organizations, deciding on novel solutions to address those challenges, and delivering by taking action on those solutions. Including a novel organizational framework and application examples, Strategy in 3D helps build these foundational skills and prepares the listener for success as a strategist in the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Honorable Business: A Framework for Business in a Just and Humane Society Author: James R. Otteson Narrator: Brandon Pollock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business has a bad name for many people. It is easy to point to unethical and damaging behavior by companies. And it may seem straightforward to blame either individuals or, more generally, ruthless markets and amoral commercial society. In Honorable Business, James R. Otteson argues that business activity can be valuable in itself. Done correctly, honorable business can enable flourishing for individuals and prosperity for society. Otteson connects honorable business with the political, economic, and cultural institutions that contribute to a just and humane society. He builds on Aristotle's conception of human beings as purposive creatures who are capable of constructing a plan for their lives that gives them a chance of achieving the highest good for humanity, focusing on autonomy and accountability, as well as good moral judgment. This good judgment can enable us to answer the why of what we do, not just the how. Otteson offers a pragmatic Code of Business Ethics, linked to a specific conception of professionalism, and defends this Code on the basis of a moral mandate to use one's limited resources of time, talent, and treasure to provide value for oneself only by simultaneously providing value to others. The result is well-articulated parameters within which business can be an acceptable—perhaps even praiseworthy—activity. James R. Otteson Tue, 30 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728461 thebookvoice.com 10:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Honorable Business: A Framework for Business in a Just and Humane Society Author: James R. Otteson Narrator: Brandon Pollock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business has a bad name for many people. It is easy to point to unethical and damaging behavior by companies. And it may seem straightforward to blame either individuals or, more generally, ruthless markets and amoral commercial society. In Honorable Business, James R. Otteson argues that business activity can be valuable in itself. Done correctly, honorable business can enable flourishing for individuals and prosperity for society. Otteson connects honorable business with the political, economic, and cultural institutions that contribute to a just and humane society. He builds on Aristotle's conception of human beings as purposive creatures who are capable of constructing a plan for their lives that gives them a chance of achieving the highest good for humanity, focusing on autonomy and accountability, as well as good moral judgment. This good judgment can enable us to answer the why of what we do, not just the how. Otteson offers a pragmatic Code of Business Ethics, linked to a specific conception of professionalism, and defends this Code on the basis of a moral mandate to use one's limited resources of time, talent, and treasure to provide value for oneself only by simultaneously providing value to others. The result is well-articulated parameters within which business can be an acceptable—perhaps even praiseworthy—activity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Honorable Business: A Framework for Business in a Just and Humane Society Author: James R. Otteson Narrator: Brandon Pollock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business has a bad name for many people. It is easy to point to unethical and damaging behavior by companies. And it may seem straightforward to blame either individuals or, more generally, ruthless markets and amoral commercial society. In Honorable Business, James R. Otteson argues that business activity can be valuable in itself. Done correctly, honorable business can enable flourishing for individuals and prosperity for society. Otteson connects honorable business with the political, economic, and cultural institutions that contribute to a just and humane society. He builds on Aristotle's conception of human beings as purposive creatures who are capable of constructing a plan for their lives that gives them a chance of achieving the highest good for humanity, focusing on autonomy and accountability, as well as good moral judgment. This good judgment can enable us to answer the why of what we do, not just the how. Otteson offers a pragmatic Code of Business Ethics, linked to a specific conception of professionalism, and defends this Code on the basis of a moral mandate to use one's limited resources of time, talent, and treasure to provide value for oneself only by simultaneously providing value to others. The result is well-articulated parameters within which business can be an acceptable—perhaps even praiseworthy—activity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Position Wow: Durch Positionierung erfüllt und erfolgreich Ihre Arztpraxis weiterentwickeln Author: Vanessa Kohnert Narrator: Andreas Clausen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 11, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Wie können Praxisinhaber den wachsenden Anforderungen im Gesundheitsmarkt begegnen? Mit welcher Strategie wird der Beruf des niedergelassenen Arztes wieder als erfüllt wahrgenommen und wie erreicht der Praxisinhaber seine Wunschpatienten? Vanessa Kohnert, langjährige Beraterin im Gesundheitsbereich, erklärt, wie und weshalb es sich für Praxisinhaber lohnt, sich mit der eigenen Positionierung auseinander zu setzen. Und wie jeder mit nur 25 einfachen Übungen seine ganz individuelle Position finden kann. Das von der Autorin entwickelte Modell 'Architektur der Wirkung' stellt vereinfacht dar, wie Praxen sich von ihren Wettbewerbern wirkungsvoll differenzieren können. Mit hoher Sachkenntnis hinsichtlich der Branchenherausforderungen lüftet sie die Geheimnisse eines funktionierenden Praxismarketings. Das Buch beinhaltet auch einen Exkurs zum Thema Social Media. Inkl. Workbook mit 25 Übungen. Vanessa Kohnert Sat, 11 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728150 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Position Wow: Durch Positionierung erfüllt und erfolgreich Ihre Arztpraxis weiterentwickeln Author: Vanessa Kohnert Narrator: Andreas Clausen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 11, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Wie können Praxisinhaber den wachsenden Anforderungen im Gesundheitsmarkt begegnen? Mit welcher Strategie wird der Beruf des niedergelassenen Arztes wieder als erfüllt wahrgenommen und wie erreicht der Praxisinhaber seine Wunschpatienten? Vanessa Kohnert, langjährige Beraterin im Gesundheitsbereich, erklärt, wie und weshalb es sich für Praxisinhaber lohnt, sich mit der eigenen Positionierung auseinander zu setzen. Und wie jeder mit nur 25 einfachen Übungen seine ganz individuelle Position finden kann. Das von der Autorin entwickelte Modell 'Architektur der Wirkung' stellt vereinfacht dar, wie Praxen sich von ihren Wettbewerbern wirkungsvoll differenzieren können. Mit hoher Sachkenntnis hinsichtlich der Branchenherausforderungen lüftet sie die Geheimnisse eines funktionierenden Praxismarketings. Das Buch beinhaltet auch einen Exkurs zum Thema Social Media. Inkl. Workbook mit 25 Übungen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Position Wow: Durch Positionierung erfüllt und erfolgreich Ihre Arztpraxis weiterentwickeln Author: Vanessa Kohnert Narrator: Andreas Clausen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: November 11, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Wie können Praxisinhaber den wachsenden Anforderungen im Gesundheitsmarkt begegnen? Mit welcher Strategie wird der Beruf des niedergelassenen Arztes wieder als erfüllt wahrgenommen und wie erreicht der Praxisinhaber seine Wunschpatienten? Vanessa Kohnert, langjährige Beraterin im Gesundheitsbereich, erklärt, wie und weshalb es sich für Praxisinhaber lohnt, sich mit der eigenen Positionierung auseinander zu setzen. Und wie jeder mit nur 25 einfachen Übungen seine ganz individuelle Position finden kann. Das von der Autorin entwickelte Modell 'Architektur der Wirkung' stellt vereinfacht dar, wie Praxen sich von ihren Wettbewerbern wirkungsvoll differenzieren können. Mit hoher Sachkenntnis hinsichtlich der Branchenherausforderungen lüftet sie die Geheimnisse eines funktionierenden Praxismarketings. Das Buch beinhaltet auch einen Exkurs zum Thema Social Media. Inkl. Workbook mit 25 Übungen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 8 Laws of Customer-Focused Leadership: New Rules for Building A Business Around Today’s Customer Author: Blake Morgan Narrator: Blake Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. A leadership playbook for making customer experience a core aspect of your business. In a rapidly changing world filled with uncertainties, one thing remains crystal clear: customers are increasingly fickle and no longer care about loyalty to any particular company. In addition, many well-intentioned companies are falling short of customer expectations, despite every organization’s potential for excellence. The truth is customer experience is not what it used to be. New technologies, values, generational expectations, economic instability, - and the rapid pace of change all must be considered as you forge ahead. How do you put the customer first in the face of all these emerging trends? Using cutting-edge research and interviewing top leaders across industries, customer experience futurist Blake Morgan has pulled together eight new laws that the best companies follow in terms of building and maintaining a focus on the customer. Customer experience is a decision leaders must make every day, and this book shows you how: - C.reate a customer experience mindset. - eX.ceed longterm profit expectations by focusing on both short term and long term profits. - L.ay out your customer experience strategy creation and stick to it. - E.mbark on your 90 day get started plan. - A.nticipate the future by being a customer experience futurist. - D.on’t forget that employees are customers too. - E.valuate success and measure what can be measured. - R.eaffirm the priority - keep CX front and center.   Learn the laws, see how the best companies apply them, and build them into your organization to become a transformational customer experience leader! Graphics, charts, and exercises from the printed text can be found in the audiobook companion PDF download. Blake Morgan Tue, 02 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727408 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 8 Laws of Customer-Focused Leadership: New Rules for Building A Business Around Today’s Customer Author: Blake Morgan Narrator: Blake Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. A leadership playbook for making customer experience a core aspect of your business. In a rapidly changing world filled with uncertainties, one thing remains crystal clear: customers are increasingly fickle and no longer care about loyalty to any particular company. In addition, many well-intentioned companies are falling short of customer expectations, despite every organization’s potential for excellence. The truth is customer experience is not what it used to be. New technologies, values, generational expectations, economic instability, - and the rapid pace of change all must be considered as you forge ahead. How do you put the customer first in the face of all these emerging trends? Using cutting-edge research and interviewing top leaders across industries, customer experience futurist Blake Morgan has pulled together eight new laws that the best companies follow in terms of building and maintaining a focus on the customer. Customer experience is a decision leaders must make every day, and this book shows you how: - C.reate a customer experience mindset. - eX.ceed longterm profit expectations by focusing on both short term and long term profits. - L.ay out your customer experience strategy creation and stick to it. - E.mbark on your 90 day get started plan. - A.nticipate the future by being a customer experience futurist. - D.on’t forget that employees are customers too. - E.valuate success and measure what can be measured. - R.eaffirm the priority - keep CX front and center.   Learn the laws, see how the best companies apply them, and build them into your organization to become a transformational customer experience leader! Graphics, charts, and exercises from the printed text can be found in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 8 Laws of Customer-Focused Leadership: New Rules for Building A Business Around Today’s Customer Author: Blake Morgan Narrator: Blake Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. A leadership playbook for making customer experience a core aspect of your business. In a rapidly changing world filled with uncertainties, one thing remains crystal clear: customers are increasingly fickle and no longer care about loyalty to any particular company. In addition, many well-intentioned companies are falling short of customer expectations, despite every organization’s potential for excellence. The truth is customer experience is not what it used to be. New technologies, values, generational expectations, economic instability, - and the rapid pace of change all must be considered as you forge ahead. How do you put the customer first in the face of all these emerging trends? Using cutting-edge research and interviewing top leaders across industries, customer experience futurist Blake Morgan has pulled together eight new laws that the best companies follow in terms of building and maintaining a focus on the customer. Customer experience is a decision leaders must make every day, and this book shows you how: - C.reate a customer experience mindset. - eX.ceed longterm profit expectations by focusing on both short term and long term profits. - L.ay out your customer experience strategy creation and stick to it. - E.mbark on your 90 day get started plan. - A.nticipate the future by being a customer experience futurist. - D.on’t forget that employees are customers too. - E.valuate success and measure what can be measured. - R.eaffirm the priority - keep CX front and center.   Learn the laws, see how the best companies apply them, and build them into your organization to become a transformational customer experience leader! Graphics, charts, and exercises from the printed text can be found in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI Author: Ethan Mollick Narrator: Ethan Mollick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Wharton professor and author of the popular One Useful Thing Substack newsletter Ethan Mollick comes the definitive playbook for working, learning, and living in the new age of AI Something new entered our world in November 2022 — the first general purpose AI that could pass for a human and do the kinds of creative, innovative work that only humans could do previously. Wharton professor Ethan Mollick immediately understood what ChatGPT meant: after millions of years on our own, humans had developed a kind of co-intelligence that could augment, or even replace, human thinking. Through his writing, speaking, and teaching, Mollick has become one of the most prominent and provocative explainers of AI, focusing on the practical aspects of how these new tools for thought can transform our world.  In Co-Intelligence, Mollick urges us to engage with AI as co-worker, co-teacher, and coach. He assesses its profound impact on business and education, using dozens of real-time examples of AI in action. Co-Intelligence shows what it means to think and work together with smart machines, and why it's imperative that we master that skill.  Mollick challenges us to utilize AI's enormous power without losing our identity, to learn from it without being misled, and to harness its gifts to create a better human future. Wide ranging, hugely thought-provoking, optimistic, and lucid, Co-Intelligence reveals the promise and power of this new era. Ethan Mollick Tue, 02 Apr 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727365 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI Author: Ethan Mollick Narrator: Ethan Mollick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Wharton professor and author of the popular One Useful Thing Substack newsletter Ethan Mollick comes the definitive playbook for working, learning, and living in the new age of AI Something new entered our world in November 2022 — the first general purpose AI that could pass for a human and do the kinds of creative, innovative work that only humans could do previously. Wharton professor Ethan Mollick immediately understood what ChatGPT meant: after millions of years on our own, humans had developed a kind of co-intelligence that could augment, or even replace, human thinking. Through his writing, speaking, and teaching, Mollick has become one of the most prominent and provocative explainers of AI, focusing on the practical aspects of how these new tools for thought can transform our world.  In Co-Intelligence, Mollick urges us to engage with AI as co-worker, co-teacher, and coach. He assesses its profound impact on business and education, using dozens of real-time examples of AI in action. Co-Intelligence shows what it means to think and work together with smart machines, and why it's imperative that we master that skill.  Mollick challenges us to utilize AI's enormous power without losing our identity, to learn from it without being misled, and to harness its gifts to create a better human future. Wide ranging, hugely thought-provoking, optimistic, and lucid, Co-Intelligence reveals the promise and power of this new era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI Author: Ethan Mollick Narrator: Ethan Mollick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Wharton professor and author of the popular One Useful Thing Substack newsletter Ethan Mollick comes the definitive playbook for working, learning, and living in the new age of AI Something new entered our world in November 2022 — the first general purpose AI that could pass for a human and do the kinds of creative, innovative work that only humans could do previously. Wharton professor Ethan Mollick immediately understood what ChatGPT meant: after millions of years on our own, humans had developed a kind of co-intelligence that could augment, or even replace, human thinking. Through his writing, speaking, and teaching, Mollick has become one of the most prominent and provocative explainers of AI, focusing on the practical aspects of how these new tools for thought can transform our world.  In Co-Intelligence, Mollick urges us to engage with AI as co-worker, co-teacher, and coach. He assesses its profound impact on business and education, using dozens of real-time examples of AI in action. Co-Intelligence shows what it means to think and work together with smart machines, and why it's imperative that we master that skill.  Mollick challenges us to utilize AI's enormous power without losing our identity, to learn from it without being misled, and to harness its gifts to create a better human future. Wide ranging, hugely thought-provoking, optimistic, and lucid, Co-Intelligence reveals the promise and power of this new era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727366 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance Author: Nathaniel Eliason Narrator: Nathaniel Eliason Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THE WILD INSIDE STORY OF CRYPTO'S GET-RICH-QUICK UNDERBELLY Nat Eliason had six months to make as much money as possible before his first child was born. So, he turned to where countless others did in 2021: Crypto.  Within a year, he'd made millions writing code holding hundreds of millions of dollars of other people's money. He'd been hacked. He'd sold a picture of a monkey for two hundred grand. He'd become an influencer, speaking at conferences, and writing a weekly newsletter to tens of thousands of fans. Best of all, Nat had amassed a small fortune. But how much of this money was even real? And how many times can someone double down before they eventually lose everything?  Crypto Confidential is Nat's unfiltered, insider's account of the hyperactive, hyper-speculative, hyper-addictive, nearly unregulated, completely insane world being built on the blockchain. A behind-the-scenes exposé of the bull runs and breakdowns, revealing exactly how the crypto-sausage gets made. A story of getting rich, going broke, scamming and getting scammed— and how we can all be more educated participants during the inevitable next bull run. Nathaniel Eliason Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727366 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance Author: Nathaniel Eliason Narrator: Nathaniel Eliason Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THE WILD INSIDE STORY OF CRYPTO'S GET-RICH-QUICK UNDERBELLY Nat Eliason had six months to make as much money as possible before his first child was born. So, he turned to where countless others did in 2021: Crypto.  Within a year, he'd made millions writing code holding hundreds of millions of dollars of other people's money. He'd been hacked. He'd sold a picture of a monkey for two hundred grand. He'd become an influencer, speaking at conferences, and writing a weekly newsletter to tens of thousands of fans. Best of all, Nat had amassed a small fortune. But how much of this money was even real? And how many times can someone double down before they eventually lose everything?  Crypto Confidential is Nat's unfiltered, insider's account of the hyperactive, hyper-speculative, hyper-addictive, nearly unregulated, completely insane world being built on the blockchain. A behind-the-scenes exposé of the bull runs and breakdowns, revealing exactly how the crypto-sausage gets made. A story of getting rich, going broke, scamming and getting scammed— and how we can all be more educated participants during the inevitable next bull run. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance Author: Nathaniel Eliason Narrator: Nathaniel Eliason Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THE WILD INSIDE STORY OF CRYPTO'S GET-RICH-QUICK UNDERBELLY Nat Eliason had six months to make as much money as possible before his first child was born. So, he turned to where countless others did in 2021: Crypto.  Within a year, he'd made millions writing code holding hundreds of millions of dollars of other people's money. He'd been hacked. He'd sold a picture of a monkey for two hundred grand. He'd become an influencer, speaking at conferences, and writing a weekly newsletter to tens of thousands of fans. Best of all, Nat had amassed a small fortune. But how much of this money was even real? And how many times can someone double down before they eventually lose everything?  Crypto Confidential is Nat's unfiltered, insider's account of the hyperactive, hyper-speculative, hyper-addictive, nearly unregulated, completely insane world being built on the blockchain. A behind-the-scenes exposé of the bull runs and breakdowns, revealing exactly how the crypto-sausage gets made. A story of getting rich, going broke, scamming and getting scammed— and how we can all be more educated participants during the inevitable next bull run. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723526 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723526]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freight Dispatcher Training Author: Kayla Hobson Narrator: Louise Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 8, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to effortlessly master the freight dispatching business to build the life you really want without leaving the comfort of your home? Keep reading because 90% of Truck Dispatchers fail within their first month! Why are so many Truck Dispatchers struggling to survive in this industry? Mistake #1: Not understanding the nitty-gritty of the business, from finding the first carrier to keeping them for the long run. Mistake #2: Rushing into the dispatching business due to fear of missing out & moving loads at undervalued rates. Mistake #3: Relying solely on Google or YouTube for information. Trust me; I've been there. Luckily for you, there's a solution. Let me introduce you to the Freight Dispatcher Training Guide. In this book, you will learn, ? The step-by-step process & requirements for starting a freight dispatching business ? Carriers don't call looking for a new dispatcher. I reveal my killer strategy for finding your first carrier & load ? The secret strategy that only elite dispatchers know & use in finding high rates per miles loads ? Practical & operational steps for tracking your loads and carriers. Get this right, & you'll solve 75% of your dispatching troubles ? Timeless principles to build a brand & take your dispatching business to the next level & much much more... Add to Cart now & get started on this fantastic journey easier & faster than ever before! Kayla Hobson Sun, 08 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723526 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723526]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freight Dispatcher Training Author: Kayla Hobson Narrator: Louise Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 8, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to effortlessly master the freight dispatching business to build the life you really want without leaving the comfort of your home? Keep reading because 90% of Truck Dispatchers fail within their first month! Why are so many Truck Dispatchers struggling to survive in this industry? Mistake #1: Not understanding the nitty-gritty of the business, from finding the first carrier to keeping them for the long run. Mistake #2: Rushing into the dispatching business due to fear of missing out & moving loads at undervalued rates. Mistake #3: Relying solely on Google or YouTube for information. Trust me; I've been there. Luckily for you, there's a solution. Let me introduce you to the Freight Dispatcher Training Guide. In this book, you will learn, ? The step-by-step process & requirements for starting a freight dispatching business ? Carriers don't call looking for a new dispatcher. I reveal my killer strategy for finding your first carrier & load ? The secret strategy that only elite dispatchers know & use in finding high rates per miles loads ? Practical & operational steps for tracking your loads and carriers. Get this right, & you'll solve 75% of your dispatching troubles ? Timeless principles to build a brand & take your dispatching business to the next level & much much more... Add to Cart now & get started on this fantastic journey easier & faster than ever before! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723526]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freight Dispatcher Training Author: Kayla Hobson Narrator: Louise Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 8, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to effortlessly master the freight dispatching business to build the life you really want without leaving the comfort of your home? Keep reading because 90% of Truck Dispatchers fail within their first month! Why are so many Truck Dispatchers struggling to survive in this industry? Mistake #1: Not understanding the nitty-gritty of the business, from finding the first carrier to keeping them for the long run. Mistake #2: Rushing into the dispatching business due to fear of missing out & moving loads at undervalued rates. Mistake #3: Relying solely on Google or YouTube for information. Trust me; I've been there. Luckily for you, there's a solution. Let me introduce you to the Freight Dispatcher Training Guide. In this book, you will learn, ? The step-by-step process & requirements for starting a freight dispatching business ? Carriers don't call looking for a new dispatcher. I reveal my killer strategy for finding your first carrier & load ? The secret strategy that only elite dispatchers know & use in finding high rates per miles loads ? Practical & operational steps for tracking your loads and carriers. Get this right, & you'll solve 75% of your dispatching troubles ? Timeless principles to build a brand & take your dispatching business to the next level & much much more... Add to Cart now & get started on this fantastic journey easier & faster than ever before! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Today's Superpower - Building Networks Author: Mikel Mangold Narrator: Mikel Mangold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Today’s Superpower - Building Networks: 7 Mindsets Principles to Thrive in a Fast-Changing World, Mikel Mangold explores the intersection between the new startup and multistakeholder economy, mindset and networks. Change happens when people with a collaborative and ecosystem mindset are plugged into the right networks. This book discusses seven mindset principles enabling the reader to thrive in the startup and multi-stakeholder economy by building and growing networks of ideas and knowledge, networks of resources such as capital and infrastructure, and networks of people to join your mission. Most people think change comes from a top-down approach, where the people in the middle and the bottom don’t have much power to effect change. In Today’s Superpower - Building Networks: 7 Mindsets Principles to Thrive in a Fast-Changing World, Mikel Mangold challenges this common-held belief and that anyone can drive a transformation, answering questions like: What is a startup ecosystem? Why should I care about the new economy? How can I be successful in this fast-changing world And more... A balanced mixture of hard science, soft skills, and bold speculation, Today’s Superpower - Building Networks is the definitive guide to both the present and the future of our economy 'In Today'sSuperpower: Building Networks, Mikel Mangold reminds us that while processes, tools, or education are the spine of individuals and organizations, mindset is its soul. Read this book to learn how to develop the mindset that can make anything happen.' - Charlene Li, Chief Research Officer, PA Consulting and NY Times Bestselling author of The Disruption Mindset. 'Mangold is breaking new ground in defining what innovation can mean in the fast-changing business world. He shows that openness, co-creation, and boldness can serve as the connective network binding us to create positive change in the world.' - Keith Ferrazzi, NY Times #1 Best Selling Author & Founder/Chairman of Ferrazzi Greenlight'. Mikel Mangold Sat, 21 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723507 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Today's Superpower - Building Networks Author: Mikel Mangold Narrator: Mikel Mangold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Today’s Superpower - Building Networks: 7 Mindsets Principles to Thrive in a Fast-Changing World, Mikel Mangold explores the intersection between the new startup and multistakeholder economy, mindset and networks. Change happens when people with a collaborative and ecosystem mindset are plugged into the right networks. This book discusses seven mindset principles enabling the reader to thrive in the startup and multi-stakeholder economy by building and growing networks of ideas and knowledge, networks of resources such as capital and infrastructure, and networks of people to join your mission. Most people think change comes from a top-down approach, where the people in the middle and the bottom don’t have much power to effect change. In Today’s Superpower - Building Networks: 7 Mindsets Principles to Thrive in a Fast-Changing World, Mikel Mangold challenges this common-held belief and that anyone can drive a transformation, answering questions like: What is a startup ecosystem? Why should I care about the new economy? How can I be successful in this fast-changing world And more... A balanced mixture of hard science, soft skills, and bold speculation, Today’s Superpower - Building Networks is the definitive guide to both the present and the future of our economy 'In Today'sSuperpower: Building Networks, Mikel Mangold reminds us that while processes, tools, or education are the spine of individuals and organizations, mindset is its soul. Read this book to learn how to develop the mindset that can make anything happen.' - Charlene Li, Chief Research Officer, PA Consulting and NY Times Bestselling author of The Disruption Mindset. 'Mangold is breaking new ground in defining what innovation can mean in the fast-changing business world. He shows that openness, co-creation, and boldness can serve as the connective network binding us to create positive change in the world.' - Keith Ferrazzi, NY Times #1 Best Selling Author & Founder/Chairman of Ferrazzi Greenlight'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Today's Superpower - Building Networks Author: Mikel Mangold Narrator: Mikel Mangold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Today’s Superpower - Building Networks: 7 Mindsets Principles to Thrive in a Fast-Changing World, Mikel Mangold explores the intersection between the new startup and multistakeholder economy, mindset and networks. Change happens when people with a collaborative and ecosystem mindset are plugged into the right networks. This book discusses seven mindset principles enabling the reader to thrive in the startup and multi-stakeholder economy by building and growing networks of ideas and knowledge, networks of resources such as capital and infrastructure, and networks of people to join your mission. Most people think change comes from a top-down approach, where the people in the middle and the bottom don’t have much power to effect change. In Today’s Superpower - Building Networks: 7 Mindsets Principles to Thrive in a Fast-Changing World, Mikel Mangold challenges this common-held belief and that anyone can drive a transformation, answering questions like: What is a startup ecosystem? Why should I care about the new economy? How can I be successful in this fast-changing world And more... A balanced mixture of hard science, soft skills, and bold speculation, Today’s Superpower - Building Networks is the definitive guide to both the present and the future of our economy 'In Today'sSuperpower: Building Networks, Mikel Mangold reminds us that while processes, tools, or education are the spine of individuals and organizations, mindset is its soul. Read this book to learn how to develop the mindset that can make anything happen.' - Charlene Li, Chief Research Officer, PA Consulting and NY Times Bestselling author of The Disruption Mindset. 'Mangold is breaking new ground in defining what innovation can mean in the fast-changing business world. He shows that openness, co-creation, and boldness can serve as the connective network binding us to create positive change in the world.' - Keith Ferrazzi, NY Times #1 Best Selling Author & Founder/Chairman of Ferrazzi Greenlight'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Cultural Intelligence 3rd Edition: The Real Secret to Success Author: David Livermore Narrator: David Livermore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As our workplaces become increasingly global and diverse, being a culturally intelligent leader isn't just a bonus—it's essential. Whether you're negotiating a contract with a supplier on the other side of the world, managing an increasingly diverse workforce, expanding your business across borders, or developing and applying cultural intelligence (CQ), this classic resource provides you with the adaptability you need to motivate, negotiate, and accomplish results with anyone, anywhere. Having done consulting and research with leaders in more than 100 countries, David Livermore, founder of the Cultural Intelligence Center and professor at Boston University, has detailed the four CQ skills that are proven to maximize your leadership success in today’s diverse, global business environment: - Drive—build your motivation and confidence to address cultural dilemmas - Knowledge—learn how to read any cultural situation - Strategy—create an inclusive, agile plan that accounts for diverse stakeholders - Action—adapt your leadership style without compromising effectiveness   Featuring the latest research, case studies, and new chapters on how to lead culturally intelligent organizations and teams, this new edition of Leading with Cultural Intelligence will help you thrive in any leadership environment—whether it's across the world or in your own back yard. David Livermore Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723424 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Cultural Intelligence 3rd Edition: The Real Secret to Success Author: David Livermore Narrator: David Livermore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As our workplaces become increasingly global and diverse, being a culturally intelligent leader isn't just a bonus—it's essential. Whether you're negotiating a contract with a supplier on the other side of the world, managing an increasingly diverse workforce, expanding your business across borders, or developing and applying cultural intelligence (CQ), this classic resource provides you with the adaptability you need to motivate, negotiate, and accomplish results with anyone, anywhere. Having done consulting and research with leaders in more than 100 countries, David Livermore, founder of the Cultural Intelligence Center and professor at Boston University, has detailed the four CQ skills that are proven to maximize your leadership success in today’s diverse, global business environment: - Drive—build your motivation and confidence to address cultural dilemmas - Knowledge—learn how to read any cultural situation - Strategy—create an inclusive, agile plan that accounts for diverse stakeholders - Action—adapt your leadership style without compromising effectiveness   Featuring the latest research, case studies, and new chapters on how to lead culturally intelligent organizations and teams, this new edition of Leading with Cultural Intelligence will help you thrive in any leadership environment—whether it's across the world or in your own back yard. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Cultural Intelligence 3rd Edition: The Real Secret to Success Author: David Livermore Narrator: David Livermore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As our workplaces become increasingly global and diverse, being a culturally intelligent leader isn't just a bonus—it's essential. Whether you're negotiating a contract with a supplier on the other side of the world, managing an increasingly diverse workforce, expanding your business across borders, or developing and applying cultural intelligence (CQ), this classic resource provides you with the adaptability you need to motivate, negotiate, and accomplish results with anyone, anywhere. Having done consulting and research with leaders in more than 100 countries, David Livermore, founder of the Cultural Intelligence Center and professor at Boston University, has detailed the four CQ skills that are proven to maximize your leadership success in today’s diverse, global business environment: - Drive—build your motivation and confidence to address cultural dilemmas - Knowledge—learn how to read any cultural situation - Strategy—create an inclusive, agile plan that accounts for diverse stakeholders - Action—adapt your leadership style without compromising effectiveness   Featuring the latest research, case studies, and new chapters on how to lead culturally intelligent organizations and teams, this new edition of Leading with Cultural Intelligence will help you thrive in any leadership environment—whether it's across the world or in your own back yard. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723296 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pattern Breakers: Why Some Start-Ups Change the Future Author: Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Narrator: Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Based on extensive research and real-world examples, this book upends accepted wisdom about how to achieve success when launching a startup or creating a new product. The breakthrough concepts of Pattern Breakers come from the observations of Mike Maples Jr., a seasoned venture capitalist, who noticed something strange. Start-ups like Twitter, Twitch, and Lyft had achieved extraordinary success despite their disregard for “best practices.” In contrast, other startups deemed highly promising often failed, even when they seemed to do everything right. Seeking answers, Maples and coauthor Peter Ziebelman set out to discover the hidden forces that drive extraordinary start-up success. Pattern-breaking success, they reveal, demands a different mindset and actions to harness developments others miss or that may, at first, seem crazy. Pattern Breakers is filled with firsthand storytelling about initial interactions with some of the most transformative start-ups of recent times. Maples and Ziebelman challenge us to rethink how to transcend the ordinary and achieve the extraordinary. Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723296 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pattern Breakers: Why Some Start-Ups Change the Future Author: Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Narrator: Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Based on extensive research and real-world examples, this book upends accepted wisdom about how to achieve success when launching a startup or creating a new product. The breakthrough concepts of Pattern Breakers come from the observations of Mike Maples Jr., a seasoned venture capitalist, who noticed something strange. Start-ups like Twitter, Twitch, and Lyft had achieved extraordinary success despite their disregard for “best practices.” In contrast, other startups deemed highly promising often failed, even when they seemed to do everything right. Seeking answers, Maples and coauthor Peter Ziebelman set out to discover the hidden forces that drive extraordinary start-up success. Pattern-breaking success, they reveal, demands a different mindset and actions to harness developments others miss or that may, at first, seem crazy. Pattern Breakers is filled with firsthand storytelling about initial interactions with some of the most transformative start-ups of recent times. Maples and Ziebelman challenge us to rethink how to transcend the ordinary and achieve the extraordinary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pattern Breakers: Why Some Start-Ups Change the Future Author: Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Narrator: Peter Ziebelman, Mike Maples Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Based on extensive research and real-world examples, this book upends accepted wisdom about how to achieve success when launching a startup or creating a new product. The breakthrough concepts of Pattern Breakers come from the observations of Mike Maples Jr., a seasoned venture capitalist, who noticed something strange. Start-ups like Twitter, Twitch, and Lyft had achieved extraordinary success despite their disregard for “best practices.” In contrast, other startups deemed highly promising often failed, even when they seemed to do everything right. Seeking answers, Maples and coauthor Peter Ziebelman set out to discover the hidden forces that drive extraordinary start-up success. Pattern-breaking success, they reveal, demands a different mindset and actions to harness developments others miss or that may, at first, seem crazy. Pattern Breakers is filled with firsthand storytelling about initial interactions with some of the most transformative start-ups of recent times. Maples and Ziebelman challenge us to rethink how to transcend the ordinary and achieve the extraordinary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723027 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rainmaker: Superagent Hughes Norton and the Money Grab Explosion of Golf from Tiger to LIV and Beyond Author: George Peper, Hughes Norton Narrator: Hughes Norton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From his work with Tiger Woods and Greg Norman to his thoughts on golf’s current money-grab era, golf superagent Hughes Norton presents a rollicking tell-all that “takes you inside the room with some of golf’s biggest personalities for some never-before-heard stories” (Chris Solomon, host of No Laying Up). When twenty-one-year-old Tiger Woods stunned the world by winning The Masters by a mind-blowing twelve strokes, the first thing he did was embrace the three most important people in his life: his father, his mother, and Hughes Norton. At the peak of his career, agent Norton earned a million-dollar salary, flew to all corners of the world in first class, and enjoyed a lifestyle nearly as lavish as his A-list clients. That dizzying success, however, came at a high price. The seventy-hour work weeks, constant travel, and intense pressure—both from his players and their corporate partners—took Norton away from his family and ultimately led to divorce. At the same time, to protect his players and his career, he found himself making ethical and moral choices he would later regret. Soon, he realized he had made as many enemies as friends. Now, in Rainmaker, Norton offers “the most amazing ‘behind the curtain’ view ever written about the world of sports management” (Jim Nantz, CBS Sports). With exclusive insights, he discusses what it was like being Tiger’s first agent, his time representing the narcissistic Greg Norman, and shining a bright light on his sudden—and controversial—ouster as the head of IMG’s Golf Division—a juggernaut he helped build. This is an engaging and unforgettable memoir that explores golf as never before. George Peper, Hughes Norton Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723027 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rainmaker: Superagent Hughes Norton and the Money Grab Explosion of Golf from Tiger to LIV and Beyond Author: George Peper, Hughes Norton Narrator: Hughes Norton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From his work with Tiger Woods and Greg Norman to his thoughts on golf’s current money-grab era, golf superagent Hughes Norton presents a rollicking tell-all that “takes you inside the room with some of golf’s biggest personalities for some never-before-heard stories” (Chris Solomon, host of No Laying Up). When twenty-one-year-old Tiger Woods stunned the world by winning The Masters by a mind-blowing twelve strokes, the first thing he did was embrace the three most important people in his life: his father, his mother, and Hughes Norton. At the peak of his career, agent Norton earned a million-dollar salary, flew to all corners of the world in first class, and enjoyed a lifestyle nearly as lavish as his A-list clients. That dizzying success, however, came at a high price. The seventy-hour work weeks, constant travel, and intense pressure—both from his players and their corporate partners—took Norton away from his family and ultimately led to divorce. At the same time, to protect his players and his career, he found himself making ethical and moral choices he would later regret. Soon, he realized he had made as many enemies as friends. Now, in Rainmaker, Norton offers “the most amazing ‘behind the curtain’ view ever written about the world of sports management” (Jim Nantz, CBS Sports). With exclusive insights, he discusses what it was like being Tiger’s first agent, his time representing the narcissistic Greg Norman, and shining a bright light on his sudden—and controversial—ouster as the head of IMG’s Golf Division—a juggernaut he helped build. This is an engaging and unforgettable memoir that explores golf as never before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rainmaker: Superagent Hughes Norton and the Money Grab Explosion of Golf from Tiger to LIV and Beyond Author: George Peper, Hughes Norton Narrator: Hughes Norton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From his work with Tiger Woods and Greg Norman to his thoughts on golf’s current money-grab era, golf superagent Hughes Norton presents a rollicking tell-all that “takes you inside the room with some of golf’s biggest personalities for some never-before-heard stories” (Chris Solomon, host of No Laying Up). When twenty-one-year-old Tiger Woods stunned the world by winning The Masters by a mind-blowing twelve strokes, the first thing he did was embrace the three most important people in his life: his father, his mother, and Hughes Norton. At the peak of his career, agent Norton earned a million-dollar salary, flew to all corners of the world in first class, and enjoyed a lifestyle nearly as lavish as his A-list clients. That dizzying success, however, came at a high price. The seventy-hour work weeks, constant travel, and intense pressure—both from his players and their corporate partners—took Norton away from his family and ultimately led to divorce. At the same time, to protect his players and his career, he found himself making ethical and moral choices he would later regret. Soon, he realized he had made as many enemies as friends. Now, in Rainmaker, Norton offers “the most amazing ‘behind the curtain’ view ever written about the world of sports management” (Jim Nantz, CBS Sports). With exclusive insights, he discusses what it was like being Tiger’s first agent, his time representing the narcissistic Greg Norman, and shining a bright light on his sudden—and controversial—ouster as the head of IMG’s Golf Division—a juggernaut he helped build. This is an engaging and unforgettable memoir that explores golf as never before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723003 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Investir dans les parkings pour créer sa liberté financière Author: Alexandre Lacharme Narrator: Sandra Poirier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: « Vous souhaitez gagner en liberté en dépendant moins de votre travail ? Disposer d'un complément de revenu mensuel ? Ce livre vous aidera à y parvenir. À 36 ans et en quelques années seulement, j'ai réussi à remplacer mon salaire de cadre par mes loyers. » Les avantages de l'investissement dans les parkings sont nombreux. Acquérir une place de parking est à la portée de tous, tout en étant souvent plus rentable que l'immobilier classique ! Un excellent moyen de faire ses premiers pas dans le locatif et de s'assurer un revenu passif stable sur le long terme. Cet ouvrage est une véritable méthode pour se lancer, pas à pas, et faire des parkings un outil au service de votre liberté financière. Vous y trouverez notamment : • des conseils et outils clés en main pour bien définir votre projet, vos objectifs, et adopter le bon état d'esprit pour investir efficacement et de manière pérenne ; • une feuille de route en 9 étapes, de votre positionnement à la mise en location, en passant par la négociation, le financement et la fiscalité ; • les idées reçues et fausses croyances sur l'enrichissement personnel décortiquées. Alexandre Lacharme Thu, 21 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723003 thebookvoice.com 5:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Investir dans les parkings pour créer sa liberté financière Author: Alexandre Lacharme Narrator: Sandra Poirier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: « Vous souhaitez gagner en liberté en dépendant moins de votre travail ? Disposer d'un complément de revenu mensuel ? Ce livre vous aidera à y parvenir. À 36 ans et en quelques années seulement, j'ai réussi à remplacer mon salaire de cadre par mes loyers. » Les avantages de l'investissement dans les parkings sont nombreux. Acquérir une place de parking est à la portée de tous, tout en étant souvent plus rentable que l'immobilier classique ! Un excellent moyen de faire ses premiers pas dans le locatif et de s'assurer un revenu passif stable sur le long terme. Cet ouvrage est une véritable méthode pour se lancer, pas à pas, et faire des parkings un outil au service de votre liberté financière. Vous y trouverez notamment : • des conseils et outils clés en main pour bien définir votre projet, vos objectifs, et adopter le bon état d'esprit pour investir efficacement et de manière pérenne ; • une feuille de route en 9 étapes, de votre positionnement à la mise en location, en passant par la négociation, le financement et la fiscalité ; • les idées reçues et fausses croyances sur l'enrichissement personnel décortiquées. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Investir dans les parkings pour créer sa liberté financière Author: Alexandre Lacharme Narrator: Sandra Poirier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: « Vous souhaitez gagner en liberté en dépendant moins de votre travail ? Disposer d'un complément de revenu mensuel ? Ce livre vous aidera à y parvenir. À 36 ans et en quelques années seulement, j'ai réussi à remplacer mon salaire de cadre par mes loyers. » Les avantages de l'investissement dans les parkings sont nombreux. Acquérir une place de parking est à la portée de tous, tout en étant souvent plus rentable que l'immobilier classique ! Un excellent moyen de faire ses premiers pas dans le locatif et de s'assurer un revenu passif stable sur le long terme. Cet ouvrage est une véritable méthode pour se lancer, pas à pas, et faire des parkings un outil au service de votre liberté financière. Vous y trouverez notamment : • des conseils et outils clés en main pour bien définir votre projet, vos objectifs, et adopter le bon état d'esprit pour investir efficacement et de manière pérenne ; • une feuille de route en 9 étapes, de votre positionnement à la mise en location, en passant par la négociation, le financement et la fiscalité ; • les idées reçues et fausses croyances sur l'enrichissement personnel décortiquées. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Higher Ground: How Business Can Do the Right Thing in a Turbulent World Author: Alison Taylor Narrator: Julia Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's headlines are full of employee unrest over racial injustice, communities infuriated by corporate environmental impacts, staff anxiety over surveillance, and discoveries of child labor in supply chains. We've traveled far and fast from the old world of business ethics, where black-and-white concerns about bribery and fraud could be addressed with rules and processes. Simply maximizing shareholder value while not breaking the law is no longer an option, but we've never been so confused about what it means to do the right thing. In this eye-opening, indispensable book, NYU ethics professor Alison Taylor argues that amid stakeholder demands and transparency pressures, we can no longer treat ethics as a legal and reputational defense mechanism. Leaders at Davos and the Business Roundtable have called for a new corporate responsibility paradigm, but how to implement their ideas remains an open question as organizations struggle in an atmosphere of heightened expectations and intense suspicion. Offering vivid stories and examples, Taylor brings this complex, risky environment alive to provide a blueprint for how leaders should rethink and reshape their practices. Higher Ground will show leaders how business can navigate this messy paradigm shift, build trust, and achieve long-term strategic advantage in a turbulent world. Alison Taylor Tue, 13 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722864 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Higher Ground: How Business Can Do the Right Thing in a Turbulent World Author: Alison Taylor Narrator: Julia Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's headlines are full of employee unrest over racial injustice, communities infuriated by corporate environmental impacts, staff anxiety over surveillance, and discoveries of child labor in supply chains. We've traveled far and fast from the old world of business ethics, where black-and-white concerns about bribery and fraud could be addressed with rules and processes. Simply maximizing shareholder value while not breaking the law is no longer an option, but we've never been so confused about what it means to do the right thing. In this eye-opening, indispensable book, NYU ethics professor Alison Taylor argues that amid stakeholder demands and transparency pressures, we can no longer treat ethics as a legal and reputational defense mechanism. Leaders at Davos and the Business Roundtable have called for a new corporate responsibility paradigm, but how to implement their ideas remains an open question as organizations struggle in an atmosphere of heightened expectations and intense suspicion. Offering vivid stories and examples, Taylor brings this complex, risky environment alive to provide a blueprint for how leaders should rethink and reshape their practices. Higher Ground will show leaders how business can navigate this messy paradigm shift, build trust, and achieve long-term strategic advantage in a turbulent world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Higher Ground: How Business Can Do the Right Thing in a Turbulent World Author: Alison Taylor Narrator: Julia Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's headlines are full of employee unrest over racial injustice, communities infuriated by corporate environmental impacts, staff anxiety over surveillance, and discoveries of child labor in supply chains. We've traveled far and fast from the old world of business ethics, where black-and-white concerns about bribery and fraud could be addressed with rules and processes. Simply maximizing shareholder value while not breaking the law is no longer an option, but we've never been so confused about what it means to do the right thing. In this eye-opening, indispensable book, NYU ethics professor Alison Taylor argues that amid stakeholder demands and transparency pressures, we can no longer treat ethics as a legal and reputational defense mechanism. Leaders at Davos and the Business Roundtable have called for a new corporate responsibility paradigm, but how to implement their ideas remains an open question as organizations struggle in an atmosphere of heightened expectations and intense suspicion. Offering vivid stories and examples, Taylor brings this complex, risky environment alive to provide a blueprint for how leaders should rethink and reshape their practices. Higher Ground will show leaders how business can navigate this messy paradigm shift, build trust, and achieve long-term strategic advantage in a turbulent world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extremely Hardcore: Inside Elon Musk's Twitter Author: Zoë Schiffer Narrator: Jaime Lamchick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Zoë Schiffer has written the definitive book on perhaps the weirdest business story of our time. A fast-paced and riveting account of a hilarious and tragic mess.' — Matt Levine, Bloomberg Opinion “Money Stuff” columnist “the bird is freed” - Elon Musk (@elonmusk) October 27, 2022 When Elon Musk took over Twitter, commentators were rooting for the visionary behind Tesla and SpaceX to succeed. Here was a tough leader who could grab back power from Twitter’s entitled workforce, motivate them to get “extremely hardcore,” and supercharge Twitter’s profit and potential. And it was all out of the goodness of his own heart, rooted in his fervent belief in the necessity of making Twitter friendlier to free speech. 'I didn’t do it to make more money,” Musk said. “I did it to try and help humanity, whom I love.”   Once Musk charged into the Twitter headquarters, the command-and-control playbook Musk honed at Tesla and SpaceX went off the rails immediately. Distilling hundreds of hours of interviews with more than sixty employees, thousands of pages of internal documents, Slack messages, presentations, as well as court filings and congressional testimony, Extremely Hardcore is the true story of how Musk reshaped the world’s online public square into his own personal megaphone.   You’ll hear from employees who witnessed the destruction of their workplace in real-time, seeing years of progress to fight disinformation and hate speech wiped out within a matter of months. There’s the machine-learning savant who went all-in on Twitter 2.0 before getting betrayed by his new CEO, the father whose need for healthcare swept him into Musk’s inner circle, the trust and safety expert who became the subject of a harassment campaign his former boss incited, and the many other employees who tried to save the company from their new boss’s worst instincts. This is the story of Twitter, but it’s also a chronicle of the post-pandemic labor movement, a war between executives and a workforce newly awakened to their rights and needs.  Riveting, character-driven, and filled with jaw-dropping revelations, Extremely Hardcore is the definitive, fly-on-the-wall story of how Elon Musk lit $44 billion on fire and burned down Twitter. It’s the next best thing to being there, and you won’t have to sleep in the Twitter office to get the scoop. Zoë Schiffer Tue, 13 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722838 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extremely Hardcore: Inside Elon Musk's Twitter Author: Zoë Schiffer Narrator: Jaime Lamchick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Zoë Schiffer has written the definitive book on perhaps the weirdest business story of our time. A fast-paced and riveting account of a hilarious and tragic mess.' — Matt Levine, Bloomberg Opinion “Money Stuff” columnist “the bird is freed” - Elon Musk (@elonmusk) October 27, 2022 When Elon Musk took over Twitter, commentators were rooting for the visionary behind Tesla and SpaceX to succeed. Here was a tough leader who could grab back power from Twitter’s entitled workforce, motivate them to get “extremely hardcore,” and supercharge Twitter’s profit and potential. And it was all out of the goodness of his own heart, rooted in his fervent belief in the necessity of making Twitter friendlier to free speech. 'I didn’t do it to make more money,” Musk said. “I did it to try and help humanity, whom I love.”   Once Musk charged into the Twitter headquarters, the command-and-control playbook Musk honed at Tesla and SpaceX went off the rails immediately. Distilling hundreds of hours of interviews with more than sixty employees, thousands of pages of internal documents, Slack messages, presentations, as well as court filings and congressional testimony, Extremely Hardcore is the true story of how Musk reshaped the world’s online public square into his own personal megaphone.   You’ll hear from employees who witnessed the destruction of their workplace in real-time, seeing years of progress to fight disinformation and hate speech wiped out within a matter of months. There’s the machine-learning savant who went all-in on Twitter 2.0 before getting betrayed by his new CEO, the father whose need for healthcare swept him into Musk’s inner circle, the trust and safety expert who became the subject of a harassment campaign his former boss incited, and the many other employees who tried to save the company from their new boss’s worst instincts. This is the story of Twitter, but it’s also a chronicle of the post-pandemic labor movement, a war between executives and a workforce newly awakened to their rights and needs.  Riveting, character-driven, and filled with jaw-dropping revelations, Extremely Hardcore is the definitive, fly-on-the-wall story of how Elon Musk lit $44 billion on fire and burned down Twitter. It’s the next best thing to being there, and you won’t have to sleep in the Twitter office to get the scoop. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extremely Hardcore: Inside Elon Musk's Twitter Author: Zoë Schiffer Narrator: Jaime Lamchick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Zoë Schiffer has written the definitive book on perhaps the weirdest business story of our time. A fast-paced and riveting account of a hilarious and tragic mess.' — Matt Levine, Bloomberg Opinion “Money Stuff” columnist “the bird is freed” - Elon Musk (@elonmusk) October 27, 2022 When Elon Musk took over Twitter, commentators were rooting for the visionary behind Tesla and SpaceX to succeed. Here was a tough leader who could grab back power from Twitter’s entitled workforce, motivate them to get “extremely hardcore,” and supercharge Twitter’s profit and potential. And it was all out of the goodness of his own heart, rooted in his fervent belief in the necessity of making Twitter friendlier to free speech. 'I didn’t do it to make more money,” Musk said. “I did it to try and help humanity, whom I love.”   Once Musk charged into the Twitter headquarters, the command-and-control playbook Musk honed at Tesla and SpaceX went off the rails immediately. Distilling hundreds of hours of interviews with more than sixty employees, thousands of pages of internal documents, Slack messages, presentations, as well as court filings and congressional testimony, Extremely Hardcore is the true story of how Musk reshaped the world’s online public square into his own personal megaphone.   You’ll hear from employees who witnessed the destruction of their workplace in real-time, seeing years of progress to fight disinformation and hate speech wiped out within a matter of months. There’s the machine-learning savant who went all-in on Twitter 2.0 before getting betrayed by his new CEO, the father whose need for healthcare swept him into Musk’s inner circle, the trust and safety expert who became the subject of a harassment campaign his former boss incited, and the many other employees who tried to save the company from their new boss’s worst instincts. This is the story of Twitter, but it’s also a chronicle of the post-pandemic labor movement, a war between executives and a workforce newly awakened to their rights and needs.  Riveting, character-driven, and filled with jaw-dropping revelations, Extremely Hardcore is the definitive, fly-on-the-wall story of how Elon Musk lit $44 billion on fire and burned down Twitter. It’s the next best thing to being there, and you won’t have to sleep in the Twitter office to get the scoop. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722624 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Not Working: Why the Always-On Culture Is Bad for Business-and How to Fix It Author: Malissa Clark Narrator: Lauren Pedersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many workers believe that to compete with other top talent they must embrace a culture that rewards long hours and constant connection to work. Businesses and society have encouraged this by endorsing busyness, overwork, and extreme commitment as the most valued traits in workers. Sometimes that endorsement is explicit, as when Elon Musk told Twitter employees to work 'long hours at high intensity' or get fired. But more often it's an implicit contract, a buildup of organizational and cultural norms and the adoption of new technologies that increasingly make it easy to tether people to work. Either way, this workaholic behavior is unhealthy and counterproductive for workers and for organizations. It's time to fight back. Malissa Clark shows you how in Never Not Working. Clark delivers a comprehensive definition of workaholism, busting myths along the way—such as the idea that the number of hours worked is the strongest predictor of workaholic tendencies. (It's not.) She also helps you see if you're creating workaholics in your organization or if you're falling prey to the phenomenon yourself. Deeply researched and written for everyone from leaders to individual contributors, Never Not Working is the essential guide to identifying workaholism in yourself and others and starting on the road to recovery. Malissa Clark Tue, 06 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722624 thebookvoice.com 5:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Not Working: Why the Always-On Culture Is Bad for Business-and How to Fix It Author: Malissa Clark Narrator: Lauren Pedersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many workers believe that to compete with other top talent they must embrace a culture that rewards long hours and constant connection to work. Businesses and society have encouraged this by endorsing busyness, overwork, and extreme commitment as the most valued traits in workers. Sometimes that endorsement is explicit, as when Elon Musk told Twitter employees to work 'long hours at high intensity' or get fired. But more often it's an implicit contract, a buildup of organizational and cultural norms and the adoption of new technologies that increasingly make it easy to tether people to work. Either way, this workaholic behavior is unhealthy and counterproductive for workers and for organizations. It's time to fight back. Malissa Clark shows you how in Never Not Working. Clark delivers a comprehensive definition of workaholism, busting myths along the way—such as the idea that the number of hours worked is the strongest predictor of workaholic tendencies. (It's not.) She also helps you see if you're creating workaholics in your organization or if you're falling prey to the phenomenon yourself. Deeply researched and written for everyone from leaders to individual contributors, Never Not Working is the essential guide to identifying workaholism in yourself and others and starting on the road to recovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Not Working: Why the Always-On Culture Is Bad for Business-and How to Fix It Author: Malissa Clark Narrator: Lauren Pedersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many workers believe that to compete with other top talent they must embrace a culture that rewards long hours and constant connection to work. Businesses and society have encouraged this by endorsing busyness, overwork, and extreme commitment as the most valued traits in workers. Sometimes that endorsement is explicit, as when Elon Musk told Twitter employees to work 'long hours at high intensity' or get fired. But more often it's an implicit contract, a buildup of organizational and cultural norms and the adoption of new technologies that increasingly make it easy to tether people to work. Either way, this workaholic behavior is unhealthy and counterproductive for workers and for organizations. It's time to fight back. Malissa Clark shows you how in Never Not Working. Clark delivers a comprehensive definition of workaholism, busting myths along the way—such as the idea that the number of hours worked is the strongest predictor of workaholic tendencies. (It's not.) She also helps you see if you're creating workaholics in your organization or if you're falling prey to the phenomenon yourself. Deeply researched and written for everyone from leaders to individual contributors, Never Not Working is the essential guide to identifying workaholism in yourself and others and starting on the road to recovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Casual Artificial Intelligence: The Next Step in Effective Business AI Author: Judith S. Hurwitz Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Causal Artificial Intelligence: The Next Step in Effective, Efficient, and Practical AI, a team of dedicated tech executives delivers a business-focused approach based on a deep and engaging exploration of the models and data used in causal AI. The book’s discussions include both accessible and understandable technical detail and business context and concepts that frame causal AI in familiar business settings. Useful for both data scientists and business-side professionals, the book offers: Clear and compelling descriptions of the concept of causality and how it can benefit your organization Detailed use cases and examples that vividly demonstrate the value of causality for solving business problems Useful strategies for deciding when to use correlation-based approaches and when to use causal inference An enlightening and easy-to-understand treatment of an essential business topic, Causal Artificial Intelligence is a must-read for data scientists, subject matter experts, and business leaders seeking to familiarize themselves with a rapidly growing area of AI application and research. Judith S. Hurwitz Wed, 25 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722490 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Casual Artificial Intelligence: The Next Step in Effective Business AI Author: Judith S. Hurwitz Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Causal Artificial Intelligence: The Next Step in Effective, Efficient, and Practical AI, a team of dedicated tech executives delivers a business-focused approach based on a deep and engaging exploration of the models and data used in causal AI. The book’s discussions include both accessible and understandable technical detail and business context and concepts that frame causal AI in familiar business settings. Useful for both data scientists and business-side professionals, the book offers: Clear and compelling descriptions of the concept of causality and how it can benefit your organization Detailed use cases and examples that vividly demonstrate the value of causality for solving business problems Useful strategies for deciding when to use correlation-based approaches and when to use causal inference An enlightening and easy-to-understand treatment of an essential business topic, Causal Artificial Intelligence is a must-read for data scientists, subject matter experts, and business leaders seeking to familiarize themselves with a rapidly growing area of AI application and research. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Casual Artificial Intelligence: The Next Step in Effective Business AI Author: Judith S. Hurwitz Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Causal Artificial Intelligence: The Next Step in Effective, Efficient, and Practical AI, a team of dedicated tech executives delivers a business-focused approach based on a deep and engaging exploration of the models and data used in causal AI. The book’s discussions include both accessible and understandable technical detail and business context and concepts that frame causal AI in familiar business settings. Useful for both data scientists and business-side professionals, the book offers: Clear and compelling descriptions of the concept of causality and how it can benefit your organization Detailed use cases and examples that vividly demonstrate the value of causality for solving business problems Useful strategies for deciding when to use correlation-based approaches and when to use causal inference An enlightening and easy-to-understand treatment of an essential business topic, Causal Artificial Intelligence is a must-read for data scientists, subject matter experts, and business leaders seeking to familiarize themselves with a rapidly growing area of AI application and research. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721899 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terror and Truth: Civil Rights Tourism and the Mississippi Movement Author: Stephen A. King Narrator: Edward Herrman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stephen A. King and Roger Davis Gatchet examine how Mississippi confronts its history of racial violence and injustice through civil rights tourism. Mississippi's civil rights memorials include a vast constellation of sites and experiences—from the humble Fannie Lou Hamer Museum in Ruleville to the expansive Mississippi Civil Rights Museum in Jackson—where the state's collective memories of the movement are enshrined, constructed, and contested. Rather than chronicle the history of the Mississippi Movement, the authors explore the museums, monuments, memorials, interpretive centers, homes, and historical markers marketed to heritage tourists in the state. Terror and Truth: Civil Rights Tourism and the Mississippi Movement is the first book to examine critically and unflinchingly Mississippi's civil rights tourism industry. Combining rhetorical analysis, onsite fieldwork, and interviews with museum directors, local civil rights entrepreneurs, historians, and movement veterans, the authors address important questions of memory and the Mississippi Movement. How is Mississippi, a poor, racially divided state with a long history of systemic racial oppression and white supremacy, actively packaging its civil rights history for tourists? Whose stories are told? And what perspectives are marginalized in telling those stories? The ascendency of civil rights memorialization in Mississippi comes at a time when the nation is reckoning with its racial past, as evidenced by the Black Lives Matter movement, Mississippi's adoption of a new state flag, the conviction of former members of the Ku Klux Klan, and the removal of Confederate monuments throughout the South. Terror and Truth directly engages this national conversation. This recording is presented by University Press of Mississippi and has been digitally produced by DeepZen Limited, using a synthesized version of an audiobook narrator's voice under license. DeepZen uses Emotive Speech Technology to create digital narrations that offer a similar listening experience to human narration. Stephen A. King Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721899 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terror and Truth: Civil Rights Tourism and the Mississippi Movement Author: Stephen A. King Narrator: Edward Herrman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stephen A. King and Roger Davis Gatchet examine how Mississippi confronts its history of racial violence and injustice through civil rights tourism. Mississippi's civil rights memorials include a vast constellation of sites and experiences—from the humble Fannie Lou Hamer Museum in Ruleville to the expansive Mississippi Civil Rights Museum in Jackson—where the state's collective memories of the movement are enshrined, constructed, and contested. Rather than chronicle the history of the Mississippi Movement, the authors explore the museums, monuments, memorials, interpretive centers, homes, and historical markers marketed to heritage tourists in the state. Terror and Truth: Civil Rights Tourism and the Mississippi Movement is the first book to examine critically and unflinchingly Mississippi's civil rights tourism industry. Combining rhetorical analysis, onsite fieldwork, and interviews with museum directors, local civil rights entrepreneurs, historians, and movement veterans, the authors address important questions of memory and the Mississippi Movement. How is Mississippi, a poor, racially divided state with a long history of systemic racial oppression and white supremacy, actively packaging its civil rights history for tourists? Whose stories are told? And what perspectives are marginalized in telling those stories? The ascendency of civil rights memorialization in Mississippi comes at a time when the nation is reckoning with its racial past, as evidenced by the Black Lives Matter movement, Mississippi's adoption of a new state flag, the conviction of former members of the Ku Klux Klan, and the removal of Confederate monuments throughout the South. Terror and Truth directly engages this national conversation. This recording is presented by University Press of Mississippi and has been digitally produced by DeepZen Limited, using a synthesized version of an audiobook narrator's voice under license. DeepZen uses Emotive Speech Technology to create digital narrations that offer a similar listening experience to human narration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terror and Truth: Civil Rights Tourism and the Mississippi Movement Author: Stephen A. King Narrator: Edward Herrman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stephen A. King and Roger Davis Gatchet examine how Mississippi confronts its history of racial violence and injustice through civil rights tourism. Mississippi's civil rights memorials include a vast constellation of sites and experiences—from the humble Fannie Lou Hamer Museum in Ruleville to the expansive Mississippi Civil Rights Museum in Jackson—where the state's collective memories of the movement are enshrined, constructed, and contested. Rather than chronicle the history of the Mississippi Movement, the authors explore the museums, monuments, memorials, interpretive centers, homes, and historical markers marketed to heritage tourists in the state. Terror and Truth: Civil Rights Tourism and the Mississippi Movement is the first book to examine critically and unflinchingly Mississippi's civil rights tourism industry. Combining rhetorical analysis, onsite fieldwork, and interviews with museum directors, local civil rights entrepreneurs, historians, and movement veterans, the authors address important questions of memory and the Mississippi Movement. How is Mississippi, a poor, racially divided state with a long history of systemic racial oppression and white supremacy, actively packaging its civil rights history for tourists? Whose stories are told? And what perspectives are marginalized in telling those stories? The ascendency of civil rights memorialization in Mississippi comes at a time when the nation is reckoning with its racial past, as evidenced by the Black Lives Matter movement, Mississippi's adoption of a new state flag, the conviction of former members of the Ku Klux Klan, and the removal of Confederate monuments throughout the South. Terror and Truth directly engages this national conversation. This recording is presented by University Press of Mississippi and has been digitally produced by DeepZen Limited, using a synthesized version of an audiobook narrator's voice under license. DeepZen uses Emotive Speech Technology to create digital narrations that offer a similar listening experience to human narration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boundless: A New Mindset for Unlimited Business Success Author: Vala Afshar, Henry King Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Boundless, two leaders in transformation and customer success deliver an inspiring and exciting new approach to succeeding in an increasingly decentralized and digital-first world. In the book, you'll learn how to demolish organizational silos once and for all, allowing resources to flow across networks, ecosystems, and communities. The authors explain the seven principles underlying their unique and effective 'Boundless' paradigm: connection, integration, decentralization, mobility, continuity, autonomy, and shared success. Walking you through the blueprint for transformative, resilient business success, Boundless also offers: strategies for mapping the Boundless principles to key technological advances, including digital platforms, blockchain, AI, robotics, cloud computing, and more; ways to achieve the operational, organizational, and technological shifts necessary to succeed in an entirely transformed world; and tools for combating the natural tendency of employees to accumulate and protect resources within company silos. An invaluable resource for managers, executives, directors, and other business leaders, Boundless will also earn a place in the libraries of founders, entrepreneurs, and consultants who seek to create an enduring competitive advantage for themselves or their clients. Vala Afshar, Henry King Tue, 26 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720243 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boundless: A New Mindset for Unlimited Business Success Author: Vala Afshar, Henry King Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Boundless, two leaders in transformation and customer success deliver an inspiring and exciting new approach to succeeding in an increasingly decentralized and digital-first world. In the book, you'll learn how to demolish organizational silos once and for all, allowing resources to flow across networks, ecosystems, and communities. The authors explain the seven principles underlying their unique and effective 'Boundless' paradigm: connection, integration, decentralization, mobility, continuity, autonomy, and shared success. Walking you through the blueprint for transformative, resilient business success, Boundless also offers: strategies for mapping the Boundless principles to key technological advances, including digital platforms, blockchain, AI, robotics, cloud computing, and more; ways to achieve the operational, organizational, and technological shifts necessary to succeed in an entirely transformed world; and tools for combating the natural tendency of employees to accumulate and protect resources within company silos. An invaluable resource for managers, executives, directors, and other business leaders, Boundless will also earn a place in the libraries of founders, entrepreneurs, and consultants who seek to create an enduring competitive advantage for themselves or their clients. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boundless: A New Mindset for Unlimited Business Success Author: Vala Afshar, Henry King Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Boundless, two leaders in transformation and customer success deliver an inspiring and exciting new approach to succeeding in an increasingly decentralized and digital-first world. In the book, you'll learn how to demolish organizational silos once and for all, allowing resources to flow across networks, ecosystems, and communities. The authors explain the seven principles underlying their unique and effective 'Boundless' paradigm: connection, integration, decentralization, mobility, continuity, autonomy, and shared success. Walking you through the blueprint for transformative, resilient business success, Boundless also offers: strategies for mapping the Boundless principles to key technological advances, including digital platforms, blockchain, AI, robotics, cloud computing, and more; ways to achieve the operational, organizational, and technological shifts necessary to succeed in an entirely transformed world; and tools for combating the natural tendency of employees to accumulate and protect resources within company silos. An invaluable resource for managers, executives, directors, and other business leaders, Boundless will also earn a place in the libraries of founders, entrepreneurs, and consultants who seek to create an enduring competitive advantage for themselves or their clients. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cities in the Sky: The Quest to Build the World's Tallest Skyscrapers Author: Jason M. Barr Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s top experts on the economics of skyscrapers—a “fascinating” (Daily Mail, London) and “informative” (Publishers Weekly) account of the ever-growing quest for super tall buildings across the globe. The world’s skyscrapers have brought us awe and wonder, and yet they remain controversial—for their high costs, shadows, and overt grandiosity. But, decade by decade, they keep getting higher and higher. What is driving this global building spree of epic proportions? In Cities in the Sky, author Jason Barr “provides an enjoyable, expansive study of a subject he loves” (Kirkus Reviews), explaining why they appeal to cities and nations, how they get financed, why they succeed economically, and how they change a city’s skyline and enable the world’s greatest metropolises to thrive in the 21st century. From the Empire State Building (1,250 feet) to the Shanghai Tower (2,073 feet) and everywhere in between, Barr explains the unique architectural and engineering efforts that led to the creation of each structure. Along the way, he visits and unpacks some surprising myths about the earliest skyscrapers and the growth of American skylines after World War II, which incorporated a new suite of technologies that spread to the rest of the world in the 1990s. Barr also explores why London banned skyscrapers at the end of the 19th century but then embraced them in the 21st and explains how Hong Kong created the densest cluster of skyscrapers on the planet. Also covered is the dramatic result of China’s “skyscraper fever” and then on to the Arabian Peninsula to see what drove Dubai to build the world’s tallest building, the Burj Khalifa, which at 2,717 feet, is higher than the new One World Trade Center in New York by three football fields. Filled with fascinating details for urbanists, architecture buffs, and urban design enthusiasts alike, Cities in the Sky “masterfully weaves together the history, myths, economics, and engineering behind the most iconic structures across the world’s skylines” to showcase “the ambition, ingenuity, and vision that encourage us to build higher and bolder” (Grady Hillhouse, creator of Practical Engineering). Jason M. Barr Tue, 14 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720023 thebookvoice.com 11:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cities in the Sky: The Quest to Build the World's Tallest Skyscrapers Author: Jason M. Barr Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s top experts on the economics of skyscrapers—a “fascinating” (Daily Mail, London) and “informative” (Publishers Weekly) account of the ever-growing quest for super tall buildings across the globe. The world’s skyscrapers have brought us awe and wonder, and yet they remain controversial—for their high costs, shadows, and overt grandiosity. But, decade by decade, they keep getting higher and higher. What is driving this global building spree of epic proportions? In Cities in the Sky, author Jason Barr “provides an enjoyable, expansive study of a subject he loves” (Kirkus Reviews), explaining why they appeal to cities and nations, how they get financed, why they succeed economically, and how they change a city’s skyline and enable the world’s greatest metropolises to thrive in the 21st century. From the Empire State Building (1,250 feet) to the Shanghai Tower (2,073 feet) and everywhere in between, Barr explains the unique architectural and engineering efforts that led to the creation of each structure. Along the way, he visits and unpacks some surprising myths about the earliest skyscrapers and the growth of American skylines after World War II, which incorporated a new suite of technologies that spread to the rest of the world in the 1990s. Barr also explores why London banned skyscrapers at the end of the 19th century but then embraced them in the 21st and explains how Hong Kong created the densest cluster of skyscrapers on the planet. Also covered is the dramatic result of China’s “skyscraper fever” and then on to the Arabian Peninsula to see what drove Dubai to build the world’s tallest building, the Burj Khalifa, which at 2,717 feet, is higher than the new One World Trade Center in New York by three football fields. Filled with fascinating details for urbanists, architecture buffs, and urban design enthusiasts alike, Cities in the Sky “masterfully weaves together the history, myths, economics, and engineering behind the most iconic structures across the world’s skylines” to showcase “the ambition, ingenuity, and vision that encourage us to build higher and bolder” (Grady Hillhouse, creator of Practical Engineering). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cities in the Sky: The Quest to Build the World's Tallest Skyscrapers Author: Jason M. Barr Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s top experts on the economics of skyscrapers—a “fascinating” (Daily Mail, London) and “informative” (Publishers Weekly) account of the ever-growing quest for super tall buildings across the globe. The world’s skyscrapers have brought us awe and wonder, and yet they remain controversial—for their high costs, shadows, and overt grandiosity. But, decade by decade, they keep getting higher and higher. What is driving this global building spree of epic proportions? In Cities in the Sky, author Jason Barr “provides an enjoyable, expansive study of a subject he loves” (Kirkus Reviews), explaining why they appeal to cities and nations, how they get financed, why they succeed economically, and how they change a city’s skyline and enable the world’s greatest metropolises to thrive in the 21st century. From the Empire State Building (1,250 feet) to the Shanghai Tower (2,073 feet) and everywhere in between, Barr explains the unique architectural and engineering efforts that led to the creation of each structure. Along the way, he visits and unpacks some surprising myths about the earliest skyscrapers and the growth of American skylines after World War II, which incorporated a new suite of technologies that spread to the rest of the world in the 1990s. Barr also explores why London banned skyscrapers at the end of the 19th century but then embraced them in the 21st and explains how Hong Kong created the densest cluster of skyscrapers on the planet. Also covered is the dramatic result of China’s “skyscraper fever” and then on to the Arabian Peninsula to see what drove Dubai to build the world’s tallest building, the Burj Khalifa, which at 2,717 feet, is higher than the new One World Trade Center in New York by three football fields. Filled with fascinating details for urbanists, architecture buffs, and urban design enthusiasts alike, Cities in the Sky “masterfully weaves together the history, myths, economics, and engineering behind the most iconic structures across the world’s skylines” to showcase “the ambition, ingenuity, and vision that encourage us to build higher and bolder” (Grady Hillhouse, creator of Practical Engineering). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seen Yet Unseen: A Black Woman Crashes the Tech Fraternity Author: Bärí A. Williams Narrator: Bärí A. Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part searing revelation, Seen Yet Unseen takes readers behind the scenes of some of the world’s biggest tech companies and exposes the way their exclusion of and, at times, hostility toward Black women have lasting impacts on the technology we use every day. Over the years the products of big tech companies and Silicon Valley have become indispensable to our lives. They impact the way we socialize, make purchases, and even our medical decisions. But what happens when a major segment of the population—in this case Black women—isn’t included in these companies? For over a decade, Bärí A. Williams has worked to carve a space for herself as a Black woman in the incredibly white male sphere of major tech companies, eventually becoming a lead counsel at Facebook and architect of their supplier diversity program. However, she also experienced the peculiar feeling familiar to Black women in the workforce: being both unseen and too seen. In raw and personal stories, Williams recounts balancing on glass cliffs while battling the burnout that so often forces Black women out of these companies, and how the industry’s lack—and loss—of Black women not only harms the businesses themselves but has troubling ramifications for their products, particularly as the promises of AI and the Metaverse loom large. In a tone both forthright and revealing, Williams dissects how a culture that has largely excluded Black women—and people of color more generally—is at a tipping point and that only through embracing and listening to Black women can we prevent the further weaponization of these technologies against marginalized communities. From fledgling in-house diversity initiatives to gentrification and the rise of AI, Seen Yet Unseen takes the reader inside the obscured machinations of big tech companies and makes a case for why diversity is essential to the future of technology. Bärí A. Williams Tue, 14 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719926 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seen Yet Unseen: A Black Woman Crashes the Tech Fraternity Author: Bärí A. Williams Narrator: Bärí A. Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part searing revelation, Seen Yet Unseen takes readers behind the scenes of some of the world’s biggest tech companies and exposes the way their exclusion of and, at times, hostility toward Black women have lasting impacts on the technology we use every day. Over the years the products of big tech companies and Silicon Valley have become indispensable to our lives. They impact the way we socialize, make purchases, and even our medical decisions. But what happens when a major segment of the population—in this case Black women—isn’t included in these companies? For over a decade, Bärí A. Williams has worked to carve a space for herself as a Black woman in the incredibly white male sphere of major tech companies, eventually becoming a lead counsel at Facebook and architect of their supplier diversity program. However, she also experienced the peculiar feeling familiar to Black women in the workforce: being both unseen and too seen. In raw and personal stories, Williams recounts balancing on glass cliffs while battling the burnout that so often forces Black women out of these companies, and how the industry’s lack—and loss—of Black women not only harms the businesses themselves but has troubling ramifications for their products, particularly as the promises of AI and the Metaverse loom large. In a tone both forthright and revealing, Williams dissects how a culture that has largely excluded Black women—and people of color more generally—is at a tipping point and that only through embracing and listening to Black women can we prevent the further weaponization of these technologies against marginalized communities. From fledgling in-house diversity initiatives to gentrification and the rise of AI, Seen Yet Unseen takes the reader inside the obscured machinations of big tech companies and makes a case for why diversity is essential to the future of technology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seen Yet Unseen: A Black Woman Crashes the Tech Fraternity Author: Bärí A. Williams Narrator: Bärí A. Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part searing revelation, Seen Yet Unseen takes readers behind the scenes of some of the world’s biggest tech companies and exposes the way their exclusion of and, at times, hostility toward Black women have lasting impacts on the technology we use every day. Over the years the products of big tech companies and Silicon Valley have become indispensable to our lives. They impact the way we socialize, make purchases, and even our medical decisions. But what happens when a major segment of the population—in this case Black women—isn’t included in these companies? For over a decade, Bärí A. Williams has worked to carve a space for herself as a Black woman in the incredibly white male sphere of major tech companies, eventually becoming a lead counsel at Facebook and architect of their supplier diversity program. However, she also experienced the peculiar feeling familiar to Black women in the workforce: being both unseen and too seen. In raw and personal stories, Williams recounts balancing on glass cliffs while battling the burnout that so often forces Black women out of these companies, and how the industry’s lack—and loss—of Black women not only harms the businesses themselves but has troubling ramifications for their products, particularly as the promises of AI and the Metaverse loom large. In a tone both forthright and revealing, Williams dissects how a culture that has largely excluded Black women—and people of color more generally—is at a tipping point and that only through embracing and listening to Black women can we prevent the further weaponization of these technologies against marginalized communities. From fledgling in-house diversity initiatives to gentrification and the rise of AI, Seen Yet Unseen takes the reader inside the obscured machinations of big tech companies and makes a case for why diversity is essential to the future of technology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insulin: A Hundred-Year History Author: Stuart Bradwel Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In 1922, researchers made one of the most important medical breakthroughs of the century: insulin. Their discovery seemed miraculous. When it was given to diabetic patients on the brink of death, their condition rapidly improved. However, this was no simple cure. Injections must be taken for life. Without them, symptoms quickly return, often with fatal results. But while a lifetime on insulin poses great challenges, it also offers opportunities. In this revelatory history, Stuart Bradwel looks back on one of medicine's most celebrated innovations. Setting professional narrative against subjective patient experience, he tells the story of a drug that has challenged many of the basic assumptions upon which medical practice is built, both inside and outside the clinic. Nevertheless, Bradwel reminds us that the centenary of this apparent 'wonder drug' should be no cause for celebration. Insulin often remains inaccessible to those who need it most: elusive prescriptions, uneven availability and sky-high prices result in rationing and desperate do-it-yourself research and development. In the face of bootstraps rhetoric and 'Pharma Bro' capitalists, patients across the world are left to fend for themselves. There is a long way to go in the twenty-first century until insulin truly fulfills the extraordinary promises made by its discovery. Stuart Bradwel Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719832 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insulin: A Hundred-Year History Author: Stuart Bradwel Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In 1922, researchers made one of the most important medical breakthroughs of the century: insulin. Their discovery seemed miraculous. When it was given to diabetic patients on the brink of death, their condition rapidly improved. However, this was no simple cure. Injections must be taken for life. Without them, symptoms quickly return, often with fatal results. But while a lifetime on insulin poses great challenges, it also offers opportunities. In this revelatory history, Stuart Bradwel looks back on one of medicine's most celebrated innovations. Setting professional narrative against subjective patient experience, he tells the story of a drug that has challenged many of the basic assumptions upon which medical practice is built, both inside and outside the clinic. Nevertheless, Bradwel reminds us that the centenary of this apparent 'wonder drug' should be no cause for celebration. Insulin often remains inaccessible to those who need it most: elusive prescriptions, uneven availability and sky-high prices result in rationing and desperate do-it-yourself research and development. In the face of bootstraps rhetoric and 'Pharma Bro' capitalists, patients across the world are left to fend for themselves. There is a long way to go in the twenty-first century until insulin truly fulfills the extraordinary promises made by its discovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insulin: A Hundred-Year History Author: Stuart Bradwel Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 20, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In 1922, researchers made one of the most important medical breakthroughs of the century: insulin. Their discovery seemed miraculous. When it was given to diabetic patients on the brink of death, their condition rapidly improved. However, this was no simple cure. Injections must be taken for life. Without them, symptoms quickly return, often with fatal results. But while a lifetime on insulin poses great challenges, it also offers opportunities. In this revelatory history, Stuart Bradwel looks back on one of medicine's most celebrated innovations. Setting professional narrative against subjective patient experience, he tells the story of a drug that has challenged many of the basic assumptions upon which medical practice is built, both inside and outside the clinic. Nevertheless, Bradwel reminds us that the centenary of this apparent 'wonder drug' should be no cause for celebration. Insulin often remains inaccessible to those who need it most: elusive prescriptions, uneven availability and sky-high prices result in rationing and desperate do-it-yourself research and development. In the face of bootstraps rhetoric and 'Pharma Bro' capitalists, patients across the world are left to fend for themselves. There is a long way to go in the twenty-first century until insulin truly fulfills the extraordinary promises made by its discovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of Innovation: A Field Guide for Navigating to Authentic Demand Author: Mark Wegman, Daniel Sabbah, Merrick Furst, Matt Chanoff Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Four innovation experts from the startup world, large enterprises, nonprofits, and academia come together to reveal the secret of uncovering authentic demand to build successful innovations. Books on innovation mostly focus on how to nurture innovative cultures and brainstorm ideas. The Heart of Innovation is the first popular book to concretely delve into what innovations really are and how to create them. Many attempts at innovation fail because customers turn out to be indifferent. The key to success is to uncover unmet authentic demand; what customers cannot be indifferent to. Through fresh case studies, ranging from how SoulCycle revolutionized the fitness industry, to how IBM built an $8 billion business on the Web, to a single mother ending abuse in a slum in Africa, The Heart of Innovation explores how authentic demand is often hidden or taken for granted. The first half of the book explores cases where people accidentally found their way to meeting an unmet authentic demand—or failed to. The second half of the book provides a field guide to methodically identifying and building products, services, and businesses around authentic demand. Mark Wegman, Daniel Sabbah, Merrick Furst, Matt Chanoff Tue, 26 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719808 thebookvoice.com 4:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of Innovation: A Field Guide for Navigating to Authentic Demand Author: Mark Wegman, Daniel Sabbah, Merrick Furst, Matt Chanoff Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Four innovation experts from the startup world, large enterprises, nonprofits, and academia come together to reveal the secret of uncovering authentic demand to build successful innovations. Books on innovation mostly focus on how to nurture innovative cultures and brainstorm ideas. The Heart of Innovation is the first popular book to concretely delve into what innovations really are and how to create them. Many attempts at innovation fail because customers turn out to be indifferent. The key to success is to uncover unmet authentic demand; what customers cannot be indifferent to. Through fresh case studies, ranging from how SoulCycle revolutionized the fitness industry, to how IBM built an $8 billion business on the Web, to a single mother ending abuse in a slum in Africa, The Heart of Innovation explores how authentic demand is often hidden or taken for granted. The first half of the book explores cases where people accidentally found their way to meeting an unmet authentic demand—or failed to. The second half of the book provides a field guide to methodically identifying and building products, services, and businesses around authentic demand. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heart of Innovation: A Field Guide for Navigating to Authentic Demand Author: Mark Wegman, Daniel Sabbah, Merrick Furst, Matt Chanoff Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Four innovation experts from the startup world, large enterprises, nonprofits, and academia come together to reveal the secret of uncovering authentic demand to build successful innovations. Books on innovation mostly focus on how to nurture innovative cultures and brainstorm ideas. The Heart of Innovation is the first popular book to concretely delve into what innovations really are and how to create them. Many attempts at innovation fail because customers turn out to be indifferent. The key to success is to uncover unmet authentic demand; what customers cannot be indifferent to. Through fresh case studies, ranging from how SoulCycle revolutionized the fitness industry, to how IBM built an $8 billion business on the Web, to a single mother ending abuse in a slum in Africa, The Heart of Innovation explores how authentic demand is often hidden or taken for granted. The first half of the book explores cases where people accidentally found their way to meeting an unmet authentic demand—or failed to. The second half of the book provides a field guide to methodically identifying and building products, services, and businesses around authentic demand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believe-In-You Money: What Would It Look Like If the Economy Loved Black People? Author: Jessica Norwood Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There is a huge racial wealth gap in America today. Owning a business is one of the best ways to build wealth—but entrepreneurs need capital. And investing in Black companies is obstructed by systemic racism and implicit biases that continue to create barriers to success. Merging historical information and data, along with tactical examples and explanations, this practical guide shows us what needs to be done in order to change the way we support Black companies and how we think about wealth. Norwood calls for investors to move away from extractive, individualistic, exploitative approaches to capital and entrepreneurship. She asks us to move toward transformational, restorative, regenerative, and interdependent relationships to repair the impacts of systemic racism. Investors, large and small, need to say to Black business owners, 'we believe in you.' With an entrepreneur-centric approach, Believe-In-You Money challenges the system failure surrounding Black companies. It's a guide on how Black entrepreneurs can be supported in sustainable ways and offers a shift in the way we think about who can be an investor, while aiming to change our personal relationships with money. Jessica Norwood Tue, 26 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719805 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believe-In-You Money: What Would It Look Like If the Economy Loved Black People? Author: Jessica Norwood Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There is a huge racial wealth gap in America today. Owning a business is one of the best ways to build wealth—but entrepreneurs need capital. And investing in Black companies is obstructed by systemic racism and implicit biases that continue to create barriers to success. Merging historical information and data, along with tactical examples and explanations, this practical guide shows us what needs to be done in order to change the way we support Black companies and how we think about wealth. Norwood calls for investors to move away from extractive, individualistic, exploitative approaches to capital and entrepreneurship. She asks us to move toward transformational, restorative, regenerative, and interdependent relationships to repair the impacts of systemic racism. Investors, large and small, need to say to Black business owners, 'we believe in you.' With an entrepreneur-centric approach, Believe-In-You Money challenges the system failure surrounding Black companies. It's a guide on how Black entrepreneurs can be supported in sustainable ways and offers a shift in the way we think about who can be an investor, while aiming to change our personal relationships with money. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believe-In-You Money: What Would It Look Like If the Economy Loved Black People? Author: Jessica Norwood Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There is a huge racial wealth gap in America today. Owning a business is one of the best ways to build wealth—but entrepreneurs need capital. And investing in Black companies is obstructed by systemic racism and implicit biases that continue to create barriers to success. Merging historical information and data, along with tactical examples and explanations, this practical guide shows us what needs to be done in order to change the way we support Black companies and how we think about wealth. Norwood calls for investors to move away from extractive, individualistic, exploitative approaches to capital and entrepreneurship. She asks us to move toward transformational, restorative, regenerative, and interdependent relationships to repair the impacts of systemic racism. Investors, large and small, need to say to Black business owners, 'we believe in you.' With an entrepreneur-centric approach, Believe-In-You Money challenges the system failure surrounding Black companies. It's a guide on how Black entrepreneurs can be supported in sustainable ways and offers a shift in the way we think about who can be an investor, while aiming to change our personal relationships with money. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719807 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Your Company Global: The New Rules of International Expansion Author: Nataly Kelly Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Companies looking to expand used to think about entering international markets, but today you're global from the moment you create a website. Nataly Kelly, Chief Growth Officer at Rebrandly (a global tech company with customers in more than 100 countries) and former VP International Ops and Strategy at HubSpot, says now the goal should be market intensification—building on the presence you already have. Kelly's MARACA model enables companies to distill the mass amounts of data available to determine if, how, and where they should expand by looking at three key areas of measurement: MA: market availability—the size of the market opportunity within a given country; RA: real-time analytics—data indicating how your company is currently performing in that market; and CA: customer addressability—the measure of your company's ability to address the market, no matter its size. The book is based on Kelly's experiences with building a global business both at HubSpot and as a consultant, but also contains numerous examples from successful global companies of various sizes, such as Airbnb, Canva, Dashlane, GoStudent, Facebook, LinkedIn, Lottie Dolls, Netflix, Revolut, Teamwork, and Zoom. Including information on building a globally minded corporate culture, this is a complete strategic guide to discovering international growth opportunities. Nataly Kelly Tue, 05 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719807 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Your Company Global: The New Rules of International Expansion Author: Nataly Kelly Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Companies looking to expand used to think about entering international markets, but today you're global from the moment you create a website. Nataly Kelly, Chief Growth Officer at Rebrandly (a global tech company with customers in more than 100 countries) and former VP International Ops and Strategy at HubSpot, says now the goal should be market intensification—building on the presence you already have. Kelly's MARACA model enables companies to distill the mass amounts of data available to determine if, how, and where they should expand by looking at three key areas of measurement: MA: market availability—the size of the market opportunity within a given country; RA: real-time analytics—data indicating how your company is currently performing in that market; and CA: customer addressability—the measure of your company's ability to address the market, no matter its size. The book is based on Kelly's experiences with building a global business both at HubSpot and as a consultant, but also contains numerous examples from successful global companies of various sizes, such as Airbnb, Canva, Dashlane, GoStudent, Facebook, LinkedIn, Lottie Dolls, Netflix, Revolut, Teamwork, and Zoom. Including information on building a globally minded corporate culture, this is a complete strategic guide to discovering international growth opportunities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Your Company Global: The New Rules of International Expansion Author: Nataly Kelly Narrator: Sarah Welborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Companies looking to expand used to think about entering international markets, but today you're global from the moment you create a website. Nataly Kelly, Chief Growth Officer at Rebrandly (a global tech company with customers in more than 100 countries) and former VP International Ops and Strategy at HubSpot, says now the goal should be market intensification—building on the presence you already have. Kelly's MARACA model enables companies to distill the mass amounts of data available to determine if, how, and where they should expand by looking at three key areas of measurement: MA: market availability—the size of the market opportunity within a given country; RA: real-time analytics—data indicating how your company is currently performing in that market; and CA: customer addressability—the measure of your company's ability to address the market, no matter its size. The book is based on Kelly's experiences with building a global business both at HubSpot and as a consultant, but also contains numerous examples from successful global companies of various sizes, such as Airbnb, Canva, Dashlane, GoStudent, Facebook, LinkedIn, Lottie Dolls, Netflix, Revolut, Teamwork, and Zoom. Including information on building a globally minded corporate culture, this is a complete strategic guide to discovering international growth opportunities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Communities: Engage and Retain Customers to Build the Future of Your Business Author: Robin Van Lieshout, Nick Mehta Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make community building your ultimate business growth strategy In Customer Communities, Nick Mehta and Robin Van Lieshout deliver an actionable playbook on how to cultivate meaningful communities that fuel quantifiable business growth. In the book, you'll learn how to capitalize on this new growth strategy to scale your company and develop excitement around your products and your firm. The authors outline the ten foundational Laws of Community, explaining why community development does not need to be expensive and how to integrate community in the heart of your customer journey. You'll also find: ● Strategies for creating a cross functional customer engagement team ● Techniques for building community in places that aren't the web or on social media ● Ways to bring your organization's culture and values into your community with a human-first alignment An essential roadmap to community development for customer success, marketing, support and product teams, and other entrepreneurs, founders, and executive business leaders. Customer Communities will earn a place on the bookshelves of anyone with a stake in organizational growth and resilience. Robin Van Lieshout, Nick Mehta Tue, 26 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719803 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Communities: Engage and Retain Customers to Build the Future of Your Business Author: Robin Van Lieshout, Nick Mehta Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make community building your ultimate business growth strategy In Customer Communities, Nick Mehta and Robin Van Lieshout deliver an actionable playbook on how to cultivate meaningful communities that fuel quantifiable business growth. In the book, you'll learn how to capitalize on this new growth strategy to scale your company and develop excitement around your products and your firm. The authors outline the ten foundational Laws of Community, explaining why community development does not need to be expensive and how to integrate community in the heart of your customer journey. You'll also find: ● Strategies for creating a cross functional customer engagement team ● Techniques for building community in places that aren't the web or on social media ● Ways to bring your organization's culture and values into your community with a human-first alignment An essential roadmap to community development for customer success, marketing, support and product teams, and other entrepreneurs, founders, and executive business leaders. Customer Communities will earn a place on the bookshelves of anyone with a stake in organizational growth and resilience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Communities: Engage and Retain Customers to Build the Future of Your Business Author: Robin Van Lieshout, Nick Mehta Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make community building your ultimate business growth strategy In Customer Communities, Nick Mehta and Robin Van Lieshout deliver an actionable playbook on how to cultivate meaningful communities that fuel quantifiable business growth. In the book, you'll learn how to capitalize on this new growth strategy to scale your company and develop excitement around your products and your firm. The authors outline the ten foundational Laws of Community, explaining why community development does not need to be expensive and how to integrate community in the heart of your customer journey. You'll also find: ● Strategies for creating a cross functional customer engagement team ● Techniques for building community in places that aren't the web or on social media ● Ways to bring your organization's culture and values into your community with a human-first alignment An essential roadmap to community development for customer success, marketing, support and product teams, and other entrepreneurs, founders, and executive business leaders. Customer Communities will earn a place on the bookshelves of anyone with a stake in organizational growth and resilience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Lebenswerk in besten Händen - 12 kurzweilige Geschichten für eine gelingenende Unternehmensnachfolge (ungekürzt) Author: Klaus-Christian Knuffmann Narrator: Falk Werner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 3, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Mein Lebenswerk in besten Händen ist ein heiteres und besonnenes Lesebuch, das aus der tiefen Erfahrung des bekannten Familienunternehmers und Nachfolgeberaters Klaus-Christian Knuffmann schöpft. In 12 abgeschlossenen Geschichten zeigt er, dass es keine Standardlösung für die Unternehmensnachfolge gibt. Er richtet den Blick auf individuelle Ergebnisse und macht ganz viel Mut, denn seiner Erfahrung nach gibt es immer eine Lösung für Familienunternehmen und Unternehmerfamilien. In diesem Buch erzählt er Geschichten, die wir normalerweise nicht zu Gesicht bekommen, nicht über Fachbücher und schon gar nicht über die Regenbogenpresse, in der sich bekannte Unternehmerfamilien öffentlich streiten. Es scheint sonderbar, aber gelungene Praxisbeispiele für die Unternehmensnachfolge sind kaum zu finden. Nicht zuletzt deswegen erhält das Thema eine Schwere, die es gar nicht verdient. Nachfolge macht Spaß! Die Leichtigkeit des Buchs, aber auch die Emotionalität der Geschichten werden unterstützt durch 12 Zeichnungen der Kunsthistorikerin und Künstlerin Marie-Charlotte Knuffmann, der Tochter des Autors. Klaus-Christian Knuffmann Fri, 03 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719760 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Lebenswerk in besten Händen - 12 kurzweilige Geschichten für eine gelingenende Unternehmensnachfolge (ungekürzt) Author: Klaus-Christian Knuffmann Narrator: Falk Werner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 3, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Mein Lebenswerk in besten Händen ist ein heiteres und besonnenes Lesebuch, das aus der tiefen Erfahrung des bekannten Familienunternehmers und Nachfolgeberaters Klaus-Christian Knuffmann schöpft. In 12 abgeschlossenen Geschichten zeigt er, dass es keine Standardlösung für die Unternehmensnachfolge gibt. Er richtet den Blick auf individuelle Ergebnisse und macht ganz viel Mut, denn seiner Erfahrung nach gibt es immer eine Lösung für Familienunternehmen und Unternehmerfamilien. In diesem Buch erzählt er Geschichten, die wir normalerweise nicht zu Gesicht bekommen, nicht über Fachbücher und schon gar nicht über die Regenbogenpresse, in der sich bekannte Unternehmerfamilien öffentlich streiten. Es scheint sonderbar, aber gelungene Praxisbeispiele für die Unternehmensnachfolge sind kaum zu finden. Nicht zuletzt deswegen erhält das Thema eine Schwere, die es gar nicht verdient. Nachfolge macht Spaß! Die Leichtigkeit des Buchs, aber auch die Emotionalität der Geschichten werden unterstützt durch 12 Zeichnungen der Kunsthistorikerin und Künstlerin Marie-Charlotte Knuffmann, der Tochter des Autors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Lebenswerk in besten Händen - 12 kurzweilige Geschichten für eine gelingenende Unternehmensnachfolge (ungekürzt) Author: Klaus-Christian Knuffmann Narrator: Falk Werner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 3, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Mein Lebenswerk in besten Händen ist ein heiteres und besonnenes Lesebuch, das aus der tiefen Erfahrung des bekannten Familienunternehmers und Nachfolgeberaters Klaus-Christian Knuffmann schöpft. In 12 abgeschlossenen Geschichten zeigt er, dass es keine Standardlösung für die Unternehmensnachfolge gibt. Er richtet den Blick auf individuelle Ergebnisse und macht ganz viel Mut, denn seiner Erfahrung nach gibt es immer eine Lösung für Familienunternehmen und Unternehmerfamilien. In diesem Buch erzählt er Geschichten, die wir normalerweise nicht zu Gesicht bekommen, nicht über Fachbücher und schon gar nicht über die Regenbogenpresse, in der sich bekannte Unternehmerfamilien öffentlich streiten. Es scheint sonderbar, aber gelungene Praxisbeispiele für die Unternehmensnachfolge sind kaum zu finden. Nicht zuletzt deswegen erhält das Thema eine Schwere, die es gar nicht verdient. Nachfolge macht Spaß! Die Leichtigkeit des Buchs, aber auch die Emotionalität der Geschichten werden unterstützt durch 12 Zeichnungen der Kunsthistorikerin und Künstlerin Marie-Charlotte Knuffmann, der Tochter des Autors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719660 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Attention: How to Actually Build Brand and Sales in the New Social Media World Author: Gary Vaynerchuk Narrator: Gary Vaynerchuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “One thing I've learned being around Gary for the last decade is that when he sees new consumer trends or new best practices in marketing, people should listen and act on them.” — Michael Rubin, CEO of Fanatics In his seventh business book, bestselling author, entrepreneur, and investor Gary Vaynerchuk offers fresh, in-depth advice to enhance brand development, grow sales, and beat the competition using modern advertising strategies grounded in social media. In his 2013 bestseller Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook, Gary Vaynerchuk showed the world how to create winning content for underpriced attention channels. But since then, new platforms have emerged, others have become less relevant, and algorithms are incentivizing new styles of content. New skills are necessary to create advertising that builds brand and sales. In his latest book, Vaynerchuk argues that today’s fast-growing businesses, brands, content creators, and influencers have one thing in common: They mastered storytelling in areas of underpriced attention, which predominantly exists across a handful of social media platforms. Informed by 20+ years of business and marketing success, he contends that the biggest transformation and opportunity is the “TikTokification of Social Media.” Increasingly, platforms are distributing content based on what users are interested in, rather than who they follow. Small businesses, large corporations, and creators can take advantage of this trend to develop brand and grow sales by producing relevant, strategic content, even if they don’t have an audience. But how does one make relevant content? What should advertisements look like, in this new world? In this book, Vaynerchuk provides detailed answers to these questions and more, revealing the tactics to master modern advertising with strategies you can apply to the moment you’re currently living in. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Gary Vaynerchuk Tue, 21 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719660 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Attention: How to Actually Build Brand and Sales in the New Social Media World Author: Gary Vaynerchuk Narrator: Gary Vaynerchuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “One thing I've learned being around Gary for the last decade is that when he sees new consumer trends or new best practices in marketing, people should listen and act on them.” — Michael Rubin, CEO of Fanatics In his seventh business book, bestselling author, entrepreneur, and investor Gary Vaynerchuk offers fresh, in-depth advice to enhance brand development, grow sales, and beat the competition using modern advertising strategies grounded in social media. In his 2013 bestseller Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook, Gary Vaynerchuk showed the world how to create winning content for underpriced attention channels. But since then, new platforms have emerged, others have become less relevant, and algorithms are incentivizing new styles of content. New skills are necessary to create advertising that builds brand and sales. In his latest book, Vaynerchuk argues that today’s fast-growing businesses, brands, content creators, and influencers have one thing in common: They mastered storytelling in areas of underpriced attention, which predominantly exists across a handful of social media platforms. Informed by 20+ years of business and marketing success, he contends that the biggest transformation and opportunity is the “TikTokification of Social Media.” Increasingly, platforms are distributing content based on what users are interested in, rather than who they follow. Small businesses, large corporations, and creators can take advantage of this trend to develop brand and grow sales by producing relevant, strategic content, even if they don’t have an audience. But how does one make relevant content? What should advertisements look like, in this new world? In this book, Vaynerchuk provides detailed answers to these questions and more, revealing the tactics to master modern advertising with strategies you can apply to the moment you’re currently living in. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Attention: How to Actually Build Brand and Sales in the New Social Media World Author: Gary Vaynerchuk Narrator: Gary Vaynerchuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “One thing I've learned being around Gary for the last decade is that when he sees new consumer trends or new best practices in marketing, people should listen and act on them.” — Michael Rubin, CEO of Fanatics In his seventh business book, bestselling author, entrepreneur, and investor Gary Vaynerchuk offers fresh, in-depth advice to enhance brand development, grow sales, and beat the competition using modern advertising strategies grounded in social media. In his 2013 bestseller Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook, Gary Vaynerchuk showed the world how to create winning content for underpriced attention channels. But since then, new platforms have emerged, others have become less relevant, and algorithms are incentivizing new styles of content. New skills are necessary to create advertising that builds brand and sales. In his latest book, Vaynerchuk argues that today’s fast-growing businesses, brands, content creators, and influencers have one thing in common: They mastered storytelling in areas of underpriced attention, which predominantly exists across a handful of social media platforms. Informed by 20+ years of business and marketing success, he contends that the biggest transformation and opportunity is the “TikTokification of Social Media.” Increasingly, platforms are distributing content based on what users are interested in, rather than who they follow. Small businesses, large corporations, and creators can take advantage of this trend to develop brand and grow sales by producing relevant, strategic content, even if they don’t have an audience. But how does one make relevant content? What should advertisements look like, in this new world? In this book, Vaynerchuk provides detailed answers to these questions and more, revealing the tactics to master modern advertising with strategies you can apply to the moment you’re currently living in. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Carlos Olalla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 2, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Un brillante y provocador manifiesto para salvar al capitalismo de sí mismo. Todos tenemos la sensación de que el sistema económico se inclina a favor de las grandes empresas. Unas pocas corporaciones dominan sectores enteros; la industria financiera regula la economía a su antojo; los gobiernos negocian acuerdos comerciales que en absoluto benefician a los intereses de los ciudadanos; y las tecnológicas custodian celosamente una ingente cantidad de datos personales sin supervisión y trafican con ellos. Las nuevas tecnologías, lejos de ayudar, tienden a empeorar las cosas, contribuyendo a disparar la desigualdad, ralentizar el crecimiento y fomentar el desempleo. Pese a todo, Joseph Stiglitz, premio Nobel de Economía, insiste en que, aunque no nos lo parezca, tenemos el poder de reconstruir los cimientos del capitalismo. En este oportuno libro, identifica las verdaderas fuentes de la prosperidad económica compartida, basadas en la investigación, la educación y el imperio de la ley. Consciente de los peligros del fundamentalismo de mercado, y de la amenaza al poder judicial, las universidades y los medios de comunicación, instituciones que durante mucho tiempo han sido la base de la prosperidad y la democracia, nos descubre cómo hemos llegado a esta situación y marca el camino para combatir algunos de los mayores desafíos de nuestro tiempo. La crítica ha dicho... «Stiglitz es un extraño salvador del capitalismo: lo quiere salvar de sí mismo, y su recomendación es redimirlo socializándolo.» Carlos Rodríguez Braun, El Cultural de El Mundo «Una defensa autorizada de la intervención del gobierno utilizando la economía convencional y una explicación de cómo construir una sociedad más justa sin sacrificar el crecimiento.» Gavin Jacobson, Financial Times «Sus recetas radicales.» Gerard Baker, The Times «Capitalismo progresista aporta ideas y ambiciones a los trabajos previos de Stiglitz.» Daniel W. Drezner, The New York Times «Urgente. Si no abordamos el aumento de la desigualdad causada por la globalización mal administrada y la liberalización financiera, el discurso demagógico encontrará una audiencia receptiva.» The New Yorker «Un libro donde se huele el miedo. [...] Junto con su contenido urgente y necesario, hace que el libro nos parezca la obra más importante de Stiglitz en este s. XXI. [...] Capitalismo progresista llega en el momento justo.» Francisco Martínez Hidalgo, Fantasymundo «Stiglitz es un economista increíblemente brillante.» Paul Krugman «Junto con Krugman y Piketty, Stiglitz forma el triunvirato de los principales críticos económicos del capitalismo global.» Andrew Anthony, The Guardian Joseph E. Stiglitz Thu, 02 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617 thebookvoice.com 14:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Carlos Olalla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 2, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Un brillante y provocador manifiesto para salvar al capitalismo de sí mismo. Todos tenemos la sensación de que el sistema económico se inclina a favor de las grandes empresas. Unas pocas corporaciones dominan sectores enteros; la industria financiera regula la economía a su antojo; los gobiernos negocian acuerdos comerciales que en absoluto benefician a los intereses de los ciudadanos; y las tecnológicas custodian celosamente una ingente cantidad de datos personales sin supervisión y trafican con ellos. Las nuevas tecnologías, lejos de ayudar, tienden a empeorar las cosas, contribuyendo a disparar la desigualdad, ralentizar el crecimiento y fomentar el desempleo. Pese a todo, Joseph Stiglitz, premio Nobel de Economía, insiste en que, aunque no nos lo parezca, tenemos el poder de reconstruir los cimientos del capitalismo. En este oportuno libro, identifica las verdaderas fuentes de la prosperidad económica compartida, basadas en la investigación, la educación y el imperio de la ley. Consciente de los peligros del fundamentalismo de mercado, y de la amenaza al poder judicial, las universidades y los medios de comunicación, instituciones que durante mucho tiempo han sido la base de la prosperidad y la democracia, nos descubre cómo hemos llegado a esta situación y marca el camino para combatir algunos de los mayores desafíos de nuestro tiempo. La crítica ha dicho... «Stiglitz es un extraño salvador del capitalismo: lo quiere salvar de sí mismo, y su recomendación es redimirlo socializándolo.» Carlos Rodríguez Braun, El Cultural de El Mundo «Una defensa autorizada de la intervención del gobierno utilizando la economía convencional y una explicación de cómo construir una sociedad más justa sin sacrificar el crecimiento.» Gavin Jacobson, Financial Times «Sus recetas radicales.» Gerard Baker, The Times «Capitalismo progresista aporta ideas y ambiciones a los trabajos previos de Stiglitz.» Daniel W. Drezner, The New York Times «Urgente. Si no abordamos el aumento de la desigualdad causada por la globalización mal administrada y la liberalización financiera, el discurso demagógico encontrará una audiencia receptiva.» The New Yorker «Un libro donde se huele el miedo. [...] Junto con su contenido urgente y necesario, hace que el libro nos parezca la obra más importante de Stiglitz en este s. XXI. [...] Capitalismo progresista llega en el momento justo.» Francisco Martínez Hidalgo, Fantasymundo «Stiglitz es un economista increíblemente brillante.» Paul Krugman «Junto con Krugman y Piketty, Stiglitz forma el triunvirato de los principales críticos económicos del capitalismo global.» Andrew Anthony, The Guardian Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Carlos Olalla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 2, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Un brillante y provocador manifiesto para salvar al capitalismo de sí mismo. Todos tenemos la sensación de que el sistema económico se inclina a favor de las grandes empresas. Unas pocas corporaciones dominan sectores enteros; la industria financiera regula la economía a su antojo; los gobiernos negocian acuerdos comerciales que en absoluto benefician a los intereses de los ciudadanos; y las tecnológicas custodian celosamente una ingente cantidad de datos personales sin supervisión y trafican con ellos. Las nuevas tecnologías, lejos de ayudar, tienden a empeorar las cosas, contribuyendo a disparar la desigualdad, ralentizar el crecimiento y fomentar el desempleo. Pese a todo, Joseph Stiglitz, premio Nobel de Economía, insiste en que, aunque no nos lo parezca, tenemos el poder de reconstruir los cimientos del capitalismo. En este oportuno libro, identifica las verdaderas fuentes de la prosperidad económica compartida, basadas en la investigación, la educación y el imperio de la ley. Consciente de los peligros del fundamentalismo de mercado, y de la amenaza al poder judicial, las universidades y los medios de comunicación, instituciones que durante mucho tiempo han sido la base de la prosperidad y la democracia, nos descubre cómo hemos llegado a esta situación y marca el camino para combatir algunos de los mayores desafíos de nuestro tiempo. La crítica ha dicho... «Stiglitz es un extraño salvador del capitalismo: lo quiere salvar de sí mismo, y su recomendación es redimirlo socializándolo.» Carlos Rodríguez Braun, El Cultural de El Mundo «Una defensa autorizada de la intervención del gobierno utilizando la economía convencional y una explicación de cómo construir una sociedad más justa sin sacrificar el crecimiento.» Gavin Jacobson, Financial Times «Sus recetas radicales.» Gerard Baker, The Times «Capitalismo progresista aporta ideas y ambiciones a los trabajos previos de Stiglitz.» Daniel W. Drezner, The New York Times «Urgente. Si no abordamos el aumento de la desigualdad causada por la globalización mal administrada y la liberalización financiera, el discurso demagógico encontrará una audiencia receptiva.» The New Yorker «Un libro donde se huele el miedo. [...] Junto con su contenido urgente y necesario, hace que el libro nos parezca la obra más importante de Stiglitz en este s. XXI. [...] Capitalismo progresista llega en el momento justo.» Francisco Martínez Hidalgo, Fantasymundo «Stiglitz es un economista increíblemente brillante.» Paul Krugman «Junto con Krugman y Piketty, Stiglitz forma el triunvirato de los principales críticos económicos del capitalismo global.» Andrew Anthony, The Guardian https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ganar en China: Ocho historias de éxito y fracaso en la economía más grande del mundo Author: Lele Sang, Karl Ulrich Narrator: Chano Jurado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Si Amazon, que esperaba un crecimiento de doble dígito en China, cerró sus puertas en este país en 2019, ¿entonces quién sí puede triunfar en el gigante asiático? A través de ocho fascinantes y reveladores casos, los expertos de Wharton exploran el desempeño de Hyundai, LinkedIn, Sequoia Capital, InMobi, Norwegian Cruise Line, Zegna, Intel y Amazon en territorio chino. Con base en un marco de referencia con criterios bien establecidos, ofrecen una guía para las compañías que buscan sumar a sus utilidades la enorme demanda de 1 400 de millones de chinos. Además, responden cuatro preguntas críticas: ¿Qué factores explican el éxito (o fracaso) de las empresas extranjeras que entran a China? ¿Qué retos y peligros encontrará una empresa que decide iniciar operaciones en este territorio? ¿Qué decisiones de gestión son críticas y qué enfoques son los más efectivos? ¿Cómo una empresa que tiene intención de entrar a China puede medir sus probabilidades de éxito? Conoce estos ocho casos de empresas multinacionales en China y descubre el camino más seguro para abrir tu negocio a la economía más grande del mundo con éxito. «Después de la pandemia, China ha recargado su magnética atracción para las empresas extranjeras. Cómo ganar en China ofrece lecciones invaluables, prácticas y de acción inmediata para cualquiera que esté pensando en entrar al mercado más masivo, brutal, competitivo y retador políticamente, basado en los fascinantes, bien sustentados y fáciles de leer casos de estudio de éxito y fracaso por algunas de las compañías más icónicas del mundo, durante dos décadas.» -Geoffrey Garrett, decano de la USC Marshall School of Business «China no es fácil para nadie y muchos jugadores extranjeros han sucumbido. Pero Lele Sang y Karl Ulrich han hecho una investigación meticulosa y de primera mano que ha mostrado que sí se puede triunfar en este país, sin importar el país de origen o la industria. En lugar de tomar los ejemplos más exitosos, escogieron un espectro de casos que ayudará a instruir a quien tiene interés en el mercado chino para que maximice sus probabilidades con consejos de aplicación inmediata. ¡Léanlo!» -Rui Ma, creador y coanfitrión de Techbuzz China «¿Cómo una empresa extranjera puede ganar terreno en la vasta economía china? En este breve volumen,Sang y Ulrich presentan una serie de estudios de compañías que han tenido éxito o han fracasado en este extraordinariamente grande y riesgoso mercado. Uno de los que han destacado involucra a Norwegian Cruise Line, en cuyo intento de ganarse a los consumidores chinos fue demasiado lejos hasta diseñar un barco específico para sus necesidades. Sin embargo, no todo fue en favor de la naviera, pues los detalles demuestran que aun cuando se intente hacer el mejor esfuerzo por desarticular este lucrativo mercado puede uno quedarse corto. Un mapa navegable y vivaz en un mercado asiático a menudo difícil de alcanzar.» -Kirkus Reviews Lele Sang, Karl Ulrich Thu, 26 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719614 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ganar en China: Ocho historias de éxito y fracaso en la economía más grande del mundo Author: Lele Sang, Karl Ulrich Narrator: Chano Jurado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Si Amazon, que esperaba un crecimiento de doble dígito en China, cerró sus puertas en este país en 2019, ¿entonces quién sí puede triunfar en el gigante asiático? A través de ocho fascinantes y reveladores casos, los expertos de Wharton exploran el desempeño de Hyundai, LinkedIn, Sequoia Capital, InMobi, Norwegian Cruise Line, Zegna, Intel y Amazon en territorio chino. Con base en un marco de referencia con criterios bien establecidos, ofrecen una guía para las compañías que buscan sumar a sus utilidades la enorme demanda de 1 400 de millones de chinos. Además, responden cuatro preguntas críticas: ¿Qué factores explican el éxito (o fracaso) de las empresas extranjeras que entran a China? ¿Qué retos y peligros encontrará una empresa que decide iniciar operaciones en este territorio? ¿Qué decisiones de gestión son críticas y qué enfoques son los más efectivos? ¿Cómo una empresa que tiene intención de entrar a China puede medir sus probabilidades de éxito? Conoce estos ocho casos de empresas multinacionales en China y descubre el camino más seguro para abrir tu negocio a la economía más grande del mundo con éxito. «Después de la pandemia, China ha recargado su magnética atracción para las empresas extranjeras. Cómo ganar en China ofrece lecciones invaluables, prácticas y de acción inmediata para cualquiera que esté pensando en entrar al mercado más masivo, brutal, competitivo y retador políticamente, basado en los fascinantes, bien sustentados y fáciles de leer casos de estudio de éxito y fracaso por algunas de las compañías más icónicas del mundo, durante dos décadas.» -Geoffrey Garrett, decano de la USC Marshall School of Business «China no es fácil para nadie y muchos jugadores extranjeros han sucumbido. Pero Lele Sang y Karl Ulrich han hecho una investigación meticulosa y de primera mano que ha mostrado que sí se puede triunfar en este país, sin importar el país de origen o la industria. En lugar de tomar los ejemplos más exitosos, escogieron un espectro de casos que ayudará a instruir a quien tiene interés en el mercado chino para que maximice sus probabilidades con consejos de aplicación inmediata. ¡Léanlo!» -Rui Ma, creador y coanfitrión de Techbuzz China «¿Cómo una empresa extranjera puede ganar terreno en la vasta economía china? En este breve volumen,Sang y Ulrich presentan una serie de estudios de compañías que han tenido éxito o han fracasado en este extraordinariamente grande y riesgoso mercado. Uno de los que han destacado involucra a Norwegian Cruise Line, en cuyo intento de ganarse a los consumidores chinos fue demasiado lejos hasta diseñar un barco específico para sus necesidades. Sin embargo, no todo fue en favor de la naviera, pues los detalles demuestran que aun cuando se intente hacer el mejor esfuerzo por desarticular este lucrativo mercado puede uno quedarse corto. Un mapa navegable y vivaz en un mercado asiático a menudo difícil de alcanzar.» -Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ganar en China: Ocho historias de éxito y fracaso en la economía más grande del mundo Author: Lele Sang, Karl Ulrich Narrator: Chano Jurado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Si Amazon, que esperaba un crecimiento de doble dígito en China, cerró sus puertas en este país en 2019, ¿entonces quién sí puede triunfar en el gigante asiático? A través de ocho fascinantes y reveladores casos, los expertos de Wharton exploran el desempeño de Hyundai, LinkedIn, Sequoia Capital, InMobi, Norwegian Cruise Line, Zegna, Intel y Amazon en territorio chino. Con base en un marco de referencia con criterios bien establecidos, ofrecen una guía para las compañías que buscan sumar a sus utilidades la enorme demanda de 1 400 de millones de chinos. Además, responden cuatro preguntas críticas: ¿Qué factores explican el éxito (o fracaso) de las empresas extranjeras que entran a China? ¿Qué retos y peligros encontrará una empresa que decide iniciar operaciones en este territorio? ¿Qué decisiones de gestión son críticas y qué enfoques son los más efectivos? ¿Cómo una empresa que tiene intención de entrar a China puede medir sus probabilidades de éxito? Conoce estos ocho casos de empresas multinacionales en China y descubre el camino más seguro para abrir tu negocio a la economía más grande del mundo con éxito. «Después de la pandemia, China ha recargado su magnética atracción para las empresas extranjeras. Cómo ganar en China ofrece lecciones invaluables, prácticas y de acción inmediata para cualquiera que esté pensando en entrar al mercado más masivo, brutal, competitivo y retador políticamente, basado en los fascinantes, bien sustentados y fáciles de leer casos de estudio de éxito y fracaso por algunas de las compañías más icónicas del mundo, durante dos décadas.» -Geoffrey Garrett, decano de la USC Marshall School of Business «China no es fácil para nadie y muchos jugadores extranjeros han sucumbido. Pero Lele Sang y Karl Ulrich han hecho una investigación meticulosa y de primera mano que ha mostrado que sí se puede triunfar en este país, sin importar el país de origen o la industria. En lugar de tomar los ejemplos más exitosos, escogieron un espectro de casos que ayudará a instruir a quien tiene interés en el mercado chino para que maximice sus probabilidades con consejos de aplicación inmediata. ¡Léanlo!» -Rui Ma, creador y coanfitrión de Techbuzz China «¿Cómo una empresa extranjera puede ganar terreno en la vasta economía china? En este breve volumen,Sang y Ulrich presentan una serie de estudios de compañías que han tenido éxito o han fracasado en este extraordinariamente grande y riesgoso mercado. Uno de los que han destacado involucra a Norwegian Cruise Line, en cuyo intento de ganarse a los consumidores chinos fue demasiado lejos hasta diseñar un barco específico para sus necesidades. Sin embargo, no todo fue en favor de la naviera, pues los detalles demuestran que aun cuando se intente hacer el mejor esfuerzo por desarticular este lucrativo mercado puede uno quedarse corto. Un mapa navegable y vivaz en un mercado asiático a menudo difícil de alcanzar.» -Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle Author: Dave Thielmann Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home In 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home,' embark on a transformative journey that will empower you to unlock your earning potential and achieve financial independence, all from the comfort of your own home. Whether you're a stay-at-home parent, a remote worker looking to supplement your income, or simply seeking ways to make money on your own terms, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to building a profitable side business. From online businesses to freelancing, e-commerce to content creation, this audiobook unveils the secrets to identifying your strengths, leveraging your passions, and turning them into a sustainable income stream. Discover how to harness the power of digital platforms, social media, and technology to reach a global audience and create a thriving online presence. But it's not just about making money—it's about finding fulfillment and balance in your life. 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle' delves into the importance of aligning your side business with your values and personal goals. It explores strategies for time management, setting boundaries, and maintaining a healthy work-life balance while pursuing your entrepreneurial dreams. Whether you're seeking financial freedom, exploring your passions, or simply looking for additional income streams, 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home' is your trusted companion. Let it be your roadmap to unlocking the doors of financial independence and finding fulfillment in the comfort of your own home. Dave Thielmann Sun, 01 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719496 thebookvoice.com 0:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle Author: Dave Thielmann Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home In 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home,' embark on a transformative journey that will empower you to unlock your earning potential and achieve financial independence, all from the comfort of your own home. Whether you're a stay-at-home parent, a remote worker looking to supplement your income, or simply seeking ways to make money on your own terms, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to building a profitable side business. From online businesses to freelancing, e-commerce to content creation, this audiobook unveils the secrets to identifying your strengths, leveraging your passions, and turning them into a sustainable income stream. Discover how to harness the power of digital platforms, social media, and technology to reach a global audience and create a thriving online presence. But it's not just about making money—it's about finding fulfillment and balance in your life. 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle' delves into the importance of aligning your side business with your values and personal goals. It explores strategies for time management, setting boundaries, and maintaining a healthy work-life balance while pursuing your entrepreneurial dreams. Whether you're seeking financial freedom, exploring your passions, or simply looking for additional income streams, 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home' is your trusted companion. Let it be your roadmap to unlocking the doors of financial independence and finding fulfillment in the comfort of your own home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle Author: Dave Thielmann Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home In 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home,' embark on a transformative journey that will empower you to unlock your earning potential and achieve financial independence, all from the comfort of your own home. Whether you're a stay-at-home parent, a remote worker looking to supplement your income, or simply seeking ways to make money on your own terms, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to building a profitable side business. From online businesses to freelancing, e-commerce to content creation, this audiobook unveils the secrets to identifying your strengths, leveraging your passions, and turning them into a sustainable income stream. Discover how to harness the power of digital platforms, social media, and technology to reach a global audience and create a thriving online presence. But it's not just about making money—it's about finding fulfillment and balance in your life. 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle' delves into the importance of aligning your side business with your values and personal goals. It explores strategies for time management, setting boundaries, and maintaining a healthy work-life balance while pursuing your entrepreneurial dreams. Whether you're seeking financial freedom, exploring your passions, or simply looking for additional income streams, 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: Discover Lucrative Opportunities for Generating Income While Staying at Home' is your trusted companion. Let it be your roadmap to unlocking the doors of financial independence and finding fulfillment in the comfort of your own home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle to Full Time Business Author: Wes Fisher Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Side Hustle to Full Time Business: A Guide on Scaling Your Side Hustle and Thriving as a Full-Time Entrepreneur Whether you're dreaming of escaping the 9-to-5 grind or you're already on the path of entrepreneurship, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to scaling your side hustle and embracing the life of a successful full-time business owner. From developing a growth mindset to honing your business model, this audiobook provides you with a roadmap for scaling your side hustle. Explore proven techniques for increasing your revenue, expanding your customer base, and creating systems that allow your business to thrive even without your direct involvement. But it's not just about the practicalities of scaling. 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business' delves into the mindset shifts and personal development required to succeed as a full-time entrepreneur. Discover how to overcome self-doubt, embrace risk-taking, and cultivate resilience in the face of challenges. Learn how to strike a balance between work and personal life, ensuring that your entrepreneurial journey brings fulfillment and joy. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur with a side gig or an existing business owner seeking sustainable growth, 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business: A Guide on Scaling Your Side Hustle and Thriving as a Full-Time Entrepreneur' is your trusted companion. Let it be your catalyst for transforming your side hustle into a thriving and fulfilling full-time enterprise, allowing you to live life on your own terms and realize your entrepreneurial dreams. Wes Fisher Sun, 01 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719497 thebookvoice.com 0:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle to Full Time Business Author: Wes Fisher Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Side Hustle to Full Time Business: A Guide on Scaling Your Side Hustle and Thriving as a Full-Time Entrepreneur Whether you're dreaming of escaping the 9-to-5 grind or you're already on the path of entrepreneurship, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to scaling your side hustle and embracing the life of a successful full-time business owner. From developing a growth mindset to honing your business model, this audiobook provides you with a roadmap for scaling your side hustle. Explore proven techniques for increasing your revenue, expanding your customer base, and creating systems that allow your business to thrive even without your direct involvement. But it's not just about the practicalities of scaling. 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business' delves into the mindset shifts and personal development required to succeed as a full-time entrepreneur. Discover how to overcome self-doubt, embrace risk-taking, and cultivate resilience in the face of challenges. Learn how to strike a balance between work and personal life, ensuring that your entrepreneurial journey brings fulfillment and joy. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur with a side gig or an existing business owner seeking sustainable growth, 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business: A Guide on Scaling Your Side Hustle and Thriving as a Full-Time Entrepreneur' is your trusted companion. Let it be your catalyst for transforming your side hustle into a thriving and fulfilling full-time enterprise, allowing you to live life on your own terms and realize your entrepreneurial dreams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle to Full Time Business Author: Wes Fisher Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Side Hustle to Full Time Business: A Guide on Scaling Your Side Hustle and Thriving as a Full-Time Entrepreneur Whether you're dreaming of escaping the 9-to-5 grind or you're already on the path of entrepreneurship, this audiobook is your ultimate guide to scaling your side hustle and embracing the life of a successful full-time business owner. From developing a growth mindset to honing your business model, this audiobook provides you with a roadmap for scaling your side hustle. Explore proven techniques for increasing your revenue, expanding your customer base, and creating systems that allow your business to thrive even without your direct involvement. But it's not just about the practicalities of scaling. 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business' delves into the mindset shifts and personal development required to succeed as a full-time entrepreneur. Discover how to overcome self-doubt, embrace risk-taking, and cultivate resilience in the face of challenges. Learn how to strike a balance between work and personal life, ensuring that your entrepreneurial journey brings fulfillment and joy. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur with a side gig or an existing business owner seeking sustainable growth, 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business: A Guide on Scaling Your Side Hustle and Thriving as a Full-Time Entrepreneur' is your trusted companion. Let it be your catalyst for transforming your side hustle into a thriving and fulfilling full-time enterprise, allowing you to live life on your own terms and realize your entrepreneurial dreams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maverick Marketer Author: Bob Johnstone Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Maverick Marketer is the story of National Sailing Hall of Fame marketing guru, Bob Johnstone, who built the leading performance brands of J/Boats in sailboats and MJM Yachts in powerboats. “A rollicking tale of a life well-lived. Anyone who loves sailing or is interested in building a new business brand will find Bob Johnstone’s memoir fascinating and inspiring.” ROBERT SIMONS, Baker Foundation Professor, Harvard Business School “Bob Johnstone’s book is complete and compelling, a page-turner, with uplifting, fascinating stories.” GARY JOBSON, National Sailing Hall of Fame 'What a wonderful book, combining the personal with the professional. It’s both a history of competitive sailing and an inspirational guide to how following a passion can lead to major breakthroughs in a sport, a pastime and life.” NATHANIEL PHILBRICK - Author Mayflower and In the Heart of the Sea. 'Bob Johnstone changed sailing forever and has made his mark in both the sailing and powerboat worlds. His contributions are not soon to be forgotten.” KEVIN KOENIG, in Yachting (12/16) “A fun, interesting read that continually brings the reader back to the importance of creative problem-solving in life and business. As an educator focused on this very topic, I’d recommend Bob Johnstone’s book for every college student today.” REBECCA WHITE, Professor of Entrepreneurship, Univ. of Tampa. “Bob Johnstone is one of the best marketing guys to ever live. Certainly number one in sailing – by far.” DENNIS CONNOR, America’s Cup Winner, Sailing Scuttlebutt (9/08) “A captivating and bracing memoir of an entrepreneur that lays out valuable lessons for anyone considering launching and growing businesses. It is a story of resourcefulness, tenacity, and ingenuity. Johnstone has cleverly interwoven his career building two iconic brands with a fascinating history of sailing and yachting.” DAVID AGER - Senior Lecturer -Executive Education, Harvard Business School Bob Johnstone Mon, 21 Aug 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719490 thebookvoice.com 13:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maverick Marketer Author: Bob Johnstone Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Maverick Marketer is the story of National Sailing Hall of Fame marketing guru, Bob Johnstone, who built the leading performance brands of J/Boats in sailboats and MJM Yachts in powerboats. “A rollicking tale of a life well-lived. Anyone who loves sailing or is interested in building a new business brand will find Bob Johnstone’s memoir fascinating and inspiring.” ROBERT SIMONS, Baker Foundation Professor, Harvard Business School “Bob Johnstone’s book is complete and compelling, a page-turner, with uplifting, fascinating stories.” GARY JOBSON, National Sailing Hall of Fame 'What a wonderful book, combining the personal with the professional. It’s both a history of competitive sailing and an inspirational guide to how following a passion can lead to major breakthroughs in a sport, a pastime and life.” NATHANIEL PHILBRICK - Author Mayflower and In the Heart of the Sea. 'Bob Johnstone changed sailing forever and has made his mark in both the sailing and powerboat worlds. His contributions are not soon to be forgotten.” KEVIN KOENIG, in Yachting (12/16) “A fun, interesting read that continually brings the reader back to the importance of creative problem-solving in life and business. As an educator focused on this very topic, I’d recommend Bob Johnstone’s book for every college student today.” REBECCA WHITE, Professor of Entrepreneurship, Univ. of Tampa. “Bob Johnstone is one of the best marketing guys to ever live. Certainly number one in sailing – by far.” DENNIS CONNOR, America’s Cup Winner, Sailing Scuttlebutt (9/08) “A captivating and bracing memoir of an entrepreneur that lays out valuable lessons for anyone considering launching and growing businesses. It is a story of resourcefulness, tenacity, and ingenuity. Johnstone has cleverly interwoven his career building two iconic brands with a fascinating history of sailing and yachting.” DAVID AGER - Senior Lecturer -Executive Education, Harvard Business School Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maverick Marketer Author: Bob Johnstone Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Maverick Marketer is the story of National Sailing Hall of Fame marketing guru, Bob Johnstone, who built the leading performance brands of J/Boats in sailboats and MJM Yachts in powerboats. “A rollicking tale of a life well-lived. Anyone who loves sailing or is interested in building a new business brand will find Bob Johnstone’s memoir fascinating and inspiring.” ROBERT SIMONS, Baker Foundation Professor, Harvard Business School “Bob Johnstone’s book is complete and compelling, a page-turner, with uplifting, fascinating stories.” GARY JOBSON, National Sailing Hall of Fame 'What a wonderful book, combining the personal with the professional. It’s both a history of competitive sailing and an inspirational guide to how following a passion can lead to major breakthroughs in a sport, a pastime and life.” NATHANIEL PHILBRICK - Author Mayflower and In the Heart of the Sea. 'Bob Johnstone changed sailing forever and has made his mark in both the sailing and powerboat worlds. His contributions are not soon to be forgotten.” KEVIN KOENIG, in Yachting (12/16) “A fun, interesting read that continually brings the reader back to the importance of creative problem-solving in life and business. As an educator focused on this very topic, I’d recommend Bob Johnstone’s book for every college student today.” REBECCA WHITE, Professor of Entrepreneurship, Univ. of Tampa. “Bob Johnstone is one of the best marketing guys to ever live. Certainly number one in sailing – by far.” DENNIS CONNOR, America’s Cup Winner, Sailing Scuttlebutt (9/08) “A captivating and bracing memoir of an entrepreneur that lays out valuable lessons for anyone considering launching and growing businesses. It is a story of resourcefulness, tenacity, and ingenuity. Johnstone has cleverly interwoven his career building two iconic brands with a fascinating history of sailing and yachting.” DAVID AGER - Senior Lecturer -Executive Education, Harvard Business School https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719102 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 15 Lies Women Are Told at Work: …And the Truth We Need to Succeed Author: Bonnie Hammer Narrator: Bonnie Hammer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: USA TODAY BESTSELLER “Think of this book as your personal guide for moving into the leadership spot you dream about—without losing yourself in the web of workplace lies and half-truths women too frequently fall for.” —Forbes A master class “filled with the wisdom that exponentially transforms your career and life” (Maria Shriver’s Sunday Paper), 15 Lies Women are Told at Work shares the un-common sense women need to succeed—and the lies to ignore along the way. Bonnie Hammer’s legendary career spans five decades in a turbulent, male-driven industry. Today, Bonnie is a powerful leader at the very top of her field, and women at all levels constantly ask her: What is your secret to success? Her power—and her staying power—comes from rejecting common myths about how women are “supposed” to act in the workplace. She knows that the traditional wisdom women are told about work—pithy phrases like “don’t mix work with play,” “talk is cheap,” “follow your dreams,” “know your worth,” “trust your gut,” and “you can have it all”—hold women back. Having risen from an entry-level production assistant whose chief charge was a dog, to a transformative, top executive at NBCUniversal, Bonnie challenges conventional workplace wisdom and shares the un-common sense women need to succeed. Bonnie has mentored countless women in every industry. She’s known for telling the uncensored and uncompromising truth—even when it isn’t easy to hear. Now, she gives you her private master class—replacing the lies women have been fed about work with her unique wisdom. You will learn powerful new truths and easily digestible, practical advice to apply in your own life. Written with humor and heart, and full of insights and research, 15 Lies Women Are Told at Work is an “honest, unfiltered guidebook…a must-read for any woman at any stage in her career” (Chelsea Clinton). It doesn’t just explain one woman’s rise to the top in a tough industry; it shows how any woman can rise as high as she wants in her own work world. Bonnie Hammer Tue, 07 May 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719102 thebookvoice.com 11:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 15 Lies Women Are Told at Work: …And the Truth We Need to Succeed Author: Bonnie Hammer Narrator: Bonnie Hammer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: USA TODAY BESTSELLER “Think of this book as your personal guide for moving into the leadership spot you dream about—without losing yourself in the web of workplace lies and half-truths women too frequently fall for.” —Forbes A master class “filled with the wisdom that exponentially transforms your career and life” (Maria Shriver’s Sunday Paper), 15 Lies Women are Told at Work shares the un-common sense women need to succeed—and the lies to ignore along the way. Bonnie Hammer’s legendary career spans five decades in a turbulent, male-driven industry. Today, Bonnie is a powerful leader at the very top of her field, and women at all levels constantly ask her: What is your secret to success? Her power—and her staying power—comes from rejecting common myths about how women are “supposed” to act in the workplace. She knows that the traditional wisdom women are told about work—pithy phrases like “don’t mix work with play,” “talk is cheap,” “follow your dreams,” “know your worth,” “trust your gut,” and “you can have it all”—hold women back. Having risen from an entry-level production assistant whose chief charge was a dog, to a transformative, top executive at NBCUniversal, Bonnie challenges conventional workplace wisdom and shares the un-common sense women need to succeed. Bonnie has mentored countless women in every industry. She’s known for telling the uncensored and uncompromising truth—even when it isn’t easy to hear. Now, she gives you her private master class—replacing the lies women have been fed about work with her unique wisdom. You will learn powerful new truths and easily digestible, practical advice to apply in your own life. Written with humor and heart, and full of insights and research, 15 Lies Women Are Told at Work is an “honest, unfiltered guidebook…a must-read for any woman at any stage in her career” (Chelsea Clinton). It doesn’t just explain one woman’s rise to the top in a tough industry; it shows how any woman can rise as high as she wants in her own work world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 15 Lies Women Are Told at Work: …And the Truth We Need to Succeed Author: Bonnie Hammer Narrator: Bonnie Hammer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: USA TODAY BESTSELLER “Think of this book as your personal guide for moving into the leadership spot you dream about—without losing yourself in the web of workplace lies and half-truths women too frequently fall for.” —Forbes A master class “filled with the wisdom that exponentially transforms your career and life” (Maria Shriver’s Sunday Paper), 15 Lies Women are Told at Work shares the un-common sense women need to succeed—and the lies to ignore along the way. Bonnie Hammer’s legendary career spans five decades in a turbulent, male-driven industry. Today, Bonnie is a powerful leader at the very top of her field, and women at all levels constantly ask her: What is your secret to success? Her power—and her staying power—comes from rejecting common myths about how women are “supposed” to act in the workplace. She knows that the traditional wisdom women are told about work—pithy phrases like “don’t mix work with play,” “talk is cheap,” “follow your dreams,” “know your worth,” “trust your gut,” and “you can have it all”—hold women back. Having risen from an entry-level production assistant whose chief charge was a dog, to a transformative, top executive at NBCUniversal, Bonnie challenges conventional workplace wisdom and shares the un-common sense women need to succeed. Bonnie has mentored countless women in every industry. She’s known for telling the uncensored and uncompromising truth—even when it isn’t easy to hear. Now, she gives you her private master class—replacing the lies women have been fed about work with her unique wisdom. You will learn powerful new truths and easily digestible, practical advice to apply in your own life. Written with humor and heart, and full of insights and research, 15 Lies Women Are Told at Work is an “honest, unfiltered guidebook…a must-read for any woman at any stage in her career” (Chelsea Clinton). It doesn’t just explain one woman’s rise to the top in a tough industry; it shows how any woman can rise as high as she wants in her own work world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717451 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Die Hot With a Vengeance: Essays on Vanity Author: Sable Yong Narrator: Sable Yong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “With humor and candor, Die Hot With a Vengeance shows why beauty should be a tool of self-expression, not self-hate.” - TIME *ONE OF BUSTLE'S MOST ANTICIPATED SUMMER READS* Journalist and former Allure editor Sable Yong debuts with a sharp-toothed and hilarious essay collection about beauty and vanity, examining their stigmatization in the cultural zeitgeist, and how to shift the focus to use both for powerful tools for self-exploration, interpersonal connection, and cultural change. The beauty industry has a single mandate: be hot. In the same week that you might be encouraged to try curtain bangs, contouring, bleached eyebrows, laser facials, buccal fat removal, fillers, and “non-invasive” facelifts, you’re simultaneously absorbing mantras about self-care, body positivity, empowerment, and loving yourself just as you are. Overwhelmed yet?  Fear not. Die Hot with a Vengeance delves into the machinations of this multi-billion-dollar industry, offering readers an expert analysis of its inner workings with the precision of a scalpel and the humor of a stand-up comedian. Along the way, Yong sets off to answer some of the biggest questions of our time:  How do you break through the noise of beauty and wellness culture’s endless optimization protocols? How can you find actual authenticity in a world of performative artifice? Can the antidote to aging be found in a jar, tube, or at the end of a syringe? Do blondes really have more fun? Using Yong’s many years of experience as a beauty editor to unlock the industry’s myriad secrets, Die Hot with a Vengeance gives beauty and vanity a neutralizing make-over. At its best, beauty is so much more than an aesthetic; it’s an inspirational mindset. It’s a playfulness inherent to the practice of self-expression. And yet it’s difficult to engage playfully when it feels like beauty is an ever-moving target. We’re all subject to societal expectations surrounding beauty and vanity, enough so that breaking through the capitalist pressures can feel impossible. Yong argues that while the mandate may be for us to be hot, the beauty industry thrives on us absorbing its teachings so it can keep us in a constant feedback loop of appearance-based anxiety, forever perpetuating unattainable standards. Flipping that imperative, Yong’s debut collection poses the most important question of all: How do you discover your value of beauty so you can free yourself from the loud and bullshitty noise of all these entities telling you that you’re not good enough? Digging deep into our most pervasive and questionable beauty trends and conventions, Die Hot with a Vengeance offers an incisive yet wry dissection of one of our most enduring cultural addictions. Irreverent, side-splittingly funny, and astute, the book is as amusing as it is insightful, an instant classic for beauty-readers and aspirant hotties alike. Sable Yong Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717451 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Die Hot With a Vengeance: Essays on Vanity Author: Sable Yong Narrator: Sable Yong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “With humor and candor, Die Hot With a Vengeance shows why beauty should be a tool of self-expression, not self-hate.” - TIME *ONE OF BUSTLE'S MOST ANTICIPATED SUMMER READS* Journalist and former Allure editor Sable Yong debuts with a sharp-toothed and hilarious essay collection about beauty and vanity, examining their stigmatization in the cultural zeitgeist, and how to shift the focus to use both for powerful tools for self-exploration, interpersonal connection, and cultural change. The beauty industry has a single mandate: be hot. In the same week that you might be encouraged to try curtain bangs, contouring, bleached eyebrows, laser facials, buccal fat removal, fillers, and “non-invasive” facelifts, you’re simultaneously absorbing mantras about self-care, body positivity, empowerment, and loving yourself just as you are. Overwhelmed yet?  Fear not. Die Hot with a Vengeance delves into the machinations of this multi-billion-dollar industry, offering readers an expert analysis of its inner workings with the precision of a scalpel and the humor of a stand-up comedian. Along the way, Yong sets off to answer some of the biggest questions of our time:  How do you break through the noise of beauty and wellness culture’s endless optimization protocols? How can you find actual authenticity in a world of performative artifice? Can the antidote to aging be found in a jar, tube, or at the end of a syringe? Do blondes really have more fun? Using Yong’s many years of experience as a beauty editor to unlock the industry’s myriad secrets, Die Hot with a Vengeance gives beauty and vanity a neutralizing make-over. At its best, beauty is so much more than an aesthetic; it’s an inspirational mindset. It’s a playfulness inherent to the practice of self-expression. And yet it’s difficult to engage playfully when it feels like beauty is an ever-moving target. We’re all subject to societal expectations surrounding beauty and vanity, enough so that breaking through the capitalist pressures can feel impossible. Yong argues that while the mandate may be for us to be hot, the beauty industry thrives on us absorbing its teachings so it can keep us in a constant feedback loop of appearance-based anxiety, forever perpetuating unattainable standards. Flipping that imperative, Yong’s debut collection poses the most important question of all: How do you discover your value of beauty so you can free yourself from the loud and bullshitty noise of all these entities telling you that you’re not good enough? Digging deep into our most pervasive and questionable beauty trends and conventions, Die Hot with a Vengeance offers an incisive yet wry dissection of one of our most enduring cultural addictions. Irreverent, side-splittingly funny, and astute, the book is as amusing as it is insightful, an instant classic for beauty-readers and aspirant hotties alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Die Hot With a Vengeance: Essays on Vanity Author: Sable Yong Narrator: Sable Yong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “With humor and candor, Die Hot With a Vengeance shows why beauty should be a tool of self-expression, not self-hate.” - TIME *ONE OF BUSTLE'S MOST ANTICIPATED SUMMER READS* Journalist and former Allure editor Sable Yong debuts with a sharp-toothed and hilarious essay collection about beauty and vanity, examining their stigmatization in the cultural zeitgeist, and how to shift the focus to use both for powerful tools for self-exploration, interpersonal connection, and cultural change. The beauty industry has a single mandate: be hot. In the same week that you might be encouraged to try curtain bangs, contouring, bleached eyebrows, laser facials, buccal fat removal, fillers, and “non-invasive” facelifts, you’re simultaneously absorbing mantras about self-care, body positivity, empowerment, and loving yourself just as you are. Overwhelmed yet?  Fear not. Die Hot with a Vengeance delves into the machinations of this multi-billion-dollar industry, offering readers an expert analysis of its inner workings with the precision of a scalpel and the humor of a stand-up comedian. Along the way, Yong sets off to answer some of the biggest questions of our time:  How do you break through the noise of beauty and wellness culture’s endless optimization protocols? How can you find actual authenticity in a world of performative artifice? Can the antidote to aging be found in a jar, tube, or at the end of a syringe? Do blondes really have more fun? Using Yong’s many years of experience as a beauty editor to unlock the industry’s myriad secrets, Die Hot with a Vengeance gives beauty and vanity a neutralizing make-over. At its best, beauty is so much more than an aesthetic; it’s an inspirational mindset. It’s a playfulness inherent to the practice of self-expression. And yet it’s difficult to engage playfully when it feels like beauty is an ever-moving target. We’re all subject to societal expectations surrounding beauty and vanity, enough so that breaking through the capitalist pressures can feel impossible. Yong argues that while the mandate may be for us to be hot, the beauty industry thrives on us absorbing its teachings so it can keep us in a constant feedback loop of appearance-based anxiety, forever perpetuating unattainable standards. Flipping that imperative, Yong’s debut collection poses the most important question of all: How do you discover your value of beauty so you can free yourself from the loud and bullshitty noise of all these entities telling you that you’re not good enough? Digging deep into our most pervasive and questionable beauty trends and conventions, Die Hot with a Vengeance offers an incisive yet wry dissection of one of our most enduring cultural addictions. Irreverent, side-splittingly funny, and astute, the book is as amusing as it is insightful, an instant classic for beauty-readers and aspirant hotties alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717331 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Bring Your Worth Collection Author: Damon Brown Narrator: Damon Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 8, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'A smart, powerful & necessary read.' - Steven Pressfield, author of The War of Art The best-selling series together for the first time! Successful entrepreneur, business coach, and #BringYourWorth TV show founder Damon Brown breaks down the secrets to building an impactful business while having a full life. This full volume includes the original Bite-Sized Entrepreneur series, the critically-acclaimed Bring Your Worth book, and the groundbreaking Build From Now book. This complete collection shows you how to take the resources you have already have to help create the world you want to see. PRAISE FOR THE BRING YOUR WORTH SERIES “Got 5 minutes while waiting for a phone call? Instead of checking email -- again -- take a bite of The Bite-Sized Entrepreneur. You'll find plenty of tips to stay motivated and productive, and build your business while building your life.“ --Laura Vanderkam, author of Off The Clock “Damon has filled this book with bite sized advice on both the mindset and actions required to have a thriving creative career. It’s one of those books that you’ll keep on your desk and frequently refer back to.“ --Srinivas Rao, author of Unmistakable “In The Ultimate Bite-Sized Entrepreneur, Damon Brown proves that you don't need to don a hoodie, move to Silicon Valley and sacrifice all your sleep (and sanity) to make it in the world of self-employment. Through his road-tested wisdom and interviews with successful innovators who have built businesses on their own terms, Damon provides practical, tactical advice to grow your business one small, delicious, perfectly bite-sized step at a time.' --Jenny Blake, author of Pivot 'You can create the life you imagined and still be an entrepreneur. Damon’s new book will give you the easy way to implement strategies and do just that. Entrepreneurship is the best gig ever only if you do it the way Damon lays out. Otherwise, you’ll be working for the worst boss you ever had.” --Cameron Herold, author of Double Double Damon Brown Sun, 08 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717331 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Bring Your Worth Collection Author: Damon Brown Narrator: Damon Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 8, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'A smart, powerful & necessary read.' - Steven Pressfield, author of The War of Art The best-selling series together for the first time! Successful entrepreneur, business coach, and #BringYourWorth TV show founder Damon Brown breaks down the secrets to building an impactful business while having a full life. This full volume includes the original Bite-Sized Entrepreneur series, the critically-acclaimed Bring Your Worth book, and the groundbreaking Build From Now book. This complete collection shows you how to take the resources you have already have to help create the world you want to see. PRAISE FOR THE BRING YOUR WORTH SERIES “Got 5 minutes while waiting for a phone call? Instead of checking email -- again -- take a bite of The Bite-Sized Entrepreneur. You'll find plenty of tips to stay motivated and productive, and build your business while building your life.“ --Laura Vanderkam, author of Off The Clock “Damon has filled this book with bite sized advice on both the mindset and actions required to have a thriving creative career. It’s one of those books that you’ll keep on your desk and frequently refer back to.“ --Srinivas Rao, author of Unmistakable “In The Ultimate Bite-Sized Entrepreneur, Damon Brown proves that you don't need to don a hoodie, move to Silicon Valley and sacrifice all your sleep (and sanity) to make it in the world of self-employment. Through his road-tested wisdom and interviews with successful innovators who have built businesses on their own terms, Damon provides practical, tactical advice to grow your business one small, delicious, perfectly bite-sized step at a time.' --Jenny Blake, author of Pivot 'You can create the life you imagined and still be an entrepreneur. Damon’s new book will give you the easy way to implement strategies and do just that. Entrepreneurship is the best gig ever only if you do it the way Damon lays out. Otherwise, you’ll be working for the worst boss you ever had.” --Cameron Herold, author of Double Double Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Bring Your Worth Collection Author: Damon Brown Narrator: Damon Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 8, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'A smart, powerful & necessary read.' - Steven Pressfield, author of The War of Art The best-selling series together for the first time! Successful entrepreneur, business coach, and #BringYourWorth TV show founder Damon Brown breaks down the secrets to building an impactful business while having a full life. This full volume includes the original Bite-Sized Entrepreneur series, the critically-acclaimed Bring Your Worth book, and the groundbreaking Build From Now book. This complete collection shows you how to take the resources you have already have to help create the world you want to see. PRAISE FOR THE BRING YOUR WORTH SERIES “Got 5 minutes while waiting for a phone call? Instead of checking email -- again -- take a bite of The Bite-Sized Entrepreneur. You'll find plenty of tips to stay motivated and productive, and build your business while building your life.“ --Laura Vanderkam, author of Off The Clock “Damon has filled this book with bite sized advice on both the mindset and actions required to have a thriving creative career. It’s one of those books that you’ll keep on your desk and frequently refer back to.“ --Srinivas Rao, author of Unmistakable “In The Ultimate Bite-Sized Entrepreneur, Damon Brown proves that you don't need to don a hoodie, move to Silicon Valley and sacrifice all your sleep (and sanity) to make it in the world of self-employment. Through his road-tested wisdom and interviews with successful innovators who have built businesses on their own terms, Damon provides practical, tactical advice to grow your business one small, delicious, perfectly bite-sized step at a time.' --Jenny Blake, author of Pivot 'You can create the life you imagined and still be an entrepreneur. Damon’s new book will give you the easy way to implement strategies and do just that. Entrepreneurship is the best gig ever only if you do it the way Damon lays out. Otherwise, you’ll be working for the worst boss you ever had.” --Cameron Herold, author of Double Double https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep ABC Affirmations Author: Vera Trine Narrator: Kat Bohn Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: October 6, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is an abridged version. Sleep ABC Affirmations offers guided sleep visualizations and sleep affirmations for performing artists, business entrepreneurs, and content creators. It is a comprehensive guidebook that helps you relax your body and mind with simple and effective techniques, beginning with a healthy sleep routine. Unwind with this easy step-by-step approach to stretching and breathing exercises. Once you are physically prepared for bed, listen to guided sleep affirmations and visualizations, designed to help you relax while encouraging positive thinking patterns. The self-affirmations included in each section can work wonders for your subconscious mind, instilling confidence, fortitude, and a sense of calmness. Each journey is designed as a guided visualization before sleep, so you can visualize your ideal outcome. Whether you want to be a more motivating content creator, a more effective performing artist, or a wealthy business entrepreneur, Sleep ABC Affirmations builds a foundation for success by instilling a peaceful and confident mindset. Sleep ABC Affirmations is an ultimate guide that can revolutionize your sleep routine and make you wake up feeling rejuvenated and refreshed every day. So why wait? Start your journey towards better sleep, productivity, and success with Sleep ABC Affirmations today! Vera Trine Fri, 06 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717326 thebookvoice.com 4:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep ABC Affirmations Author: Vera Trine Narrator: Kat Bohn Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: October 6, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is an abridged version. Sleep ABC Affirmations offers guided sleep visualizations and sleep affirmations for performing artists, business entrepreneurs, and content creators. It is a comprehensive guidebook that helps you relax your body and mind with simple and effective techniques, beginning with a healthy sleep routine. Unwind with this easy step-by-step approach to stretching and breathing exercises. Once you are physically prepared for bed, listen to guided sleep affirmations and visualizations, designed to help you relax while encouraging positive thinking patterns. The self-affirmations included in each section can work wonders for your subconscious mind, instilling confidence, fortitude, and a sense of calmness. Each journey is designed as a guided visualization before sleep, so you can visualize your ideal outcome. Whether you want to be a more motivating content creator, a more effective performing artist, or a wealthy business entrepreneur, Sleep ABC Affirmations builds a foundation for success by instilling a peaceful and confident mindset. Sleep ABC Affirmations is an ultimate guide that can revolutionize your sleep routine and make you wake up feeling rejuvenated and refreshed every day. So why wait? Start your journey towards better sleep, productivity, and success with Sleep ABC Affirmations today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep ABC Affirmations Author: Vera Trine Narrator: Kat Bohn Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: October 6, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is an abridged version. Sleep ABC Affirmations offers guided sleep visualizations and sleep affirmations for performing artists, business entrepreneurs, and content creators. It is a comprehensive guidebook that helps you relax your body and mind with simple and effective techniques, beginning with a healthy sleep routine. Unwind with this easy step-by-step approach to stretching and breathing exercises. Once you are physically prepared for bed, listen to guided sleep affirmations and visualizations, designed to help you relax while encouraging positive thinking patterns. The self-affirmations included in each section can work wonders for your subconscious mind, instilling confidence, fortitude, and a sense of calmness. Each journey is designed as a guided visualization before sleep, so you can visualize your ideal outcome. Whether you want to be a more motivating content creator, a more effective performing artist, or a wealthy business entrepreneur, Sleep ABC Affirmations builds a foundation for success by instilling a peaceful and confident mindset. Sleep ABC Affirmations is an ultimate guide that can revolutionize your sleep routine and make you wake up feeling rejuvenated and refreshed every day. So why wait? Start your journey towards better sleep, productivity, and success with Sleep ABC Affirmations today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717079 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Story: An Entrepreneur's Journey from Idea to Exit Author: Martin Warner Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Startup Story: An Entrepreneur's Journey from Idea to Exit, renowned serial entrepreneur Martin Warner takes a fledgling company all the way from zero to hero, selling it for $50 million after a mere seventeen months. It's a memoir of whirlwind entrepreneurial success, a nonfiction narrative that puts the listener in the CEO's seat, giving the feel of what it's really like to steer a company around the toughest of tracks and come out with a massive payday. A mix of Wolf of Wall Street, The Big Short, and The Apprentice, The Startup Story reads like a novel but is strictly a true story packed with entrepreneurial insights. It is a rollercoaster ride through the heaven and hell of the tech business world, populated by geeks, pirates, conmen, tycoons, geniuses, and fools. Forced to do everything at warp speed, Warner chucks all the accumulated wisdom of his own Entrepreneur Seminar out of the window on his way to a holy grail exit. Along the way, listeners piece together an entrepreneurial how-to (and how-not-to) manual, with each chapter traversing the highs and the lows of founding a growing company. It shows the listener how to build a tech company out of pure desire and dogged willpower, combined with some timely expertise. Martin Warner Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717079 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Story: An Entrepreneur's Journey from Idea to Exit Author: Martin Warner Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Startup Story: An Entrepreneur's Journey from Idea to Exit, renowned serial entrepreneur Martin Warner takes a fledgling company all the way from zero to hero, selling it for $50 million after a mere seventeen months. It's a memoir of whirlwind entrepreneurial success, a nonfiction narrative that puts the listener in the CEO's seat, giving the feel of what it's really like to steer a company around the toughest of tracks and come out with a massive payday. A mix of Wolf of Wall Street, The Big Short, and The Apprentice, The Startup Story reads like a novel but is strictly a true story packed with entrepreneurial insights. It is a rollercoaster ride through the heaven and hell of the tech business world, populated by geeks, pirates, conmen, tycoons, geniuses, and fools. Forced to do everything at warp speed, Warner chucks all the accumulated wisdom of his own Entrepreneur Seminar out of the window on his way to a holy grail exit. Along the way, listeners piece together an entrepreneurial how-to (and how-not-to) manual, with each chapter traversing the highs and the lows of founding a growing company. It shows the listener how to build a tech company out of pure desire and dogged willpower, combined with some timely expertise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Story: An Entrepreneur's Journey from Idea to Exit Author: Martin Warner Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The Startup Story: An Entrepreneur's Journey from Idea to Exit, renowned serial entrepreneur Martin Warner takes a fledgling company all the way from zero to hero, selling it for $50 million after a mere seventeen months. It's a memoir of whirlwind entrepreneurial success, a nonfiction narrative that puts the listener in the CEO's seat, giving the feel of what it's really like to steer a company around the toughest of tracks and come out with a massive payday. A mix of Wolf of Wall Street, The Big Short, and The Apprentice, The Startup Story reads like a novel but is strictly a true story packed with entrepreneurial insights. It is a rollercoaster ride through the heaven and hell of the tech business world, populated by geeks, pirates, conmen, tycoons, geniuses, and fools. Forced to do everything at warp speed, Warner chucks all the accumulated wisdom of his own Entrepreneur Seminar out of the window on his way to a holy grail exit. Along the way, listeners piece together an entrepreneurial how-to (and how-not-to) manual, with each chapter traversing the highs and the lows of founding a growing company. It shows the listener how to build a tech company out of pure desire and dogged willpower, combined with some timely expertise. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717077 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rebellious CEO: 12 Leaders Who Did It Right Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the course of seven decades Ralph Nader has been Corporate America's fiercest critic. Supreme Court Justice William Powell singled out Nader in his infamous memo as the 'single most effective antagonist of American business . . . [the] target of his hatred . . . is corporate power.' But now, in a book that will surprise both his fans and critics, Nader profiles a small group of CEOs who he believes performed extraordinarily well as business leaders and civic reformers, some well-known, some not, who should be celebrated as exceptions whose life and career should be a course of emulation and inspiration for students of business, executives, and the wider citizenry. This select group of mavericks and iconoclasts—which includes The Body Shop's Anita Roddick, Patagonia's Yvon Chouinard, Vanguard's John Bogle, and Busboys and Poets' Andy Shallal—give us, Nader writes, 'a sense of what might have been and what still could be if business were rigorously framed as a process that was not only about making money and selling things but improving our social and natural world.' Ralph Nader Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717077 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rebellious CEO: 12 Leaders Who Did It Right Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the course of seven decades Ralph Nader has been Corporate America's fiercest critic. Supreme Court Justice William Powell singled out Nader in his infamous memo as the 'single most effective antagonist of American business . . . [the] target of his hatred . . . is corporate power.' But now, in a book that will surprise both his fans and critics, Nader profiles a small group of CEOs who he believes performed extraordinarily well as business leaders and civic reformers, some well-known, some not, who should be celebrated as exceptions whose life and career should be a course of emulation and inspiration for students of business, executives, and the wider citizenry. This select group of mavericks and iconoclasts—which includes The Body Shop's Anita Roddick, Patagonia's Yvon Chouinard, Vanguard's John Bogle, and Busboys and Poets' Andy Shallal—give us, Nader writes, 'a sense of what might have been and what still could be if business were rigorously framed as a process that was not only about making money and selling things but improving our social and natural world.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rebellious CEO: 12 Leaders Who Did It Right Author: Ralph Nader Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the course of seven decades Ralph Nader has been Corporate America's fiercest critic. Supreme Court Justice William Powell singled out Nader in his infamous memo as the 'single most effective antagonist of American business . . . [the] target of his hatred . . . is corporate power.' But now, in a book that will surprise both his fans and critics, Nader profiles a small group of CEOs who he believes performed extraordinarily well as business leaders and civic reformers, some well-known, some not, who should be celebrated as exceptions whose life and career should be a course of emulation and inspiration for students of business, executives, and the wider citizenry. This select group of mavericks and iconoclasts—which includes The Body Shop's Anita Roddick, Patagonia's Yvon Chouinard, Vanguard's John Bogle, and Busboys and Poets' Andy Shallal—give us, Nader writes, 'a sense of what might have been and what still could be if business were rigorously framed as a process that was not only about making money and selling things but improving our social and natural world.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Problem Hunting: The Tech Startup Textbook Author: Brian Long Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A unicorn founder gives step-by-step advice on everything from finding product-market fit to managing investors In Problem Hunting: The Tech Startup Textbook, Brian Long offers a tactical approach to building a tech company based on his experience growing a multi-billion dollar software business and selling another business to Twitter for nine figures. This is a daily playbook that any budding entrepreneur will return to over and over again as a reference when building their business. Problem Hunting is broken down into chapters giving simple, step-by-step advice for each stage and functional department needed to run a startup tech company: finding and testing product market fit; creating and refining your product; selling and marketing your new solution; hiring your team and building your culture; mobilizing financial, legal, and compliance functions; and pitching investors and securing funding. Built upon learning and anecdotes from a unicorn founder, Problem Hunting has everything prospective entrepreneurs and leaders need to start their business. Brian Long Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717078 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Problem Hunting: The Tech Startup Textbook Author: Brian Long Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A unicorn founder gives step-by-step advice on everything from finding product-market fit to managing investors In Problem Hunting: The Tech Startup Textbook, Brian Long offers a tactical approach to building a tech company based on his experience growing a multi-billion dollar software business and selling another business to Twitter for nine figures. This is a daily playbook that any budding entrepreneur will return to over and over again as a reference when building their business. Problem Hunting is broken down into chapters giving simple, step-by-step advice for each stage and functional department needed to run a startup tech company: finding and testing product market fit; creating and refining your product; selling and marketing your new solution; hiring your team and building your culture; mobilizing financial, legal, and compliance functions; and pitching investors and securing funding. Built upon learning and anecdotes from a unicorn founder, Problem Hunting has everything prospective entrepreneurs and leaders need to start their business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Problem Hunting: The Tech Startup Textbook Author: Brian Long Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A unicorn founder gives step-by-step advice on everything from finding product-market fit to managing investors In Problem Hunting: The Tech Startup Textbook, Brian Long offers a tactical approach to building a tech company based on his experience growing a multi-billion dollar software business and selling another business to Twitter for nine figures. This is a daily playbook that any budding entrepreneur will return to over and over again as a reference when building their business. Problem Hunting is broken down into chapters giving simple, step-by-step advice for each stage and functional department needed to run a startup tech company: finding and testing product market fit; creating and refining your product; selling and marketing your new solution; hiring your team and building your culture; mobilizing financial, legal, and compliance functions; and pitching investors and securing funding. Built upon learning and anecdotes from a unicorn founder, Problem Hunting has everything prospective entrepreneurs and leaders need to start their business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Financial Times Guide to High Impact Negotiation: A comprehensive guide for executing valuable deals and partnerships Author: Dr. Kasia Jagodzinska Narrator: Jennifer Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Strategy, tactics and templates to prepare for high-impact negotiations that result in successful long-lasting deals. The Financial Times Guide to High Impact Negotiation provides a comprehensive and strategic roadmap to the whole negotiation process from preparation to execution. Follow the practical steps to complete negotiation successfully, build relationships, and finalize your deal. Dr. Kasia Jagodzinska Tue, 26 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717076 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Financial Times Guide to High Impact Negotiation: A comprehensive guide for executing valuable deals and partnerships Author: Dr. Kasia Jagodzinska Narrator: Jennifer Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Strategy, tactics and templates to prepare for high-impact negotiations that result in successful long-lasting deals. The Financial Times Guide to High Impact Negotiation provides a comprehensive and strategic roadmap to the whole negotiation process from preparation to execution. Follow the practical steps to complete negotiation successfully, build relationships, and finalize your deal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Financial Times Guide to High Impact Negotiation: A comprehensive guide for executing valuable deals and partnerships Author: Dr. Kasia Jagodzinska Narrator: Jennifer Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Strategy, tactics and templates to prepare for high-impact negotiations that result in successful long-lasting deals. The Financial Times Guide to High Impact Negotiation provides a comprehensive and strategic roadmap to the whole negotiation process from preparation to execution. Follow the practical steps to complete negotiation successfully, build relationships, and finalize your deal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716676 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Salesperson Course: The Lee Woodward Real Estate Sales System Author: Lee Woodward Narrator: Lee Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Complete Salesperson Course brings together everything author Lee Woodward has learned about adult education in over 30 years in real estate training tailored for today's real estate professional. Listeners will learn what it takes to go from ad hoc agent to structured business professional who knows what it takes to consistently Find, List, Communicate and Sell at or above target based on a proven, systemised framework. Lee Woodward Wed, 27 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716676 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Salesperson Course: The Lee Woodward Real Estate Sales System Author: Lee Woodward Narrator: Lee Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Complete Salesperson Course brings together everything author Lee Woodward has learned about adult education in over 30 years in real estate training tailored for today's real estate professional. Listeners will learn what it takes to go from ad hoc agent to structured business professional who knows what it takes to consistently Find, List, Communicate and Sell at or above target based on a proven, systemised framework. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Salesperson Course: The Lee Woodward Real Estate Sales System Author: Lee Woodward Narrator: Lee Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 27, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Complete Salesperson Course brings together everything author Lee Woodward has learned about adult education in over 30 years in real estate training tailored for today's real estate professional. Listeners will learn what it takes to go from ad hoc agent to structured business professional who knows what it takes to consistently Find, List, Communicate and Sell at or above target based on a proven, systemised framework. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Servant Leader Playbook: A Guide to Effective Leadership for All Author: Dr. Jose A Mendez Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: October 2, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In a fast-paced and ever-changing business landscape, true leaders are not just those who hold positions of authority, but those who inspire and empower their teams to reach their fullest potential. The Servant Leader Playbook: A Guide to Effective Leadership for All by Dr. Jose A. Mendez is an essential roadmap for anyone seeking to rise above the conventional notions of leadership and embrace a transformative approach that not only drives success in business but also enriches lives. Whether you are a seasoned executive, an aspiring manager, or simply an individual seeking personal growth, The Servant Leader Playbook is an indispensable guide that will empower you to become a catalyst for positive change. Embrace the philosophy of servant leadership, and unlock your true potential as you embark on a journey of influence, impact, and a legacy that extends far beyond the boardroom. Dr. Jose A Mendez Mon, 02 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716550 thebookvoice.com 1:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Servant Leader Playbook: A Guide to Effective Leadership for All Author: Dr. Jose A Mendez Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: October 2, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In a fast-paced and ever-changing business landscape, true leaders are not just those who hold positions of authority, but those who inspire and empower their teams to reach their fullest potential. The Servant Leader Playbook: A Guide to Effective Leadership for All by Dr. Jose A. Mendez is an essential roadmap for anyone seeking to rise above the conventional notions of leadership and embrace a transformative approach that not only drives success in business but also enriches lives. Whether you are a seasoned executive, an aspiring manager, or simply an individual seeking personal growth, The Servant Leader Playbook is an indispensable guide that will empower you to become a catalyst for positive change. Embrace the philosophy of servant leadership, and unlock your true potential as you embark on a journey of influence, impact, and a legacy that extends far beyond the boardroom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Servant Leader Playbook: A Guide to Effective Leadership for All Author: Dr. Jose A Mendez Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: October 2, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In a fast-paced and ever-changing business landscape, true leaders are not just those who hold positions of authority, but those who inspire and empower their teams to reach their fullest potential. The Servant Leader Playbook: A Guide to Effective Leadership for All by Dr. Jose A. Mendez is an essential roadmap for anyone seeking to rise above the conventional notions of leadership and embrace a transformative approach that not only drives success in business but also enriches lives. Whether you are a seasoned executive, an aspiring manager, or simply an individual seeking personal growth, The Servant Leader Playbook is an indispensable guide that will empower you to become a catalyst for positive change. Embrace the philosophy of servant leadership, and unlock your true potential as you embark on a journey of influence, impact, and a legacy that extends far beyond the boardroom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle Success Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Wes Fisher, Dave Thielmann Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Side Hustle Success Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle and Side Hustle to Full Time Business Ready to transform your passion into a profitable venture? Dive into the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' – a game-changing duo of audiobooks that will guide you through the journey of building a thriving side hustle and scaling it into a full-time business. Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: In the first audiobook, 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle,' you'll discover ingenious ways to leverage your skills and talents from the comfort of your home. Uncover a world of remote work opportunities, online businesses, and creative ventures that can help you earn extra income without leaving your house. Whether you're a stay-at-home parent, a student, or simply seeking financial freedom, this guide offers a treasure trove of ideas to kickstart your journey toward side hustle success. Side Hustle to Full-Time Business: Take your side hustle ambitions to the next level with 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business.' This audiobook reveals the strategies and tactics required to scale your side gig into a sustainable, full-fledged enterprise. Dive into the art of branding, marketing, and business expansion. Learn how to transition from part-time entrepreneurship to a thriving career, making your passion your paycheck. Empower Your Entrepreneurial Journey: Whether you're starting from scratch or already running a side hustle, the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' equips you with the knowledge and inspiration to achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. These audiobooks are packed with actionable advice, real-world success stories, and the insights needed to turn your side hustle into a thriving and fulfilling venture. Don't just dream about financial freedom – take the first steps towards making it a reality. Start your journey toward side hustle success with the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' today! Wes Fisher, Dave Thielmann Sun, 01 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716531 thebookvoice.com 1:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle Success Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Wes Fisher, Dave Thielmann Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Side Hustle Success Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle and Side Hustle to Full Time Business Ready to transform your passion into a profitable venture? Dive into the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' – a game-changing duo of audiobooks that will guide you through the journey of building a thriving side hustle and scaling it into a full-time business. Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: In the first audiobook, 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle,' you'll discover ingenious ways to leverage your skills and talents from the comfort of your home. Uncover a world of remote work opportunities, online businesses, and creative ventures that can help you earn extra income without leaving your house. Whether you're a stay-at-home parent, a student, or simply seeking financial freedom, this guide offers a treasure trove of ideas to kickstart your journey toward side hustle success. Side Hustle to Full-Time Business: Take your side hustle ambitions to the next level with 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business.' This audiobook reveals the strategies and tactics required to scale your side gig into a sustainable, full-fledged enterprise. Dive into the art of branding, marketing, and business expansion. Learn how to transition from part-time entrepreneurship to a thriving career, making your passion your paycheck. Empower Your Entrepreneurial Journey: Whether you're starting from scratch or already running a side hustle, the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' equips you with the knowledge and inspiration to achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. These audiobooks are packed with actionable advice, real-world success stories, and the insights needed to turn your side hustle into a thriving and fulfilling venture. Don't just dream about financial freedom – take the first steps towards making it a reality. Start your journey toward side hustle success with the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle Success Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Wes Fisher, Dave Thielmann Narrator: Kody Marr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Side Hustle Success Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Stay-at-Home Side Hustle and Side Hustle to Full Time Business Ready to transform your passion into a profitable venture? Dive into the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' – a game-changing duo of audiobooks that will guide you through the journey of building a thriving side hustle and scaling it into a full-time business. Stay-at-Home Side Hustle: In the first audiobook, 'Stay-at-Home Side Hustle,' you'll discover ingenious ways to leverage your skills and talents from the comfort of your home. Uncover a world of remote work opportunities, online businesses, and creative ventures that can help you earn extra income without leaving your house. Whether you're a stay-at-home parent, a student, or simply seeking financial freedom, this guide offers a treasure trove of ideas to kickstart your journey toward side hustle success. Side Hustle to Full-Time Business: Take your side hustle ambitions to the next level with 'Side Hustle to Full-Time Business.' This audiobook reveals the strategies and tactics required to scale your side gig into a sustainable, full-fledged enterprise. Dive into the art of branding, marketing, and business expansion. Learn how to transition from part-time entrepreneurship to a thriving career, making your passion your paycheck. Empower Your Entrepreneurial Journey: Whether you're starting from scratch or already running a side hustle, the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' equips you with the knowledge and inspiration to achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. These audiobooks are packed with actionable advice, real-world success stories, and the insights needed to turn your side hustle into a thriving and fulfilling venture. Don't just dream about financial freedom – take the first steps towards making it a reality. Start your journey toward side hustle success with the 'Side Hustle Success Bundle' today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Finnish] - RESET - työkulttuuri ja huono johtaminen (lyhentämätön) Author: Tomi Pyyhtiä Narrator: Seppo Pietikäinen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 18, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tietokoneesi hidastuu, eli käytännössä se pysähtyy. Tilanne on kamala. Sinulla ei ole muuta vaihtoehtoa kuin käynnistää se uudelleen. Eli RESET kone, ja katso! Se herää henkiin kehräten kuin tyytyväinen kissa. Teit vain RESET nollauksen, mutta ihmeen kaupalla tietokone irrotti taakkansa, siivosi kertyneet sotkut ja käyttäytyy nyt kuin uusiutunut kone. Eikö olisi ihmeellistä, jos voisit soveltaa samaa periaatetta suomalaiseen työkulttuuriin ja huonoon johtamiseen? Kuvittele, että teet ratkaisevia valintoja, hylkäät perinteiset huonot suomalaisen työkulttuurin tavat, sekä surkeat johtamisen menetelmät, ja nollaat työelämän ja huonon johtamisen kokonaan. RESET kertoo suomalaisen työkulttuurin kliseistä, ja huonon johtamisen perisynneistä, huumoria unohtamatta. Samalla se antaa aimo evään oppeja ja uusia työkaluja, miten me kaikki voisimme osallistua suomalaisen työkulttuurin, sekä huonon johtamisen parantamiseen teko, ja askel kerrallaan. Kirjailija Tomi Pyyhtiä on myynnin-, markkinoinnin- ja asiakkuuksien ex-johtaja isoista yrityksistä kuten Kesko, RAY ja SOK. Hän on myös menestynyt startup-yrittäjä ja Henricon perustaja ja ex-toimitusjohtaja. Pyyhtiä myi Henricon yrityskaupalla osaksi StaffPoint-konsernia. Henrico on nyt yksi isoin ja nopeitten kasvava headhunter-toimisto Suomessa, erikoistuen digialan ammattilaisten rekrytointeihin. Pyyhtiän viimeisin startup Fife Sales Agency auttaa hienoja asiakkaitaan kokonaisvaltaisten myyntipalveluiden avulla. Tomilla on yli 25 vuoden työkokemus suomalaisesta työelämästä, johtamisesta, rekrytoimisesta, yrittämisestä, sekä myymisestä. Näiden osaamisten avulla Pyyhtiän takkiin on kertynyt erinäinen määrä kevyttä kenttäkokemusta suomalaisen työkulttuurin ja johtamisen juoksuhaudoista. Lisäksi Pyyhtiä on intohimoinen tietokirjailija ja RESET on hänen 7. kirjoittamansa tietokirja. Tomi Pyyhtiä Mon, 18 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716297 thebookvoice.com 2:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Finnish] - RESET - työkulttuuri ja huono johtaminen (lyhentämätön) Author: Tomi Pyyhtiä Narrator: Seppo Pietikäinen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 18, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tietokoneesi hidastuu, eli käytännössä se pysähtyy. Tilanne on kamala. Sinulla ei ole muuta vaihtoehtoa kuin käynnistää se uudelleen. Eli RESET kone, ja katso! Se herää henkiin kehräten kuin tyytyväinen kissa. Teit vain RESET nollauksen, mutta ihmeen kaupalla tietokone irrotti taakkansa, siivosi kertyneet sotkut ja käyttäytyy nyt kuin uusiutunut kone. Eikö olisi ihmeellistä, jos voisit soveltaa samaa periaatetta suomalaiseen työkulttuuriin ja huonoon johtamiseen? Kuvittele, että teet ratkaisevia valintoja, hylkäät perinteiset huonot suomalaisen työkulttuurin tavat, sekä surkeat johtamisen menetelmät, ja nollaat työelämän ja huonon johtamisen kokonaan. RESET kertoo suomalaisen työkulttuurin kliseistä, ja huonon johtamisen perisynneistä, huumoria unohtamatta. Samalla se antaa aimo evään oppeja ja uusia työkaluja, miten me kaikki voisimme osallistua suomalaisen työkulttuurin, sekä huonon johtamisen parantamiseen teko, ja askel kerrallaan. Kirjailija Tomi Pyyhtiä on myynnin-, markkinoinnin- ja asiakkuuksien ex-johtaja isoista yrityksistä kuten Kesko, RAY ja SOK. Hän on myös menestynyt startup-yrittäjä ja Henricon perustaja ja ex-toimitusjohtaja. Pyyhtiä myi Henricon yrityskaupalla osaksi StaffPoint-konsernia. Henrico on nyt yksi isoin ja nopeitten kasvava headhunter-toimisto Suomessa, erikoistuen digialan ammattilaisten rekrytointeihin. Pyyhtiän viimeisin startup Fife Sales Agency auttaa hienoja asiakkaitaan kokonaisvaltaisten myyntipalveluiden avulla. Tomilla on yli 25 vuoden työkokemus suomalaisesta työelämästä, johtamisesta, rekrytoimisesta, yrittämisestä, sekä myymisestä. Näiden osaamisten avulla Pyyhtiän takkiin on kertynyt erinäinen määrä kevyttä kenttäkokemusta suomalaisen työkulttuurin ja johtamisen juoksuhaudoista. Lisäksi Pyyhtiä on intohimoinen tietokirjailija ja RESET on hänen 7. kirjoittamansa tietokirja. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Finnish] - RESET - työkulttuuri ja huono johtaminen (lyhentämätön) Author: Tomi Pyyhtiä Narrator: Seppo Pietikäinen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 18, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tietokoneesi hidastuu, eli käytännössä se pysähtyy. Tilanne on kamala. Sinulla ei ole muuta vaihtoehtoa kuin käynnistää se uudelleen. Eli RESET kone, ja katso! Se herää henkiin kehräten kuin tyytyväinen kissa. Teit vain RESET nollauksen, mutta ihmeen kaupalla tietokone irrotti taakkansa, siivosi kertyneet sotkut ja käyttäytyy nyt kuin uusiutunut kone. Eikö olisi ihmeellistä, jos voisit soveltaa samaa periaatetta suomalaiseen työkulttuuriin ja huonoon johtamiseen? Kuvittele, että teet ratkaisevia valintoja, hylkäät perinteiset huonot suomalaisen työkulttuurin tavat, sekä surkeat johtamisen menetelmät, ja nollaat työelämän ja huonon johtamisen kokonaan. RESET kertoo suomalaisen työkulttuurin kliseistä, ja huonon johtamisen perisynneistä, huumoria unohtamatta. Samalla se antaa aimo evään oppeja ja uusia työkaluja, miten me kaikki voisimme osallistua suomalaisen työkulttuurin, sekä huonon johtamisen parantamiseen teko, ja askel kerrallaan. Kirjailija Tomi Pyyhtiä on myynnin-, markkinoinnin- ja asiakkuuksien ex-johtaja isoista yrityksistä kuten Kesko, RAY ja SOK. Hän on myös menestynyt startup-yrittäjä ja Henricon perustaja ja ex-toimitusjohtaja. Pyyhtiä myi Henricon yrityskaupalla osaksi StaffPoint-konsernia. Henrico on nyt yksi isoin ja nopeitten kasvava headhunter-toimisto Suomessa, erikoistuen digialan ammattilaisten rekrytointeihin. Pyyhtiän viimeisin startup Fife Sales Agency auttaa hienoja asiakkaitaan kokonaisvaltaisten myyntipalveluiden avulla. Tomilla on yli 25 vuoden työkokemus suomalaisesta työelämästä, johtamisesta, rekrytoimisesta, yrittämisestä, sekä myymisestä. Näiden osaamisten avulla Pyyhtiän takkiin on kertynyt erinäinen määrä kevyttä kenttäkokemusta suomalaisen työkulttuurin ja johtamisen juoksuhaudoista. Lisäksi Pyyhtiä on intohimoinen tietokirjailija ja RESET on hänen 7. kirjoittamansa tietokirja. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Calories: How Vegetable Oils Destroy Our Health and How We Can Get It Back Author: Catherine Shanahan Narrator: Catherine Shanahan, Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of Deep Nutrition explains how a group of eight little-known oils cause the cellular damage that underlies virtually all chronic disease, exposes the corruption that deceives doctors and consumers into eating them, and gives us a clear roadmap to recovery and rejuvenation. Did you know that eating  a large serving of french fries—cooked in vegetable oil—delivers the toxicity of smoking 24 cigarettes? Cornell-trained biochemist turned family physician Dr. Cate Shanahan introduces us to well-respected scientists who warn that vegetable oils are a public health disaster, wreaking havoc on our bodies’ cells by depleting antioxidants and promoting free radical toxicity. Their many effects include: - Uncontrollable hunger, so we need drugs to maintain our weight - Inflammatory fat buildup under our skin and within our internal organs and arteries - Blood sugar swings that promote bad moods and antisocial behavior - Disrupted brain energy, concentration problems, and mental illnesses - Intracellular oxidative stress that promotes cancer development - Gut inflammation, bloating, heartburn, and the runs Americans were enticed into buying these oils based on their cholesterol-lowering property, but the idea that cholesterol-lowering is beneficial was pushed on us without solid evidence to support it. In Dark Calories, Dr. Cate reveals the financial entanglements between industry and underhanded academics who created and sustain our 1950s-era, arbitrary dietary rules. As a solution, she proposes a clear, no-nonsense plan that aligns with our genetic needs and nature’s laws. Thankfully, recovering our health is simplified by the fact that nutrients that treat one condition also tend to treat all the rest. As an added bonus, we also revive our sense of taste so that our cravings shift to wholesome, nourishing foods instead. Catherine Shanahan Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716264 thebookvoice.com 11:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Calories: How Vegetable Oils Destroy Our Health and How We Can Get It Back Author: Catherine Shanahan Narrator: Catherine Shanahan, Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of Deep Nutrition explains how a group of eight little-known oils cause the cellular damage that underlies virtually all chronic disease, exposes the corruption that deceives doctors and consumers into eating them, and gives us a clear roadmap to recovery and rejuvenation. Did you know that eating  a large serving of french fries—cooked in vegetable oil—delivers the toxicity of smoking 24 cigarettes? Cornell-trained biochemist turned family physician Dr. Cate Shanahan introduces us to well-respected scientists who warn that vegetable oils are a public health disaster, wreaking havoc on our bodies’ cells by depleting antioxidants and promoting free radical toxicity. Their many effects include: - Uncontrollable hunger, so we need drugs to maintain our weight - Inflammatory fat buildup under our skin and within our internal organs and arteries - Blood sugar swings that promote bad moods and antisocial behavior - Disrupted brain energy, concentration problems, and mental illnesses - Intracellular oxidative stress that promotes cancer development - Gut inflammation, bloating, heartburn, and the runs Americans were enticed into buying these oils based on their cholesterol-lowering property, but the idea that cholesterol-lowering is beneficial was pushed on us without solid evidence to support it. In Dark Calories, Dr. Cate reveals the financial entanglements between industry and underhanded academics who created and sustain our 1950s-era, arbitrary dietary rules. As a solution, she proposes a clear, no-nonsense plan that aligns with our genetic needs and nature’s laws. Thankfully, recovering our health is simplified by the fact that nutrients that treat one condition also tend to treat all the rest. As an added bonus, we also revive our sense of taste so that our cravings shift to wholesome, nourishing foods instead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Calories: How Vegetable Oils Destroy Our Health and How We Can Get It Back Author: Catherine Shanahan Narrator: Catherine Shanahan, Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of Deep Nutrition explains how a group of eight little-known oils cause the cellular damage that underlies virtually all chronic disease, exposes the corruption that deceives doctors and consumers into eating them, and gives us a clear roadmap to recovery and rejuvenation. Did you know that eating  a large serving of french fries—cooked in vegetable oil—delivers the toxicity of smoking 24 cigarettes? Cornell-trained biochemist turned family physician Dr. Cate Shanahan introduces us to well-respected scientists who warn that vegetable oils are a public health disaster, wreaking havoc on our bodies’ cells by depleting antioxidants and promoting free radical toxicity. Their many effects include: - Uncontrollable hunger, so we need drugs to maintain our weight - Inflammatory fat buildup under our skin and within our internal organs and arteries - Blood sugar swings that promote bad moods and antisocial behavior - Disrupted brain energy, concentration problems, and mental illnesses - Intracellular oxidative stress that promotes cancer development - Gut inflammation, bloating, heartburn, and the runs Americans were enticed into buying these oils based on their cholesterol-lowering property, but the idea that cholesterol-lowering is beneficial was pushed on us without solid evidence to support it. In Dark Calories, Dr. Cate reveals the financial entanglements between industry and underhanded academics who created and sustain our 1950s-era, arbitrary dietary rules. As a solution, she proposes a clear, no-nonsense plan that aligns with our genetic needs and nature’s laws. Thankfully, recovering our health is simplified by the fact that nutrients that treat one condition also tend to treat all the rest. As an added bonus, we also revive our sense of taste so that our cravings shift to wholesome, nourishing foods instead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716017 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sentient Strategy: How to Create Market-Dominating Strategies in Turbulent Economies Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: No pre-pandemic strategy is effective anymore. Alan Weiss has developed an original, new approach to strategy which thus far has certified over 100 people globally, delivering this approach to scores of firms of all types in four countries. Sentient Strategy is based on two modern dimensions: awareness of the environment in which the organization exists and has influence, and consciousness of the impact of actions being considered. The old SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) approaches are currently equivalent to riding down the freeway on a horse. We must drop the hubris that has led us to believe we can see years ahead and anticipate what's coming. It's time to turn volatility and disruption on their heads and use them as offensive weapons in the marketplace instead of trying to protect ourselves from them. Imagine a strategy that an organization can formulate in just a day or so, revisit easily and frequently, and design a series of shorter-term, viable futures. Alan Weiss equips the listener to consider using this approach independently. These are new times—a new reality, a 'no normal'—hence, it's ridiculous to use old approaches to strategy. There's a clear reason why Sears didn't morph into Amazon and why Hertz surrendered its number one spot to Enterprise. Alan Weiss Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716017 thebookvoice.com 4:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sentient Strategy: How to Create Market-Dominating Strategies in Turbulent Economies Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: No pre-pandemic strategy is effective anymore. Alan Weiss has developed an original, new approach to strategy which thus far has certified over 100 people globally, delivering this approach to scores of firms of all types in four countries. Sentient Strategy is based on two modern dimensions: awareness of the environment in which the organization exists and has influence, and consciousness of the impact of actions being considered. The old SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) approaches are currently equivalent to riding down the freeway on a horse. We must drop the hubris that has led us to believe we can see years ahead and anticipate what's coming. It's time to turn volatility and disruption on their heads and use them as offensive weapons in the marketplace instead of trying to protect ourselves from them. Imagine a strategy that an organization can formulate in just a day or so, revisit easily and frequently, and design a series of shorter-term, viable futures. Alan Weiss equips the listener to consider using this approach independently. These are new times—a new reality, a 'no normal'—hence, it's ridiculous to use old approaches to strategy. There's a clear reason why Sears didn't morph into Amazon and why Hertz surrendered its number one spot to Enterprise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sentient Strategy: How to Create Market-Dominating Strategies in Turbulent Economies Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: No pre-pandemic strategy is effective anymore. Alan Weiss has developed an original, new approach to strategy which thus far has certified over 100 people globally, delivering this approach to scores of firms of all types in four countries. Sentient Strategy is based on two modern dimensions: awareness of the environment in which the organization exists and has influence, and consciousness of the impact of actions being considered. The old SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) approaches are currently equivalent to riding down the freeway on a horse. We must drop the hubris that has led us to believe we can see years ahead and anticipate what's coming. It's time to turn volatility and disruption on their heads and use them as offensive weapons in the marketplace instead of trying to protect ourselves from them. Imagine a strategy that an organization can formulate in just a day or so, revisit easily and frequently, and design a series of shorter-term, viable futures. Alan Weiss equips the listener to consider using this approach independently. These are new times—a new reality, a 'no normal'—hence, it's ridiculous to use old approaches to strategy. There's a clear reason why Sears didn't morph into Amazon and why Hertz surrendered its number one spot to Enterprise. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy in the Age of Disruption: A Handbook to Anticipate Change and Make Smart Decisions Author: Joshua Von Scheel, Ciprian Popa, Henrik Von Scheel Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seize your place in a new era in commerce and industry In Strategy in the Age of Disruption, a team of dedicated strategists delivers an exciting and practical guide to Industry 4.0, a commercial transformation that's impacting every facet of the market, the environment, and our social lives. You'll learn what Industry 4.0 is, what it means for you and your company, and how you—as a leader, manager, expert, entrepreneur, or investor—can capitalize on it and put it into practice. This is a complete handbook on strategic execution. It's a step-by-step tutorial designed to get you to clearly see your strategic position, the choices available to you, and how to execute on those choices. You'll also find: ● Ways to move beyond outdated business models that no longer serve the companies that follow them ● Common myths about strategy and how to put them to bed for good ● Deep and insightful explanations of the fourth industrial revolution and what it means for your sector and company Strategy in the Age of Disruption will systematically guide you through how to manage the challenges of the present and the promise of the future. Joshua Von Scheel, Ciprian Popa, Henrik Von Scheel Tue, 06 Feb 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715975 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy in the Age of Disruption: A Handbook to Anticipate Change and Make Smart Decisions Author: Joshua Von Scheel, Ciprian Popa, Henrik Von Scheel Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seize your place in a new era in commerce and industry In Strategy in the Age of Disruption, a team of dedicated strategists delivers an exciting and practical guide to Industry 4.0, a commercial transformation that's impacting every facet of the market, the environment, and our social lives. You'll learn what Industry 4.0 is, what it means for you and your company, and how you—as a leader, manager, expert, entrepreneur, or investor—can capitalize on it and put it into practice. This is a complete handbook on strategic execution. It's a step-by-step tutorial designed to get you to clearly see your strategic position, the choices available to you, and how to execute on those choices. You'll also find: ● Ways to move beyond outdated business models that no longer serve the companies that follow them ● Common myths about strategy and how to put them to bed for good ● Deep and insightful explanations of the fourth industrial revolution and what it means for your sector and company Strategy in the Age of Disruption will systematically guide you through how to manage the challenges of the present and the promise of the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy in the Age of Disruption: A Handbook to Anticipate Change and Make Smart Decisions Author: Joshua Von Scheel, Ciprian Popa, Henrik Von Scheel Narrator: Alex Knox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seize your place in a new era in commerce and industry In Strategy in the Age of Disruption, a team of dedicated strategists delivers an exciting and practical guide to Industry 4.0, a commercial transformation that's impacting every facet of the market, the environment, and our social lives. You'll learn what Industry 4.0 is, what it means for you and your company, and how you—as a leader, manager, expert, entrepreneur, or investor—can capitalize on it and put it into practice. This is a complete handbook on strategic execution. It's a step-by-step tutorial designed to get you to clearly see your strategic position, the choices available to you, and how to execute on those choices. You'll also find: ● Ways to move beyond outdated business models that no longer serve the companies that follow them ● Common myths about strategy and how to put them to bed for good ● Deep and insightful explanations of the fourth industrial revolution and what it means for your sector and company Strategy in the Age of Disruption will systematically guide you through how to manage the challenges of the present and the promise of the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transformed: Moving to the Product Operating Model Author: Marty Cagan Narrator: Marty Cagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Help transform your business and innovate like the world's top tech companies! Transformed: Moving to the Product Operating Model was written to bridge the gap between where most companies are right now and where they need to be. The leaders of these companies know they must transform to compete in an era of rapidly changing enabling technology, but most of them have never operated this way before. Transformed has three big goals: ● First, the book will educate you with a deep understanding of the product operating model, and what it means to work that way. ● Second, the book will convince you with detailed case studies of successful transformations, that while difficult, it is absolutely possible for you to transform your company to the product operating model. ● Third, the book will inspire you with truly impressive case studies of product innovation, showing what you too will be capable of doing once you successfully transform. Written by bestselling author Marty Cagan and his partners at the Silicon Valley Product Group, Transformed is filled with real-world examples and proven, practical advice from their decades of experience helping companies move to the product operating model. Marty Cagan Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715974 thebookvoice.com 10:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transformed: Moving to the Product Operating Model Author: Marty Cagan Narrator: Marty Cagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Help transform your business and innovate like the world's top tech companies! Transformed: Moving to the Product Operating Model was written to bridge the gap between where most companies are right now and where they need to be. The leaders of these companies know they must transform to compete in an era of rapidly changing enabling technology, but most of them have never operated this way before. Transformed has three big goals: ● First, the book will educate you with a deep understanding of the product operating model, and what it means to work that way. ● Second, the book will convince you with detailed case studies of successful transformations, that while difficult, it is absolutely possible for you to transform your company to the product operating model. ● Third, the book will inspire you with truly impressive case studies of product innovation, showing what you too will be capable of doing once you successfully transform. Written by bestselling author Marty Cagan and his partners at the Silicon Valley Product Group, Transformed is filled with real-world examples and proven, practical advice from their decades of experience helping companies move to the product operating model. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transformed: Moving to the Product Operating Model Author: Marty Cagan Narrator: Marty Cagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Help transform your business and innovate like the world's top tech companies! Transformed: Moving to the Product Operating Model was written to bridge the gap between where most companies are right now and where they need to be. The leaders of these companies know they must transform to compete in an era of rapidly changing enabling technology, but most of them have never operated this way before. Transformed has three big goals: ● First, the book will educate you with a deep understanding of the product operating model, and what it means to work that way. ● Second, the book will convince you with detailed case studies of successful transformations, that while difficult, it is absolutely possible for you to transform your company to the product operating model. ● Third, the book will inspire you with truly impressive case studies of product innovation, showing what you too will be capable of doing once you successfully transform. Written by bestselling author Marty Cagan and his partners at the Silicon Valley Product Group, Transformed is filled with real-world examples and proven, practical advice from their decades of experience helping companies move to the product operating model. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Brand Legendary: Create Raving Fans With the Customer Experience Engine Author: Scott Wozniak Narrator: Scott Wozniak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Make Your Brand Legendary, Scott Wozniak provides the tools every company needs to create a legendary brand with raving fans. Apple. Harley-Davidson. Chick-fil-A. Disney. When you see or hear these names, something in us lights up. Sure, we know their product and service offerings, but a huge number of consumers have a much deeper, more profound, and even emotional connection to these businesses. These aren’t just brands; they’re legendary brands. And they don’t just have satisfied customers; they create raving fans—true believers who will buy every product, who serve as brand evangelists, who even tattoo corporate logos on their bodies, and who will fight to defend the honor and reputation of these multibillion-dollar corporations. Why? What turns otherwise reserved people into raving fans of a computer company or chicken sandwich chain? It’s not magic. It’s not a lucky product. And it’s not something reserved for consumer brands with luxury products. For twenty years Scott and his team have been working with leaders in a wide variety of industries, from manufacturing to professional service to enterprise software. No matter the industry, some companies have gone beyond delivering a good product to delivering a great customer experience. In Make Your Brand Legendary, Scott Wozniak leverages his decades of brand-building experience within some of America’s most-loved companies to show you how to create world-class customer experience. After years of battle-tested work, Scott realized that there was a set of systems that all the great brands used to create raving fans. He captured these practices in an engine diagram, a simple tool to help leaders become legends. If you use this approach, you can build a Customer Experience Engine that will create those same kinds of raving fans that always seem to dominate dinner-party conversations and water-cooler chats. Only this time, they’ll be talking about your business. Scott Wozniak Tue, 10 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714949 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Brand Legendary: Create Raving Fans With the Customer Experience Engine Author: Scott Wozniak Narrator: Scott Wozniak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Make Your Brand Legendary, Scott Wozniak provides the tools every company needs to create a legendary brand with raving fans. Apple. Harley-Davidson. Chick-fil-A. Disney. When you see or hear these names, something in us lights up. Sure, we know their product and service offerings, but a huge number of consumers have a much deeper, more profound, and even emotional connection to these businesses. These aren’t just brands; they’re legendary brands. And they don’t just have satisfied customers; they create raving fans—true believers who will buy every product, who serve as brand evangelists, who even tattoo corporate logos on their bodies, and who will fight to defend the honor and reputation of these multibillion-dollar corporations. Why? What turns otherwise reserved people into raving fans of a computer company or chicken sandwich chain? It’s not magic. It’s not a lucky product. And it’s not something reserved for consumer brands with luxury products. For twenty years Scott and his team have been working with leaders in a wide variety of industries, from manufacturing to professional service to enterprise software. No matter the industry, some companies have gone beyond delivering a good product to delivering a great customer experience. In Make Your Brand Legendary, Scott Wozniak leverages his decades of brand-building experience within some of America’s most-loved companies to show you how to create world-class customer experience. After years of battle-tested work, Scott realized that there was a set of systems that all the great brands used to create raving fans. He captured these practices in an engine diagram, a simple tool to help leaders become legends. If you use this approach, you can build a Customer Experience Engine that will create those same kinds of raving fans that always seem to dominate dinner-party conversations and water-cooler chats. Only this time, they’ll be talking about your business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Brand Legendary: Create Raving Fans With the Customer Experience Engine Author: Scott Wozniak Narrator: Scott Wozniak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Make Your Brand Legendary, Scott Wozniak provides the tools every company needs to create a legendary brand with raving fans. Apple. Harley-Davidson. Chick-fil-A. Disney. When you see or hear these names, something in us lights up. Sure, we know their product and service offerings, but a huge number of consumers have a much deeper, more profound, and even emotional connection to these businesses. These aren’t just brands; they’re legendary brands. And they don’t just have satisfied customers; they create raving fans—true believers who will buy every product, who serve as brand evangelists, who even tattoo corporate logos on their bodies, and who will fight to defend the honor and reputation of these multibillion-dollar corporations. Why? What turns otherwise reserved people into raving fans of a computer company or chicken sandwich chain? It’s not magic. It’s not a lucky product. And it’s not something reserved for consumer brands with luxury products. For twenty years Scott and his team have been working with leaders in a wide variety of industries, from manufacturing to professional service to enterprise software. No matter the industry, some companies have gone beyond delivering a good product to delivering a great customer experience. In Make Your Brand Legendary, Scott Wozniak leverages his decades of brand-building experience within some of America’s most-loved companies to show you how to create world-class customer experience. After years of battle-tested work, Scott realized that there was a set of systems that all the great brands used to create raving fans. He captured these practices in an engine diagram, a simple tool to help leaders become legends. If you use this approach, you can build a Customer Experience Engine that will create those same kinds of raving fans that always seem to dominate dinner-party conversations and water-cooler chats. Only this time, they’ll be talking about your business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Go Big or Go Home Author: Diana Kander, Tucker Trotter Narrator: Tucker Trotter, Diana Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do underdogs close huge deals they have no business winning? How do rainmakers pull off a sale before the RFP is ever issued? They don’t do it with a logical argument or even the best PowerPoint presentation. They do it by turning their pitch into an emotional experience that makes the customer think, “This just feels right.” This book is your blueprint for tapping into a client’s gut feeling and bringing home the win. Go Big or Go Home is the greatest collection of the most memorable pitches in film, sports, business, and philanthropy. These stories come from individuals and organizations that decided to Go Big or Go Home because their deals were too important to fail. One day, you’ll have a pitch that matters just as much. And when you do, you can follow the five tools outlined in this book to create an experience that will close the deal. Diana Kander, Tucker Trotter Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714871 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Go Big or Go Home Author: Diana Kander, Tucker Trotter Narrator: Tucker Trotter, Diana Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do underdogs close huge deals they have no business winning? How do rainmakers pull off a sale before the RFP is ever issued? They don’t do it with a logical argument or even the best PowerPoint presentation. They do it by turning their pitch into an emotional experience that makes the customer think, “This just feels right.” This book is your blueprint for tapping into a client’s gut feeling and bringing home the win. Go Big or Go Home is the greatest collection of the most memorable pitches in film, sports, business, and philanthropy. These stories come from individuals and organizations that decided to Go Big or Go Home because their deals were too important to fail. One day, you’ll have a pitch that matters just as much. And when you do, you can follow the five tools outlined in this book to create an experience that will close the deal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Go Big or Go Home Author: Diana Kander, Tucker Trotter Narrator: Tucker Trotter, Diana Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do underdogs close huge deals they have no business winning? How do rainmakers pull off a sale before the RFP is ever issued? They don’t do it with a logical argument or even the best PowerPoint presentation. They do it by turning their pitch into an emotional experience that makes the customer think, “This just feels right.” This book is your blueprint for tapping into a client’s gut feeling and bringing home the win. Go Big or Go Home is the greatest collection of the most memorable pitches in film, sports, business, and philanthropy. These stories come from individuals and organizations that decided to Go Big or Go Home because their deals were too important to fail. One day, you’ll have a pitch that matters just as much. And when you do, you can follow the five tools outlined in this book to create an experience that will close the deal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gambling on Development: Why Some Countries Win and Others Lose Author: Stefan Dercon Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the last thirty years, the developing world has undergone tremendous changes. Overall, poverty has fallen, people live longer and healthier lives, and economies have been transformed. And yet many countries have simply missed the boat. Why have some countries prospered, while others have failed? Stefan Dercon argues that the answer lies not in a specific set of policies, but rather in a key 'development bargain,' whereby a country's elites shift from protecting their own positions to gambling on a growth-based future. Despite the imperfections of such bargains, China is among the most striking recent success stories, along with Indonesia, and more unlikely places, such as Bangladesh, Ghana, and Ethiopia. Gambling on Development is about these winning efforts, in contrast to countries stuck in elite bargains leading nowhere. Building on three decades' experience across forty-odd countries, Dercon winds his narrative through Ebola in Sierra Leone, scandals in Malawi, beer factories in the DRC, mobile phone licenses in Mozambique, and relief programs behind enemy lines in South Sudan. Weaving together conversations with prime ministers, civil servants, and ordinary people, this is a probing look at how development has been achieved across the world, and how to assist such successes. Stefan Dercon Tue, 26 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714421 thebookvoice.com 12:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gambling on Development: Why Some Countries Win and Others Lose Author: Stefan Dercon Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the last thirty years, the developing world has undergone tremendous changes. Overall, poverty has fallen, people live longer and healthier lives, and economies have been transformed. And yet many countries have simply missed the boat. Why have some countries prospered, while others have failed? Stefan Dercon argues that the answer lies not in a specific set of policies, but rather in a key 'development bargain,' whereby a country's elites shift from protecting their own positions to gambling on a growth-based future. Despite the imperfections of such bargains, China is among the most striking recent success stories, along with Indonesia, and more unlikely places, such as Bangladesh, Ghana, and Ethiopia. Gambling on Development is about these winning efforts, in contrast to countries stuck in elite bargains leading nowhere. Building on three decades' experience across forty-odd countries, Dercon winds his narrative through Ebola in Sierra Leone, scandals in Malawi, beer factories in the DRC, mobile phone licenses in Mozambique, and relief programs behind enemy lines in South Sudan. Weaving together conversations with prime ministers, civil servants, and ordinary people, this is a probing look at how development has been achieved across the world, and how to assist such successes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gambling on Development: Why Some Countries Win and Others Lose Author: Stefan Dercon Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the last thirty years, the developing world has undergone tremendous changes. Overall, poverty has fallen, people live longer and healthier lives, and economies have been transformed. And yet many countries have simply missed the boat. Why have some countries prospered, while others have failed? Stefan Dercon argues that the answer lies not in a specific set of policies, but rather in a key 'development bargain,' whereby a country's elites shift from protecting their own positions to gambling on a growth-based future. Despite the imperfections of such bargains, China is among the most striking recent success stories, along with Indonesia, and more unlikely places, such as Bangladesh, Ghana, and Ethiopia. Gambling on Development is about these winning efforts, in contrast to countries stuck in elite bargains leading nowhere. Building on three decades' experience across forty-odd countries, Dercon winds his narrative through Ebola in Sierra Leone, scandals in Malawi, beer factories in the DRC, mobile phone licenses in Mozambique, and relief programs behind enemy lines in South Sudan. Weaving together conversations with prime ministers, civil servants, and ordinary people, this is a probing look at how development has been achieved across the world, and how to assist such successes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Other Kingdom: Departing the Consumer Culture Author: John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Our seduction into beliefs in competition, scarcity, and acquisition are producing too many casualties. We need to depart a kingdom that creates isolation, polarized debate, an exhausted planet, and violence that comes with the will to empire. The abbreviation of this empire is called a consumer culture. We think the free-market ideology that surrounds us is true and inevitable and represents progress. We are called to better adapt, be more agile, more lean, more schooled, more, more, more. Give it up. There is no such thing as customer satisfaction. We need a new narrative. An Other Kingdom takes us out of a culture of addictive consumption into a place where life is ours to create together. This way depends upon a neighborly covenant—an agreement that we together, will better raise our children, be healthy, be connected, be safe, and provide a livelihood. The authors invite you on a journey of departure from our consumer market culture. Discover an alternative set of beliefs that have the capacity to evoke a culture where poverty, violence, and shrinking well-being are not inevitable. An Other Kingdom outlines this journey to construct a future outside the systems world of solutions. John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Other Kingdom: Departing the Consumer Culture Author: John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Our seduction into beliefs in competition, scarcity, and acquisition are producing too many casualties. We need to depart a kingdom that creates isolation, polarized debate, an exhausted planet, and violence that comes with the will to empire. The abbreviation of this empire is called a consumer culture. We think the free-market ideology that surrounds us is true and inevitable and represents progress. We are called to better adapt, be more agile, more lean, more schooled, more, more, more. Give it up. There is no such thing as customer satisfaction. We need a new narrative. An Other Kingdom takes us out of a culture of addictive consumption into a place where life is ours to create together. This way depends upon a neighborly covenant—an agreement that we together, will better raise our children, be healthy, be connected, be safe, and provide a livelihood. The authors invite you on a journey of departure from our consumer market culture. Discover an alternative set of beliefs that have the capacity to evoke a culture where poverty, violence, and shrinking well-being are not inevitable. An Other Kingdom outlines this journey to construct a future outside the systems world of solutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Other Kingdom: Departing the Consumer Culture Author: John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Our seduction into beliefs in competition, scarcity, and acquisition are producing too many casualties. We need to depart a kingdom that creates isolation, polarized debate, an exhausted planet, and violence that comes with the will to empire. The abbreviation of this empire is called a consumer culture. We think the free-market ideology that surrounds us is true and inevitable and represents progress. We are called to better adapt, be more agile, more lean, more schooled, more, more, more. Give it up. There is no such thing as customer satisfaction. We need a new narrative. An Other Kingdom takes us out of a culture of addictive consumption into a place where life is ours to create together. This way depends upon a neighborly covenant—an agreement that we together, will better raise our children, be healthy, be connected, be safe, and provide a livelihood. The authors invite you on a journey of departure from our consumer market culture. Discover an alternative set of beliefs that have the capacity to evoke a culture where poverty, violence, and shrinking well-being are not inevitable. An Other Kingdom outlines this journey to construct a future outside the systems world of solutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714356 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Piggly Wiggly: Inventing the American Self-Service Store Author: Lisa C. Tolbert Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Patented in 1917, Piggly Wiggly was by far the most influential self-service store of the early twentieth century. Before 1940 it was the only self-service chain with a national distribution network, but it was neither the first nor the only version. Beyond Piggly Wiggly reveals the importance of Piggly Wiggly in the invention of self-service and goes beyond the history of a single firm to explore the role of small business entrepreneurs who invented the first self-service stores in a grassroots social process. During the 1920s and 1930s a minority of enterprising grocers experimented with a wide variety of (sometimes wacky) design ideas for automating shopping. They created specialized stores designed as enclosed retail systems that went far beyond open display techniques to construct unique physical and psychological advantages for automating salesmanship. Beyond Piggly Wiggly offers the first perspective on the national scale of experimentation and connects the southern Jim Crow origins of self-service to the national history of this mass retailing method. Empirical analysis of store arrangements demonstrates how small stores that have previously been overlooked or undervalued as quaint anomalies were integral to the creation of supermarkets. Ultimately, self-service was more than a business decision; it was a fundamentally new social practice. Lisa C. Tolbert Tue, 21 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714356 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Piggly Wiggly: Inventing the American Self-Service Store Author: Lisa C. Tolbert Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Patented in 1917, Piggly Wiggly was by far the most influential self-service store of the early twentieth century. Before 1940 it was the only self-service chain with a national distribution network, but it was neither the first nor the only version. Beyond Piggly Wiggly reveals the importance of Piggly Wiggly in the invention of self-service and goes beyond the history of a single firm to explore the role of small business entrepreneurs who invented the first self-service stores in a grassroots social process. During the 1920s and 1930s a minority of enterprising grocers experimented with a wide variety of (sometimes wacky) design ideas for automating shopping. They created specialized stores designed as enclosed retail systems that went far beyond open display techniques to construct unique physical and psychological advantages for automating salesmanship. Beyond Piggly Wiggly offers the first perspective on the national scale of experimentation and connects the southern Jim Crow origins of self-service to the national history of this mass retailing method. Empirical analysis of store arrangements demonstrates how small stores that have previously been overlooked or undervalued as quaint anomalies were integral to the creation of supermarkets. Ultimately, self-service was more than a business decision; it was a fundamentally new social practice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Piggly Wiggly: Inventing the American Self-Service Store Author: Lisa C. Tolbert Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Patented in 1917, Piggly Wiggly was by far the most influential self-service store of the early twentieth century. Before 1940 it was the only self-service chain with a national distribution network, but it was neither the first nor the only version. Beyond Piggly Wiggly reveals the importance of Piggly Wiggly in the invention of self-service and goes beyond the history of a single firm to explore the role of small business entrepreneurs who invented the first self-service stores in a grassroots social process. During the 1920s and 1930s a minority of enterprising grocers experimented with a wide variety of (sometimes wacky) design ideas for automating shopping. They created specialized stores designed as enclosed retail systems that went far beyond open display techniques to construct unique physical and psychological advantages for automating salesmanship. Beyond Piggly Wiggly offers the first perspective on the national scale of experimentation and connects the southern Jim Crow origins of self-service to the national history of this mass retailing method. Empirical analysis of store arrangements demonstrates how small stores that have previously been overlooked or undervalued as quaint anomalies were integral to the creation of supermarkets. Ultimately, self-service was more than a business decision; it was a fundamentally new social practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714162 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Talent: Leveraging the Global Workforce to Solve Your Biggest Challenges Author: Jin H. Paik, John Winsor Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening, essential guidebook for the new world of work, John Winsor and Jin Paik, leaders at the Laboratory for Innovation Science at Harvard, show how the massive reset of the pandemic allowed talented workers everywhere to exit their jobs without leaving the workforce. Now some are freelancing for multiple companies or starting small businesses, leaving hiring managers scratching their heads over a workforce gone AWOL. What's more, talent has more power than ever using platforms such as Freelancer.com, Fiverr, and Upwork, setting their own terms for work: what, where, when, and at what price. How can companies adapt? The key, the authors argue, is shifting to a more 'distributed' idea of the organization that revolves around talent (people) and projects, not divisions and offices. In this new model, which the authors call a networked organization, talent is culled from both inside and outside the organization, dispensing with siloed approaches to talent acquisition and instead viewing talent through a single lens: as a global ecosystem that can be tapped as needed. With rich stories, keen insights, and an abundance of practical advice, Winsor and Paik provide a new framework and operating model for transforming your organization into a talent-orchestrating, problem-solving machine. Jin H. Paik, John Winsor Tue, 16 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714162 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Talent: Leveraging the Global Workforce to Solve Your Biggest Challenges Author: Jin H. Paik, John Winsor Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening, essential guidebook for the new world of work, John Winsor and Jin Paik, leaders at the Laboratory for Innovation Science at Harvard, show how the massive reset of the pandemic allowed talented workers everywhere to exit their jobs without leaving the workforce. Now some are freelancing for multiple companies or starting small businesses, leaving hiring managers scratching their heads over a workforce gone AWOL. What's more, talent has more power than ever using platforms such as Freelancer.com, Fiverr, and Upwork, setting their own terms for work: what, where, when, and at what price. How can companies adapt? The key, the authors argue, is shifting to a more 'distributed' idea of the organization that revolves around talent (people) and projects, not divisions and offices. In this new model, which the authors call a networked organization, talent is culled from both inside and outside the organization, dispensing with siloed approaches to talent acquisition and instead viewing talent through a single lens: as a global ecosystem that can be tapped as needed. With rich stories, keen insights, and an abundance of practical advice, Winsor and Paik provide a new framework and operating model for transforming your organization into a talent-orchestrating, problem-solving machine. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Talent: Leveraging the Global Workforce to Solve Your Biggest Challenges Author: Jin H. Paik, John Winsor Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening, essential guidebook for the new world of work, John Winsor and Jin Paik, leaders at the Laboratory for Innovation Science at Harvard, show how the massive reset of the pandemic allowed talented workers everywhere to exit their jobs without leaving the workforce. Now some are freelancing for multiple companies or starting small businesses, leaving hiring managers scratching their heads over a workforce gone AWOL. What's more, talent has more power than ever using platforms such as Freelancer.com, Fiverr, and Upwork, setting their own terms for work: what, where, when, and at what price. How can companies adapt? The key, the authors argue, is shifting to a more 'distributed' idea of the organization that revolves around talent (people) and projects, not divisions and offices. In this new model, which the authors call a networked organization, talent is culled from both inside and outside the organization, dispensing with siloed approaches to talent acquisition and instead viewing talent through a single lens: as a global ecosystem that can be tapped as needed. With rich stories, keen insights, and an abundance of practical advice, Winsor and Paik provide a new framework and operating model for transforming your organization into a talent-orchestrating, problem-solving machine. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713561 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Aprende a invertir: Guia práctica para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones Author: Walter Eyzaguirre Narrator: Martín De Renzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Guía práctica para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones Si eres de las personas que desea invertir su dinero pero aún no sabe cómo, este libro es para ti. En él encontrarás la información necesaria para producir ingresos económicos a mediano o largo plazo, de manera segura y práctica. Con una amplia y reconocida trayectoria como asesor de finanzas, Walter Eyzaguirre te ofrece en estas páginas un instrumento educativo ideal para aprender todo lo necesario sobre cómo rentabilizar y proteger tu capital. Es fundamental comprender que la base del éxito financiero reside en instruirte adecuadamente. Por ello, aquí hallarás información sobre los tipos, herramientas y estrategias de inversiones, sus diversos análisis, el perfil de riesgo, el modo de evitar las estafas, la bolsa de valores, las criptomonedas, el mercado de divisas, el trading, las reglas para invertir y cuidar tu dinero, y un útil diccionario de inversiones. Invertir tu dinero puede ser fácil: la clave consiste en la disciplina y en mantenerse informado para llegar a óptimos resultados. Aprender a invertir es la mejor guía para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones. Walter Eyzaguirre Fri, 20 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713561 thebookvoice.com 2:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Aprende a invertir: Guia práctica para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones Author: Walter Eyzaguirre Narrator: Martín De Renzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Guía práctica para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones Si eres de las personas que desea invertir su dinero pero aún no sabe cómo, este libro es para ti. En él encontrarás la información necesaria para producir ingresos económicos a mediano o largo plazo, de manera segura y práctica. Con una amplia y reconocida trayectoria como asesor de finanzas, Walter Eyzaguirre te ofrece en estas páginas un instrumento educativo ideal para aprender todo lo necesario sobre cómo rentabilizar y proteger tu capital. Es fundamental comprender que la base del éxito financiero reside en instruirte adecuadamente. Por ello, aquí hallarás información sobre los tipos, herramientas y estrategias de inversiones, sus diversos análisis, el perfil de riesgo, el modo de evitar las estafas, la bolsa de valores, las criptomonedas, el mercado de divisas, el trading, las reglas para invertir y cuidar tu dinero, y un útil diccionario de inversiones. Invertir tu dinero puede ser fácil: la clave consiste en la disciplina y en mantenerse informado para llegar a óptimos resultados. Aprender a invertir es la mejor guía para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Aprende a invertir: Guia práctica para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones Author: Walter Eyzaguirre Narrator: Martín De Renzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Guía práctica para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones Si eres de las personas que desea invertir su dinero pero aún no sabe cómo, este libro es para ti. En él encontrarás la información necesaria para producir ingresos económicos a mediano o largo plazo, de manera segura y práctica. Con una amplia y reconocida trayectoria como asesor de finanzas, Walter Eyzaguirre te ofrece en estas páginas un instrumento educativo ideal para aprender todo lo necesario sobre cómo rentabilizar y proteger tu capital. Es fundamental comprender que la base del éxito financiero reside en instruirte adecuadamente. Por ello, aquí hallarás información sobre los tipos, herramientas y estrategias de inversiones, sus diversos análisis, el perfil de riesgo, el modo de evitar las estafas, la bolsa de valores, las criptomonedas, el mercado de divisas, el trading, las reglas para invertir y cuidar tu dinero, y un útil diccionario de inversiones. Invertir tu dinero puede ser fácil: la clave consiste en la disciplina y en mantenerse informado para llegar a óptimos resultados. Aprender a invertir es la mejor guía para iniciarte en el mundo de las inversiones. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Using Tiny Plans to Accomplish Mega Goals Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever thought about how to plan in a way that truly enables you to accomplish your goals? Most people don’t plan. We don’t plan because we have never been taught HOW to plan. Without a plan it’s difficult, and sometimes impossible, to achieve your goals. The secret to accomplishing anything is to utilize bite-sized plans that move a person or organization through small steps that can be tracked on a daily and weekly basis. The smaller the steps the more likely the plan will successfully move toward the larger goal. Moreover, small plans are easy to change as you measure the success (or failure) of each smaller bite-sized step.  Before you can plan, you need to set a goal. People often have big ideas, and fail to realize that ideas must be turned into goals first, before they can successfully see their plan come to fruition.  Learn what a goal is, and how to set clear and attainable goals. Goals should be specific, measurable, attainable, relevant and time bound. Once a goal is established, no matter how big or audacious that goal is, you can then create a plan to accomplish it.  In this course, you will learn how to set, measure and attain tiny actionable steps that successfully move you toward your MEGA goal. You’ll learn about KPIs and OKRs, and learn how to best use nano meetings to keep your plans on track. You’ll learn that you can achieve big ideas when you set goals and then create small, even tiny, plans that you track and measure.   No matter how lofty your goal, learning and implementing these tried and true techniques will move you forward and help you achieve your most ambitious goals. Dana Robinson Wed, 20 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712804 thebookvoice.com 0:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Using Tiny Plans to Accomplish Mega Goals Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever thought about how to plan in a way that truly enables you to accomplish your goals? Most people don’t plan. We don’t plan because we have never been taught HOW to plan. Without a plan it’s difficult, and sometimes impossible, to achieve your goals. The secret to accomplishing anything is to utilize bite-sized plans that move a person or organization through small steps that can be tracked on a daily and weekly basis. The smaller the steps the more likely the plan will successfully move toward the larger goal. Moreover, small plans are easy to change as you measure the success (or failure) of each smaller bite-sized step.  Before you can plan, you need to set a goal. People often have big ideas, and fail to realize that ideas must be turned into goals first, before they can successfully see their plan come to fruition.  Learn what a goal is, and how to set clear and attainable goals. Goals should be specific, measurable, attainable, relevant and time bound. Once a goal is established, no matter how big or audacious that goal is, you can then create a plan to accomplish it.  In this course, you will learn how to set, measure and attain tiny actionable steps that successfully move you toward your MEGA goal. You’ll learn about KPIs and OKRs, and learn how to best use nano meetings to keep your plans on track. You’ll learn that you can achieve big ideas when you set goals and then create small, even tiny, plans that you track and measure.   No matter how lofty your goal, learning and implementing these tried and true techniques will move you forward and help you achieve your most ambitious goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Using Tiny Plans to Accomplish Mega Goals Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever thought about how to plan in a way that truly enables you to accomplish your goals? Most people don’t plan. We don’t plan because we have never been taught HOW to plan. Without a plan it’s difficult, and sometimes impossible, to achieve your goals. The secret to accomplishing anything is to utilize bite-sized plans that move a person or organization through small steps that can be tracked on a daily and weekly basis. The smaller the steps the more likely the plan will successfully move toward the larger goal. Moreover, small plans are easy to change as you measure the success (or failure) of each smaller bite-sized step.  Before you can plan, you need to set a goal. People often have big ideas, and fail to realize that ideas must be turned into goals first, before they can successfully see their plan come to fruition.  Learn what a goal is, and how to set clear and attainable goals. Goals should be specific, measurable, attainable, relevant and time bound. Once a goal is established, no matter how big or audacious that goal is, you can then create a plan to accomplish it.  In this course, you will learn how to set, measure and attain tiny actionable steps that successfully move you toward your MEGA goal. You’ll learn about KPIs and OKRs, and learn how to best use nano meetings to keep your plans on track. You’ll learn that you can achieve big ideas when you set goals and then create small, even tiny, plans that you track and measure.   No matter how lofty your goal, learning and implementing these tried and true techniques will move you forward and help you achieve your most ambitious goals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Find a Side Gig That Doesn't Waste Your Time and Cost You Money Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you want to find a side hustle that generates extra income while you keep your day job or start a small business to eventually grow into a larger business, there are a few important considerations you need to think about. This course covers the six most vital aspects of a perfect side gig. A side gig should be something that makes you money and doesn’t cost you money. It shouldn’t take a lot of your time, either. Your time and money are precious and limited resources.  Many budding entrepreneurs start a side gig without realizing it is a real business that’s going to require a lot of time and money, and unfortunately, find they can’t sustain it. Others start a business that causes a lot of undue stress and puts them at financial risk or legal liability.  There’s a difference between starting a business that needs all of your time and money, and a “side gig” that has low risk and helps you make a steady stream of income. Learn the difference, and start applying the principles Dana Robinson teaches to help you find the perfect side hustle.  This course will show you how to evaluate business opportunities in a way that helps you avoid wasting your time, causing you stress and costing you money. Most importantly, this course will give you positive and encouraging ways to approach a side gig business, and gently encourage you to move out of your comfort zone in order to find and grow an income generating side hustle. Dana Robinson Wed, 20 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712805 thebookvoice.com 0:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Find a Side Gig That Doesn't Waste Your Time and Cost You Money Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you want to find a side hustle that generates extra income while you keep your day job or start a small business to eventually grow into a larger business, there are a few important considerations you need to think about. This course covers the six most vital aspects of a perfect side gig. A side gig should be something that makes you money and doesn’t cost you money. It shouldn’t take a lot of your time, either. Your time and money are precious and limited resources.  Many budding entrepreneurs start a side gig without realizing it is a real business that’s going to require a lot of time and money, and unfortunately, find they can’t sustain it. Others start a business that causes a lot of undue stress and puts them at financial risk or legal liability.  There’s a difference between starting a business that needs all of your time and money, and a “side gig” that has low risk and helps you make a steady stream of income. Learn the difference, and start applying the principles Dana Robinson teaches to help you find the perfect side hustle.  This course will show you how to evaluate business opportunities in a way that helps you avoid wasting your time, causing you stress and costing you money. Most importantly, this course will give you positive and encouraging ways to approach a side gig business, and gently encourage you to move out of your comfort zone in order to find and grow an income generating side hustle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Find a Side Gig That Doesn't Waste Your Time and Cost You Money Author: Dana Robinson Narrator: Dana Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 20, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you want to find a side hustle that generates extra income while you keep your day job or start a small business to eventually grow into a larger business, there are a few important considerations you need to think about. This course covers the six most vital aspects of a perfect side gig. A side gig should be something that makes you money and doesn’t cost you money. It shouldn’t take a lot of your time, either. Your time and money are precious and limited resources.  Many budding entrepreneurs start a side gig without realizing it is a real business that’s going to require a lot of time and money, and unfortunately, find they can’t sustain it. Others start a business that causes a lot of undue stress and puts them at financial risk or legal liability.  There’s a difference between starting a business that needs all of your time and money, and a “side gig” that has low risk and helps you make a steady stream of income. Learn the difference, and start applying the principles Dana Robinson teaches to help you find the perfect side hustle.  This course will show you how to evaluate business opportunities in a way that helps you avoid wasting your time, causing you stress and costing you money. Most importantly, this course will give you positive and encouraging ways to approach a side gig business, and gently encourage you to move out of your comfort zone in order to find and grow an income generating side hustle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Change! Geschehen lassen - Wie Veränderung in der Praxis gelingen kann (ungekürzt) Author: Maike Lenz-Scheele Narrator: Maike Lenz-Scheele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Veränderung ist ein natürlicher Vorgang und fließt permanent durch unser Leben oder durch die Entwicklungsphasen in Unternehmen. Maike Lenz-Scheele hilft, mutige Impulse in Richtung Erneuerung zu setzen. Maike Lenz-Scheele Sun, 01 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712739 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Change! Geschehen lassen - Wie Veränderung in der Praxis gelingen kann (ungekürzt) Author: Maike Lenz-Scheele Narrator: Maike Lenz-Scheele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Veränderung ist ein natürlicher Vorgang und fließt permanent durch unser Leben oder durch die Entwicklungsphasen in Unternehmen. Maike Lenz-Scheele hilft, mutige Impulse in Richtung Erneuerung zu setzen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Change! Geschehen lassen - Wie Veränderung in der Praxis gelingen kann (ungekürzt) Author: Maike Lenz-Scheele Narrator: Maike Lenz-Scheele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 1, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Veränderung ist ein natürlicher Vorgang und fließt permanent durch unser Leben oder durch die Entwicklungsphasen in Unternehmen. Maike Lenz-Scheele hilft, mutige Impulse in Richtung Erneuerung zu setzen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coach Builder: How to Turn Your Expertise Into a Profitable Coaching Career Author: Donald Miller Narrator: Donald Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. Whether you’re thinking about starting a consulting business or have been coaching for a while, Coach Builder will give you the 8-step plan every self-employed coach needs to be successful. Have you experienced a moment when you realized your career wasn’t as secure or fulfilling as you thought it was going to be? Maybe you’ve thought about using your skills to start your own consulting business – but you haven’t had the confidence to go for it. Donald Miller has been consulting and coaching for over two decades. He’s consulted some of the world’s top brands including TOMS Shoes, TREK Bicycles and Tempur Sealy. In 2020, he founded his own coaching program, where he’s helped hundreds of coaches start and grow their business. As a coach of coaches, he knows exactly what it takes to build a successful consulting career – and now he’s sharing eight secrets of success with you. In Coach Builder you’ll learn how to… - Create a menu of services to sell to clients - Generate and manage a list of potential clients - Create a compelling website that attracts your ideal clients - Write and automate sales emails that land clients while you sleep - Create a marketing funnel and product ladder - Set realistic business goals and accomplish them - Build or join a community to help you grow - Navigate the nuances of the client/coach relationship   If you’re ready to make a lot of money doing something you love every single day, Coach Builder is the book you’ve been waiting for. Useful information, charts, and exercises can be found in the audiobook companion PDF download. Donald Miller Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711803 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coach Builder: How to Turn Your Expertise Into a Profitable Coaching Career Author: Donald Miller Narrator: Donald Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. Whether you’re thinking about starting a consulting business or have been coaching for a while, Coach Builder will give you the 8-step plan every self-employed coach needs to be successful. Have you experienced a moment when you realized your career wasn’t as secure or fulfilling as you thought it was going to be? Maybe you’ve thought about using your skills to start your own consulting business – but you haven’t had the confidence to go for it. Donald Miller has been consulting and coaching for over two decades. He’s consulted some of the world’s top brands including TOMS Shoes, TREK Bicycles and Tempur Sealy. In 2020, he founded his own coaching program, where he’s helped hundreds of coaches start and grow their business. As a coach of coaches, he knows exactly what it takes to build a successful consulting career – and now he’s sharing eight secrets of success with you. In Coach Builder you’ll learn how to… - Create a menu of services to sell to clients - Generate and manage a list of potential clients - Create a compelling website that attracts your ideal clients - Write and automate sales emails that land clients while you sleep - Create a marketing funnel and product ladder - Set realistic business goals and accomplish them - Build or join a community to help you grow - Navigate the nuances of the client/coach relationship   If you’re ready to make a lot of money doing something you love every single day, Coach Builder is the book you’ve been waiting for. Useful information, charts, and exercises can be found in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coach Builder: How to Turn Your Expertise Into a Profitable Coaching Career Author: Donald Miller Narrator: Donald Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. Whether you’re thinking about starting a consulting business or have been coaching for a while, Coach Builder will give you the 8-step plan every self-employed coach needs to be successful. Have you experienced a moment when you realized your career wasn’t as secure or fulfilling as you thought it was going to be? Maybe you’ve thought about using your skills to start your own consulting business – but you haven’t had the confidence to go for it. Donald Miller has been consulting and coaching for over two decades. He’s consulted some of the world’s top brands including TOMS Shoes, TREK Bicycles and Tempur Sealy. In 2020, he founded his own coaching program, where he’s helped hundreds of coaches start and grow their business. As a coach of coaches, he knows exactly what it takes to build a successful consulting career – and now he’s sharing eight secrets of success with you. In Coach Builder you’ll learn how to… - Create a menu of services to sell to clients - Generate and manage a list of potential clients - Create a compelling website that attracts your ideal clients - Write and automate sales emails that land clients while you sleep - Create a marketing funnel and product ladder - Set realistic business goals and accomplish them - Build or join a community to help you grow - Navigate the nuances of the client/coach relationship   If you’re ready to make a lot of money doing something you love every single day, Coach Builder is the book you’ve been waiting for. Useful information, charts, and exercises can be found in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain Hustlers: Crime and Punishment at an Opioid Startup Originally published as The Hard Sell Author: Evan Hughes Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inside story of a band of entrepreneurial upstarts who made millions selling painkillers—until their scheme unraveled, putting them at the center of a landmark criminal trial. • THE BASIS FOR THE MAJOR MOTION PICTURE PAIN HUSTLERS STARRING EMILY BLUNT AND CHRIS EVANS 'Unfolds with the velocity and verve of a Scorsese film…A tour de force.'—Patrick Radden Keefe, New York Times bestselling author of Empire of Pain and Say Nothing John Kapoor had already amassed a small fortune in pharmaceuticals when he founded Insys Therapeutics. It was the early 2000s, a boom time for painkillers, and he developed a novel formulation of fentanyl, the most potent opioid on the market.   Kapoor, a brilliant immigrant scientist with relentless business instincts, was eager to make the most of his innovation. He gathered around him an ambitious group of young lieutenants. His head of sales—an unstable and unmanageable leader, but a genius of persuasion—built a team willing to pull every lever to close a sale, going so far as to recruit an exotic dancer ready to scrape her way up. They zeroed in on the eccentric and suspect doctors receptive to their methods. Employees at headquarters did their part by deceiving insurance companies. The drug was a niche product, approved only for cancer patients in dire condition, but the company’s leadership pushed it more widely, and together they turned Insys into a Wall Street sensation.   But several insiders reached their breaking point and blew the whistle. They sparked a sprawling investigation that would lead to a dramatic courtroom battle, breaking new ground in the government’s fight to hold the drug industry accountable in the spread of addictive opioids.   In Pain Hustlers, National Magazine Award–finalist Evan Hughes lays bare the pharma playbook. He draws on unprecedented access to insiders of the Insys saga, from top executives to foot soldiers, from the patients and staff of far-flung clinics to the Boston investigators who treated the case as a drug-trafficking conspiracy, flipping cooperators and closing in on the key players.   With colorful characters and true suspense, Pain Hustlers offers a bracing look not just at Insys, but at how opioids are sold at the point they first enter the national bloodstream—in the doctor’s office. Evan Hughes Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711666 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain Hustlers: Crime and Punishment at an Opioid Startup Originally published as The Hard Sell Author: Evan Hughes Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inside story of a band of entrepreneurial upstarts who made millions selling painkillers—until their scheme unraveled, putting them at the center of a landmark criminal trial. • THE BASIS FOR THE MAJOR MOTION PICTURE PAIN HUSTLERS STARRING EMILY BLUNT AND CHRIS EVANS 'Unfolds with the velocity and verve of a Scorsese film…A tour de force.'—Patrick Radden Keefe, New York Times bestselling author of Empire of Pain and Say Nothing John Kapoor had already amassed a small fortune in pharmaceuticals when he founded Insys Therapeutics. It was the early 2000s, a boom time for painkillers, and he developed a novel formulation of fentanyl, the most potent opioid on the market.   Kapoor, a brilliant immigrant scientist with relentless business instincts, was eager to make the most of his innovation. He gathered around him an ambitious group of young lieutenants. His head of sales—an unstable and unmanageable leader, but a genius of persuasion—built a team willing to pull every lever to close a sale, going so far as to recruit an exotic dancer ready to scrape her way up. They zeroed in on the eccentric and suspect doctors receptive to their methods. Employees at headquarters did their part by deceiving insurance companies. The drug was a niche product, approved only for cancer patients in dire condition, but the company’s leadership pushed it more widely, and together they turned Insys into a Wall Street sensation.   But several insiders reached their breaking point and blew the whistle. They sparked a sprawling investigation that would lead to a dramatic courtroom battle, breaking new ground in the government’s fight to hold the drug industry accountable in the spread of addictive opioids.   In Pain Hustlers, National Magazine Award–finalist Evan Hughes lays bare the pharma playbook. He draws on unprecedented access to insiders of the Insys saga, from top executives to foot soldiers, from the patients and staff of far-flung clinics to the Boston investigators who treated the case as a drug-trafficking conspiracy, flipping cooperators and closing in on the key players.   With colorful characters and true suspense, Pain Hustlers offers a bracing look not just at Insys, but at how opioids are sold at the point they first enter the national bloodstream—in the doctor’s office. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain Hustlers: Crime and Punishment at an Opioid Startup Originally published as The Hard Sell Author: Evan Hughes Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inside story of a band of entrepreneurial upstarts who made millions selling painkillers—until their scheme unraveled, putting them at the center of a landmark criminal trial. • THE BASIS FOR THE MAJOR MOTION PICTURE PAIN HUSTLERS STARRING EMILY BLUNT AND CHRIS EVANS 'Unfolds with the velocity and verve of a Scorsese film…A tour de force.'—Patrick Radden Keefe, New York Times bestselling author of Empire of Pain and Say Nothing John Kapoor had already amassed a small fortune in pharmaceuticals when he founded Insys Therapeutics. It was the early 2000s, a boom time for painkillers, and he developed a novel formulation of fentanyl, the most potent opioid on the market.   Kapoor, a brilliant immigrant scientist with relentless business instincts, was eager to make the most of his innovation. He gathered around him an ambitious group of young lieutenants. His head of sales—an unstable and unmanageable leader, but a genius of persuasion—built a team willing to pull every lever to close a sale, going so far as to recruit an exotic dancer ready to scrape her way up. They zeroed in on the eccentric and suspect doctors receptive to their methods. Employees at headquarters did their part by deceiving insurance companies. The drug was a niche product, approved only for cancer patients in dire condition, but the company’s leadership pushed it more widely, and together they turned Insys into a Wall Street sensation.   But several insiders reached their breaking point and blew the whistle. They sparked a sprawling investigation that would lead to a dramatic courtroom battle, breaking new ground in the government’s fight to hold the drug industry accountable in the spread of addictive opioids.   In Pain Hustlers, National Magazine Award–finalist Evan Hughes lays bare the pharma playbook. He draws on unprecedented access to insiders of the Insys saga, from top executives to foot soldiers, from the patients and staff of far-flung clinics to the Boston investigators who treated the case as a drug-trafficking conspiracy, flipping cooperators and closing in on the key players.   With colorful characters and true suspense, Pain Hustlers offers a bracing look not just at Insys, but at how opioids are sold at the point they first enter the national bloodstream—in the doctor’s office. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: paid! Author: Peter Thomson Narrator: Peter Thomson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Unlock Your True Earnings: The Essential Blueprint Every Skilled Professional Needs' Do you consistently deliver unmatched value, yet find your income doesn't mirror your expertise? You're not alone in feeling the sting of undervaluation. The annoyance of seeing others, perhaps less skilled, out-earning you can be frustrating. You're not alone. But what if the issue isn't ‘what you do’, but how you position it? What if you could... Command the income that truly reflects the value you deliver and the cascading impact you have in the world? (Discover the ultimate method on Page 61) Elevate your fees without the fear of alienating potential clients? (See the 3 transformative strategies on Page 71) Side step the common pitfalls leading to those annoying price objections? (Unearth the game-changer on Page 109) Effortlessly attract those ‘love to work with' clients who appreciate you and gladly pay for your value? (Master this art on Page 179) Position yourself as the natural, logical and emotional choice in your field? (Begin your transformation on Page 21) Join me on this life-changing journey. We'll not only reframe how the world sees your worth, but fundamentally shift how you see yourself. And how you can feel confident in stating your fees. This isn't merely a business guide — it's a transformative blueprint for professionals, just like you, ready to truly capitalise on their skills and the difference they make. This is going to be fun, with a serious intent. If you're ready to truly recognise your worth and transform your income based on the value you offer, then get 'PAID' today. Click ‘Listen Now' and start your journey to being richly rewarded for your unique value. Peter Thomson Thu, 28 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711203 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: paid! Author: Peter Thomson Narrator: Peter Thomson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Unlock Your True Earnings: The Essential Blueprint Every Skilled Professional Needs' Do you consistently deliver unmatched value, yet find your income doesn't mirror your expertise? You're not alone in feeling the sting of undervaluation. The annoyance of seeing others, perhaps less skilled, out-earning you can be frustrating. You're not alone. But what if the issue isn't ‘what you do’, but how you position it? What if you could... Command the income that truly reflects the value you deliver and the cascading impact you have in the world? (Discover the ultimate method on Page 61) Elevate your fees without the fear of alienating potential clients? (See the 3 transformative strategies on Page 71) Side step the common pitfalls leading to those annoying price objections? (Unearth the game-changer on Page 109) Effortlessly attract those ‘love to work with' clients who appreciate you and gladly pay for your value? (Master this art on Page 179) Position yourself as the natural, logical and emotional choice in your field? (Begin your transformation on Page 21) Join me on this life-changing journey. We'll not only reframe how the world sees your worth, but fundamentally shift how you see yourself. And how you can feel confident in stating your fees. This isn't merely a business guide — it's a transformative blueprint for professionals, just like you, ready to truly capitalise on their skills and the difference they make. This is going to be fun, with a serious intent. If you're ready to truly recognise your worth and transform your income based on the value you offer, then get 'PAID' today. Click ‘Listen Now' and start your journey to being richly rewarded for your unique value. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: paid! Author: Peter Thomson Narrator: Peter Thomson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'Unlock Your True Earnings: The Essential Blueprint Every Skilled Professional Needs' Do you consistently deliver unmatched value, yet find your income doesn't mirror your expertise? You're not alone in feeling the sting of undervaluation. The annoyance of seeing others, perhaps less skilled, out-earning you can be frustrating. You're not alone. But what if the issue isn't ‘what you do’, but how you position it? What if you could... Command the income that truly reflects the value you deliver and the cascading impact you have in the world? (Discover the ultimate method on Page 61) Elevate your fees without the fear of alienating potential clients? (See the 3 transformative strategies on Page 71) Side step the common pitfalls leading to those annoying price objections? (Unearth the game-changer on Page 109) Effortlessly attract those ‘love to work with' clients who appreciate you and gladly pay for your value? (Master this art on Page 179) Position yourself as the natural, logical and emotional choice in your field? (Begin your transformation on Page 21) Join me on this life-changing journey. We'll not only reframe how the world sees your worth, but fundamentally shift how you see yourself. And how you can feel confident in stating your fees. This isn't merely a business guide — it's a transformative blueprint for professionals, just like you, ready to truly capitalise on their skills and the difference they make. This is going to be fun, with a serious intent. If you're ready to truly recognise your worth and transform your income based on the value you offer, then get 'PAID' today. Click ‘Listen Now' and start your journey to being richly rewarded for your unique value. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Her Own Voice: A Woman's Rise to CEO: Overcoming Hurdles to Change the Face of Leadership Author: Jennifer Mccollum Narrator: Jennifer Mccollum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The world has awakened to the urgent need to focus on women's advancement—companies with gender-balanced leadership are far more likely to outperform their peers, and the evolving expectations of leadership align to women's natural strengths. But we're nowhere near achieving that equity. Less than 10 percent of Fortune 500 CEOs are women, and the pace of growth is shockingly slow, made worse by COVID-19 and its aftermath. What does it take for women to ascend permanently into leadership roles? In Her Own Voice sheds some light on this timely topic. Based on twenty-five years of research, Jennifer McCollum offers sage advice for the unique hurdles facing women in business, from contending with our own inner critic to having to navigate the often-intimidating world of negotiating for ourselves. In Her Own Voice outlines the key competencies and action steps to overcome these obstacles. Backed with data and infused with compelling real-life stories, it's a blueprint for helping listeners identify, measure, and conquer what's holding women back at any stage of their careers. Jennifer Mccollum Tue, 14 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710656 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Her Own Voice: A Woman's Rise to CEO: Overcoming Hurdles to Change the Face of Leadership Author: Jennifer Mccollum Narrator: Jennifer Mccollum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The world has awakened to the urgent need to focus on women's advancement—companies with gender-balanced leadership are far more likely to outperform their peers, and the evolving expectations of leadership align to women's natural strengths. But we're nowhere near achieving that equity. Less than 10 percent of Fortune 500 CEOs are women, and the pace of growth is shockingly slow, made worse by COVID-19 and its aftermath. What does it take for women to ascend permanently into leadership roles? In Her Own Voice sheds some light on this timely topic. Based on twenty-five years of research, Jennifer McCollum offers sage advice for the unique hurdles facing women in business, from contending with our own inner critic to having to navigate the often-intimidating world of negotiating for ourselves. In Her Own Voice outlines the key competencies and action steps to overcome these obstacles. Backed with data and infused with compelling real-life stories, it's a blueprint for helping listeners identify, measure, and conquer what's holding women back at any stage of their careers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Her Own Voice: A Woman's Rise to CEO: Overcoming Hurdles to Change the Face of Leadership Author: Jennifer Mccollum Narrator: Jennifer Mccollum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The world has awakened to the urgent need to focus on women's advancement—companies with gender-balanced leadership are far more likely to outperform their peers, and the evolving expectations of leadership align to women's natural strengths. But we're nowhere near achieving that equity. Less than 10 percent of Fortune 500 CEOs are women, and the pace of growth is shockingly slow, made worse by COVID-19 and its aftermath. What does it take for women to ascend permanently into leadership roles? In Her Own Voice sheds some light on this timely topic. Based on twenty-five years of research, Jennifer McCollum offers sage advice for the unique hurdles facing women in business, from contending with our own inner critic to having to navigate the often-intimidating world of negotiating for ourselves. In Her Own Voice outlines the key competencies and action steps to overcome these obstacles. Backed with data and infused with compelling real-life stories, it's a blueprint for helping listeners identify, measure, and conquer what's holding women back at any stage of their careers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth and Climate Competitiveness: The New Narrative on Business and Society Author: Bruce Piasecki Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many of the central concerns of the twenty-first century—racial inequity, white supremacy movements, greater inclusiveness of diverse peoples—are rooted in facing and overcoming prejudices, both common and hidden. Another great challenge—the role of wealth and innovation in solving the climate crisis—is also riddled with disabling prejudices about how corporations work, and about the rights and needs of consumers and world citizens. In his twenty-first book, Wealth and Climate Competitiveness: The New Narrative on Business and Society, Bruce Piasecki argues that a set of five recurring prejudices, from 1900 to 2020, have held up real progress on climate action. Using the examples of select firms like Trane Technologies, and oil giants like the transforming bp, Piasecki sets out to define climate competitiveness as a path to solutions that decarbonize, decentralize, and digitize our near future. Climate competitiveness involves a responsible, steady, resolve-based focus on lessons derived from human behavior and social movements. By using Robin Hood as a narrative example, this book is designed to give you a deep understanding of the changed landscape we now face, and how you can resolve to embrace climate competitiveness to drive your personal success, and the corporate and institutional success of our world. Bruce Piasecki Tue, 30 Jan 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710654 thebookvoice.com 3:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth and Climate Competitiveness: The New Narrative on Business and Society Author: Bruce Piasecki Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many of the central concerns of the twenty-first century—racial inequity, white supremacy movements, greater inclusiveness of diverse peoples—are rooted in facing and overcoming prejudices, both common and hidden. Another great challenge—the role of wealth and innovation in solving the climate crisis—is also riddled with disabling prejudices about how corporations work, and about the rights and needs of consumers and world citizens. In his twenty-first book, Wealth and Climate Competitiveness: The New Narrative on Business and Society, Bruce Piasecki argues that a set of five recurring prejudices, from 1900 to 2020, have held up real progress on climate action. Using the examples of select firms like Trane Technologies, and oil giants like the transforming bp, Piasecki sets out to define climate competitiveness as a path to solutions that decarbonize, decentralize, and digitize our near future. Climate competitiveness involves a responsible, steady, resolve-based focus on lessons derived from human behavior and social movements. By using Robin Hood as a narrative example, this book is designed to give you a deep understanding of the changed landscape we now face, and how you can resolve to embrace climate competitiveness to drive your personal success, and the corporate and institutional success of our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth and Climate Competitiveness: The New Narrative on Business and Society Author: Bruce Piasecki Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many of the central concerns of the twenty-first century—racial inequity, white supremacy movements, greater inclusiveness of diverse peoples—are rooted in facing and overcoming prejudices, both common and hidden. Another great challenge—the role of wealth and innovation in solving the climate crisis—is also riddled with disabling prejudices about how corporations work, and about the rights and needs of consumers and world citizens. In his twenty-first book, Wealth and Climate Competitiveness: The New Narrative on Business and Society, Bruce Piasecki argues that a set of five recurring prejudices, from 1900 to 2020, have held up real progress on climate action. Using the examples of select firms like Trane Technologies, and oil giants like the transforming bp, Piasecki sets out to define climate competitiveness as a path to solutions that decarbonize, decentralize, and digitize our near future. Climate competitiveness involves a responsible, steady, resolve-based focus on lessons derived from human behavior and social movements. By using Robin Hood as a narrative example, this book is designed to give you a deep understanding of the changed landscape we now face, and how you can resolve to embrace climate competitiveness to drive your personal success, and the corporate and institutional success of our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur: A Business Dragon's Guide to Success Author: Shaf Rasul Narrator: David Monteath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lessons in business success from the newest Dragon in town You no longer have to enter the Dragon' Den to get expert startup advice. In Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur, Shaf Rasul distills his vast experience and knowledge into a practical business startup guide that takes you smoothly and successfully from idea to exit. Are you in? With tips and advice from Shaf, as well as examples and anecdotes from inside and outside the den, you'll discover exactly what it takes to be a successful entrepreneur. From starting up to buying and selling, from business plans to number crunching, Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur shows you how to do it right the first time. You'll find out: if you've got what it takes to be an entrepreneur; how to set up and manage a business with confidence; how to make a business profitable—fast; ten key things to know about finance; how to be quick on your feet and beat the rest; how to hire and manage the right people; and when and how to exit—and how to spot your next opportunity. Shaf Rasul Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710649 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur: A Business Dragon's Guide to Success Author: Shaf Rasul Narrator: David Monteath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lessons in business success from the newest Dragon in town You no longer have to enter the Dragon' Den to get expert startup advice. In Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur, Shaf Rasul distills his vast experience and knowledge into a practical business startup guide that takes you smoothly and successfully from idea to exit. Are you in? With tips and advice from Shaf, as well as examples and anecdotes from inside and outside the den, you'll discover exactly what it takes to be a successful entrepreneur. From starting up to buying and selling, from business plans to number crunching, Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur shows you how to do it right the first time. You'll find out: if you've got what it takes to be an entrepreneur; how to set up and manage a business with confidence; how to make a business profitable—fast; ten key things to know about finance; how to be quick on your feet and beat the rest; how to hire and manage the right people; and when and how to exit—and how to spot your next opportunity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur: A Business Dragon's Guide to Success Author: Shaf Rasul Narrator: David Monteath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lessons in business success from the newest Dragon in town You no longer have to enter the Dragon' Den to get expert startup advice. In Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur, Shaf Rasul distills his vast experience and knowledge into a practical business startup guide that takes you smoothly and successfully from idea to exit. Are you in? With tips and advice from Shaf, as well as examples and anecdotes from inside and outside the den, you'll discover exactly what it takes to be a successful entrepreneur. From starting up to buying and selling, from business plans to number crunching, Secrets of a Serial Entrepreneur shows you how to do it right the first time. You'll find out: if you've got what it takes to be an entrepreneur; how to set up and manage a business with confidence; how to make a business profitable—fast; ten key things to know about finance; how to be quick on your feet and beat the rest; how to hire and manage the right people; and when and how to exit—and how to spot your next opportunity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710651 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What Matters: Lessons from a Lifetime of Transformations Author: Ron Shaich Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ron Shaich is a business visionary who has been part of building three iconic restaurant brands: Au Bon Pain, Panera Bread, and now Cava. Along the way, he developed 'fast casual,' a $100 billion–plus segment of the industry. Now he reveals what he learned about entrepreneurship, running large enterprises, business transformation, and life itself. He illustrates these lessons with his experiences turning a small cookie store into 2,400 restaurants with $5 billion in revenue, delivering annual investor returns of 25% over two decades, and outperforming both Starbucks and Chipotle. How did Shaich succeed repeatedly in such a tough industry? By discovering today what will matter tomorrow and never hesitating to undertake sweeping transformations to get the job done. Telling yourself the truth, knowing what really matters, and getting it done is the path to creating and sustaining a meaningful life, a market-leading business, and even a healthier society. Shaich's reflections are sometimes practical ('Make smart bets'), sometimes philosophical ('Conduct an annual pre-mortem'), often challenging ('You don't own the business, the business owns you'), and always incisive ('You take the money, I'll take control.'). Know What Matters is a powerful guide to building transformative businesses while leading a life you respect and leaving a positive impact on the world. Ron Shaich Tue, 21 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710651 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What Matters: Lessons from a Lifetime of Transformations Author: Ron Shaich Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ron Shaich is a business visionary who has been part of building three iconic restaurant brands: Au Bon Pain, Panera Bread, and now Cava. Along the way, he developed 'fast casual,' a $100 billion–plus segment of the industry. Now he reveals what he learned about entrepreneurship, running large enterprises, business transformation, and life itself. He illustrates these lessons with his experiences turning a small cookie store into 2,400 restaurants with $5 billion in revenue, delivering annual investor returns of 25% over two decades, and outperforming both Starbucks and Chipotle. How did Shaich succeed repeatedly in such a tough industry? By discovering today what will matter tomorrow and never hesitating to undertake sweeping transformations to get the job done. Telling yourself the truth, knowing what really matters, and getting it done is the path to creating and sustaining a meaningful life, a market-leading business, and even a healthier society. Shaich's reflections are sometimes practical ('Make smart bets'), sometimes philosophical ('Conduct an annual pre-mortem'), often challenging ('You don't own the business, the business owns you'), and always incisive ('You take the money, I'll take control.'). Know What Matters is a powerful guide to building transformative businesses while leading a life you respect and leaving a positive impact on the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What Matters: Lessons from a Lifetime of Transformations Author: Ron Shaich Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ron Shaich is a business visionary who has been part of building three iconic restaurant brands: Au Bon Pain, Panera Bread, and now Cava. Along the way, he developed 'fast casual,' a $100 billion–plus segment of the industry. Now he reveals what he learned about entrepreneurship, running large enterprises, business transformation, and life itself. He illustrates these lessons with his experiences turning a small cookie store into 2,400 restaurants with $5 billion in revenue, delivering annual investor returns of 25% over two decades, and outperforming both Starbucks and Chipotle. How did Shaich succeed repeatedly in such a tough industry? By discovering today what will matter tomorrow and never hesitating to undertake sweeping transformations to get the job done. Telling yourself the truth, knowing what really matters, and getting it done is the path to creating and sustaining a meaningful life, a market-leading business, and even a healthier society. Shaich's reflections are sometimes practical ('Make smart bets'), sometimes philosophical ('Conduct an annual pre-mortem'), often challenging ('You don't own the business, the business owns you'), and always incisive ('You take the money, I'll take control.'). Know What Matters is a powerful guide to building transformative businesses while leading a life you respect and leaving a positive impact on the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovation is a State of Mind: Simple strategies to be more innovative in what you do Author: James O'loghlin Narrator: James O'loghlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone says that innovation is important. The problem is that no one tells you how to be innovative. Innovation is a State of Mind sets out a step-by-step guide to creating innovative ideas and putting them into action. You'll learn how to generate more ideas with greater potential, how to grow and evaluate them, test their effectiveness, and then implement the ones that are going to improve your business. Author James O'Loghlin has worked with over a thousand of Australia's best inventors and innovators in the eight years he hosted ABC-TV's The New Inventors. He studied what they do differently and how they are able to identify and take advantage of opportunities that the rest of us miss. Packed with engaging stories and a good dose of humor, this insightful guide helps you to make innovation a part of what you do every day. ● Change your thinking and identify overlooked opportunities ● Step around common roadblocks to innovation ● Generate better ideas, and find the ones that will improve your business ● Create a culture where innovation is part of everyone's job ● Harvest innovative ideas from the entire staff and find the ones that will make a difference James O'loghlin Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710645 thebookvoice.com 4:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovation is a State of Mind: Simple strategies to be more innovative in what you do Author: James O'loghlin Narrator: James O'loghlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone says that innovation is important. The problem is that no one tells you how to be innovative. Innovation is a State of Mind sets out a step-by-step guide to creating innovative ideas and putting them into action. You'll learn how to generate more ideas with greater potential, how to grow and evaluate them, test their effectiveness, and then implement the ones that are going to improve your business. Author James O'Loghlin has worked with over a thousand of Australia's best inventors and innovators in the eight years he hosted ABC-TV's The New Inventors. He studied what they do differently and how they are able to identify and take advantage of opportunities that the rest of us miss. Packed with engaging stories and a good dose of humor, this insightful guide helps you to make innovation a part of what you do every day. ● Change your thinking and identify overlooked opportunities ● Step around common roadblocks to innovation ● Generate better ideas, and find the ones that will improve your business ● Create a culture where innovation is part of everyone's job ● Harvest innovative ideas from the entire staff and find the ones that will make a difference Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innovation is a State of Mind: Simple strategies to be more innovative in what you do Author: James O'loghlin Narrator: James O'loghlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone says that innovation is important. The problem is that no one tells you how to be innovative. Innovation is a State of Mind sets out a step-by-step guide to creating innovative ideas and putting them into action. You'll learn how to generate more ideas with greater potential, how to grow and evaluate them, test their effectiveness, and then implement the ones that are going to improve your business. Author James O'Loghlin has worked with over a thousand of Australia's best inventors and innovators in the eight years he hosted ABC-TV's The New Inventors. He studied what they do differently and how they are able to identify and take advantage of opportunities that the rest of us miss. Packed with engaging stories and a good dose of humor, this insightful guide helps you to make innovation a part of what you do every day. ● Change your thinking and identify overlooked opportunities ● Step around common roadblocks to innovation ● Generate better ideas, and find the ones that will improve your business ● Create a culture where innovation is part of everyone's job ● Harvest innovative ideas from the entire staff and find the ones that will make a difference https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsupervised: Navigating and Influencing a World Controlled by Powerful New Technologies Author: Daniel Doll-Steinberg, Stuart Leaf Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How a broad range of new immensely powerful technologies is disrupting and transforming every corner of our reality—and why you must act and adapt. Unsupervised: Navigating and Influencing a World Controlled by Powerful New Technologies examines the fast-emerging technologies and tools that are already starting to completely revolutionize our world. Beyond that, the book takes an in-depth look at how we have arrived at this dizzying point in our history, who holds the reins of these formidable technologies, mostly without any supervision. It explains why we as business leaders, entrepreneurs, academics, educators, lawmakers, investors or users and all responsible citizens must act now to influence and help oversee the future of a technological world. Quantum computing, artificial intelligence, blockchain, decentralization, virtual and augmented reality, and permanent connectivity are just a few of the technologies and trends considered, but the book delves much deeper, too. You'll find a thorough analysis of energy and medical technologies, as well as cogent predictions for how new tech will redefine your work, your money, your entertainment, your transportation and your home and cities, and what you need to know to harness and prosper from these technologies. Daniel Doll-Steinberg, Stuart Leaf Tue, 05 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710646 thebookvoice.com 11:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsupervised: Navigating and Influencing a World Controlled by Powerful New Technologies Author: Daniel Doll-Steinberg, Stuart Leaf Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How a broad range of new immensely powerful technologies is disrupting and transforming every corner of our reality—and why you must act and adapt. Unsupervised: Navigating and Influencing a World Controlled by Powerful New Technologies examines the fast-emerging technologies and tools that are already starting to completely revolutionize our world. Beyond that, the book takes an in-depth look at how we have arrived at this dizzying point in our history, who holds the reins of these formidable technologies, mostly without any supervision. It explains why we as business leaders, entrepreneurs, academics, educators, lawmakers, investors or users and all responsible citizens must act now to influence and help oversee the future of a technological world. Quantum computing, artificial intelligence, blockchain, decentralization, virtual and augmented reality, and permanent connectivity are just a few of the technologies and trends considered, but the book delves much deeper, too. You'll find a thorough analysis of energy and medical technologies, as well as cogent predictions for how new tech will redefine your work, your money, your entertainment, your transportation and your home and cities, and what you need to know to harness and prosper from these technologies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsupervised: Navigating and Influencing a World Controlled by Powerful New Technologies Author: Daniel Doll-Steinberg, Stuart Leaf Narrator: Michael Langan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How a broad range of new immensely powerful technologies is disrupting and transforming every corner of our reality—and why you must act and adapt. Unsupervised: Navigating and Influencing a World Controlled by Powerful New Technologies examines the fast-emerging technologies and tools that are already starting to completely revolutionize our world. Beyond that, the book takes an in-depth look at how we have arrived at this dizzying point in our history, who holds the reins of these formidable technologies, mostly without any supervision. It explains why we as business leaders, entrepreneurs, academics, educators, lawmakers, investors or users and all responsible citizens must act now to influence and help oversee the future of a technological world. Quantum computing, artificial intelligence, blockchain, decentralization, virtual and augmented reality, and permanent connectivity are just a few of the technologies and trends considered, but the book delves much deeper, too. You'll find a thorough analysis of energy and medical technologies, as well as cogent predictions for how new tech will redefine your work, your money, your entertainment, your transportation and your home and cities, and what you need to know to harness and prosper from these technologies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710648 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710648]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smarta Way To Do Business: By Entrepreneurs, for Entrepreneurs; Your Ultimate Guide to Starting a Business Author: Shaa Wasmund, Matt Thomas Narrator: Imogen Church Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to starting and running a small business The Smarta Way to Do Business is the first definitive handbook for starting a business to bring you advice from real-world entrepreneurs who've been there, and done that. Packed with everything you need to know to start and run a successful business, straight from the UK's leading experts, this is the insider's guide you need to build a successful business right now. Featuring exclusive interviews with anyone who's anyone in the world of entrepreneurship, including Theo Paphitis, Deborah Meaden, Duncan Bannatyne, Sarah Beeny, Doug Richard, Martha Lane Fox, Caprice, Sahar Hashemi, and more, the book also brings you unique insights from Peter Jones, Mike Clare, Julie Meyer, Rachel Elnaugh, and many others! Whether you're just starting out, looking to take your business to the next level, or exploring how social media and emerging technologies could boost your customer sales, The Smarta Way to Do Business has the answers you're looking for. Shaa Wasmund, Matt Thomas Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710648 thebookvoice.com 11:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710648]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smarta Way To Do Business: By Entrepreneurs, for Entrepreneurs; Your Ultimate Guide to Starting a Business Author: Shaa Wasmund, Matt Thomas Narrator: Imogen Church Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to starting and running a small business The Smarta Way to Do Business is the first definitive handbook for starting a business to bring you advice from real-world entrepreneurs who've been there, and done that. Packed with everything you need to know to start and run a successful business, straight from the UK's leading experts, this is the insider's guide you need to build a successful business right now. Featuring exclusive interviews with anyone who's anyone in the world of entrepreneurship, including Theo Paphitis, Deborah Meaden, Duncan Bannatyne, Sarah Beeny, Doug Richard, Martha Lane Fox, Caprice, Sahar Hashemi, and more, the book also brings you unique insights from Peter Jones, Mike Clare, Julie Meyer, Rachel Elnaugh, and many others! Whether you're just starting out, looking to take your business to the next level, or exploring how social media and emerging technologies could boost your customer sales, The Smarta Way to Do Business has the answers you're looking for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710648]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smarta Way To Do Business: By Entrepreneurs, for Entrepreneurs; Your Ultimate Guide to Starting a Business Author: Shaa Wasmund, Matt Thomas Narrator: Imogen Church Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to starting and running a small business The Smarta Way to Do Business is the first definitive handbook for starting a business to bring you advice from real-world entrepreneurs who've been there, and done that. Packed with everything you need to know to start and run a successful business, straight from the UK's leading experts, this is the insider's guide you need to build a successful business right now. Featuring exclusive interviews with anyone who's anyone in the world of entrepreneurship, including Theo Paphitis, Deborah Meaden, Duncan Bannatyne, Sarah Beeny, Doug Richard, Martha Lane Fox, Caprice, Sahar Hashemi, and more, the book also brings you unique insights from Peter Jones, Mike Clare, Julie Meyer, Rachel Elnaugh, and many others! Whether you're just starting out, looking to take your business to the next level, or exploring how social media and emerging technologies could boost your customer sales, The Smarta Way to Do Business has the answers you're looking for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710644 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create the Future: Tactics for Disruptive Thinking Author: Jeremy Gutsche Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 19, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Create the Future is an exciting guidebook for disruptive thinking, innovation, and change, paired with The Innovation Handbook, an updated version of the award-winning book, Exploiting Chaos. The bestseller is loaded with the same tactics, tools, and frameworks that Gutsche's team uses to accelerate 700 of the world's most powerful brands, billionaires, CEOs, and NASA. Throughout history, we know that chaos reshuffles the deck, changes consumer needs, switches who is in the lead, and creates unprecedented risk and opportunity. Chaos causes most people to retreat—but not always. Disney, CNN, Square, HP, Apple, Fortune Magazine, Uber, and AirBnB are just a few examples of companies that started during periods of rampant chaos and global economic recession. Crisis and chaos create opportunity, if you know where to look. The challenge is that your own success, neurological wiring, past decisions, and '7 Traps of Path Dependency' make it more difficult for you to realize your full potential. In our post-COVID era of chaos and disruptive innovation, there are so many great opportunities within reach; however, most smart and successful people miss out because of these proven proven traps. If you could overcome these traps, what could you accomplish? How much more successful could your plans for innovation and change, actually be? Jeremy Gutsche Tue, 19 Dec 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710644 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create the Future: Tactics for Disruptive Thinking Author: Jeremy Gutsche Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 19, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Create the Future is an exciting guidebook for disruptive thinking, innovation, and change, paired with The Innovation Handbook, an updated version of the award-winning book, Exploiting Chaos. The bestseller is loaded with the same tactics, tools, and frameworks that Gutsche's team uses to accelerate 700 of the world's most powerful brands, billionaires, CEOs, and NASA. Throughout history, we know that chaos reshuffles the deck, changes consumer needs, switches who is in the lead, and creates unprecedented risk and opportunity. Chaos causes most people to retreat—but not always. Disney, CNN, Square, HP, Apple, Fortune Magazine, Uber, and AirBnB are just a few examples of companies that started during periods of rampant chaos and global economic recession. Crisis and chaos create opportunity, if you know where to look. The challenge is that your own success, neurological wiring, past decisions, and '7 Traps of Path Dependency' make it more difficult for you to realize your full potential. In our post-COVID era of chaos and disruptive innovation, there are so many great opportunities within reach; however, most smart and successful people miss out because of these proven proven traps. If you could overcome these traps, what could you accomplish? How much more successful could your plans for innovation and change, actually be? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create the Future: Tactics for Disruptive Thinking Author: Jeremy Gutsche Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 19, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Create the Future is an exciting guidebook for disruptive thinking, innovation, and change, paired with The Innovation Handbook, an updated version of the award-winning book, Exploiting Chaos. The bestseller is loaded with the same tactics, tools, and frameworks that Gutsche's team uses to accelerate 700 of the world's most powerful brands, billionaires, CEOs, and NASA. Throughout history, we know that chaos reshuffles the deck, changes consumer needs, switches who is in the lead, and creates unprecedented risk and opportunity. Chaos causes most people to retreat—but not always. Disney, CNN, Square, HP, Apple, Fortune Magazine, Uber, and AirBnB are just a few examples of companies that started during periods of rampant chaos and global economic recession. Crisis and chaos create opportunity, if you know where to look. The challenge is that your own success, neurological wiring, past decisions, and '7 Traps of Path Dependency' make it more difficult for you to realize your full potential. In our post-COVID era of chaos and disruptive innovation, there are so many great opportunities within reach; however, most smart and successful people miss out because of these proven proven traps. If you could overcome these traps, what could you accomplish? How much more successful could your plans for innovation and change, actually be? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710516 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the World Ran Out of Everything: Inside the Global Supply Chain Author: Peter S. Goodman Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: By the New York Times’s Global Economics Correspondent, an extraordinary journey to understand the worldwide supply chain—exposing both the fascinating pathways of manufacturing and transportation that bring products to your doorstep, and the ruthless business logic that has left local communities at the mercy of a complex and fragile network for their basic necessities. ''A tale that will change how you look at the world.'' —Mark Leibovich One of Foreign Policy's ''Best Books of the Year'' How does the wealthiest country on earth run out of protective gear in the middle of a public health catastrophe? How do its parents find themselves unable to locate crucially needed infant formula? How do its largest companies spend billions of dollars making cars that no one can drive for a lack of chips? The last few years have radically highlighted the intricacy and fragility of the global supply chain. Enormous ships were stuck at sea, warehouses overflowed, and delivery trucks stalled. The result was a scarcity of everything from breakfast cereal to medical devices, from frivolous goods to lifesaving necessities. And while the scale of the pandemic shock was unprecedented, it underscored the troubling reality that the system was fundamentally at risk of descending into chaos all along. And it still is. Sabotaged by financial interests, loss of transparency in markets, and worsening working conditions for the people tasked with keeping the gears turning, our global supply chain has become perpetually on the brink of collapse. In How the World Ran Out of Everything, award-winning journalist Peter S. Goodman reveals the fascinating innerworkings of our supply chain and the factors that have led to its constant, dangerous vulnerability. His reporting takes readers deep into the elaborate system, showcasing the triumphs and struggles of the human players who operate it—from factories in Asia and an almond grower in Northern California, to a group of striking railroad workers in Texas, to a truck driver who Goodman accompanies across hundreds of miles of the Great Plains. Through their stories, Goodman weaves a powerful argument for reforming a supply chain to become truly reliable and resilient, demanding a radical redrawing of the bargain between labor and shareholders, and deeper attention paid to how we get the things we need. From one of the most respected economic journalists working today, How the World Ran Out of Everything is a fiercely smart, deeply informative look at how our supply chain operates, and why its reform is crucial—not only to avoid dysfunction in our day to day lives, but to protect the fate of our global fortunes. Peter S. Goodman Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710516 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the World Ran Out of Everything: Inside the Global Supply Chain Author: Peter S. Goodman Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: By the New York Times’s Global Economics Correspondent, an extraordinary journey to understand the worldwide supply chain—exposing both the fascinating pathways of manufacturing and transportation that bring products to your doorstep, and the ruthless business logic that has left local communities at the mercy of a complex and fragile network for their basic necessities. ''A tale that will change how you look at the world.'' —Mark Leibovich One of Foreign Policy's ''Best Books of the Year'' How does the wealthiest country on earth run out of protective gear in the middle of a public health catastrophe? How do its parents find themselves unable to locate crucially needed infant formula? How do its largest companies spend billions of dollars making cars that no one can drive for a lack of chips? The last few years have radically highlighted the intricacy and fragility of the global supply chain. Enormous ships were stuck at sea, warehouses overflowed, and delivery trucks stalled. The result was a scarcity of everything from breakfast cereal to medical devices, from frivolous goods to lifesaving necessities. And while the scale of the pandemic shock was unprecedented, it underscored the troubling reality that the system was fundamentally at risk of descending into chaos all along. And it still is. Sabotaged by financial interests, loss of transparency in markets, and worsening working conditions for the people tasked with keeping the gears turning, our global supply chain has become perpetually on the brink of collapse. In How the World Ran Out of Everything, award-winning journalist Peter S. Goodman reveals the fascinating innerworkings of our supply chain and the factors that have led to its constant, dangerous vulnerability. His reporting takes readers deep into the elaborate system, showcasing the triumphs and struggles of the human players who operate it—from factories in Asia and an almond grower in Northern California, to a group of striking railroad workers in Texas, to a truck driver who Goodman accompanies across hundreds of miles of the Great Plains. Through their stories, Goodman weaves a powerful argument for reforming a supply chain to become truly reliable and resilient, demanding a radical redrawing of the bargain between labor and shareholders, and deeper attention paid to how we get the things we need. From one of the most respected economic journalists working today, How the World Ran Out of Everything is a fiercely smart, deeply informative look at how our supply chain operates, and why its reform is crucial—not only to avoid dysfunction in our day to day lives, but to protect the fate of our global fortunes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the World Ran Out of Everything: Inside the Global Supply Chain Author: Peter S. Goodman Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: By the New York Times’s Global Economics Correspondent, an extraordinary journey to understand the worldwide supply chain—exposing both the fascinating pathways of manufacturing and transportation that bring products to your doorstep, and the ruthless business logic that has left local communities at the mercy of a complex and fragile network for their basic necessities. ''A tale that will change how you look at the world.'' —Mark Leibovich One of Foreign Policy's ''Best Books of the Year'' How does the wealthiest country on earth run out of protective gear in the middle of a public health catastrophe? How do its parents find themselves unable to locate crucially needed infant formula? How do its largest companies spend billions of dollars making cars that no one can drive for a lack of chips? The last few years have radically highlighted the intricacy and fragility of the global supply chain. Enormous ships were stuck at sea, warehouses overflowed, and delivery trucks stalled. The result was a scarcity of everything from breakfast cereal to medical devices, from frivolous goods to lifesaving necessities. And while the scale of the pandemic shock was unprecedented, it underscored the troubling reality that the system was fundamentally at risk of descending into chaos all along. And it still is. Sabotaged by financial interests, loss of transparency in markets, and worsening working conditions for the people tasked with keeping the gears turning, our global supply chain has become perpetually on the brink of collapse. In How the World Ran Out of Everything, award-winning journalist Peter S. Goodman reveals the fascinating innerworkings of our supply chain and the factors that have led to its constant, dangerous vulnerability. His reporting takes readers deep into the elaborate system, showcasing the triumphs and struggles of the human players who operate it—from factories in Asia and an almond grower in Northern California, to a group of striking railroad workers in Texas, to a truck driver who Goodman accompanies across hundreds of miles of the Great Plains. Through their stories, Goodman weaves a powerful argument for reforming a supply chain to become truly reliable and resilient, demanding a radical redrawing of the bargain between labor and shareholders, and deeper attention paid to how we get the things we need. From one of the most respected economic journalists working today, How the World Ran Out of Everything is a fiercely smart, deeply informative look at how our supply chain operates, and why its reform is crucial—not only to avoid dysfunction in our day to day lives, but to protect the fate of our global fortunes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710242 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scrum for Non-Techies: Learn How to Use in Your Business The Methodology That Led Google, Amazon, Facebook, Microsoft, and Martin Lockheed to Success Author: Antonio Montes Orozco Narrator: Antonio Montes Orozco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Scrum is a teamwork methodology for developing software and technology products. Starting in the 90s, nowadays is still the most used methodology in software development. Used by big companies such as Google, Amazon, Facebook, BBVA Compass Bank, Lockheed Marin, Microsoft, and many more, it helps in the creation of high-performance teams and group intelligence to fulfill any requested task. Scrum is starting to expand in other environments that nothing have to do with software: schools, town halls, remodeling companies, strategical development plans for impoverished areas, and other several fields. All existing literature is focused on obtaining a software product, therefore, for non-techies, it might be complicated to hear about software terms such as unit tests, automated regression tests, TDD (Test Driven Development), pair programming or similar terms. In this text, Antonio Montes Orozco explains what Scrum is in a simple way, eliminating all the computer jargon. Hence, we want you to be able to apply it in your environment, whatever it may be. Antonio Montes Orozco Tue, 12 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710242 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scrum for Non-Techies: Learn How to Use in Your Business The Methodology That Led Google, Amazon, Facebook, Microsoft, and Martin Lockheed to Success Author: Antonio Montes Orozco Narrator: Antonio Montes Orozco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Scrum is a teamwork methodology for developing software and technology products. Starting in the 90s, nowadays is still the most used methodology in software development. Used by big companies such as Google, Amazon, Facebook, BBVA Compass Bank, Lockheed Marin, Microsoft, and many more, it helps in the creation of high-performance teams and group intelligence to fulfill any requested task. Scrum is starting to expand in other environments that nothing have to do with software: schools, town halls, remodeling companies, strategical development plans for impoverished areas, and other several fields. All existing literature is focused on obtaining a software product, therefore, for non-techies, it might be complicated to hear about software terms such as unit tests, automated regression tests, TDD (Test Driven Development), pair programming or similar terms. In this text, Antonio Montes Orozco explains what Scrum is in a simple way, eliminating all the computer jargon. Hence, we want you to be able to apply it in your environment, whatever it may be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scrum for Non-Techies: Learn How to Use in Your Business The Methodology That Led Google, Amazon, Facebook, Microsoft, and Martin Lockheed to Success Author: Antonio Montes Orozco Narrator: Antonio Montes Orozco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Scrum is a teamwork methodology for developing software and technology products. Starting in the 90s, nowadays is still the most used methodology in software development. Used by big companies such as Google, Amazon, Facebook, BBVA Compass Bank, Lockheed Marin, Microsoft, and many more, it helps in the creation of high-performance teams and group intelligence to fulfill any requested task. Scrum is starting to expand in other environments that nothing have to do with software: schools, town halls, remodeling companies, strategical development plans for impoverished areas, and other several fields. All existing literature is focused on obtaining a software product, therefore, for non-techies, it might be complicated to hear about software terms such as unit tests, automated regression tests, TDD (Test Driven Development), pair programming or similar terms. In this text, Antonio Montes Orozco explains what Scrum is in a simple way, eliminating all the computer jargon. Hence, we want you to be able to apply it in your environment, whatever it may be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionizing Business Operations: How to Build Dynamic Processes for Enduring Competitive Advantage Author: Tony Saldanha, Filippo Passerini Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don't risk the dire consequences of your work processes becoming obsolete-discover a powerful model for constant, ongoing, enterprise-wide process evolution and optimization. If you have a great product, but don't have the operations in place to efficiently and effectively support it-production, manufacturing, sales, finance, human resources, etc.-you won't succeed. Product innovation is seen as flashier and so gets far more attention, but you can create an enduring competitive advantage by revolutionizing business operations. The problem is most attempts to improve business operations are reactive, sporadic, and siloed. Tony Saldanha and Filippo Passerini's Dynamic Process Transformation model provides a living model for constant, ongoing process evolution and optimization. The authors focus on maximizing three drivers of change. First, 'open market rules'-each business process must be run as a separate business, instead of via monolithic mandates coming down from on high. Second, there must be 'unified accountability'- outcomes must be clear and consistent across the company, instead of being siloed within departments. And third, there needs to be a 'dynamic operating engine,' a methodology to convert the constantly changing business process goals into tactical day-to-day employee actions. With numerous examples from leading companies, this book shows how to proactively keep business processes across the company from becoming obsolete and take advantage of a neglected key to success. Tony Saldanha, Filippo Passerini Tue, 12 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710034 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionizing Business Operations: How to Build Dynamic Processes for Enduring Competitive Advantage Author: Tony Saldanha, Filippo Passerini Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don't risk the dire consequences of your work processes becoming obsolete-discover a powerful model for constant, ongoing, enterprise-wide process evolution and optimization. If you have a great product, but don't have the operations in place to efficiently and effectively support it-production, manufacturing, sales, finance, human resources, etc.-you won't succeed. Product innovation is seen as flashier and so gets far more attention, but you can create an enduring competitive advantage by revolutionizing business operations. The problem is most attempts to improve business operations are reactive, sporadic, and siloed. Tony Saldanha and Filippo Passerini's Dynamic Process Transformation model provides a living model for constant, ongoing process evolution and optimization. The authors focus on maximizing three drivers of change. First, 'open market rules'-each business process must be run as a separate business, instead of via monolithic mandates coming down from on high. Second, there must be 'unified accountability'- outcomes must be clear and consistent across the company, instead of being siloed within departments. And third, there needs to be a 'dynamic operating engine,' a methodology to convert the constantly changing business process goals into tactical day-to-day employee actions. With numerous examples from leading companies, this book shows how to proactively keep business processes across the company from becoming obsolete and take advantage of a neglected key to success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionizing Business Operations: How to Build Dynamic Processes for Enduring Competitive Advantage Author: Tony Saldanha, Filippo Passerini Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Don't risk the dire consequences of your work processes becoming obsolete-discover a powerful model for constant, ongoing, enterprise-wide process evolution and optimization. If you have a great product, but don't have the operations in place to efficiently and effectively support it-production, manufacturing, sales, finance, human resources, etc.-you won't succeed. Product innovation is seen as flashier and so gets far more attention, but you can create an enduring competitive advantage by revolutionizing business operations. The problem is most attempts to improve business operations are reactive, sporadic, and siloed. Tony Saldanha and Filippo Passerini's Dynamic Process Transformation model provides a living model for constant, ongoing process evolution and optimization. The authors focus on maximizing three drivers of change. First, 'open market rules'-each business process must be run as a separate business, instead of via monolithic mandates coming down from on high. Second, there must be 'unified accountability'- outcomes must be clear and consistent across the company, instead of being siloed within departments. And third, there needs to be a 'dynamic operating engine,' a methodology to convert the constantly changing business process goals into tactical day-to-day employee actions. With numerous examples from leading companies, this book shows how to proactively keep business processes across the company from becoming obsolete and take advantage of a neglected key to success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Bullsh*t Strategy Author: Alex M H Smith Narrator: Alex M H Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most strategy is, let's face it, bullsh*t. A bunch of fancy words which mean nothing at all. At best harmless and easy to ignore. At worst confusing and destructive. What if strategy could instead be clear, simple, bold, and even actually useful? That's what No Bullsh*t Strategy is all about. It sweeps away all the garbled corporate nonsense and dry academic theorising to leave you with pure strategic sauce, which can be actioned right away. It'll make you see your business in a totally new light, and effortlessly unlock insights you didn't know you had in you. Even better, it makes strategy fun. Ideal for the young entrepreneur and accessible to anyone, if you're wanting to demystify strategy and apply it instantly, No Bullsh*t Strategy is the book for you. Alex M H Smith Thu, 07 Sep 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709998 thebookvoice.com 3:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Bullsh*t Strategy Author: Alex M H Smith Narrator: Alex M H Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most strategy is, let's face it, bullsh*t. A bunch of fancy words which mean nothing at all. At best harmless and easy to ignore. At worst confusing and destructive. What if strategy could instead be clear, simple, bold, and even actually useful? That's what No Bullsh*t Strategy is all about. It sweeps away all the garbled corporate nonsense and dry academic theorising to leave you with pure strategic sauce, which can be actioned right away. It'll make you see your business in a totally new light, and effortlessly unlock insights you didn't know you had in you. Even better, it makes strategy fun. Ideal for the young entrepreneur and accessible to anyone, if you're wanting to demystify strategy and apply it instantly, No Bullsh*t Strategy is the book for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Bullsh*t Strategy Author: Alex M H Smith Narrator: Alex M H Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most strategy is, let's face it, bullsh*t. A bunch of fancy words which mean nothing at all. At best harmless and easy to ignore. At worst confusing and destructive. What if strategy could instead be clear, simple, bold, and even actually useful? That's what No Bullsh*t Strategy is all about. It sweeps away all the garbled corporate nonsense and dry academic theorising to leave you with pure strategic sauce, which can be actioned right away. It'll make you see your business in a totally new light, and effortlessly unlock insights you didn't know you had in you. Even better, it makes strategy fun. Ideal for the young entrepreneur and accessible to anyone, if you're wanting to demystify strategy and apply it instantly, No Bullsh*t Strategy is the book for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709823 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709823]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب فقدان الإشارة: القصة الخفية وراء صعود وهبوط الـ Blackberry Author: جاكي مكنيش Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: لفترة طويلة، كان هاتف الـ Blackberry حكرًا في أيدي رجال الأعمال والمديرين ورؤساء مجالس إدارة البنوك، ثم أصبح موضة اجتاحت عالم الشباب الذين كانوا يقضون على تطبيق المحادثة الشهير BBM معظم أوقاتهم. تربَّع هذا الهاتف على قمة اختيارات مستخدمي الهواتف في العالم، ثم اختفى فجأة ولم نعد نراه في أيدي أحد، ولم يعد يملأ فترينات بيع الهواتف مثل ما كان الحال من قبل وظلَّ الأمر لغزًا محيّرًا للجماهير إلى أن ظهر كتاب 'فقدان الإشارة' ليحكي قصة الصعود والهبوط لهواتف Blackberry جاكي مكنيش Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709823 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709823]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب فقدان الإشارة: القصة الخفية وراء صعود وهبوط الـ Blackberry Author: جاكي مكنيش Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: لفترة طويلة، كان هاتف الـ Blackberry حكرًا في أيدي رجال الأعمال والمديرين ورؤساء مجالس إدارة البنوك، ثم أصبح موضة اجتاحت عالم الشباب الذين كانوا يقضون على تطبيق المحادثة الشهير BBM معظم أوقاتهم. تربَّع هذا الهاتف على قمة اختيارات مستخدمي الهواتف في العالم، ثم اختفى فجأة ولم نعد نراه في أيدي أحد، ولم يعد يملأ فترينات بيع الهواتف مثل ما كان الحال من قبل وظلَّ الأمر لغزًا محيّرًا للجماهير إلى أن ظهر كتاب 'فقدان الإشارة' ليحكي قصة الصعود والهبوط لهواتف Blackberry Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709823]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب فقدان الإشارة: القصة الخفية وراء صعود وهبوط الـ Blackberry Author: جاكي مكنيش Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: لفترة طويلة، كان هاتف الـ Blackberry حكرًا في أيدي رجال الأعمال والمديرين ورؤساء مجالس إدارة البنوك، ثم أصبح موضة اجتاحت عالم الشباب الذين كانوا يقضون على تطبيق المحادثة الشهير BBM معظم أوقاتهم. تربَّع هذا الهاتف على قمة اختيارات مستخدمي الهواتف في العالم، ثم اختفى فجأة ولم نعد نراه في أيدي أحد، ولم يعد يملأ فترينات بيع الهواتف مثل ما كان الحال من قبل وظلَّ الأمر لغزًا محيّرًا للجماهير إلى أن ظهر كتاب 'فقدان الإشارة' ليحكي قصة الصعود والهبوط لهواتف Blackberry https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الحياة 3.0: معنى أن تكون إنسانًا في عصر الذكاء الاصطناعي Author: ماكس تيغمارك Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: هل سنشهد بداية عصر تغلُّب الآلة على الإنسان. هذه التساؤلات المُثارة حول مستقبل البشر في ظلِّ تطور الذكاء الاصطناعي هي موضوع كتاب Max Tegmark وهو عالم أمريكي سويدي متخصص في الفيزياء والفلك يعمل أستاذًا في معهد Massachusetts للتكنولوجيا، له أكثر من مائتي بحث علمي منشور في الدوريات العلمية وأحد مؤسسي معهد 'مستقبل الحياة' المهتم بدراسة أخلاقيات بحوث وابتكارات الذكاء الاصطناعي ودعم المبادرات البحثية في هذا المجال. ماكس تيغمارك Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709805 thebookvoice.com 0:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الحياة 3.0: معنى أن تكون إنسانًا في عصر الذكاء الاصطناعي Author: ماكس تيغمارك Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: هل سنشهد بداية عصر تغلُّب الآلة على الإنسان. هذه التساؤلات المُثارة حول مستقبل البشر في ظلِّ تطور الذكاء الاصطناعي هي موضوع كتاب Max Tegmark وهو عالم أمريكي سويدي متخصص في الفيزياء والفلك يعمل أستاذًا في معهد Massachusetts للتكنولوجيا، له أكثر من مائتي بحث علمي منشور في الدوريات العلمية وأحد مؤسسي معهد 'مستقبل الحياة' المهتم بدراسة أخلاقيات بحوث وابتكارات الذكاء الاصطناعي ودعم المبادرات البحثية في هذا المجال. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الحياة 3.0: معنى أن تكون إنسانًا في عصر الذكاء الاصطناعي Author: ماكس تيغمارك Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: هل سنشهد بداية عصر تغلُّب الآلة على الإنسان. هذه التساؤلات المُثارة حول مستقبل البشر في ظلِّ تطور الذكاء الاصطناعي هي موضوع كتاب Max Tegmark وهو عالم أمريكي سويدي متخصص في الفيزياء والفلك يعمل أستاذًا في معهد Massachusetts للتكنولوجيا، له أكثر من مائتي بحث علمي منشور في الدوريات العلمية وأحد مؤسسي معهد 'مستقبل الحياة' المهتم بدراسة أخلاقيات بحوث وابتكارات الذكاء الاصطناعي ودعم المبادرات البحثية في هذا المجال. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هذا لن ينفع أبدا: ميلاد Netflix وخروج فكرة مذهلة للحياة Author: مارك راندولف Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: يتناول كتاب 'هذا لن ينفع أبدًا' قصة تأسيس شركة Netflix العملاقة، وتطورها من مجرد مكان لتأجير وبيع الأفلام عبر الإنترنت لتصبح أهم شبكة متخصصة في عرض المسلسلات والأفلام الرقمية. مارك راندولف Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709756 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هذا لن ينفع أبدا: ميلاد Netflix وخروج فكرة مذهلة للحياة Author: مارك راندولف Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: يتناول كتاب 'هذا لن ينفع أبدًا' قصة تأسيس شركة Netflix العملاقة، وتطورها من مجرد مكان لتأجير وبيع الأفلام عبر الإنترنت لتصبح أهم شبكة متخصصة في عرض المسلسلات والأفلام الرقمية. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هذا لن ينفع أبدا: ميلاد Netflix وخروج فكرة مذهلة للحياة Author: مارك راندولف Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: يتناول كتاب 'هذا لن ينفع أبدًا' قصة تأسيس شركة Netflix العملاقة، وتطورها من مجرد مكان لتأجير وبيع الأفلام عبر الإنترنت لتصبح أهم شبكة متخصصة في عرض المسلسلات والأفلام الرقمية. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب كيف تقيس حياتك؟ Author: كلايتون كريستنسن Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: لا يقدِّم المؤلف في هذا الكتاب نصائح أو إجابات، بقدر ما يقدم طريقة مختلفة للتفكير في أهداف الحياة وكيفية تحقيقها، عبر إسقاط النظريات الحديثة والناجحة في مجال إدارة الأعمال والاقتصاد على شتى مناحي الحياة كلايتون كريستنسن Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:35:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709673 thebookvoice.com 0:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب كيف تقيس حياتك؟ Author: كلايتون كريستنسن Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: لا يقدِّم المؤلف في هذا الكتاب نصائح أو إجابات، بقدر ما يقدم طريقة مختلفة للتفكير في أهداف الحياة وكيفية تحقيقها، عبر إسقاط النظريات الحديثة والناجحة في مجال إدارة الأعمال والاقتصاد على شتى مناحي الحياة Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب كيف تقيس حياتك؟ Author: كلايتون كريستنسن Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: لا يقدِّم المؤلف في هذا الكتاب نصائح أو إجابات، بقدر ما يقدم طريقة مختلفة للتفكير في أهداف الحياة وكيفية تحقيقها، عبر إسقاط النظريات الحديثة والناجحة في مجال إدارة الأعمال والاقتصاد على شتى مناحي الحياة